Infiniti G37-09-Coupe7

BODY EXTERIOR, DOORS, ROOF & VEHICLE SECURITY
SECTION
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM
SEC
CONTENTS
BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 5 .
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ........ 5 .
Work Flow ................................................................ 5 . INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY) ...................................30 . THEFT ALM ..............................................................33 . THEFT ALM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM THEFT) ...................................................................33 . IMMU .........................................................................34 . IMMU : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - IMMU) .......34 .
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT .................... 8 .

ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION .................. 8 . ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Description .................................................................... 8 . ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement ........................................... 8 .
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................ 36 .

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 36
BCM ..........................................................................36 . BCM : Description ...................................................36 . BCM : DTC Logic ....................................................36 . BCM : Diagnosis Procedure ...................................36 . IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) .............................36 . IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : Description .....36 . IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : DTC Logic ......36 . IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : Diagnosis Procedure .....................................................................37 .
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 9 .

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION ............................................ 9 .
System Diagram ....................................................... 9 . System Description .................................................. 9 . Component Parts Location ..................................... 13 . Component Description .......................................... 16 .
SEC
INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEMNATS .................................................................17 .

System Diagram ..................................................... 17 . System Description ................................................ 17 . Component Parts Location ..................................... 19 . Component Description ......................................... 22 .
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM ........................23 .

System Diagram ..................................................... 23 . System Description ................................................ 23 . Component Parts Location ..................................... 25 . Component Description .......................................... 28 .
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ......................... 38

BCM ..........................................................................38 . BCM : DTC Logic ....................................................38 . BCM : Diagnosis Procedure ...................................38 .
P1610 LOCK MODE ......................................... 39

Description ..............................................................39 . DTC Logic ...............................................................39 . Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................39 .
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) ...........................29 .

COMMON ITEM ........................................................ 29 . COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM COMMON ITEM) .................................................... 29 . INTELLIGENT KEY .................................................. 30 .
P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM ..................... 40

Description ..............................................................40 . DTC Logic ...............................................................40 .
Revision: 2009 October
SEC-1
2009 G37 Coupe
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 40 .
Component Inspection ........................................... 62 .
P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU .......................... 42 .

Description ............................................................. 42 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 42 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 42 .
B2557 VEHICLE SPEED .................................. 63 .

Description ............................................................. 63 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 63 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 63 .
P1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY .......................... 43 .

B2560 STARTER CONTROL RELAY .............. 64 .

P1615 DIFFRENCE OF KEY ............................ 46 .

B2601 SHIFT POSITION .................................. 65 .

Description ............................................................. 65 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 65 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 65 . Component Inspection ........................................... 67 .
B2190 NATS ANTENNA AMP. ........................ 47 .

B2602 SHIFT POSITION .................................. 68 .

B2191 DIFFERENCE OF KEY ......................... 50 .

B2603 SHIFT POSITION STATUS ................... 70 .

B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM ..................... 51 .

B2604 PNP SWITCH ........................................ 73 .

B2193 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU .......................... 53 .

B2605 PNP SWITCH ........................................ 75 .

B2195 ANTI-SCANNING .................................. 54 .

B2606 STEERING LOCK RELAY .................... 77 .

B2013 ID DISCORD, IMMU-STRG ................... 55 .

B2607 STEERING LOCK RELAY .................... 78 .

B2014 CHAIN OF STRG-IMMU ........................ 56 .

B2608 STARTER RELAY ................................ 80 .

B2555 STOP LAMP .......................................... 59 .

Description ............................................................. 59 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 59 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 59 . Component Inspection ........................................... 60 .
B2609 STEERING STATUS ............................. 82 .

B2556 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH .... 61 .

B260B STEERING LOCK UNIT ....................... 86 .

SEC-2
2009 G37 Coupe
B260C STEERING LOCK UNIT ........................87 .

B2109 STEERING LOCK RELAY .................. 106

Description ............................................................ 106 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 106 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 106 . A
B260D STEERING LOCK UNIT ........................88 .

B210A STEERING LOCK CONDITION SWITCH ........................................................... 107

Description ............................................................ 107 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 107 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 107 .
B260F ENGINE STATUS ..................................89 .

B210B STARTER CONTROL RELAY ............ 111

B26E8 CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH ...........90 .

Description ............................................................. 90 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 90 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 90 . Component Inspection ........................................... 91 .
B210C STARTER CONTROL RELAY ............ 112

Description ............................................................ 112 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 112 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 112 . F
B26E9 STEERING STATUS .............................92 .

B210D STARTER RELAY .............................. 113

Description ............................................................ 113 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 113 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 113 . G
B26EA KEY REGISTRATION ...........................93 .

B210E STARTER RELAY ............................... 114

B2612 STEERING STATUS ..............................94 .

B210F PNP/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH . 116

Description ............................................................ 116 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 116 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 116 . Description ............................................................ 118 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 118 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 118 . J
B2617 STARTER RELAY CIRCUIT ..................98 .

B2110 PNP/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH . 118 SEC

L
B2619 BCM ..................................................... 100 .

Description ........................................................... 100 . DTC Logic ............................................................ 100 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 100 .
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .. 120

BCM ........................................................................ 120 . BCM : Diagnosis Procedure ................................. 120 . IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) ........................... 120 . IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : Diagnosis Procedure ................................................................... 120 . M
B261E VEHICLE TYPE ................................... 101 .

B261F ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH .................... 102 .

Description ........................................................... 102 . DTC Logic ............................................................ 102 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 102 . Component Inspection ......................................... 103 .
KEY SLOT ....................................................... 122

Description ............................................................ 122 . Component Function Check ............................... 122 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 122 . P
B2108 STEERING LOCK RELAY ................... 104 .

KEY SLOT INDICATOR .................................. 123

Description ............................................................ 123 . Component Function Check ............................... 123 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 123 .
SEC-3
2009 G37 Coupe
HOOD SWITCH .............................................. 125 .

Description ............................................................125 . Component Function Check ...............................125 . Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................125 . Component Inspection ..........................................126 .
STEERING DOES NOT LOCK ........................ 202 .

Description ........................................................... 202 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 202 .
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON OR FLASH ..................................... 203 .

SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP ...................... 127 .

Description ............................................................127 . Component Function Check ...............................127 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................127 .
KEY WARNING LAMP ................................... 129 .

Description ............................................................129 . Component Function Check ...............................129 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................129 .
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CANNOT BE SET .................................................................. 204 .

INTELLIGENT KEY ................................................ 204 . INTELLIGENT KEY : Description ......................... 204 . INTELLIGENT KEY : Diagnosis Procedure ......... 204 . DOOR REQUEST SWITCH .................................... 204 . DOOR REQUEST SWITCH : Description ............ 204 . DOOR REQUEST SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure ...................................................................... 204 .
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION ......................................... 130 .

Wiring Diagram - INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ ENGINE START FUNCTION - .............................130 .
INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEMNATS ............................................................... 139 .

Wiring Diagram - IVIS - .........................................139 .
VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM DOES NOT ACTIVATE ....................................................... 206 .

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM ...................... 147 .

Wiring Diagram - VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM - ............................................................................147 .
INTELLIGENT KEY INSERT INFORMATION DOES NOT OPERATE .................................... 207 .

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 153 .

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) ............... 153 .
Reference Value ...................................................153 . Wiring Diagram - BCM - .......................................176 . Fail-safe ................................................................181 . DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................183 . DTC Index ............................................................185 .
PRECAUTION ........................................... 209

PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 209 .
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .............................................................. 209 . Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect ................................ 209 . Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service .......... 210 . Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover. 210
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) .............. 188 .
Reference Value ...................................................188 . Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R - ................................195 . Fail-safe ................................................................198 . DTC Index ............................................................200 .
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 211

KEY SLOT ....................................................... 211 .
Exploded View ..................................................... 211 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 211 .
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 201 .

ENGINE DOES NOT START WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS INSIDE OF VEHICLE .............. 201 .
Description ............................................................201 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................201 .
PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH ............... 212 .

SEC-4
2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW

< BASIC INSPECTION >
BASIC INSPECTION
Work Flow
OVERALL SEQUENCE
INFOID:0000000004653108
SEC
JMKIA3449GB
DETAILED FLOW
SEC-5
2009 G37 Coupe

1.GET INFORMATION ABOUT SYMPTOM

Get detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when the incident/malfunction occurrs). >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Check BCM and IPDM E/R for DTC. 2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is detected. Record DTC and freeze frame data (Print them out using CONSULT-III.) Erase DTC. Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer. 3. Check related service bulletins for information. Are any symptoms described and any DTC detected? Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3. Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4. Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM

Confirm the symptom described by the customer. Connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle in the DATA MONITOR mode and check real time diagnosis results. Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. >> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM

Confirm the symptom described by the customer. Connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle in the DATA MONITOR mode and check real time diagnosis results. Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. >> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the detected DTC, and then check that DTC is detected again. At this time, always connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle, and check diagnostic results in real time. If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to SEC-183, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" (BCM) or SEC-200, "DTC Index" (IPDM E/R), and determine trouble diagnosis order. Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS

Detect malfunctioning system according to SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS based on the confirmed symptom in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom. >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

Inspect according to Diagnostic Procedure of the system. NOTE: The Diagnostic Procedure is described based on open and short circuit inspection. Is malfunctioning part detected? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Check voltage of related BCM terminals using CONSULT-III.
8.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART

1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
SEC-6
2009 G37 Coupe

< BASIC INSPECTION > 2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnostic Procedure again after repair and replacement. 3. Check DTC. If DTC is detected, erase it.
>> GO TO 9.
9.FINAL CHECK
When DTC is detected in step 2, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Component Function Check again, and then check that the malfunction is repaired securely. When symptom is described by the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and check that the symptom is not detected. Does the symptom reappear? YES (DTC is detected)>>GO TO 7. YES (Symptom remains)>>GO TO 6. NO >> INSPECTION END
C
SEC
SEC-7
2009 G37 Coupe
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT


ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION
ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Description
INFOID:0000000004653109
Performing the following procedure can automatically activate recommunication of ECM and BCM, but only when the ECM is replaced with a new one*. *: New one means a virgin ECM that is never energized on-board. (In this step, initialization procedure by CONSULT-III is not necessary) NOTE: When registering new Key IDs or replacing the ECM that is not brand new, refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS. If multiple keys are attached to the key holder, separate them before beginning work. Distinguish keys with unregistered key IDs from those with registered IDs.
ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000004653110
1.PERFORM ECM RECOMMUNICATING FUNCTION

Install ECM. Insert the registered Intelligent Key* into key slot, turn ignition switch to ON. *: To perform this step, use the key that is used before performing ECM replacement. 3. Maintain ignition switch in the ON position for 5 seconds or more. 4. Turn ignition switch to OFF. 5. Start engine. Can engine be started? YES >> Procedure is complete. NO >> Initialize control unit. Refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS. 1. 2.
SEC-8
2009 G37 Coupe
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
System Diagram
INFOID:0000000004659200
SEC
L
JMKIA4247GB
System Description
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
INFOID:0000000004662854
The engine start function of Intelligent Key system is a system that makes it possible to start and stop the engine without removing the key. It verifies an electronic ID using two-way communication when pressing the push-button ignition switch while carrying the Intelligent Key, which operates based on the results of electronic ID verification of Intelligent Key using two-way communication between the Intelligent Key and the vehicle. NOTE: The driver should carry the Intelligent Key at all times. Intelligent Key has 2 IDs [Intelligent Key and IVIS (NATS)]. It can perform the door lock/unlock operation and the push-button ignition switch operation when the registered Intelligent Key is carried. When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged, it can be used as emergency back-up by inserting the Intelligent Key to the key slot. At that time, perform the IVIS (NATS) ID verification. If it is used when the Intelligent Key is carried, perform the Intelligent Key ID verification. If the ID is successfully verified, and when push-button ignition switch is pressed, steering lock is released and the engine can be started.
SEC-9
2009 G37 Coupe

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > Up to 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered (Including the standard Intelligent Key) upon request from the customer. NOTE: Refer to DLK-15, "INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : System Description" for any functions other than engine start function of Intelligent Key system.
PRECAUTIONS FOR INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

In the Intelligent Key system, the transponder [the chip for IVIS (NATS) ID verification] is integrated into the Intelligent Key. (For the conventional models, it is integrated into the mechanical key.) Therefore, the mechanical key cannot perform ID verification, and thus it cannot start the engine. Instead, IVIS (NATS) ID verification can be performed by inserting the Intelligent Key to the key slot, and then it can start the engine.
OPERATION WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS CARRIED

When the push-button ignition switch is pressed, the BCM activates the inside key antenna and transmits the request signal to the Intelligent Key. 2. The Intelligent Key receives the request signal and transmits the Intelligent Key ID signal to the BCM via the remote keyless entry receiver. 3. The Intelligent Key receives the Intelligent Key ID signal and verifies it with the registered ID. 4. BCM transmits the steering lock unlock signal to steering lock unit and IPDM E/R if the verification results are OK. 5. IPDM E/R turns the steering lock relay ON and supplies power supply to the steering lock unit. 6. The steering lock releases. 7. BCM transmits the power supply stop signal to IPDM E/R when detecting that the steering lock is in the unlock condition. 8. IPDM E/R turns the steering lock relay OFF and stops power supply to the steering lock unit. 9. BCM turns ACC relay ON and transmits the ignition power supply ON signal to IPDM E/R. 10. IPDM E/R turns the ignition relay ON and starts the ignition power supply. 11. BCM detects that the selector lever position and brake pedal operating condition (A/T models) or shift lever position and clutch pedal operation condition (M/T models). 12. BCM transmits the starter request signal via CAN communication to IPDM E/R and turns the starter relay in IPDM E/R ON if BCM judges that the engine start condition is satisfied. 13. IPDM E/R turns the starter control relay ON when receiving the starter request signal. 14. Power supply is supplied through the starter relay and the starter control relay to operate the starter motor and start cranking. CAUTION: If a malfunction is detected in the Intelligent Key system, the KEY warning lamp in the combination meter illuminates. At that time, the engine cannot be started. 15. When BCM receives feedback signal from ECM indicating that the engine is started, the BCM transmits a stop signal to IPDM E/R and stops cranking by turning OFF the starter motor relay. (If engine start is unsuccessful, cranking stops automatically within 5 seconds.) CAUTION: When the Intelligent Key is carried outside of the vehicle (inside key antenna detection area) while the power supply is in the ACC or ON position, even if the engine start condition* is satisfied, the engine cannot be started. *: For the engine start condition, refer to PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION PROCEDURE. 1.
OPERATION RANGE
Engine can be started when Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. However, sometimes engine may not start when Intelligent Key is on instrument panel or in glove box.
OPERATION WHEN KEY SLOT IS USED

When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged, it performs IVIS (NATS) ID verification between the integrated transponder and BCM by inserting the Intelligent Key into the key slot, and then the engine can be started. For details relating to starting the engine using key slot, refer to SEC-17, "System Description".
BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM

When all the following conditions are met for 60 minutes, the battery saver system cuts off the power supply to prevent battery discharge.
SEC-10
2009 G37 Coupe

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > The ignition switch is in the ACC position All doors are closed Selector lever is in the P position
Reset Condition of Battery Saver System A/T models In order to prevent the battery from discharging, the battery saver system cuts off the power supply when all doors are closed, the selector lever is in the P position, and the ignition switch is left in the ACC position for 60 minutes. If any of the following conditions are met the battery saver system is released and the steering changes automatically to the lock position from the OFF position. Opening any door Operating door lock using door request switch Operating door lock using Intelligent Key Press push-button ignition switch and ignition switch changes to the ACC position from the OFF position. M/T models If any of the above conditions are met, the battery saver system is released but the steering is not lock. In this case, the steering operation OFF to LOCK is prohibited.
STEERING LOCK OPERATION

Steering is locked by steering lock unit when ignition switch is in the OFF position, selector lever is in the P position, and any of the following conditions are met. Opening door Closing door Door is locked using door request switch Door is locked using Intelligent Key
F
POWER SUPPLY POSITION CHANGE TABLE BY PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION
The power supply position changing operation can be performed with the following operations. NOTE: I When an Intelligent Key is within the detection area of inside key antenna and when it is inserted to the key slot, it is equivalent to the operations below. When starting the engine, the BCM monitors under the engine start conditions, A/T models J - Brake pedal operating condition - A/T selector lever position - Vehicle speed SEC M/T models - Clutch pedal operating condition - Vehicle speed L Vehicle speed: less than 4 km/h (2.5 MPH)
Engine start/stop condition Power supply position A/T models Selector lever position LOCK ACC LOCK ACC ON LOCK ACC ON OFF LOCK START ACC START ON START Engine is running OFF Brake pedal operation condition Not depressed Not depressed Not depressed M/T models Clutch pedal operation condition Not depressed Not depressed Not depressed Push-button ignition switch operation frequency 1 2 3
P or N position
Depressed
Depressed
1 1
Vehicle speed: 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more
SEC-11
2009 G37 Coupe

Engine start/stop condition Power supply position A/T models Selector lever position Engine is running ACC Engine stall return operation while driving Emergency stop operation Press and hold the push-button ignition switch for 2 seconds or more. Press the push-button ignition switch 3 times or more within 1.5 seconds. N position Brake pedal operation condition Not depressed M/T models Clutch pedal operation condition Depressed Push-button ignition switch operation frequency Emergency stop operation 1
SEC-12
2009 G37 Coupe

Component Parts Location
INFOID:0000000004658660
SEC
P
JMKIA3571ZZ
1. 4.
BCM M118, M119, M121, M122, M123 Inside key antenna (console) M146
2. 5.
IPDM E/R E5, E6, E7 Inside key antenna (trunk room) B49
3. 6.
Remote keyless entry receiver M104 Unified meter and A/C amp. M66, M67
SEC-13
2009 G37 Coupe

7. Inside key antenna (instrument center) M131 8. Key slot M22 9. Combination meter (Key warning lamp) M53
10. Driver side door switch B16 A. D. G. Dash side lower (Passenger side).
11. Trunk lid lock assembly (trunk room lamp switch) B303 B. Engine room dash panel (RH). C. View with instrument assist lower panel removed. Behind cluster lid C.
View with console rear finisher removed. E. View with trunk lid finisher removed.
View with trunk rear finisher (upper) re- F. moved.
SEC-14
2009 G37 Coupe

A
SEC
O
JMKIA3572ZZ
P
1. 4. 7. ECM M107 Stop lamp switch E110 Horn (low) E69, E70 2. 5. 8. Push-button ignition switch M50 Clutch interlock switch E111 Hood switch E30 3. 6. 9. Combination meter (Security indicator) M53 Horn (high) E61, E62 TCM F157
10. A/T shift selector (detention switch) M137
11. ASCD clutch switch E108 (without ICC) ICC clutch switch E113 (with ICC)
SEC-15
2009 G37 Coupe

A. D. G. View with instrument assist lower panel removed. View with front bumper removed. View with center console assembly removed B. E. H. View with instrument driver lower cover removed. View with hood switch incorporated into hood lock (RH). View with instrument driver lower cover removed. C. F. View with instrument driver lower cover removed. Inside of A/T assembly (built into A/T assembly).
Component Description
Component BCM Steering lock unit Push-button ignition switch Door switch A/T shift selector (detention switch) (A/T models) Inside key antenna Remote keyless entry receiver Stop lamp switch TCM (A/T models) Clutch interlock switch (M/T models) Steering lock relay Starter relay Starter control relay Security indicator lamp Key warning lamp Reference SEC-100 SEC-86 SEC-61 DLK-62 SEC-73 DLK-55 DLK-75 SEC-59 SEC-65 SEC-90 SEC-77 SEC-80 SEC-64 SEC-127 SEC-129
INFOID:0000000004653114
SEC-16
2009 G37 Coupe
INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS


System Diagram
INFOID:0000000004659202
SEC
JMKIA4393GB
System Description
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
INFOID:0000000004662855
The IVIS (NATS) is an anti-theft system that registers an Intelligent Key ID to the vehicle and prevents the engine from being started by an unregistered Intelligent Key. It has higher protection against auto theft involving the duplication of mechanical keys. It performs ID verification when starting the engine in the same way as the Intelligent Key system. But, it performs the IVIS (NATS) ID verification when inserting the Intelligent Key and performs the Intelligent Key ID verification when carrying the Intelligent Key. The mechanical key integrated in the Intelligent Key cannot start the engine. When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged, the IVIS (NATS) ID verification memorized to the transponder integrated with Intelligent Key is performed by inserting the Intelligent Key into the key slot. If the verification results are OK, the engine start operation can be performed by the push-button ignition switch operation. Locate the security indicator lamp and apply the anti-theft system equipment sticker that warns that the IVIS (NATS) is onboard the model. Security indicator lamp always blinks when the power supply position is in the except ON position. Up to 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered (including the standard ignition key) upon request from the owner. Specified registration is required when replacing ECM, BCM, or Intelligent Key. For the registrations procedures for IVIS (NATS) and Intelligent Key when installing the BCM, refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS.
SEC-17
2009 G37 Coupe

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > Possible symptom of IVIS (NATS) malfunction is Engine cannot start. The engine can be started with the Intelligent Key system and IVIS (NATS). Identify the possible causes according to Work Flow. Refer to SEC-5, "Work Flow". If ECM other than genuine part is installed, the engine cannot be started. For ECM replacement procedure, refer to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement".
PRECAUTIONS FOR KEY REGISTRATION

The key registration is a procedure that erases the current IVIS (NATS) ID once, and then reregisters a new ID operation. Therefore a registered Intelligent Key is necessary for this procedure. Before starting the registration operation collect all registered Intelligent Keys from the customer. When registering the Intelligent Key, perform only one procedure to simultaneously register both ID (IVIS NATS ID and Intelligent Key ID). The IVIS (NATS) ID registration is the procedure that registers the ID stored into the transponder (integrated in Intelligent Key) to BCM. The Intelligent key ID registration is the procedure that registers the ID to BCM. When performing the Intelligent Key system registration only, the engine cannot be started by inserting the key into the key slot. When performing the IVIS (NATS) registration only, the engine cannot be started by the operation when carrying the key. The registrations of both systems should be performed.
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP

Warns that the vehicle is equipped with IVIS (NATS). Security indicator lamp always blinks when the ignition switch is in the except ON position. NOTE: Because security indicator lamp is highly efficient, the battery is barely affected.
SEC-18
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004679405
SEC
P
JMKIA3571ZZ
1. 4.
2. 5.
3. 6.
SEC-19
2009 G37 Coupe

SEC-20
2009 G37 Coupe

A
SEC
O
JMKIA3572ZZ
P
SEC-21
2009 G37 Coupe

Component BCM Steering lock unit Push-button ignition switch Door switch Key slot A/T shift selector (detention switch) (A/T models) Stop lamp switch TCM (A/T models) Clutch interlock switch (M/T models) Steering lock relay Starter relay Starter control relay Security indicator lamp Reference SEC-100 SEC-86 SEC-61 DLK-62 SEC-122 SEC-73 SEC-59 SEC-65 SEC-90 SEC-77 SEC-80 SEC-64 SEC-127
INFOID:0000000004653118
SEC-22
2009 G37 Coupe
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM


System Diagram
INFOID:0000000004662856
JMKIA0056GB
System Description
OPERATION FLOW
INFOID:0000000004662857
SEC
L
JMKIA2505GB
SETTING THE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM

Initial Condition Ignition switch is in OFF position. Disarmed Phase When any door or trunk lid is open, the vehicle security system is set in the disarmed phase on the assumption that the owner is inside or near the vehicle. When the vehicle security system is in the disarmed phase, the security indicator lamp blinks every 2.4 seconds. Pre-armed Phase and Armed Phase When the following operation is performed, the vehicle security system turns into the pre-armed phase. (The security indicator lamp illuminates.) 1. BCM receives LOCK signal from door request switch or Intelligent Key, after all doors are closed. 2. Security indicator lamp illuminates for 30 seconds. Then, the system automatically shifts into the armed phase.
CANCELING THE SET VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM

SEC-23
2009 G37 Coupe

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > When one of the following operations is performed, the armed phase is canceled. 1. Unlock the all doors with the door request switch or Intelligent Key. 2. Turn ignition switch ON or ACC position.
CANCELING THE ALARM OPERATION OF THE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM

When unlocking the all doors with the door request switch or Intelligent Key the alarm operation is canceled.
ACTIVATING THE ALARM OPERATION OF THE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM

Check that the system is in the armed phase. (Security indicator lamp blinks every 2.4 seconds.) When the following operation 1 or 2 is performed, the system sounds the horns and blinks the headlamps for about 50 seconds. 1. Trunk lid, any door or hood is opened during armed phase. 2. Disconnecting and connecting the battery connector before canceling armed phase.
SEC-24
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004679406
SEC
P
JMKIA3571ZZ
1. 4.
2. 5.
3. 6.
SEC-25
2009 G37 Coupe

SEC-26
2009 G37 Coupe

A
SEC
O
JMKIA3572ZZ
P
SEC-27
2009 G37 Coupe

Component BCM Security indicator lamp Door switch Trunk room lamp switch Hood switch Reference SEC-100 SEC-127 DLK-62 DLK-71 SEC-125
INFOID:0000000004653122
SEC-28
2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)


COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)
APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT-III performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.
INFOID:0000000004655575
C
Diagnosis mode Work Support Self Diagnostic Result CAN Diag Support Monitor Data Monitor Active Test Ecu Identification Configuration Function Description Changes the setting for each system function. Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM. Monitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM. Refer to CONSULT-III operation manual. The BCM input/output signals are displayed. The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM. The BCM part number is displayed. This function is not used even though it is displayed.
SYSTEM APPLICATION
BCM can perform the following functions for each system. NOTE: It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items.
: Applicable item
System Door lock Rear window defogger Warning chime Interior room lamp timer Exterior lamp Wiper and washer Turn signal and hazard warning lamps Intelligent Key system Engine start system Combination switch Body control system IVIS - NATS Interior room lamp battery saver Trunk lid open Vehicle security system RAP system Signal buffer system TPMS NOTE: *: This item is displayed, but is not used.
Sub system selection item DOOR LOCK REAR DEFOGGER BUZZER INT LAMP HEAD LAMP WIPER FLASHER AIR CONDITONER* INTELLIGENT KEY COMB SW BCM IMMU BATTERY SAVER TRUNK THEFT ALM RETAINED PWR SIGNAL BUFFER TPMS (AIR PRESSURE MONITOR)
Diagnosis mode Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
SEC
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)

The BCM records the following vehicle condition at the time a particular DTC is detected, and displays on CONSULT-III.
SEC-29
2009 G37 Coupe

CONSULT screen item Vehicle Speed Odo/Trip Meter Indication/Unit km/h km SLEEP>LOCK SLEEP>OFF LOCK>ACC ACC>ON RUN>ACC CRANK>RUN RUN>URGENT ACC>OFF OFF>LOCK Vehicle Condition OFF>ACC ON>CRANK OFF>SLEEP LOCK>SLEEP LOCK OFF ACC ON ENGINE RUN CRANKING Power position status of the moment a particular DTC is detected Description Vehicle speed of the moment a particular DTC is detected Total mileage (Odometer value) of the moment a particular DTC is detected While turning BCM status from low power consumption mode to normal mode (Power supply position is LOCK) While turning BCM status from low power consumption mode to normal mode (Power supply position is OFF.) While turning power supply position from LOCK to ACC While turning power supply position from ACC to IGN While turning power supply position from RUN to ACC (Vehicle is stopping and selector lever is except P position.) While turning power supply position from CRANKING to RUN (From cranking up the engine to run it) While turning power supply position from RUN to ACC (Emergency stop operation) While turning power supply position from ACC to OFF While turning power supply position from OFF to LOCK While turning power supply position from OFF to ACC While turning power supply position from IGN to CRANKING While turning BCM status from normal mode (Power supply position is OFF.) to low power consumption mode While turning BCM status from normal mode (Power supply position is LOCK.) to low power consumption mode Power supply position is LOCK (Ignition switch OFF with steering is locked.) Power supply position is OFF (Ignition switch OFF with steering is unlocked.) Power supply position is ACC (Ignition switch ACC) Power supply position is IGN (Ignition switch ON with engine stopped) Power supply position is RUN (Ignition switch ON with engine running) Power supply position is CRANKING (At engine cranking) The number of times that ignition switch is turned ON after DTC is detected The number is 0 when a malfunction is detected now. The number increases like 1 2 3...38 39 after returning to the normal condition whenever ignition switch OFF ON. The number is fixed to 39 until the self-diagnosis results are erased if it is over 39.
IGN Counter
0 - 39
INTELLIGENT KEY
INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)
WORK SUPPORT
Monitor item CONFIRM KEY FOB ID Description It can be checked whether Intelligent Key ID code is registered or not in this mode. Auto door lock time can be changed in this mode. MODE 1: 1 minute MODE 2: 5 minutes MODE 3: 30 seconds MODE 4: 2 minutes
INFOID:0000000004655568
AUTO LOCK SET
SEC-30
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor item LOCK/UNLOCK BY I-KEY ENGINE START BY I-KEY TRUNK/GLASS HATCH OPEN Description Door lock/unlock function by door request switch (driver side and passenger side) mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) in this mode. Engine start function mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode. Buzzer reminder function mode by trunk opener request switch can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode. Panic alarm button pressing time on Intelligent Key remote control button can be selected from the following with this mode. MODE 1: 0.5 sec. MODE 2: Non-operation MODE 3: 1.5 sec. Unlock button pressing time on Intelligent Key button can be selected from the following with this mode. MODE 1: 3 sec. MODE 2: Non-operation MODE 3: 5 sec. Trunk button pressing on Intelligent Key button can be selected as per the following in this mode. MODE 1: Press and hold MODE 2: Press twice MODE 3: Press and hold, or press twice Intelligent Key low battery warning mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode. Key reminder function mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode. Hazard reminder function mode can be selected from the following with this mode. LOCK ONLY: Door lock operation only UNLOCK ONLY: Door unlock operation only LOCK/UNLOCK: Lock/unlock operation OFF: Non-operation Buzzer reminder function (lock operation) mode by door request switch (driver side and passenger side) can be selected from the following with this mode. Horn chirp: Sound horn Buzzer: Sound Intelligent Key warning buzzer OFF: Non-operation Buzzer reminder function (unlock operation) mode by door request switch can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode. Starter motor can operate during the times below. 70 msec 100 msec 200 msec This function allows inside key antenna self-diagnosis. Horn reminder function mode by Intelligent Key button can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode.
PANIC ALARM SET
PW DOWN SET
TRUNK OPEN DELAY
LO- BATT OF KEY FOB WARN ANTI KEY LOCK IN FUNCTI
HAZARD ANSWER BACK
ANS BACK I-KEY LOCK
SEC
ANS BACK I-KEY UNLOCK
SHORT CRANKING OUTPUT
INSIDE ANT DIAGNOSIS HORN WITH KEYLESS LOCK
SELF-DIAG RESULT
Refer to SEC-185, "DTC Index".
O
DATA MONITOR
Monitor Item REQ SW -DR REQ SW -AS REQ SW -BD/TR PUSH SW IGN RLY2 -F/B Condition Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door request switch (driver side). Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door request switch (passenger side). Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk opener request switch. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of push-button ignition switch. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition relay 2.
SEC-31
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor Item ACC RLY-FB CLUTCH SW*1 BRAKE SW 1 BRAKE SW 2 DETE/CANCL SW SFT PN/N SW S/L -LOCK S/L -UNLOCK S/L RELAY -F/B UNLK SEN -DR PUSH SW -IPDM IGN RLY1 -F/B DETE SW -IPDM SFT PN -IPDM SFT P -MET SFT N -MET ENGINE STATE S/L LOCK-IPDM S/L UNLK-IPDM S/L RELAY-REQ VEH SPEED 1 VEH SPEED 2 DOOR STAT-DR DOOR STAT-AS ID OK FLAG PRMT ENG STRT PRMT RKE STRT KEY SW -SLOT TRNK/HAT MNTR RKE-LOCK RKE-UNLOCK RKE-TR/BD RKE-PANIC RKE-P/W OPEN RKE-MODE CHG RKE OPE COUN1 RKE OPE COUN2 Condition NOTE: This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of clutch switch. Indicates [ON/OFF]*2 condition of brake switch power supply. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of brake switch. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of P position. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of P or N position. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of steering lock unit (LOCK). Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of steering lock unit (UNLOCK). Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of steering lock relay. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of driver door UNLOCK status. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of push-button ignition switch. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition relay 1. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of P position. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of P or N position. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of P position. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of N position. Indicates [STOP/STALL/CRANK/RUN] condition of engine states. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of steering lock unit (LOCK). Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of steering lock unit (UNLOCK). Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of steering lock relay. Display the vehicle speed signal received from combination meter by numerical value [Km/h]. Display the vehicle speed signal received from ABS or VDC or TCM by numerical value [Km/h]. Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLOCK] condition of driver side door status. Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLOCK] condition of passenger side door status. Indicates [SET/RESET] condition of key ID. Indicates [SET/RESET] condition of engine start possibility. NOTE: This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of key slot. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk lid. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of LOCK signal from Intelligent Key. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of UNLOCK signal from Intelligent Key. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of TRUNK OPEN signal from Intelligent Key. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of PANIC button of Intelligent Key. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of P/W DOWN signal from Intelligent Key. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of MODE CHANGE signal from Intelligent Key. When remote keyless entry receiver receives the signal transmitted while operating on Intelligent Key, the numerical value start changing. NOTE: This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored.
*1: It is displayed but does not operate on M/T models. *2: OFF is displayed when brake pedal is depressed while brake switch power supply is OFF.
ACTIVE TEST
SEC-32
2009 G37 Coupe

Test item BATTERY SAVER PW REMOTO DOWN SET OUTSIDE BUZZER Description This test is able to check interior room lamp operation. The interior room lamp is activated after ON on CONSULT-III screen is touched. This test is able to check power window down operation. The power window down is activated after ON on CONSULT-III screen is touched. This test is able to check Intelligent Key warning buzzer operation. The Intelligent Key warning buzzer is activated after ON on CONSULT-III screen is touched. This test is able to check warning chime in combination meter operation. Take away warning chime sounds when TAKE OUT on CONSULT-III screen is touched. Key warning chime sounds when KEY on CONSULT-III screen is touched. OFF position warning chime sounds when KNOB on CONSULT-III screen is touched. This test is able to check warning lamp operation. KEY Warning lamp illuminates when KEY ON on CONSULT-III screen is touched. KEY Warning lamp blinks when KEY IND on CONSULT-III screen is touched. This test is able to check interior room lamp operation. The interior room lamp is activated after ON on CONSULT-III screen is touched. This test is able to check meter display information Engine start information displays when BP N on CONSULT-III screen is touched. Engine start information displays when BP I on CONSULT-III screen is touched. Key ID warning displays when ID NG on CONSULT-III screen is touched. Steering lock information displays when ROTAT on CONSULT-III screen is touched. P position warning displays when SFT P on CONSULT-III screen is touched. Intelligent Key insert information displays when INSRT on CONSULT-III screen is touched. Intelligent Key low battery warning displays when BATT on CONSULT-III screen is touched. Take away through window warning displays when NO KY on CONSULT-III screen is touched. Take away warning display when OUTKEY on CONSULT-III screen is touched. OFF position warning display when LK WN on CONSULT-III screen is touched. This test is able to check trunk lid opener actuator open operation. This actuator opens when OPEN on CONSULT-III screen is touched. This test is able to check security hazard lamp operation. The hazard lamps are activated after LH/RH/OFF on CONSULT-III screen is touched. This test is able to check horn operation. The horn is activated after ON on CONSULT-III screen is touched. This test is able to check A/T shift selector power supply A/T shift selector power is supplied when ON on CONSULT-III screen is touched. This test is able to check push-ignition switch illumination operation. Push-ignition switch illumination illuminates when ON on CONSULT-III screen is touched. This test is able to check LOCK indicator in push-ignition switch operation. LOCK indicator in push-ignition switch illuminates when ON on CONSULT-III screen is touched. This test is able to check ACC indicator in push-ignition switch operation. ACC indicator in push-ignition switch illuminates when ON on CONSULT-III screen is touched. This test is able to check on indicator in push-ignition switch operation. ON indicator in push-ignition switch illuminates when ON on CONSULT-III screen is touched. This test is able to check key slot illumination operation. Key slot illumination blinks when ON on CONSULT-III screen is touched. This test is able to check trunk lid opener actuator open operation. This actuator opens when OPEN on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
INSIDE BUZZER
INDICATOR
INT LAMP
LCD
TRUNK/GLASS HATCH FLASHER HORN P RANGE ENGINE SW ILLUMI
SEC
LOCK INDICATOR
ACC INDICATOR
IGNITION ON IND KEY SLOT ILLUMI TRUNK/BACK DOOR
THEFT ALM
THEFT ALM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - THEFT)
DATA MONITOR
INFOID:0000000004655579
SEC-33
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitored Item REQ SW-DR REQ SW-AS REQ SW-BD/TR PUSH SW UNLK SEN-DR KEY SW -SLOT DOOR SW-DR DOOR SW-AS DOOR SW-RR DOOR SW-RL DOOR SW-BK CDL LOCK SW CDL UNLOCK SW KEY CYL LK-SW KEY CYL UN-SW KEY CYL SW-TR TR/BD OPEN SW TRNK/HAT MNTR RKE-LOCK RKE-UNLOCK RKE-TR/BD Description Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door request switch (driver side). Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door request switch (passenger side). Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk opener request switch. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of push-button ignition switch Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of driver door UNLOCK status. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of key slot. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch LH. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch RH. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch RH. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch LH. This is displayed even when it is not equipped. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from door lock/unlock switch LH and RH. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from door lock/unlock switch LH and RH. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from front door key cylinder switch. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from front door key cylinder switch. This is displayed even when it is not equipped. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk lid opener switch. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk room lamp switch. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of LOCK signal from Intelligent Key. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of UNLOCK signal from Intelligent Key. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of TRUNK OPEN signal from Intelligent Key.
WORK SUPPORT
Test Item SECURITY ALARM SET THEFT ALM TRG Description This mode is able to confirm and change security alarm ON-OFF setting. The switch which triggered vehicle security alarm is recorded. This mode is able to confirm and erase the record of vehicle security alarm. The trigger data can be erased by touching CLEAR on CONSULT-III screen.
ACTIVE TEST
Test Item THEFT IND VEHICLE SECURITY HORN HEADLAMP(HI) FLASHER Description This test is able to check security indicator lamp operation. The lamp will be turned on when ON on CONSULT-III screen is touched. This test is able to check vehicle security horn operation. The horns will be activated for 0.5 seconds after ON on CONSULT-III screen is touched. This test is able to check vehicle security lamp operation. The headlamps will be activated for 0.5 seconds after ON on CONSULT-III screen is touched. This test is able to check vehicle security hazard lamp operation. The hazard lamps will be activated after ON on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
IMMU
IMMU : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - IMMU)
DATA MONITOR
INFOID:0000000004655580
SEC-34
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor item CONFRM ID ALL CONFIRM ID4 CONFIRM ID3 CONFIRM ID2 CONFIRM ID1 TP 4 TP 3 TP 2 TP 1 PUSH SW KEY SW -SLOT Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of push-button ignition switch. Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of key slot. Indicates the number of ID which has been registered. Indicates [YET] at all time. Switch to [DONE] when a registered Intelligent Key is inserted into the key slot. Content
ACTIVE TEST
Test item THEFT IND Description This test is able to check security indicator lamp operation. The lamp will be turned on when ON on CONSULT-III screen touched.
SEC
SEC-35
2009 G37 Coupe
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
BCM
BCM : Description
INFOID:0000000004662858
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time applications. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Modern vehicle is equipped with many electronic control unit, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H-line, CAN L-line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. CAN Communication Signal Chart. Refer to LAN-27, "CAN Communication Signal Chart".
BCM : DTC Logic

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC CONSULT-III display description CAN COMM DTC Detection Condition When BCM cannot communicate CAN communication signal continuously for 2 seconds or more. Possible cause
INFOID:0000000004662859
U1000
CAN communication system
BCM : Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662860
1.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSTIC

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait for 2 seconds or more. 2. Check Self Diagnostic Result. Is DTC U1000 displayed? YES >> Refer to LAN-18, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)

IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : Description
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time applications. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Modern vehicle is equipped with many electronic control unit, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. CAN Communication Signal Chart. Refer to LAN-27, "CAN Communication Signal Chart".
INFOID:0000000004662861
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004662862
SEC-36
2009 G37 Coupe

DTC CONSULT-III display description DTC Detection Condition Possible cause In CAN communication system, any item (or items) of the following listed below is malfunctioning. Transmission Receiving (ECM) Receiving (BCM) Receiving (Unified meter and A/C amp.)
U1000
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
When IPDM E/R cannot communicate CAN communication signal continuously for 2 seconds or more
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662863
1.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSTIC

1. Turn the ignition switch ON and wait for 2 seconds or more. 2. Check Self Diagnostic Result of IPDM E/R. Is DTC U1000 displayed? YES >> Refer to LAN-18, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
SEC
SEC-37
2009 G37 Coupe
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)


BCM
BCM : DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC U1010 CONSULT-III display description CONTROL UNIT(CAN) DTC Detection Condition BCM detected internal CAN communication circuit malfunction. BCM
INFOID:0000000004662865 INFOID:0000000004662864
Possible cause
1.REPLACE BCM
When DTC U1010 is detected, replace BCM. >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Exploded View".
SEC-38
2009 G37 Coupe
P1610 LOCK MODE

P1610 LOCK MODE

Description
INFOID:0000000004662866
When the starting operation is carried more than five times consecutively under the following conditions, NATS shifts to the mode that prevents the engine from being started. Unregistered Intelligent Key is used. BCM or ECM is malfunctioning.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition When the starting operation is carried out five or more times consecutively under the following conditions. Unregistered Intelligent Key BCM or ECM is malfunctioning Possible cause
INFOID:0000000004662867
P1610
LOCK MODE

1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to SEC-39, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
I
INFOID:0000000004662868
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK ENGINE START FUNCTION

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Perform the check for DTC except DTC P1610. Use CONSULT-III to erase DTC after fixing. Turn ignition switch OFF. Turn ignition switch ON when registered Intelligent Key is inserted into key slot and wait for 5 seconds. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait 5 seconds. Repeat steps 4 and 5 twice (a total of 3 times). Check that engine can start when registered Intelligent Key is inserted into key slot. >> INSPECTION END
SEC
SEC-39
2009 G37 Coupe
P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM


Description
INFOID:0000000004662869
BCM performs the ID verification with ECM that allows the engine to start. Start the engine if the ID is successfully verified. ECM prevents the engine from starting if the ID is not registered. BCM starts the communication with ECM if ignition switch is turned ON.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004662870
NOTE: If DTC P1611 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to SEC-36, "BCM : DTC Logic". If DTC P1611 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to SEC-38, "BCM : DTC Logic".
DTC No. P1611 Trouble diagnosis name ID DISCORD, IMMUECM DTC detecting condition The ID verification results between BCM and ECM are NG. Registration is necessary. BCM ECM Possible cause

1. Turn ignition switch ON under the following conditions. Selector lever is in the P or N position Do not depress brake pedal
A/T models
M/T models
Do not depress clutch pedal 2. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to SEC-40, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662871
1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION
Perform initialization using CONSULT-III. Reregister all Intelligent Keys. For initialization and registration of Intelligent Key, refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS. Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with reregistered Intelligent Key? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE BCM
1. 2. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Removal and Installation". Perform initialization using CONSULT-III. For initialization, refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS. Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with reregistered Intelligent Key? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3.
3.REPLACE ECM
1. 2. Replace ECM. Refer to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Description". Perform initialization using CONSULT-III.
SEC-40
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > For initialization, refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS. Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with reregistered Intelligent Key? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> INSPECTION END
SEC
SEC-41
2009 G37 Coupe
P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU

P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU

Description
INFOID:0000000004662872
BCM performs ID verification with ECM that allows the engine to start. Start the engine if the ID is successfully verified. ECM prevents the engine from starting if the ID is not registered. BCM starts the communication with ECM if ignition switch is turned ON.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004662873
NOTE: If DTC P1612 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to SEC-36, "BCM : DTC Logic". If DTC P1612 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to SEC-38, "BCM : DTC Logic".
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted) BCM ECM
P1612
CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
Inactive communication between ECM and BCM

A/T models
M/T models
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662874
1.REPLACE BCM
1. 2. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Removal and Installation". Perform initialization using CONSULT-III. For initialization, refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS. Does the engine start? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Description". >> INSPECTION END
SEC-42
2009 G37 Coupe
P1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY


Description
INFOID:0000000004662875
Performs ID verification through BCM and Intelligent Key when push-button ignition switch is pressed. Prohibits the release of steering lock or start of engine when an unregistered ID of Intelligent Key is used.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
INFOID:0000000004662876
Possible cause Harness or connectors (The key slot circuit is open or shorted) Key slot BCM
P1614
CHAIN OF IMMUKEY
Inactive communication between key slot and BCM.
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1

1. Insert Intelligent Key into the key slot. 2. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to SEC-43, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 2.
G H

1. Press the push-button ignition switch. 2. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to SEC-43, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662877
SEC
1. INSPECTION START
Perform inspection in accordance with procedure that confirms DTC. Which procedure confirms DTC? DTC confirmation procedure 1>>GO TO 2. DTC confirmation procedure 2>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK KEY SLOT INPUT SIGNAL

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect key slot connector. Check voltage between key slot harness connector and ground.
(+) Key slot Connector M22 Terminal 2 Ground Battery voltage () Voltage (V) (Approx.)
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace key slot. Refer to SEC-211, "Removal and Installation". NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK KEY SLOT CIRCUIT

SEC-43
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Disconnect BCM connector. 2. Check continuity between key slot harness connector and BCM harness connector.
Key slot Connector M22 Terminal 2 Connector M122 BCM Terminal 80 Continuity Existed
3.
Check continuity between key slot harness connector and ground.

Key slot Connector M22 Terminal 2 Ground Continuity Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Removal and Installation". NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION

Press push-button ignition switch and check if it turns ON. Does ignition switch turn to ON? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 7.
5.CHECK KEY SLOT COMMUNICATION SIGNAL

6.CHECK KEY SLOT COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. 2. Disconnect BCM connector. Check continuity between key slot harness connector and BCM harness connector.
3.

7.CHECK KEY SLOT GROUND CIRCUIT

1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect key slot connector.
SEC-44
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check continuity between key slot harness connector and ground.
A
Key slot Connector M22 Terminal 7 Ground Continuity Existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair or replace harness.

E D
SEC
SEC-45
2009 G37 Coupe
P1615 DIFFRENCE OF KEY

P1615 DIFFRENCE OF KEY

Description
INFOID:0000000004662878
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. P1615 Trouble diagnosis name DIFFERENCE OF KEY DTC detecting condition The ID verification results between BCM and Intelligent Key are NG. Registration is necessary.
INFOID:0000000004662879
Possible cause Intelligent Key

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662880
2.REPLACE INTELLIGENT KEY

Replace Intelligent Key. Perform initialization using CONSULT-III. For initialization and registration of Intelligent Key, refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/ NVIS. Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with reregistered Intelligent Key? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3. 1. 2.

SEC-46
2009 G37 Coupe
B2190 NATS ANTENNA AMP.


Description
INFOID:0000000004662881
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
INFOID:0000000004662882
Possible cause Harness or connectors (The key slot circuit is open or shorted) Key slot BCM
B2190
NATS ANTENNA AMP
Inactive communication between key slot and BCM.

1. Insert Intelligent Key into the key slot. 2. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to SEC-47, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 2.
G H

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662883
SEC
1. INSPECTION START
Perform inspection in accordance with the appropriate confirmation procedure DTC. Which procedure confirms DTC? DTC confirmation procedure 1>>GO TO 2. DTC confirmation procedure 2>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK KEY SLOT INPUT SIGNAL


SEC-47
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Disconnect BCM connector. 2. Check continuity between key slot harness connector and BCM harness connector.
3.

4.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION

Press push-button ignition switch and check if it turns ON. Does ignition switch turn to ON? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 7.
5.CHECK KEY SLOT COMMUNICATION SIGNAL

6.CHECK KEY SLOT COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. 2. Disconnect BCM connector. Check continuity between key slot harness connector and BCM harness connector.
3.


1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect key slot connector.
SEC-48
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check continuity between key slot harness connector and ground.
A

E D
SEC
SEC-49
2009 G37 Coupe
B2191 DIFFERENCE OF KEY

B2191 DIFFERENCE OF KEY

Description
INFOID:0000000004662884
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. B2191 Trouble diagnosis name DIFFERENCE OF KEY DTC detecting condition The ID verification results between BCM and Intelligent Key are NG. Registration is necessary.
INFOID:0000000004662885
Possible cause Intelligent Key

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662886
2.REPLACE INTELLIGENT KEY

Replace Intelligent Key. Perform initialization using CONSULT-III. For initialization and registration of Intelligent Key, refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/ NVIS. Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with reregistered Intelligent Key? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3. 1. 2.

SEC-50
2009 G37 Coupe
B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM


Description
INFOID:0000000004662887
BCM performs ID verification with ECM that allows the engine to start. Start the engine if the ID is successfully verified. ECM prevents the engine from starting if the ID is not registered. BCM starts the communication with ECM if ignition switch is turned ON.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004662888
NOTE: If DTC B2192 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to SEC-36, "BCM : DTC Logic". If DTC B2192 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to SEC-38, "BCM : DTC Logic".
DTC No. B2192 Trouble diagnosis name ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM DTC detecting condition The ID verification results between BCM and ECM are NG. Registration is necessary. Possible cause BCM ECM

A/T models
M/T models
SEC
INFOID:0000000004662889
Diagnosis Procedure
2.REPLACE BCM
1. 2. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Removal and Installation". Perform initialization using CONSULT-III. For initialization, refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS. Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with reregistered Intelligent Key? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3. Replace ECM. Refer to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Description". Perform initialization using CONSULT-III. For initialization, refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS.
3.REPLACE ECM
1. 2.
SEC-51
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with reregistered Intelligent Key? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4.

SEC-52
2009 G37 Coupe
B2193 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU

B2193 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU

Description
INFOID:0000000004662890
BCM performs the ID verification with ECM that allows the engine to start. Start the engine if the ID is successfully verified. ECM prevents the engine from starting if the ID is not registered. BCM starts the communication with ECM if ignition switch is turned ON.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004662891
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted) BCM ECM
B2193
CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
Inactive communication between ECM and BCM

1. Turn ignition switch ON under the following conditions.
A/T models
Selector lever is in the P or N position Do not depress brake pedal

J
M/T models
SEC
Diagnosis Procedure
L
INFOID:0000000004662892
1.REPLACE BCM
1. 2. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Removal and Installation". Perform initialization using CONSULT-III. For initialization, refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS. Does the engine start? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ECM
SEC-53
2009 G37 Coupe
B2195 ANTI-SCANNING
B2195 ANTI-SCANNING
Description
INFOID:0000000004662893
When ignition switch is turned ON, BCM performs ID verification with ECM. If ID verification that is out of the specified specification is detected, BCM prohibits further ID verification and engine cranking.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. B2195 Trouble diagnosis name ANTI-SCANNING DTC detecting condition ID verification between BCM and ECM that is out of the specified specification is detected
INFOID:0000000004662894
Possible cause ID verification request out of the specified specification

A/T models
M/T models
Do not depress clutch pedal 2. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Refer to SEC-54, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662895
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT-1

1. Perform Self-diagnostic result of BCM using CONSULT-III. 2. Erase DTC. 3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. Refer to SEC-54, "DTC Logic". Is DTC 2195 detected? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> INSPECTION END
2.CHECK EQUIPMENT OF THE VEHICLE

Check that unspecified accessory part related to engine start is not installed. Is unspecified accessory part related to engine start installed? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT-2

Obtain the customers approval to remove unspecified accessory part related to engine start, and then remove it. 2. Perform Self-diagnostic result of BCM using CONSULT-III. 3. Erase DTC. 4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. Refer to SEC-54, "DTC Logic". Is DTC 2195 detected? YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Removal and Installation". NO >> INSPECTION END 1.
SEC-54
2009 G37 Coupe
B2013 ID DISCORD, IMMU-STRG

B2013 ID DISCORD, IMMU-STRG

Description
INFOID:0000000004662896
BCM performs the ID verification with the steering lock unit and releases the steering lock if both BCM and steering lock unit ID are same. BCM starts the communication with the steering lock unit when Intelligent Key is carried into the passenger compartment and the push-button ignition switch is pressed.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004662897
D
DTC No. B2013 Trouble diagnosis name ID DISCORD, IMMU-STRG DTC detecting condition The ID verification results between BCM and steering lock unit are NG. Registration is necessary. Possible cause Steering lock unit

1. Lock steering. 2. Press the push-button ignition switch. 3. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to SEC-55, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
H
INFOID:0000000004662898
Diagnosis Procedure
Perform initialization using CONSULT-III. For initialization, refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS. Does steering lock operate? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE STEERING LOCK UNIT

1. 2. Replace steering lock unit. Perform initialization using CONSULT-III. For initialization, refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS. Does steering lock operate? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3.
SEC

N O
SEC-55
2009 G37 Coupe
B2014 CHAIN OF STRG-IMMU


Description
INFOID:0000000004662899
BCM performs the ID verification with the steering lock unit to release the steering. BCM starts the communication with the steering lock unit when Intelligent Key is carried into the passenger compartment and the pushbutton ignition switch is pressed.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
INFOID:0000000004662900
B2014
CHAIN OF STRGIMMU
Inactive communication between steering lock unit and BCM.
Harness or connectors (Steering lock unit circuit is open or shorted) Steering lock unit BCM

1. Lock steering. 2. Press the push-button ignition switch. 3. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to SEC-56, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662901
1.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT POWER SUPPLY

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect steering lock unit connector. Check voltage between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.
(+) Steering lock unit Connector M40 Terminal 7 Ground Ignition switch OFF or ACC ON Battery voltage 0 () Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.)
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. Disconnect BCM connector. Check continuity between steering lock unit harness connector and BCM harness connector.
Steering lock unit Connector M40 Terminal 7 Connector M122 BCM Terminal 106 Continuity Existed
3.
Check continuity between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.
SEC-56
2009 G37 Coupe

Steering lock unit Connector M40 Terminal 7 Ground Continuity Not existed
3.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT

Check continuity between steering lock unit and ground.
Steering lock unit Connector M40 Terminal 5 6 Ground Existed Continuity
4.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT COMMUNICATION SIGNAL

1. 2. Connect steering lock unit connector and BCM connector. Read voltage signal between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.
(+) Steering lock unit Connector Terminal Lock status Battery voltage () Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.)
Lock or unlock M40 2 Ground Steering lock unit

JMKIA0066GB
SEC
For 15 seconds after unlock 15 seconds or later after unlock.
Battery voltage 0
Steering is locked Steering is unlocked
: Opening the door when ignition switch is ON to OFF. : Ignition switch is OFF to ACC.
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace steering lock unit. NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT

1. 2. Disconnect steering lock unit and BCM connector. Check continuity between steering lock unit harness connector and BCM harness connector.
SEC-57
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check continuity between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.
SEC-58
2009 G37 Coupe
B2555 STOP LAMP

B2555 STOP LAMP

Description
INFOID:0000000004662902
BCM detects the stop lamp status and confirms the stop lamp switch ON/OFF status. BCM confirms the engine start condition according to the stop lamp switch ON/OFF status.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition BCM makes a comparison between the upper voltage and lower voltage of stop lamp switch. It judges from their values to detect the malfunctioning circuit. Possible cause
INFOID:0000000004662903
B2555
STOP LAMP
Harness or connectors (stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted) Stop lamp switch Fuse

1. Depress the brake pedal and wait 1 second or more. 2. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to SEC-59, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
G
H
INFOID:0000000004662904
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM connector. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
(+) BCM Connector M123 Terminal 116 Ground Battery voltage () Voltage (V) (Approx.)
SEC
Is the inspection normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO-1 >> Check 10 A fuse [No. 7, located in the fuse block (J/B)]. NO-2 >> Check harness for open or short between BCM and fuse.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector. Check voltage between stop lamp harness connector and ground.
(+) Stop lamp switch Connector E110 Terminal 1 Ground Battery voltage () Voltage (V) (Approx.)
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Check harness for open or short to stop lamp switch.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT

SEC-59
2009 G37 Coupe
B2555 STOP LAMP

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and BCM harness connector.
Stop lamp switch Connector E110 Terminal 2 Connector M123 BCM Terminal 118 Continuity Existed
2.
Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
Stop lamp switch Connector E110 Terminal 2 Ground Continuity Not existed
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH

Refer to SEC-60, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-19, "Exploded View".

Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000004662905

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals.
Stop lamp switch Terminal 1 2 Brake pedal Condition Not depressed Depressed Continuity Not existed Existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-19, "Exploded View".
SEC-60
2009 G37 Coupe
B2556 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH


Description
INFOID:0000000004662906
The switch changes the power supply position. BCM maintains the power supply position status. BCM changes the power supply position with the operation of the push-button ignition switch.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH DTC detecting condition BCM detects the push-button ignition switch stuck at ON for 100 seconds or more. Possible cause
INFOID:0000000004662907
B2556
Harness or connectors (Push-button ignition switch circuit is shorted.) Push-button ignition switch BCM

1. Start the engine and wait 100 seconds or more. 2. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to SEC-61, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
G
H
INFOID:0000000004662908
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect push-button ignition switch connector. Check voltage between push-button ignition switch harness connector and ground.
(+) Push-button ignition switch Connector M50 Terminal 4 Ground Battery voltage () Voltage (V) (Approx.)
SEC
2.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. 2. Disconnect BCM connector and IPDM E/R connector. Check continuity between push-button ignition switch harness connector and BCM harness connector.
Push-button ignition switch Connector M50 Terminal 4 Connector M122 BCM Terminal 89 Continuity Existed
3.
Check continuity between push-button ignition switch harness connector and ground.
Push-button ignition switch Connector M50 Terminal 4 Ground Continuity Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?

SEC-61
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Removal and Installation". NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT

Check continuity between push-button ignition switch harness connector and ground.
Push-button ignition switch Connector M50 Terminal 1 Ground Continuity Existed
4.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH

Refer to SEC-62, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace push-button ignition switch. Refer to SEC-212, "Removal and Installation".

INFOID:0000000004662909

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect push-button ignition switch connector. Check continuity between push-button ignition switch terminals.
Push-button ignition switch Terminal 1 4 Push-button ignition switch Condition Pressed Not pressed Continuity Existed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace push-button ignition switch. Refer to SEC-212, "Removal and Installation".
SEC-62
2009 G37 Coupe
B2557 VEHICLE SPEED

B2557 VEHICLE SPEED

Description
INFOID:0000000004662910
BCM receives 2 vehicle speed signals via CAN communication. 1 signal is transmitted by the unified meter and A/C amp.. Another signal is transmitted by ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit.). BCM compares both signals to detect the vehicle speed.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004662911
DTC No. Self-diagnosis name DTC detecting condition BCM detects the following difference between the vehicle speed signal from unified meter and A/C amp. and the one from ABS actuator and electric unit for 10 seconds continuously. One is 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or more and the other is 4 km/ h (2.5 MPH) or less Possible causes
F
Wheel sensor Unified meter and A/C amp. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
B2557
VEHICLE SPEED

1. Drive the vehicle at the vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or more and wait 10 seconds or more. 2. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to SEC-63, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
I
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662912
1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Refer to BRC-88, "DTC No. Index". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
SEC
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER

Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Refer to MWI-99, "DTC Index". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.

SEC-63
2009 G37 Coupe
B2560 STARTER CONTROL RELAY

B2560 STARTER CONTROL RELAY

Description
INFOID:0000000004662913
Starter control relay, integrated in IPDM E/R, permits the starter relay operation when in the N or P position and the steering is locked or unlocked. It is installed parallel to the starter relay.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004662914
DTC No. B2560 Self-diagnosis name STARTER CONTROL RELAY DTC detecting condition BCM detects a discrepancy between the OFF request of starter control relay to IPDM E/R and the feedback. (The feedback is ON instead of OFF.) Possible causes IPDM E/R

1. Turn ignition switch ON under the following conditions and wait 2 seconds or more. Selector lever is in the P or N position Do not depress brake pedal
A/T models
M/T models
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662915
1.CHECK DTC WITH IPDM E/R

Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Refer to SEC-200, "DTC Index". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Removal and Installation".

SEC-64
2009 G37 Coupe
B2601 SHIFT POSITION


Description
BCM confirms the shift position with the following 4 signals. Selector lever Transmission range switch P position signal from IPDM E/R (CAN) P position signal from TCM (CAN)
INFOID:0000000004679284
C
INFOID:0000000004679285
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition BCM detects when a difference between the shift P input signal and the shift position signal received from IPDM E/R via CAN communication continues for 2 seconds or more. Possible cause Harness or connectors (A/T shift selector circuit is open or shorted) A/T shift selector (detention switch)
B2601
SHIFT POSITION

1. Turn ignition switch ON under the following conditions and wait 2 seconds or more. Selector lever is in the P or N position Do not depress brake pedal 2. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to SEC-65, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
SEC
INFOID:0000000004679286
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK A/T SHIFT SELECTOR POWER SUPPLY

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/T shift selector (detention switch) connector. Check voltage between A/T shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and ground.
(+) A/T shift selector (detention switch) Connector M137 Terminal 10 Ground Battery voltage () Voltage (V) (Approx.)
2.CHECK A/T SHIFT SELECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. Disconnect BCM connector. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and BCM harness connector.
SEC-65
2009 G37 Coupe

A/T shift selector (detention switch) Connector M137 Terminal 10 Connector M122 BCM Terminal 96 Continuity Existed
3.
Check continuity between A/T shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and ground.
A/T shift selector (detention switch) Connector M137 Terminal 10 Ground Continuity Not existed
3.CHECK A/T SHIFT SELECTOR CIRCUIT (BCM)

1. 2. Disconnect BCM connector and IPDM E/R connector. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and BCM harness connector.
3.
4.CHECK A/T SHIFT SELECTOR CIRCUIT (IPDM E/R)

Check continuity between A/T shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
A/T shift selector (detention switch) Connector M137 Terminal 11 Connector E6 IPDM E/R Terminal 43 Continuity Existed
5.CHECK A/T SHIFT SELECTOR (DETENTION SWITCH)

Refer to SEC-67, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace A/T shift selector. Refer to TM-277, "2WD : Removal and Installation" (2WD) or TM-279, "AWD : Removal and Installation" (AWD).

SEC-66
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004679287

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/T shift selector connector. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (detention switch) terminals.
A/T shift selector (detention switch) Terminal 10 11 Selector lever Condition P position Other than above Continuity Not existed Existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace A/T shift selector. Refer to TM-277, "2WD : Removal and Installation" (2WD) or TM-279, "AWD : Removal and Installation" (AWD).
SEC
SEC-67
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004679288
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004679289
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause Harness or connectors (A/T shift selector circuit is open or shorted) A/T shift selector (detention switch) ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
B2602
SHIFT POSITION
BCM detects the following status for 10 seconds. Shift position is in the P position Vehicle speed is 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more Ignition switch is in the ON position

1. Start the engine under the following conditions and wait 10 seconds or more. Selector lever is in the P or N position Do not depress brake pedal 2. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to SEC-68, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004679290
1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT

Check Self diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Refer to BRC-88, "DTC No. Index". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/T shift selector (detention switch) connector. Check voltage between A/T shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and ground.

SEC-68
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3.

3.
4.CHECK A/T SHIFT SELECTOR CIRCUIT

3.
A/T shift selector (detention switch) Connector M137 Terminal 11 Ground Continuity
SEC
Not existed


SEC-69
2009 G37 Coupe
B2603 SHIFT POSITION STATUS


Description
INFOID:0000000004679291
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004679292
NOTE: If DTC B2603 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to SEC-36, "BCM : DTC Logic". If DTC B2603 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to SEC-38, "BCM : DTC Logic". If DTC B2603 is displayed with DTC B2601, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC B2601. Refer to SEC-65, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. Self-diagnosis name DTC detecting condition BCM detects the following status for 500 ms or more when shift is in the P position, and ignition switch is in the ON position. Transmission range switch: approx. 0 V A/T shift selector (detention switch): approx. 0 V Possible causes Harness or connector (A/T shift selector circuit is open or shorted) Harness or connectors (TCM circuit is open or shorted) A/T shift selector (detention switch) TCM
B2603
SHIFT POSITION STATUS

1. Start the engine under the following conditions and wait 1 second or more. Selector lever is in the P or N position Do not depress brake pedal 2. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to SEC-70, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004679293
1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM

Check Self diagnostic result with CONSULT-III. Are any DTC detected? YES >> Refer to TM-258, "DTC Index". NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CIRCUIT 1

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/T assembly connector and BCM connector. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector and BCM harness connector.
A/T assembly Connector F51 Terminal 9 Connector M123 BCM Terminal 140 Continuity Existed
4.
Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector and ground.
SEC-70
2009 G37 Coupe

A/T assembly Connector F51 Terminal 9 Ground Continuity Not existed

1. 2. Disconnect TCM connector. Check continuity between TCM harness connector and A/T assembly harness connector.
TCM Connector F157 Terminal 9 Connector F51 A/T assembly Terminal 9 Continuity Existed
3.
Check continuity between TCM harness connector and ground.

F
TCM Connector F157 Terminal 9 Ground Continuity Not existed

1. 2. Disconnect A/T shift selector (detention switch) connector. Check voltage between A/T shift selector (detention switch) harness connector and ground.
SEC

3.
A/T shift selector (detention switch) Connector M137 Terminal 10 Ground
P
Continuity Not existed
SEC-71
2009 G37 Coupe

6.CHECK A/T SHIFT SELECTOR CIRCUIT

3.


SEC-72
2009 G37 Coupe
B2604 PNP SWITCH

B2604 PNP SWITCH

Description
INFOID:0000000004662926
C
INFOID:0000000004662927
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition BCM detects the following status for 500 ms or more when the ignition switch is in the ON position. N position input signal exists. Shift position signal from TCM does not exist. N position input signal does not exist. Shift position signal from TCM exists. Possible cause
G
Harness or connectors (TCM circuit is open or shorted) TCM
B2604
PNP SWITCH

1. Start the engine under the following conditions and wait 1 second or more. Selector lever is in the P or N position Do not depress brake pedal 2. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to SEC-73, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
SEC
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662928
1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM

Check Self diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Are any DTC detected? YES >> Refer to TM-258, "DTC Index". NO >> GO TO 2.

4.
SEC-73
2009 G37 Coupe
B2604 PNP SWITCH


3.


SEC-74
2009 G37 Coupe
B2605 PNP SWITCH

B2605 PNP SWITCH

Description
INFOID:0000000004662929
C
INFOID:0000000004662930
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition BCM detects the following status for 500 ms or more when the ignition switch is in the ON position N position input signal exists. Shift position signal from IPDM E/R does not exist. N position input signal does not exist. Shift position signal from IPDM E/R exists. Possible cause
G
Harness or connectors (TCM circuit is open or shorted) TCM IPDM E/R
B2605
PNP SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch ON under the following conditions and wait 1 second or more. Selector lever is in the P or N position Do not depress brake pedal 2. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to SEC-75, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
SEC
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662931

Check Self diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Refer to SEC-200, "DTC Index". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.

4.
SEC-75
2009 G37 Coupe
B2605 PNP SWITCH


3.


SEC-76
2009 G37 Coupe
B2606 STEERING LOCK RELAY


Description
The steering lock relay ON signal is transmitted to IPDM E/R by BCM via CAN communication. IPDM E/R turns the steering lock relay ON and transmits the release of the steering to BCM.
INFOID:0000000004662932
B
INFOID:0000000004662933
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition BCM detects that there is a discrepancy between the following statuses. Steering lock unit ON signal transmitted by IPDM E/R The steering lock unit status feedback Possible cause
F
Steering lock relay (In IPDM E/R)
B2606
STEERING LOCK RELAY

A/T models

J
M/T models
SEC
Diagnosis Procedure
L
INFOID:0000000004662934

Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Refer to SEC-200, "DTC Index". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Removal and Installation".

O P
SEC-77
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004662935
BCM requests to IPDM E/R to supply power to steering lock unit. After receiving the power, the steering lock unit transmits an ON signal to BCM.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004662936
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition BCM detects that there is a difference between the following statuses. Steering lock unit ON signal transmitted by IPDM E/R The steering lock unit status feedback Possible cause Harness or connectors (Steering lock unit power supply circuit is open or shorted) Steering lock relay (In IPDM E/R)
B2607
STEERING LOCK RELAY

A/T models
M/T models
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662937

Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Refer to SEC-200, "DTC Index". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect steering lock unit connector. Check voltage between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.
(+) Steering lock unit Connector M40 Terminal 1 Ground Press push-button ignition switch when steering lock is in lock condition. Battery voltage () Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.)

SEC-78
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT CIRCUIT

1. 2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. Check continuity between steering lock unit harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
Steering lock unit Connector M40 Terminal 1 Connector E5 IPDM E/R Terminal 11 Continuity Existed
3.
Steering lock unit Connector M40 Terminal 1 Ground Continuity
E
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Removal and Installation". NO >> Repair or replace harness.

SEC
SEC-79
2009 G37 Coupe
B2608 STARTER RELAY

B2608 STARTER RELAY

Description
INFOID:0000000004662938
Located in IPDM E/R, the starter relay runs the starter motor. The starter relay is turned ON by the BCM when the ignition switch is in the START position. IPDM E/R transmits the starter relay ON signal to BCM via CAN communication.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004662939
NOTE: If DTC B2608 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to SEC-36, "BCM : DTC Logic". If DTC B2608 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to SEC-38, "BCM : DTC Logic". If DTC B2608 is displayed with DTC B210D for IPDM E/R, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC B210D. Refer to SEC-113, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause Harness or connectors (Starter relay circuit is open or shorted.) IPDM E/R
B2608
STARTER RELAY
BCM receives starter relay ON signal (CAN) from IPDM E/R even if BCM turns the starter relay OFF.

A/T models
M/T models
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662940
1.CHECK BCM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
(+) BCM Connector Terminal Selector lever (A/T models) M121 52 Ground Clutch pedal (M/T models) N or P position Other than above Depressed Not depressed 12 0 Battery voltage 0 () Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.)
Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2.

SEC-80
2009 G37 Coupe
B2608 STARTER RELAY

2.CHECK STARTER RELAY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM connector and IPDM E/R connector. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and BCM harness connector.
IPDM E/R Connector E6 Terminal 46 Connector M121 BCM Terminal 52 Continuity
C
Existed
4.
Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

D
IPDM E/R Connector E6 Terminal 46 Ground Continuity Not existed

H G
SEC
SEC-81
2009 G37 Coupe
B2609 STEERING STATUS


Description
INFOID:0000000004662941
There are 2 switches in the steering lock unit (steering lock/unlock switch 1 and 2). BCM compares the 2 switch conditions to judge the present steering status.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004662942
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause Harness or connectors [Steering lock unit circuit (BCM side) is open or shorted] Harness or connectors [Steering lock unit circuit (IPDM E/ R side) is open or shorted] Steering lock unit IPDM E/R
B2609
STEERING STATUS
BCM detects the malfunction of steering lock unit switches for 1 second.
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1

A/T models
M/T models
Do not depress clutch pedal 2. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to SEC-82, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 2.

1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Press driver side door switch and wait 1second or more. 4. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to SEC-82, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662943
1.INSPECTION START
SEC-82
2009 G37 Coupe

2.CHECK BCM OUTPUT SIGNAL-1

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect steering lock unit connector and IPDM E/R connector. Check voltage between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.
(+) Steering lock unit Connector M40 Terminal 3 Ground Battery voltage () Voltage (V) (Approx.)
3.CHECK STEERING LOCK UNIT CIRCUIT-1

Steering lock unit Connector M40 Terminal 3 Connector M122 BCM Terminal 97 Continuity
G
Existed
3.
H
4.CHECK IPDM E/R OUTPUT SIGNAL-1

1. 2. 3. Connect IPDM E/R connector. Disconnect BCM connector. Check voltage between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.
SEC

Steering lock unit Connector M40 Terminal 3 Connector E5 IPDM E/R Terminal 32
P
Continuity Existed
3.
SEC-83
2009 G37 Coupe



3.


SEC-84
2009 G37 Coupe

3.
SEC
SEC-85
2009 G37 Coupe
B260B STEERING LOCK UNIT

B260B STEERING LOCK UNIT

Description
The steering lock unit performs the check by itself according to the steering status.
INFOID:0000000004662944
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. B260B Trouble diagnosis name STEERING LOCK UNIT DTC detecting condition BCM detects malfunctioning of steering lock unit before steering unlocking.
INFOID:0000000004662945
Possible cause Steering lock unit

1. Press the push-button ignition switch, when steering is locked. 2. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to SEC-86, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662946
1.INSPECTION START
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Touch ERASE. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See SEC-86, "DTC Logic". Is the DTC B260B displayed again? YES >> Replace steering lock unit. NO >> INSPECTION END
SEC-86
2009 G37 Coupe
B260C STEERING LOCK UNIT

B260C STEERING LOCK UNIT

Description
The steering lock unit performs the check by itself according to the steering status.
INFOID:0000000004662947
B
INFOID:0000000004662948
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. B260C Trouble diagnosis name STEERING LOCK UNIT DTC detecting condition BCM detects malfunctioning of steering lock unit before steering locking.
C
Possible cause
D
Steering lock unit

1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Press driver side door switch. 4. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to SEC-87, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
H
INFOID:0000000004662949
1.INSPECTION START
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Touch ERASE. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See SEC-87, "DTC Logic". Is the DTC B260C displayed again? YES >> Replace steering lock unit. NO >> INSPECTION END
SEC
SEC-87
2009 G37 Coupe
B260D STEERING LOCK UNIT

B260D STEERING LOCK UNIT

Description
INFOID:0000000004662950
The steering lock unit performs the check by itself according to the steering lock status (before lock, after lock and unlock).
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. B260D Trouble diagnosis name STEERING LOCK UNIT DTC detecting condition BCM detects malfunctioning of steering lock unit after steering locking.
INFOID:0000000004662951
Possible cause Steering lock unit

1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Press driver side door switch. 4. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to SEC-88, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662952
1.INSPECTION START
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Touch ERASE. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See SEC-88, "DTC Logic". Is the DTC B260D displayed again? YES >> Replace steering lock unit. NO >> INSPECTION END
SEC-88
2009 G37 Coupe
B260F ENGINE STATUS

B260F ENGINE STATUS

Description
BCM receives the engine status signal from ECM via CAN communication.
INFOID:0000000004662953
B
INFOID:0000000004662954
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE: If DTC B260F is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to SEC-36, "BCM : DTC Logic". If DTC B260F is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to SEC-38, "BCM : DTC Logic".
DTC No. B260F Trouble diagnosis name INTERRUPTION OF ENGINE STATUS SIGNAL DTC detecting condition BCM has not yet received the engine status signal from ECM when ignition switch is in the ON position. Possible cause ECM

A/T models
M/T models
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662955
SEC
1.INSPECTION START
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Touch ERASE. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See SEC-89, "DTC Logic". Is the DTC B260F displayed again? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3.
L
2.REPLACE ECM
O

SEC-89
2009 G37 Coupe
B26E8 CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH


Description
INFOID:0000000004662956
When clutch interlock switch turns ON, BCM detects that clutch pedal is being depressed and permits to start the engine.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004662957
NOTE: If DTC B26E8 is displayed with DTC B210F, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC B210F. Refer to SEC116, "DTC Logic".
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH DTC detection condition Detects that ASCD cancel switch is in the ON position for 2 seconds or more while ignition switch and clutch interlock switch are ON. Possible cause Clutch interlock switch Harness or connector (Clutch interlock switch circuit open or shorted)
B26E8

1. Turn ignition switch ON under the following condition. Shift lever is in the neutral position. Depress clutch pedal. 2. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to SEC-90, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662958
1.CHECK CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH POWER SUPPLY

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect clutch interlock switch connector. Check voltage between clutch interlock switch harness connector and ground.
(+) Clutch interlock switch Connector E111 Terminal 1 Ground Battery voltage () Voltage (V) (Approx.)
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO-1 >> Check 10 A fuse [No. 9, located in the fuse block (J/B)] NO-2 >> Check harness for open or short between clutch interlock switch and fuse.
2.CHECK CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH SIGNAL

1. 2. 3. Connect clutch interlock switch connector. Disconnect BCM connector. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
SEC-90
2009 G37 Coupe

(+) BCM Connector M123 Terminal 114 Ground Clutch pedal Depressed Not depressed Battery voltage 0 () Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.)
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Removal and Installation". NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. 2. Disconnect clutch interlock switch connector. Check continuity between clutch interlock switch harness connector and BCM harness connector.
Clutch interlock switch Connector E111 Terminal 2 Connector M123 BCM Terminal 114
E
Continuity Existed
3.
Check continuity between clutch interlock switch harness connector and ground.
Clutch interlock switch Connector E111 Terminal 2 Ground
G
4.CHECK CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH

Refer to SEC-91, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace clutch interlock switch. Refer to CL-7, "Exploded View".
J

SEC
INFOID:0000000004662959
1.CHECK CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH

1. 2. 3. . Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect clutch interlock switch connector. Check continuity between clutch interlock switch terminals.
N O
Clutch interlock switch Terminal 1 2 Clutch pedal Condition Depressed Not depressed Continuity
P
Existed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace clutch interlock switch. Refer to CL-7, "Exploded View".
SEC-91
2009 G37 Coupe
B26E9 STEERING STATUS

B26E9 STEERING STATUS

Description
INFOID:0000000004662960
There are 2 switches in the steering lock unit (steering lock/unlock switch 1 and 2). BCM compares the 2 switch conditions to judge the present steering status.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004662961
NOTE: If DTC B26E9 is displayed with DTC B2609, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC B2609. Refer to SEC82, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name S/L STATUS DTC detecting condition BCM requests lock to steering lock unit, then steering lock unit transmits a recognition signal to BCM, but steering lock unit remains unlocked. Possible cause
B26E9
Steering lock unit

1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Press driver side door switch and wait 1 second or more. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Refer to SEC-92, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662962
1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch ON. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Touch ERASE. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. Refer to SEC-92, "DTC Logic". Is the DTC B26E9 displayed again? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. 1. 2. 3. 4.
2.REPLACE STEERING LOCK UNIT

1. Replace steering lock unit. 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SEC-92, "DTC Logic". Is the DTC B26E9 displayed again? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> INSPECTION END

SEC-92
2009 G37 Coupe
B26EA KEY REGISTRATION

B26EA KEY REGISTRATION

Description
INFOID:0000000004662963
When the registered Intelligent Key is carried, the door lock/unlock operation and the push-button ignition switch operation become possible.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name KEY REGISTRATION DTC detecting condition
INFOID:0000000004662964
Possible cause Improper registration operation Intelligent Key BCM
B26EA
Intelligent Key is not registered successfully.

Perform initialization using CONSULT-III. Reregister all Intelligent Keys. For initialization and registration of Intelligent Key, refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/ NVIS. 2. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to SEC-93, "Diagnosis Procedure" NO >> INSPECTION END 1.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662965
J Perform initialization using CONSULT-III. Reregister all Intelligent Keys. For initialization and registration of Intelligent Key, refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/ NVIS. 2. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. SEC Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> INSPECTION END L REPLACE INTELLIGENT KEY
1.
2.
1. 2.
Replace Intelligent Key. Reregister all Intelligent Keys Perform initialization using CONSULT-III. For initialization, refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS. 3. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Removal and Installation". NO >> INSPECTION END
SEC-93
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004662966
There are 2 switches in the steering unit. IPDM E/R compares the 2 switch conditions to judge the present steering status and transmits the result to BCM via CAN communication.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004662967
DTC No. Self-diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible causes Harness or connectors [Steering lock unit circuit (BCM side) is open or shorted] Harness or connectors [Steering lock unit circuit (IPDM E/R side) is open or shorted] Steering lock unit IPDM E/R
B2612
STEERING STATUS
BCM detects the difference between the following status for 1 second Steering lock or unlock Feedback of steering lock status from IPDM E/R (CAN)

A/T models
M/T models

1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Press door switch. 4. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to SEC-94, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662968
1.INSPECTION START

SEC-94
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect steering lock unit connector and IPDM E/R connector. 3. Check voltage between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.

3.

SEC

3.
SEC-95
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Removal and Installation". NO >> Repair or replace harness.


3.


SEC-96
2009 G37 Coupe

A
SEC
SEC-97
2009 G37 Coupe
B2617 STARTER RELAY CIRCUIT


Description
INFOID:0000000004662969
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004662970
NOTE: If DTC B2617 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to SEC-36, "BCM : DTC Logic". If DTC B2617 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to SEC-38, "BCM : DTC Logic". If DTC B2617 is displayed with DTC B210E for IPDM E/R, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC B210E. Refer to SEC-114, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name STARTER RELAY CIRCUIT DTC detecting condition An immediate operation of starter relay is requested by BCM, but there is no response for more than 1 second. Possible cause Harness or connectors (Starter relay circuit is open or shorted.) IPDM E/R
B2617

1. Turn ignition switch ON under the following conditions and wait 1 second or more. Selector lever is in the P or N position Do not depress brake pedal
A/T models
M/T models
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662971
1.CHECK STARTER RELAY

1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
(+) BCM Connector Terminal Selector lever (A/T models) M121 52 Ground Clutch pedal (M/T models) N or P position Other than above Depressed Not depressed 12 0 Battery voltage 0 () Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.)
Is the measurement value within the specification. YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2.

SEC-98
2009 G37 Coupe

2.CHECK STARTER RELAY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM connector and IPDM E/R connector. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and BCM harness connector.
C
Existed
4.

D

H G
SEC
SEC-99
2009 G37 Coupe
B2619 BCM
B2619 BCM
Description
INFOID:0000000004662972
BCM requests IPDM E/R to supply power to steering lock unit. After receiving the power, the steering lock unit transmits an ON signal to BCM.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. B2619 Trouble diagnosis name BCM DTC detecting condition BCM detects a discrepancy between the power supplied to the steering lock unit and the feedback for one second or more.
INFOID:0000000004662973
Possible cause BCM

A/T models
M/T models
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662974
1.INSPECTION START
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Touch ERASE. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See SEC-100, "DTC Logic". Is the DTC B2619 displayed again? YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Removal and Installation". NO >> INSPECTION END
SEC-100
2009 G37 Coupe
B261E VEHICLE TYPE

B261E VEHICLE TYPE

Description
There are two types of vehicles. HEV Conventional
INFOID:0000000004662975
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004662976
NOTE: If DTC B261E is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to SEC-36, "BCM : DTC Logic". If DTC B261E is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to SEC-38, "BCM : DTC Logic".
DTC No. B261E Trouble diagnosis name VEHICLE TYPE DTC detecting condition Difference of BCM configuration. BCM Possible cause

A/T models

I
M/T models
Diagnosis Procedure
SEC
INFOID:0000000004662977
1.INSPECTION START
1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Touch ERASE. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See SEC-101, "DTC Logic". Is the 1st trip DTC B261E displayed again? YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Removal and Installation". NO >> INSPECTION END
SEC-101
2009 G37 Coupe
B261F ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH


Description DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detection condition When ignition switch is ON and vehicle speed is 40 km/h, BCM detects that clutch pedal position switch is ON for 10 seconds or more. Possible cause Harness or connector (ASCD clutch switch circuit open or shorted) Clutch pedal position switch BCM
INFOID:0000000004662978
BCM judges that clutch pedal is operated by clutch interlock switch and clutch pedal position switch operation.
INFOID:0000000004662979
B261F
ASCD CNCL/CLTH SW

1. Drive the vehicle at the vehicle speed of 40 km/h (24.8 MPH) or more wait 10 seconds or more. 2. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to SEC-102, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662980
1.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH POWER SUPPLY

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch harness connector and ground.
(+) ASCD clutch switch Connector E108 (Without ICC) E113 (With ICC) Terminal 1 Ground Battery voltage () Voltage (V) (Approx.)
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO-1 >> Check ASCD brake switch. Refer to EC-484, "Component Function Check". NO-2 >> Check 10A fuse [No. 3, located in the fuse block (J/B)] NO-3 >> Check harness for open or short between ASCD clutch switch and fuse.
2.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH SIGNAL

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Connect ASCD clutch switch connector. Disconnect BCM connector. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
(+) BCM Connector M122 Terminal 99 Ground Clutch pedal Depressed Not depressed 0 Battery voltage () Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.)
SEC-102
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Removal and Installation". NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. 2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch connector. Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch harness connector and BCM harness connector.
ASCD clutch switch Connector E108 (Without ICC) E113 (With ICC) Terminal 2 Connector M122 BCM Terminal 99 Continuity
Existed
3.
Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch harness connector and ground.
E
ASCD clutch switch Connector E108 (Without ICC) E113 (With ICC) Terminal 2 Ground Not existed Continuity
4.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH

Refer to SEC-103, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace ASCD clutch switch. Refer to CL-7, "Exploded View".

SEC
INFOID:0000000004662981
1.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH

1. 2. 3. . Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch connector. Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals.
ASCD clutch switch Terminal 1 2 Clutch pedal
N
Condition Depressed Not depressed Continuity Not existed Existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ASCD clutch switch. Refer to CL-7, "Exploded View".
SEC-103
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004662982
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004662983
NOTE: If DTC B2108 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to SEC200, "DTC Index".
DTC No. B2108 Trouble diagnosis name STRG LCK RELAY ON DTC detecting condition IPDM E/R detects that the relay is stuck in the ON position for about 1 second even if the IPDM E/R receives steering lock relay ON/OFF signal from BCM. Possible cause IPDM E/R

A/T models
M/T models
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662984
1.CHECK STEERING LOCK RELAY

Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
(+) IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Ignition switch OFF E5 11 Ground Ignition switch LOCK A few seconds after opening the driver door Press the push-button ignition switch Battery voltage Battery voltage 0 () Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.)
Ignition switch ACC or ON
Is the inspection normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Removal and Installation".
2.CHECK STEERING LOCK RELAY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and steering lock unit connector. Check continuity IPDM E/R harness connector and steering lock unit harness connector.
SEC-104
2009 G37 Coupe

IPDM E/R Connector E5 Terminal 11 Steering lock unit Connector M40 Terminal 1 Continuity Existed
4.
Check continuity IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.


SEC
SEC-105
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004662985
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004662986
NOTE: If DTC B2109 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to SEC-36, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : DTC Logic". When IPDM E/R power supply voltage is low (Approx. 7 - 8 V for about 1 second), the DTC B2109 may be detected.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name STRG LCK RELAY OFF DTC detecting condition IPDM E/R detects that the relay is stuck in the OFF position for about 1 second even if the IPDM E/R receives steering lock relay ON/OFF signal from BCM. Possible cause Harness or connector (Power supply circuit) IPDM E/R Battery
B2109

A/T models
M/T models
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662987
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

Check IPDM E/R power supply circuit. Refer to SEC-120, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : Diagnosis Procedure". Is the circuit normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check 10A fuse (No. 48, located in IPDM E/R). Is the inspection normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Removal and Installation". NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
SEC-106
2009 G37 Coupe
B210A STEERING LOCK CONDITION SWITCH


Description
INFOID:0000000004662988
There are 2 switches in the steering unit. IPDM E/R compares the 2 switch conditions to judge the present steering status and transmits the result to BCM via CAN communication.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004662989
NOTE: If DTC B210A is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to SEC36, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : DTC Logic".
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause Harness or connectors [Steering lock unit circuit (BCM side) is open or shorted] Harness or connectors [Steering lock unit circuit (IPDM E/ R side) is open or shorted] Steering lock unit IPDM E/R
B210A
STRG LCK STATE SW
IPDM E/R detects the difference between steering condition switches 1 and 2 for 1 second.

A/T models
M/T models
SEC

1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Press driver side door switch and wait 1 second or more. 4. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to SEC-107, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
O
INFOID:0000000004662990
1.INSPECTION START

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
SEC-107
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Disconnect steering lock unit connector and IPDM E/R connector. 3. Check voltage between steering lock unit harness connector and ground.

3.


3.
SEC-108
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Removal and Installation". NO >> Repair or replace harness.


3.
I
SEC


SEC-109
2009 G37 Coupe

SEC-110
2009 G37 Coupe
B210B STARTER CONTROL RELAY

B210B STARTER CONTROL RELAY

Description
INFOID:0000000004662991
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004662992
NOTE: If DTC B210B is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to SEC36, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : DTC Logic".
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition IPDM E/R detects that the relay is stuck in the ON position even if the following conditions are met for about 1 second. Starter control relay ON/OFF signal from BCM Transmission range switch input signal Possible cause
B210B
START CONT RLY ON
IPDM E/R

1. Turn the power supply position to start under the following conditions and wait 1 second or more.
A/T models
M/T models
SEC
INFOID:0000000004662993
Diagnosis Procedure
1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch ON. Check Self-diagnostic result for IPDM E/R using CONSULT-III. Touch ERASE. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See SEC-111, "DTC Logic". Is the DTC B210B displayed again? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer PCS-32, "Removal and Installation". NO >> INSPECTION END 1. 2. 3. 4.
SEC-111
2009 G37 Coupe
B210C STARTER CONTROL RELAY

B210C STARTER CONTROL RELAY

Description
INFOID:0000000004662994
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004662995
NOTE: If DTC B210C is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to SEC-36, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : DTC Logic". When IPDM E/R power supply voltage is low (Approx. 7 - 8 V for about 1 second), the DTC B210C may be detected.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition IPDM E/R detects that the relay is stuck in the OFF position even if the following conditions are met for about 1 second. Starter control relay ON/OFF signal from BCM Transmission range switch input signal Possible cause
B210C
START CONT RLY OFF
IPDM E/R Battery

1. Turn the power supply position to start under the following conditions and wait 1 second or more. Selector lever is in the P or N position Do not depress brake pedal
A/T models
M/T models
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004662996
1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch ON. Check Self-diagnostic result for IPDM E/R using CONSULT-III. Touch ERASE. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See SEC-112, "DTC Logic". Is the DTC B210C displayed again? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Removal and Installation". NO >> INSPECTION END 1. 2. 3. 4.
SEC-112
2009 G37 Coupe
B210D STARTER RELAY

B210D STARTER RELAY

Description
INFOID:0000000004662997
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004662998
NOTE: If DTC B210D is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to SEC-36, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : DTC Logic". If DTC B210D is displayed with DTC B2617, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC B2617. Refer to SEC-98, "DTC Logic".
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition IPDM E/R detects that the relay is stuck in the ON position even if the following conditions are met for about 1 second. Starter control relay ON/OFF signal from BCM Transmission range switch input Possible cause
F
IPDM E/R
B210D
STARTER RELAY ON

1. Turn ignition switch ON under the following conditions and wait for 1 second or more.
A/T models

J
M/T models
SEC
Diagnosis Procedure
L
INFOID:0000000004662999
1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch ON. Check Self-diagnostic result for IPDM E/R using CONSULT-III. Touch ERASE. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See SEC-113, "DTC Logic". Is the DTC B210D displayed again? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Removal and Installation". NO >> INSPECTION END 1. 2. 3. 4.
SEC-113
2009 G37 Coupe
B210E STARTER RELAY

B210E STARTER RELAY

Description
INFOID:0000000004663000
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004663001
NOTE: If DTC B210E is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to SEC-36, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : DTC Logic". If DTC B210E is displayed with DTC B2110 for IPDM E/R, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC B2110. Refer to SEC-118, "DTC Logic". When IPDM E/R power supply voltage is low (Approx. 7 - 8 V for about 1 second), the DTC B210F may be detected.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition IPDM E/R detects that the relay is stuck in the OFF position even if the following conditions are met for about 1 second. Starter control relay ON/OFF signal from BCM Transmission range switch input Possible cause IPDM E/R Battery
B210E
STARTER RELAY OFF

A/T models
M/T models
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004663002
1.CHECK STARTER RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM connector. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
(+) BCM Connector Terminal Selector lever (A/T models) M121 52 Ground Clutch pedal (M/T models) P or N position Other than above Depressed Not depressed 12 0 Battery voltage 0 () Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.)

SEC-114
2009 G37 Coupe
B210E STARTER RELAY

2.CHECK STARTER RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. 2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
BCM Connector M121 Terminal 52 Connector E6 IPDM E/R Terminal 46
B
Continuity Existed
3.
Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

BCM Connector M121 Terminal 52 Ground Continuity Not existed
3.CHECK STARTER RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
(+) IPDM E/R Connector E5 Terminal 36 Ground Battery voltage () Voltage (V) (Approx.)
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Removal and Installation". NO >> Check harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and battery. Refer to SEC-195, "Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -".
SEC
SEC-115
2009 G37 Coupe
B210F PNP/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH


Description
IPDM E/R confirms the shift position with the following signals. Transmission range switch Shift position signal from BCM (CAN)
INFOID:0000000004663003
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004663004
NOTE: If DTC B210F is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to SEC36, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : DTC Logic"
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition IPDM E/R detects the difference between the signals below for 1 second or more. Transmission range switch input signal Shift position signal from BCM (CAN) Possible cause Harness or connectors (Transmission range switch circuit is open or shorted) Transmission range switch IPDM E/R BCM
B210F
INTER LOCK/PNP SW ON

1. Turn ignition switch ON under the following conditions and wait 1 second or more. Selector lever is in the P or N position Do not depress brake pedal 2. Check Self-diagnostic result using CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected? YES >> Go to SEC-116, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004663005
1.CHECK DTC WITH BCM

2.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH SIGNAL

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
(+) IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Selector lever (A/T models) E5 30 Ground Clutch pedal (M/T models) N or P position Other than above Depressed Not depressed Battery voltage 0 Battery voltage 0 () Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.)
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Removal and Installation".
SEC-116
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. 2. Disconnect BCM connector. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and BCM harness connector.
C
Existed
3.

D
SEC
SEC-117
2009 G37 Coupe
B2110 PNP/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH


Description
IPDM E/R confirms the shift position with the following signals. Transmission range switch Shift position signal from BCM (CAN)
INFOID:0000000004663006
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004663007
NOTE: If DTC B2110 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to SEC36, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : DTC Logic".
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause Harness or connectors (Transmission range switch circuit is open or shorted) Transmission range switch IPDM E/R BCM
B2110
INTER LOCK/PNP SW
IPDM E/R detects the difference between the signals below for 1 second or more. Transmission range switch input signal Shift position signal from BCM (CAN)

1. Turn the ignition switch ON under the following conditions and wait 1 second or more. Selector lever is in the P or N position Do not depress brake pedal
A/T models
M/T models
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004663008
1.CHECK DTC WITH BCM

2.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH SIGNAL

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
SEC-118
2009 G37 Coupe

(+) IPDM E/R Connector Terminal Selector lever (A/T models) E5 30 Ground Clutch pedal (M/T models) N or P position Other than above Depressed Not depressed Battery voltage 0 Battery voltage 0 () Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.)
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Removal and Installation". NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. 2. Disconnect BCM connector. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and BCM harness connector.
IPDM E/R Connector E5 Terminal 30 Connector M123 BCM Terminal 140
F
Continuity Existed
3.

SEC
SEC-119
2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


BCM
INFOID:0000000004663009
1.CHECK FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK

Check that the following fuse and fusible link are not blown.
Signal name Battery power supply Fuse and fusible link No. K 10
Is the fuse fusing? YES >> Replace the blown fuse or fusible link after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse or fusible link is blown. NO >> GO TO 2.

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM connectors. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
Terminals (+) BCM Connector M118 M119 Terminal 1 11 Ground Battery voltage () Voltage (Approx.)
Is the measurement value normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT

BCM Connector M119 Terminal 13 Ground Continuity Existed
Does continuity exist? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Repair harness or connector.

INFOID:0000000004663010
1.CHECK FUSES AND FUSIBLE LINK

Check that the following IPDM E/R fuses or fusible links are not blown.
SEC-120
2009 G37 Coupe

Signal name Fuses and fusible link No. C Battery power supply 50 51

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and the ground.
Terminals (+) IPDM E/R Connector E4 Terminal 1 2 Ground Battery voltage () Voltage (Approx.)
Is the measurement value normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the harness or connector.

Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connectors and the ground.
IPDM E/R Connector E5 E6 Terminal 12 41 Ground Existed Continuity
SEC
Does continuity exist? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Repair the harness or connector.
SEC-121
2009 G37 Coupe
KEY SLOT
KEY SLOT
Description
INFOID:0000000004663011
When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged, it performs the NVIS (NATS) ID verification between the integrated transponder and BCM by inserting the Intelligent Key into the key slot, and then the engine can be started.
Component Function Check
INFOID:0000000004663012
1.CHECK FUNCTION
1. 2. Remove Intelligent Key battery from Intelligent Key. Change power supply position when Intelligent Key insert into key slot and then press push-button ignition switch. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Key slot function is normal. NO >> Go to SEC-122, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004663013
1.CHECK KEY SLOT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

(+) Key slot Connector M22 Terminal 1 5 Ground Battery voltage () Voltage (V) (Approx.)
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO-1 >> Check 10 A fuse [No. 6 and 9 located in the fuse block (J/B)]. NO-2 >> Check harness for open or short between key slot and fuse.

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace key slot. Refer to SEC-211, "Removal and Installation". NO >> Repair or replace harness.
SEC-122
2009 G37 Coupe
KEY SLOT INDICATOR

KEY SLOT INDICATOR

Description
Blinks when Intelligent Key insertion is required.
INFOID:0000000004663014
B
INFOID:0000000004663015
1.CHECK FUNCTION
Check key slot illumination (KEY SLOT ILLUMI) Active Test mode. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Key slot function is normal. NO >> Refer to SEC-123, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
E
INFOID:0000000004663016
1.CHECK KEY SLOT INDICATOR OUTPUT SIGNAL

Check voltage between key slot harness connector and ground.
Key slot (+) Connector Terminal Insert Intelligent Key into key slot Remove Intelligent Key from key slot () Condition Key slot illumination Voltage (V) (Approx.)
H
OFF ON Battery voltage 0
M22
Ground
2.CHECK KEY SLOT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

Key slot (+) Connector M22 Terminal 1 5 Ground Battery voltage () Voltage (V) (Approx.)
SEC
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO-1 >> Check 10 A fuse [No. 6 and 9 located in the fuse block (J/B)]. NO-2 >> Check harness for open or short between key slot and fuse.

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4.

SEC-123
2009 G37 Coupe
KEY SLOT INDICATOR

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> Repair or replace key slot ground circuit.

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM connector. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and key slot harness connector.
BCM Connector M122 Terminal 92 Connector M22 Key slot Terminal 6 Continuity Existed
4.

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace key slot. Refer to SEC-211, "Removal and Installation". NO >> Repair or replace harness.

SEC-124
2009 G37 Coupe
HOOD SWITCH
HOOD SWITCH
Description
INFOID:0000000004663017
Hood switch is built into hood lock (RH) and connected to IPDM E/R which detects the open/close condition of hood.
INFOID:0000000004663018
1.CHECK FUNCTION
1. 2. Select HOOD SW in the Data Monitor mode using CONSULT-III. Check the hood switch signal under the following condition.
Test item HOOD SW Hood Condition Open Close Status ON OFF
Is the indication normal? YES >> Hood switch is normal. NO >> Go to SEC-125, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004663019
1.CHECK HOOD SWITCH SIGNAL

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect hood switch connector. Check voltage between hood switch harness connector and ground.
(+) Hood switch Connector E30 Terminal 2 Ground Battery voltage () Voltage (V) (Approx.)
SEC
2.CHECK HOOD SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. 2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and hood switch harness connector.
IPDM E/R Connector E9 Terminal 104 Connector E30 Hood switch Terminal 2
M
Continuity Existed
3.

IPDM E/R Connector E9 Terminal 104 Ground
O
3.CHECK HOOD SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT

Check continuity between hood switch harness connector and ground.
SEC-125
2009 G37 Coupe
HOOD SWITCH
Hood switch Connector E30 Terminal 1 Ground Continuity Existed
4.CHECK HOOD SWITCH

Refer to SEC-126, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace hood lock (RH). Refer to DLK-209, "HOOD LOCK CONTROL : Removal and Installation".

INFOID:0000000004663020
1.CHECK HOOD SWITCH

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect hood switch connector. Check continuity between hood switch terminals.
Hood switch Terminal 1 2 Hood switch Condition Pressed Released Continuity Not existed Existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace hood lock (RH). Refer to DLK-209, "HOOD LOCK CONTROL : Removal and Installation".
SEC-126
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004663021
Security indicator lamp is located on combination meter. IVIS (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System) and vehicle security system conditions are indicated by blink or illumination of security indicator lamp.
INFOID:0000000004663022
1.CHECK FUNCTION
1. 2. Perform THEFT IND in the ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-III. Check security indicator lamp operation.
Test item THEFT IND ON OFF Description Security indicator lamp Illuminates Does not illuminate
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to SEC-127, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
G
INFOID:0000000004663023
1.CHECK SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect combination meter connector. Check voltage between combination meter harness connector and ground.
(+) Combination meter Connector M53 Terminal 1 Ground Battery voltage () Voltage (V) (Approx.)
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO-1 >> 10A fuse [No. 11, located in the fuse block (J/B)]. NO-2 >> Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuse.
SEC
2.CHECK SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP SIGNAL

1. 2. 3. Connect combination meter connector. Disconnect BCM connector. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
(+) BCM Connector M123 Terminal 141 Ground Battery voltage () Voltage (V) (Approx.)
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Removal and Installation". NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER CIRCUIT

1. 2. Disconnect BCM connector. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector and BCM harness connector.
SEC-127
2009 G37 Coupe

Combination meter Connector M53 Terminal 10 Connector M123 BCM Terminal 141 Continuity Existed
3.
Check continuity between combination meter harness connector and ground.

Combination meter Connector M53 Terminal 10 Ground Continuity Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-125, "Removal and Installation". NO >> Repair or replace harness.
SEC-128
2009 G37 Coupe
KEY WARNING LAMP

KEY WARNING LAMP

Description
Performs operation method guide and warning together with buzzer.
INFOID:0000000004663024
B
INFOID:0000000004663025
1.CHECK FUNCTION
Check the operation with INDICATOR in Active Test mode using CONSULT-III.
Test item INDICATOR KEY ON KEY IND Condition Key warning lamp illuminates Key warning lamp blinks
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Key warning lamp in combination meter is normal. NO >> Refer to SEC-129, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
INFOID:0000000004663026
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK KEY WARNING LAMP

Refer to MWI-35, "Diagnosis Description". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace harness.

SEC
SEC-129
2009 G37 Coupe


Wiring Diagram - INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION INFOID:0000000004663027
JCKWM2122GB
SEC-130
2009 G37 Coupe

A
SEC
O
JCKWM2123GB
SEC-131
2009 G37 Coupe

JCKWM2124GB
SEC-132
2009 G37 Coupe

A
SEC
O
JCKWM2125GB
SEC-133
2009 G37 Coupe

JCKWM2126GB
SEC-134
2009 G37 Coupe

A
SEC
O
JCKWM2127GB
SEC-135
2009 G37 Coupe

JCKWM2128GB
SEC-136
2009 G37 Coupe

A
SEC
O
JCKWM2129GB
SEC-137
2009 G37 Coupe

JCKWM2130GB
SEC-138
2009 G37 Coupe


Wiring Diagram - IVIS INFOID:0000000004663029
SEC
P
JCKWM2137GB
SEC-139
2009 G37 Coupe

JCKWM2138GB
SEC-140
2009 G37 Coupe

A
SEC
O
JCKWM2139GB
SEC-141
2009 G37 Coupe

JCKWM2140GB
SEC-142
2009 G37 Coupe

A
SEC
O
JCKWM2141GB
SEC-143
2009 G37 Coupe

JCKWM2142GB
SEC-144
2009 G37 Coupe

A
SEC
O
JCKWM2143GB
SEC-145
2009 G37 Coupe

JCKWM2144GB
SEC-146
2009 G37 Coupe


Wiring Diagram - VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM INFOID:0000000004663031
SEC
P
JCKWM2131GB
SEC-147
2009 G37 Coupe

JCKWM2132GB
SEC-148
2009 G37 Coupe

A
SEC
O
JCKWM2133GB
SEC-149
2009 G37 Coupe

JCKWM2134GB
SEC-150
2009 G37 Coupe

A
SEC
O
JCKWM2135GB
SEC-151
2009 G37 Coupe

JCKWM2136GB
SEC-152
2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)

< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

Reference Value
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL
CONSULT-III MONITOR ITEM
INFOID:0000000004679491
C
Condition Value/Status Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Wiper intermittent dial position Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off Off On Off On Off
Monitor Item FR WIPER HI Other than front wiper switch HI Front wiper switch HI Other than front wiper switch LO Front wiper switch LO Front washer switch OFF Front washer switch ON Other than front wiper switch INT Front wiper switch INT Front wiper is not in STOP position Front wiper is in STOP position
FR WIPER LOW
FR WASHER SW
FR WIPER INT
FR WIPER STOP INT VOLUME TURN SIGNAL R
Wiper intermittent dial is in a dial position 1 - 7 Other than turn signal switch RH Turn signal switch RH Other than turn signal switch LH Turn signal switch LH Other than lighting switch 1ST and 2ND Lighting switch 1ST or 2ND Other than lighting switch HI Lighting switch HI Other than lighting switch 2ND Lighting switch 2ND Other than lighting switch 2ND Lighting switch 2ND Other than lighting switch PASS Lighting switch PASS Other than lighting switch AUTO Lighting switch AUTO Front fog lamp switch OFF Front fog lamp switch ON NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Driver door closed Driver door opened Passenger door closed Passenger door opened NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored.
TURN SIGNAL L
TAIL LAMP SW
HI BEAM SW
SEC
HEAD LAMP SW 1
HEAD LAMP SW 2
PASSING SW
AUTO LIGHT SW
FR FOG SW RR FOG SW DOOR SW-DR
DOOR SW-AS DOOR SW-RR
SEC-153
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor Item DOOR SW-RL DOOR SW-BK CDL LOCK SW Condition NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Other than power door lock switch LOCK Power door lock switch LOCK Other than power door lock switch UNLOCK Power door lock switch UNLOCK Other than driver door key cylinder LOCK position Driver door key cylinder LOCK position Other than driver door key cylinder UNLOCK position Driver door key cylinder UNLOCK position NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Hazard switch is OFF Hazard switch is ON NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Trunk lid opener cancel switch OFF Trunk lid opener cancel switch ON Trunk lid opener switch OFF While the trunk lid opener switch is turned ON Trunk lid closed Trunk lid opened LOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed LOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed TRUNK OPEN button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed TRUNK OPEN button of the Intelligent Key is pressed PANIC button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed PANIC button of the Intelligent Key is pressed UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed and held LOCK/UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed and held simultaneously LOCK/UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed and held simultaneously OPTICAL SENSOR Bright outside of the vehicle Dark outside of the vehicle Driver door request switch is not pressed Driver door request switch is pressed Passenger door request switch is not pressed Passenger door request switch is pressed NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Value/Status Off Off Off On Off On Off On Off On Off Off On Off Off Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Close to 5 V Close to 0 V Off On Off On Off
CDL UNLOCK SW
KEY CYL LK-SW
KEY CYL UN-SW KEY CYL SW-TR HAZARD SW REAR DEF SW H/L WASH SW TR CANCEL SW
TR/BD OPEN SW
TRNK/HAT MNTR
RKE-LOCK
RKE-UNLOCK
RKE-TR/BD
RKE-PANIC
RKE-P/W OPEN
RKE-MODE CHG
REQ SW -DR
REQ SW -AS REQ SW -RR
SEC-154
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor Item REQ SW -RL REQ SW -BD/TR Condition NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Trunk lid opener request switch is not pressed Trunk lid opener request switch is pressed Push-button ignition switch (push switch) is not pressed Push-button ignition switch (push switch) is pressed Ignition switch in OFF or ACC position Ignition switch in ON position NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. The clutch pedal is not depressed The clutch pedal is depressed The brake pedal is depressed when No. 7 fuse is blown BRAKE SW 1 The brake pedal is not depressed when No. 7 fuse is blown, or No. 7 fuse is normal The brake pedal is not depressed The brake pedal is depressed Selector lever in P position (Except M/T models) The clutch pedal is depressed (M/T models) Selector lever in any position other than P (Except M/T models) The clutch pedal is not depressed (M/T models) Selector lever in any position other than P and N Selector lever in P or N position Steering is unlocked Steering is locked Steering is locked Steering is unlocked Ignition switch in OFF or ACC position Ignition switch in ON position Driver door is unlocked Driver door is locked Push-button ignition switch (push-switch) is not pressed Push-button ignition switch (push-switch) is pressed Ignition switch in OFF or ACC position Ignition switch in ON position Selector lever in any position other than P Selector lever in P position Selector lever in any position other than P and N (Except M/T models) The clutch pedal is not depressed (M/T models) Selector lever in P or N position The clutch pedal is depressed Selector lever in any position other than P Selector lever in P position Selector lever in any position other than N Selector lever in N position Value/Status
A
Off Off On Off On Off On
PUSH SW
IGN RLY2 -F/B ACC RLY -F/B CLUCH SW
D
Off Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On
BRAKE SW 2
DETE/CANCL SW
SFT PN/N SW
S/L -LOCK
S/L -UNLOCK
SEC
S/L RELAY-F/B
UNLK SEN -DR
PUSH SW -IPDM
IGN RLY1 -F/B
DETE SW -IPDM
SFT PN -IPDM
P
Off On Off On
SFT P -MET
SFT N -MET
SEC-155
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor Item Engine stopped ENGINE STATE While the engine stalls At engine cranking Engine running S/L LOCK-IPDM Steering is unlocked Steering is locked Steering is locked Steering is unlocked Steering lock system is not the LOCK condition and the changing condition from LOCK to UNLOCK Steering lock system are not the LOCK condition or the changing condition from LOCK to UNLOCK While driving While driving Driver door is locked DOOR STAT-DR Wait with selective UNLOCK operation (60 seconds) Driver door is unlocked Passenger door is locked DOOR STAT-AS Wait with selective UNLOCK operation (60 seconds) Passenger door is unlocked ID OK FLAG Steering is locked Steering is unlocked The engine start is prohibited The engine start is permitted NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. The Intelligent Key is not inserted into key slot The Intelligent Key is inserted into key slot During the operation of the Intelligent Key NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by any key ID registered to BCM. The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by any key ID registered to BCM. The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the fourth key ID registered to BCM. The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the fourth key ID registered to BCM. The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the third key ID registered to BCM. The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the third key ID registered to BCM. Condition Value/Status Stop Stall Crank Run Off On Off On Off On Equivalent to speedometer reading Equivalent to speedometer reading LOCK READY UNLOCK LOCK READY UNLOCK Reset Set Reset Set Reset Off On Operation frequency of the Intelligent Key Yet Done Yet Done Yet Done
S/L UNLK-IPDM
S/L RELAY-REQ
VEH SPEED 1 VEH SPEED 2
PRMT ENG STRT PRMT RKE STRT KEY SW -SLOT RKE OPE COUN1 RKE OPE COUN2
CONFRM ID ALL
CONFIRM ID4
CONFIRM ID3
SEC-156
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor Item Condition The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the second key ID registered to BCM. The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the second key ID registered to BCM. The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the first key ID registered to BCM. The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the first key ID registered to BCM. The ID of fourth Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM The ID of fourth Intelligent Key is registered to BCM The ID of third Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM The ID of third Intelligent Key is registered to BCM The ID of second Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM The ID of second Intelligent Key is registered to BCM The ID of first Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM The ID of first Intelligent Key is registered to BCM Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received) Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received) Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received) Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received) ID of front LH tire transmitter is registered ID of front LH tire transmitter is not registered ID of front RH tire transmitter is registered ID of front RH tire transmitter is not registered ID of rear RH tire transmitter is registered ID of rear RH tire transmitter is not registered ID of rear LH tire transmitter is registered ID of rear LH tire transmitter is not registered Tire pressure indicator OFF Tire pressure indicator ON Tire pressure warning alarm is not sounding Tire pressure warning alarm is sounding Value/Status
A
Yet Done Yet
CONFIRM ID2
CONFIRM ID1
C
Done Yet Done Yet Done Yet Done Yet Done Air pressure of front LH tire Air pressure of front RH tire Air pressure of rear RH tire Air pressure of rear LH tire Done Yet Done Yet Done Yet Done Yet Off On Off On
TP 4
TP 3
TP 2
TP 1 AIR PRESS FL AIR PRESS FR AIR PRESS RR AIR PRESS RL ID REGST FL1
ID REGST FR1
SEC
ID REGST RR1
ID REGST RL1
WARNING LAMP
BUZZER
SEC-157
2009 G37 Coupe

< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > TERMINAL LAYOUT
JPMIA0062ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
SEC-158
2009 G37 Coupe

Terminal No. (Wire color) + 1 (W) 2 (Y) 3 (O) Ground Ground Ground Description Signal name Battery power supply P/W power supply (BAT) P/W power supply (RAP) Input/ Output Input Output Output Condition Value (Approx.) Battery voltage 12 V 12 V 0V
Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON Interior room lamp battery saver is activated. (Cuts the interior room lamp power supply)
4 (LG)
Ground
Interior room lamp power supply
Output
Interior room lamp battery saver is not activated. (Outputs the interior room lamp power supply) Passenger door UNLOCK (Actuator is activated) Other than UNLOCK (Actuator is not activated) ON OFF LOCK (Actuator is activated) Other than LOCK (Actuator is not activated) UNLOCK (Actuator is activated) Other than UNLOCK (Actuator is not activated)
12 V
5 (P)
Ground
Passenger door UNLOCK
12 V 0V 0V 12 V 12 V 0V
Output
7 (SB)
Ground
Step lamp
Output
Step lamp
8 (V)
Ground
All doors, fuel lid LOCK
Output
All doors, fuel lid
I
12 V 0V Battery voltage
9 (G) 11 (R) 13 (B)
Ground
Driver door, fuel lid UNLOCK
Output
Driver door, fuel lid
Ground Ground
Battery power supply Ground
Input
Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON OFF
SEC
0V 0V NOTE: When the illumination brightening/dimming level is in the neutral position. Output Tail lamp ON
14 (W)
Ground
Push-button ignition switch illumination ground
JSNIA0010GB
15 (O)
Ground
ACC indicator lamp
Output
Ignition switch
OFF (LOCK indicator is not illuminated) ACC
Battery voltage 0V
SEC-159
2009 G37 Coupe

Terminal No. (Wire color) + Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition Turn signal switch OFF Value (Approx.) 0V
17 (W)
Ground
Turn signal RH (Front)
Output
Ignition switch ON
Turn signal switch RH
PKID0926E
6.5 V Turn signal switch OFF 0V
18 (O)
Ground
Turn signal LH (Front)
Output
Ignition switch ON
Turn signal switch LH
PKID0926E
6.5 V 19 (V) Ground Room lamp timer control Output Interior room lamp OFF ON Turn signal switch OFF 12 V 0V 0V
20 (V)
Ground
Turn signal RH (Rear)
Output
Ignition switch ON
PKID0926E
6.5 V OPEN (Trunk lid opener actuator is activated) Other than OPEN (Trunk lid opener actuator is not activated) Turn signal switch OFF 12 V
23 (L)
Ground
Trunk lid open
Output
Trunk lid
0V 0V
25 (Y)
Ground
Turn signal LH (Rear)
Output
Ignition switch ON
PKID0926E
6.5 V 30 (P) Ground Trunk room lamp Output Trunk room lamp ON OFF 0V 12 V
SEC-160
2009 G37 Coupe

Terminal No. (Wire color) + Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition Value (Approx.)
B
When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compartment
JMKIA0062GB
34 (SB)
Ground
Trunk room antenna ()
Output
Ignition switch OFF
E
When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compartment
JMKIA0063GB

JMKIA0062GB
35 (V)
Ground
Trunk room antenna (+)
Output
Ignition switch OFF
J
JMKIA0063GB
SEC
M
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area When the trunk lid opener request switch is operated with ignition switch OFF When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
JMKIA0063GB JMKIA0062GB
38 (B)
Ground
Rear bumper antenna ()
Output
SEC-161
2009 G37 Coupe

39 (W)
Ground
Rear bumper antenna (+)
Output
47 (Y)
Ground
Ignition relay (IPDM E/R) control
Output
Ignition switch
OFF or ACC ON
12 V 0V
50 (R)
Ground
Trunk room lamp switch
Input
OFF (Trunk lid is closed)
JPMIA0011GB
11.8 V ON (Trunk lid is opened) Ignition switch ON (A/T models) 52 (SB) Ground Starter relay control Output Ignition switch ON (M/T models) When selector lever is in P or N position When selector lever is not in P or N position When the clutch pedal is depressed When the clutch pedal is not depressed ON (Pressed) 0V 12 V 0V Battery voltage 0V 0V
61 (SB)
Ground
Trunk lid opener request switch
Input
OFF (Not pressed)
JPMIA0016GB
1.0 V 64 (L) Ground Intelligent Key warning buzzer (Engine room) Output Intelligent Key warning buzzer (Engine room) Sounding Not sounding 0V 12 V
SEC-162
2009 G37 Coupe

Terminal No. (Wire color) + Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition Pressed Value (Approx.) 0V
67 (GR)
Ground
Trunk lid opener switch
Input
C
Not pressed
D
JPMIA0011GB
11.8 V
E
JMKIA0062GB
72 (R)
Ground
Room antenna 2 () (Center console)
Output
Ignition switch OFF
H
JMKIA0063GB

JMKIA0062GB
SEC
L
73 (G) Ground Room antenna 2 (+) (Center console) Output Ignition switch OFF
M
JMKIA0063GB
SEC-163
2009 G37 Coupe

When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area When the passenger door request switch is operated with ignition switch OFF When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
74 (SB)
Ground
Passenger door antenna ()
Output
75 (BR)
Ground
Passenger door antenna (+)
Output
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area When the driver door request switch is operated with ignition switch OFF When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
76 (V)
Ground
Driver door antenna ()
Output
SEC-164
2009 G37 Coupe

B
77 (LG)
Ground
Driver door antenna (+)
Output

JMKIA0062GB
78 (Y)
Ground
Room antenna 1 () (Instrument panel)
Output
Ignition switch OFF
J
JMKIA0063GB
SEC
M
JMKIA0062GB
79 (BR)
Ground
Room antenna 1 (+) (Instrument panel)
Output
Ignition switch OFF

JMKIA0063GB
SEC-165
2009 G37 Coupe

Terminal No. (Wire color) + 80 (GR) 81 (W) 82 (R) Ground Description Signal name NATS antenna amp (Built in key slot) NATS antenna amp (Built in key slot) Ignition relay [Fuse block (J/B)] control Input/ Output Input/ Output Input/ Output Output During waiting Condition Ignition switch is pressed while inserting the Intelligent Key into the key slot. Ignition switch is pressed while inserting the Intelligent Key into the key slot. OFF or ACC ON Value (Approx.) Just after pressing ignition switch. Pointer of tester should move. Just after pressing ignition switch. Pointer of tester should move. 0V 12 V
Ground
During waiting
Ground
Ignition switch
During waiting
JMKIA0064GB
83 (Y)
Ground
Remote keyless entry receiver communication
Input/ Output
When operating either button on the Intelligent Key
JMKIA0065GB
All switches OFF (Wiper intermittent dial 4)
JPMIA0041GB
1.4 V
87 (Y)
Ground
Combination switch INPUT 5
Input
Combination switch
Front fog lamp switch ON (Wiper intermittent dial 4)
JPMIA0037GB
1.3 V
Any of the conditions below with all switches OFF Wiper intermittent dial 1 Wiper intermittent dial 2 Wiper intermittent dial 6 Wiper intermittent dial 7
JPMIA0040GB
1.3 V
SEC-166
2009 G37 Coupe

B
JPMIA0041GB
1.4 V
E
Lighting switch HI (Wiper intermittent dial 4)
F
JPMIA0036GB
88 (O)
Ground
Input
Combination switch
1.3 V
Lighting switch 2ND (Wiper intermittent dial 4)
JPMIA0037GB
1.3 V
J
Any of the conditions below with all switches OFF Wiper intermittent dial 1 Wiper intermittent dial 2 Wiper intermittent dial 3
JPMIA0040GB
SEC
1.3 V 89 (BR) 90 (P) 91 (L) Ground Push-button ignition switch (Push switch) CAN-L CAN-H Input Input/ Output Input/ Output Push-button ignition switch (push switch) Pressed Not pressed OFF 0V Battery voltage 0V
Ground Ground
92 (LG)
Ground
Key slot illumination
Output
Blinking
JPMIA0015GB
6.5 V ON 12 V
SEC-167
2009 G37 Coupe

Terminal No. (Wire color) + 93 (Y) 95 (O) 96 (GR) 97 (L) 98 (P) Ground Description Signal name Input/ Output Output Ignition switch Condition OFF (LOCK indicator is not illuminated) ON Ground ACC relay control A/T shift selector (Detention switch) power supply Steering lock condition No. 1 Steering lock condition No. 2 Selector lever P position switch ASCD clutch switch (M/T models without ICC) Output Ignition switch OFF ACC or ON LOCK status UNLOCK status LOCK status UNLOCK status P position Any position other than P OFF (Clutch pedal is depressed) ON (Clutch pedal is not depressed) OFF (Clutch pedal is depressed) ON (Clutch pedal is not depressed) ON (Pressed) Value (Approx.) Battery voltage 0V 0V 12 V 12 V 0V 12 V 12 V 0V 0V 12 V 0V 12 V 0V 12 V 0V
ON indicator lamp
Ground
Output
Ground
Input
Steering lock
Ground
Input
Steering lock
Selector lever
99 (R)
Ground
Input
ASCD clutch switch
ICC clutch switch (M/ T models with ICC)
ICC clutch switch
100 (Y)
Ground
Passenger door request switch
Input
OFF (Not pressed)
JPMIA0016GB
1.0 V ON (Pressed) 0V
101 (P)
Ground
Driver door request switch
Input
OFF (Not pressed)
JPMIA0016GB
1.0 V 102 (O) 103 (LG) 106 (W) Ground Blower fan motor relay control Remote keyless entry receiver power supply Steering lock unit power supply Output Ignition switch OFF or ACC ON 0V 12 V 12 V 12 V 0V
Ground
Output
Ignition switch OFF OFF or ACC ON
Ground
Output
Ignition switch
SEC-168
2009 G37 Coupe

All switches OFF
JPMIA0041GB
1.4 V
E
F
JPMIA0037GB
1.3 V
G
Combination switch (Wiper intermittent dial 4)
107 (LG)
Ground
H
Input
JPMIA0036GB
1.3 V
Front wiper switch LO
SEC
JPMIA0038GB
1.3 V
M
Front washer switch ON
N
JPMIA0039GB
1.3 V
SEC-169
2009 G37 Coupe

JPMIA0041GB
1.4 V
Lighting switch AUTO (Wiper intermittent dial 4)
JPMIA0038GB
108 (R)
Ground
Input
Combination switch
1.3 V
Lighting switch 1ST (Wiper intermittent dial 4)
JPMIA0036GB
1.3 V
JPMIA0039GB
1.3 V
SEC-170
2009 G37 Coupe

All switches OFF
JPMIA0041GB
1.4 V
E
Lighting switch PASS
F
JPMIA0037GB
1.3 V
G
109 (W)
Ground
H
Lighting switch 2ND
Input
JPMIA0036GB
1.3 V
Front wiper switch INT
SEC
JPMIA0038GB
1.3 V
M
Front wiper switch HI
N
JPMIA0040GB
1.3 V ON 0V
P
110 (G) Ground Hazard switch Input Hazard switch OFF
JPMIA0012GB
1.1 V
SEC-171
2009 G37 Coupe

Terminal No. (Wire color) + Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition LOCK status Value (Approx.) 12 V
LOCK or UNLOCK 111 (Y) Ground Steering lock unit communication Input/ Output Steering lock
JMKIA0066GB
For 15 seconds after UNLOCK 15 seconds or later after UNLOCK 113 (O) Ignition switch ON When bright outside of the vehicle When dark outside of the vehicle OFF (Clutch pedal is not depressed) ON (Clutch pedal is depressed) OFF (Brake pedal is not depressed) ON (Brake pedal is depressed)
12 V 0V Close to 5 V Close to 0 V 0V Battery voltage Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage
Ground
Optical sensor
Input
114 (R) 116 (SB)
Ground
Clutch interlock switch
Input
Ground
Stop lamp switch 1
Input
Stop lamp switch 2 (Without ICC) 118 (BR) Ground Stop lamp switch 2 (With ICC) Input
Stop lamp switch
Stop lamp switch OFF (Brake pedal is not depressed) and ICC brake hold relay OFF Stop lamp switch ON (Brake pedal is depressed) or ICC brake hold relay ON
119 (SB)
Ground
Driver side door lock assembly (Unlock sensor)
Input
Driver door
LOCK status (Unlock sensor switch OFF)

JPMIA0012GB
1.1 V UNLOCK status (Unlock switch sensor ON) 121 (SB) When the Intelligent Key is inserted into key slot When the Intelligent Key is not inserted into key slot Ignition switch OFF or ACC ON 0V
12 V 0V 0V Battery voltage
Ground
Key slot switch
Input
123 (W)
Ground
IGN feedback
Input
SEC-172
2009 G37 Coupe

124 (LG)
Ground
Passenger door switch
Input
OFF (Door close)
JPMIA0011GB
11.8 V ON (Door open) 0V
129 (O)
Ground
Trunk lid opener cancel switch
Input
CANCEL
JPMIA0012GB
1.1 V ON 0V
132 (V)
Ground
Power window switch communication
Input/ Output
Ignition switch ON
JPMIA0013GB
10.2 V Ignition switch OFF or ACC ON (Tail lamps OFF) 12 V 9.5 V NOTE: The pulse width of this wave is varied by the illumination brightening/dimming level. 133 (L) Ground Push-button ignition switch illumination Output Push-button ignition switch illumination ON (Tail lamps ON)
SEC
JPMIA0159GB
OFF 134 (LG) 137 (O) 138 (V) Ground Ground Ground LOCK indicator lamp Receiver and sensor ground Receiver and sensor power supply Output Input Output LOCK indicator lamp OFF ON
0V Battery voltage 0V 0V 0V 5.0 V
Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF ACC or ON
SEC-173
2009 G37 Coupe

Standby state
139 (L)
Ground
Tire pressure receiver communication
Input/ Output
Ignition switch ON
OCC3881D
When receiving the signal from the transmitter
OCC3880D
140 (GR)
Ground
Selector lever P/N position (A/T models)
Input
Selector lever
P or N position Except P and N positions ON
12 V 0V 0V
141 (R)
Ground
Security indicator
Output
Security indicator
Blinking
JPMIA0014GB
11.3 V OFF All switches OFF Lighting switch 1ST Combination switch (Wiper intermittent dial 4) Lighting switch HI Lighting switch 2ND 12 V 0V
142 (BR)
Ground
Combination switch OUTPUT 5
Output

JPMIA0031GB
10.7 V All switches OFF (Wiper intermittent dial 4) Front wiper switch HI (Wiper intermittent dial 4) 143 (V) Ground Combination switch OUTPUT 1 Output Combination switch Any of the conditions below with all switches OFF Wiper intermittent dial 1 Wiper intermittent dial 2 Wiper intermittent dial 3 Wiper intermittent dial 6 Wiper intermittent dial 7 0V
JPMIA0032GB
10.7 V
SEC-174
2009 G37 Coupe

Terminal No. (Wire color) + Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition All switches OFF (Wiper intermittent dial 4) Front washer switch ON (Wiper intermittent dial 4) 144 (G) Ground Combination switch OUTPUT 2 Output Combination switch Value (Approx.) 0V
C
Any of the conditions below with all switches OFF Wiper intermittent dial 1 Wiper intermittent dial 5 Wiper intermittent dial 6 10.7 V All switches OFF Front wiper switch INT 0V
D
JPMIA0033GB
145 (L)
Ground
Output
Lighting switch AUTO

JPMIA0034GB
G
10.7 V
All switches OFF Front fog lamp switch ON Combination switch (Wiper intermittent dial 4) Lighting switch 2ND Lighting switch PASS
0V
146 (SB)
Ground
Output
J
JPMIA0035GB
10.7 V 149 (W) Ground Tire pressure warning check switch Input 12 V
SEC
150 (R)
Ground
Driver door switch
Input
Driver door switch
OFF (Door close)
JPMIA0011GB
11.8 V ON (Door open) 151 (G) Ground Rear window defogger relay control Output Rear window defogger Active Not activated 0V 0V Battery voltage
SEC-175
2009 G37 Coupe

Wiring Diagram - BCM -
INFOID:0000000004679492
JCMWM3046GB
SEC-176
2009 G37 Coupe

A
SEC
O
JCMWM3047GB
SEC-177
2009 G37 Coupe

JCMWM3048GB
SEC-178
2009 G37 Coupe

A
SEC
O
JCMWM3049GB
SEC-179
2009 G37 Coupe

JCMWM3050GB
SEC-180
2009 G37 Coupe

A
SEC
O
JCMWM3051GB
Fail-safe
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC
BCM performs fail-safe control when any DTC are detected.
P
INFOID:0000000004679493
SEC-181
2009 G37 Coupe

Display contents of CONSULT B2013: ID DISCORD BCM-S/L B2014: CHAIN OF S/L-BCM B2190: NATS ANTENNA AMP B2191: DIFFERENCE OF KEY B2192: ID DISCORD BCM-ECM B2193: CHAIN OF BCM-ECM B2195: ANTI SCANNING B2557: VEHICLE SPEED Fail-safe Inhibit engine cranking Inhibit engine cranking Inhibit engine cranking Inhibit engine cranking Inhibit engine cranking Inhibit engine cranking Inhibit engine cranking Inhibit steering lock Erase DTC Erase DTC Erase DTC Erase DTC Erase DTC Erase DTC Ignition switch ON OFF When normal vehicle speed signals are received from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for 500 ms 500 ms after the following CAN signal communication status becomes consistent Starter control relay signal Starter relay status signal 500 ms after the following signal reception status becomes consistent Selector lever P position switch signal P range signal (CAN) 5 seconds after the following BCM recognition conditions are fulfilled Ignition switch is in the ON position Selector lever P position switch signal: Except P position (battery voltage) Vehicle speed: 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more 500 ms after the following BCM recognition conditions are fulfilled Ignition switch is in the ON position Selector lever P position switch signal: Except P position (battery voltage) Selector lever P/N position signal: Except P and N positions (0 V) 500 ms after any of the following BCM recognition conditions are fulfilled Status 1 - Ignition switch is in the ON position - Selector lever P/N position signal: P and N position (battery voltage) - P range signal or N range signal (CAN): ON Status 2 - Ignition switch is in the ON position - Selector lever P/N position signal: Except P and N positions (0 V) - P range signal and N range signal (CAN): OFF 500 ms after any of the following BCM recognition conditions are fulfilled Status 1 - Ignition switch is in the ON position - Selector lever P/N position signal: Except P and N positions (0 V) - Interlock/PNP switch signal (CAN): OFF Status 2 - Ignition switch is in the ON position - Selector lever P/N position signal: P or N position (battery voltage) - PNP switch signal (CAN): ON 500 ms after the following CAN signal communication status becomes consistent Steering lock relay signal (Request signal) Steering lock relay signal (Condition signal) Cancellation
B2560: STARTER CONT RELAY
Inhibit engine cranking
B2601: SHIFT POSITION
Inhibit steering lock
B2603: SHIFT POSI STATUS
B2604: PNP SW
B2605: PNP SW
B2606: S/L RELAY
SEC-182
2009 G37 Coupe

Display contents of CONSULT Fail-safe Cancellation 500 ms after the following CAN signal communication status has becomes consistent Steering lock relay signal (Request signal) Steering lock relay signal (Condition signal) 500 ms after the following signal communication status becomes consistent Starter motor relay control signal Starter relay status signal (CAN) When the following steering lock conditions agree BCM steering lock control status Steering lock condition No. 1 signal status Steering lock condition No. 2 signal status 500 ms after the following conditions are fulfilled IGN relay (IPDM E/R) control signal: OFF (Battery voltage) Ignition ON signal (CAN to IPDM E/R): OFF (Request signal) Ignition ON signal (CAN from IPDM E/R): OFF (Condition signal) When any of the following conditions are fulfilled Power position changes to ACC Receives engine status signal (CAN) When any of the following conditions are fulfilled Steering lock unit status signal (CAN) is received normally The BCM steering lock control status matches the steering lock status recognized by the steering lock unit status signal (CAN from IPDM E/R) 1 second after the starter motor relay control inside BCM becomes normal 1 second after the ignition relay (IPDM E/R) control inside BCM becomes normal 1 second after the steering lock unit power supply output control inside BCM becomes normal BCM initialization When any of the following BCM recognition conditions are fulfilled Status 1 - Clutch switch signal (CAN from ECM): ON - Clutch interlock switch signal: OFF (0 V) Status 2 - Clutch switch signal (CAN from ECM): OFF - Clutch interlock switch signal: ON (Battery voltage) When BCM transmits the LOCK request signal to steering lock unit, and receives LOCK response signal from steering lock unit, the following conditions are fulfilled Steering condition No. 1 signal: LOCK (0 V) Steering condition No. 2 signal: LOCK (Battery voltage)
B2607: S/L RELAY
B2608: STARTER RELAY
B2609: S/L STATUS
Inhibit engine cranking Inhibit steering lock
B260A: IGNITION RELAY
B260F: ENG STATE SIG LOST
Maintains the power supply position attained at the time of DTC detection
B2612: S/L STATUS
B2617: STARTER RELAY CIRC B2618: BCM B2619: BCM B261E: VEHICLE TYPE
Inhibit engine cranking Inhibit engine cranking Inhibit engine cranking Inhibit engine cranking
SEC
B26E8: CLUTCH SW
B26E9: S/L STATUS
HIGH FLASHER OPERATION

BCM detects the turn signal lamp circuit status by the current value. BCM increases the turn signal lamp blinking speed if the bulb or harness open is detected with the turn signal lamp operating. NOTE: The blinking speed is normal while activating the hazard warning lamp.
DTC Inspection Priority Chart
INFOID:0000000004679494
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart.
SEC-183
2009 G37 Coupe

Priority 1 2 B2562: LOW VOLTAGE U1000: CAN COMM U1010: CONTROL UNIT(CAN) B2190: NATS ANTENNA AMP B2191: DIFFERENCE OF KEY B2192: ID DISCORD BCM-ECM B2193: CHAIN OF BCM-ECM B2195: ANTI SCANNING B2013: ID DISCORD BCM-S/L B2014: CHAIN OF S/L-BCM B2553: IGNITION RELAY B2555: STOP LAMP B2556: PUSH-BTN IGN SW B2557: VEHICLE SPEED B2560: STARTER CONT RELAY B2601: SHIFT POSITION B2602: SHIFT POSITION B2603: SHIFT POSI STATUS B2604: PNP SW B2605: PNP SW B2606: S/L RELAY B2607: S/L RELAY B2608: STARTER RELAY B2609: S/L STATUS B260A: IGNITION RELAY B260B: STEERING LOCK UNIT B260C: STEERING LOCK UNIT B260D: STEERING LOCK UNIT B260F: ENG STATE SIG LOST B2612: S/L STATUS B2614: ACC RELAY CIRC B2615: BLOWER RELAY CIRC B2616: IGN RELAY CIRC B2617: STARTER RELAY CIRC B2618: BCM B2619: BCM B261A: PUSH-BTN IGN SW B261E: VEHICLE TYPE B26E8: CLUTCH SW B26E9: S/L STATUS B26EA: KEY REGISTRATION C1729: VHCL SPEED SIG ERR U0415: VEHICLE SPEED SIG DTC
SEC-184
2009 G37 Coupe

Priority C1704: LOW PRESSURE FL C1705: LOW PRESSURE FR C1706: LOW PRESSURE RR C1707: LOW PRESSURE RL C1708: [NO DATA] FL C1709: [NO DATA] FR C1710: [NO DATA] RR C1711: [NO DATA] RL C1712: [CHECKSUM ERR] FL C1713: [CHECKSUM ERR] FR C1714: [CHECKSUM ERR] RR C1715: [CHECKSUM ERR] RL C1716: [PRESSDATA ERR] FL C1717: [PRESSDATA ERR] FR C1718: [PRESSDATA ERR] RR C1719: [PRESSDATA ERR] RL C1720: [CODE ERR] FL C1721: [CODE ERR] FR C1722: [CODE ERR] RR C1723: [CODE ERR] RL C1724: [BATT VOLT LOW] FL C1725: [BATT VOLT LOW] FR C1726: [BATT VOLT LOW] RR C1727: [BATT VOLT LOW] RL C1734: CONTROL UNIT DTC
B2621: INSIDE ANTENNA B2622: INSIDE ANTENNA B2623: INSIDE ANTENNA

INFOID:0000000004679495
DTC Index
NOTE: The details of time display are as follows. J CRNT: A malfunction is detected now. PAST: A malfunction was detected in the past. IGN counter is displayed on Freeze Frame Data. For details of Freeze Frame Data, refer to BCS-14, "COMSEC MON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)".
Freeze Frame Data Vehicle Speed Odo/Trip Meter Vehicle condition Tire pressure monitor warning lamp ON
CONSULT display
Fail-safe
Intelligent Key warning lamp ON
Reference page
No DTC is detected. further testing may be required. U1000: CAN COMM U1010: CONTROL UNIT(CAN) U0415: VEHICLE SPEED SIG B2013: ID DISCORD BCM-S/L B2014: CHAIN OF S/L-BCM B2190: NATS ANTENNA AMP B2191: DIFFERENCE OF KEY B2192: ID DISCORD BCM-ECM B2193: CHAIN OF BCM-ECM B2195: ANTI SCANNING B2553: IGNITION RELAY B2555: STOP LAMP
BCS-35 BCS-36 BCS-37 SEC-55 SEC-56 SEC-47 SEC-50 SEC-51 SEC-53 SEC-54 PCS-48 SEC-59
SEC-185
2009 G37 Coupe

CONSULT display Fail-safe Freeze Frame Data Vehicle Speed Odo/Trip Meter Vehicle condition Intelligent Key warning lamp ON (Turn ON for 15 seconds) (Turn ON for 15 seconds) (Turn ON for 15 seconds) Tire pressure monitor warning lamp ON WT-17 Reference page SEC-61 SEC-63 SEC-64 BCS-38 SEC-65 SEC-68 SEC-70 SEC-73 SEC-75 SEC-77 SEC-78 SEC-80 SEC-82 PCS-50 SEC-86 SEC-87 SEC-88 SEC-89 SEC-94 PCS-52 PCS-54 PCS-56 SEC-98 PCS-58 SEC-100 PCS-59 SEC-101 DLK-55 DLK-57 DLK-59 SEC-90 SEC-92 SEC-93
B2556: PUSH-BTN IGN SW B2557: VEHICLE SPEED B2560: STARTER CONT RELAY B2562: LOW VOLTAGE B2601: SHIFT POSITION B2602: SHIFT POSITION B2603: SHIFT POSI STATUS B2604: PNP SW B2605: PNP SW B2606: S/L RELAY B2607: S/L RELAY B2608: STARTER RELAY B2609: S/L STATUS B260A: IGNITION RELAY B260B: STEERING LOCK UNIT B260C: STEERING LOCK UNIT B260D: STEERING LOCK UNIT B260F: ENG STATE SIG LOST B2612: S/L STATUS B2614: ACC RELAY CIRC B2615: BLOWER RELAY CIRC B2616: IGN RELAY CIRC B2617: STARTER RELAY CIRC B2618: BCM B2619: BCM B261A: PUSH-BTN IGN SW B261E: VEHICLE TYPE B2621: INSIDE ANTENNA B2622: INSIDE ANTENNA B2623: INSIDE ANTENNA B26E8: CLUTCH SW B26E9: S/L STATUS B26EA: KEY REGISTRATION C1704: LOW PRESSURE FL C1705: LOW PRESSURE FR C1706: LOW PRESSURE RR C1707: LOW PRESSURE RL
SEC-186
2009 G37 Coupe

CONSULT display Fail-safe Freeze Frame Data Vehicle Speed Odo/Trip Meter Vehicle condition Intelligent Key warning lamp ON Tire pressure monitor warning lamp ON WT-32 WT-33 WT-29 WT-26 WT-24 WT-21 WT-19 Reference page
C1708: [NO DATA] FL C1709: [NO DATA] FR C1710: [NO DATA] RR C1711: [NO DATA] RL C1712: [CHECKSUM ERR] FL C1713: [CHECKSUM ERR] FR C1714: [CHECKSUM ERR] RR C1715: [CHECKSUM ERR] RL C1716: [PRESSDATA ERR] FL C1717: [PRESSDATA ERR] FR C1718: [PRESSDATA ERR] RR C1719: [PRESSDATA ERR] RL C1720: [CODE ERR] FL C1721: [CODE ERR] FR C1722: [CODE ERR] RR C1723: [CODE ERR] RL C1724: [BATT VOLT LOW] FL C1725: [BATT VOLT LOW] FR C1726: [BATT VOLT LOW] RR C1727: [BATT VOLT LOW] RL C1729: VHCL SPEED SIG ERR C1734: CONTROL UNIT
SEC
SEC-187
2009 G37 Coupe


Reference Value
Monitor Item Condition Changes depending on engine coolant temperature, air conditioner operation status, vehicle speed, etc. A/C switch OFF AC COMP REQ Engine running Lighting switch OFF Lighting switch 1ST, 2ND, HI or AUTO (Light is illuminated) Lighting switch OFF Lighting switch 2ND HI or AUTO (Light is illuminated) Lighting switch OFF Lighting switch HI Front fog lamp switch OFF FR FOG REQ Lighting switch 2ND or AUTO (Light is illuminated) Front fog lamp switch ON Daytime running light activated (Only for Canada) Front wiper switch OFF FR WIP REQ Ignition switch ON Front wiper switch INT Front wiper switch LO Front wiper switch HI Front wiper stop position WIP AUTO STOP Ignition switch ON Any position other than front wiper stop position Front wiper operates normally WIP PROT Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF or ACC Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF or ACC Ignition switch ON Release the push-button ignition switch Press the push-button ignition switch Ignition switch ON INTER/NP SW Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON At engine cranking Selector lever in any position other than P or N (A/T models) Release clutch pedal (M/T models) Selector lever in P or N position (A/ T models) Depress clutch pedal (M/T models) ST RLY CONT Off On On Front wiper stops at fail-safe operation A/C switch ON (Compressor is operating) Value/Status
INFOID:0000000004679497
RAD FAN REQ
Engine idle speed
0 - 100 %
Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Stop 1LOW Low Hi STOP P ACT P Off BLOCK Off On Off On Off On Off
TAIL&CLR REQ
HL LO REQ
HL HI REQ
IGN RLY1 -REQ
IGN RLY
PUSH SW
SEC-188
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor Item IHBT RLY -REQ Ignition switch ON At engine cranking Ignition switch ON At engine cranking ST/INHI RLY The status of starter relay or starter control relay cannot be recognized by the battery voltage malfunction, etc. when the starter relay is ON and the starter control relay is OFF Press the selector button with selector lever in P position Selector lever in any position other than P Condition Value/Status Off On Off INHI ON ST ON UNKWN
Ignition switch ON DETENT SW
Off
Release the selector button with selector lever in P position NOTE: Fixed On for M/T models None of the conditions below are present S/L RLY -REQ Open the driver door after the ignition switch is turned OFF (for a few seconds) Press the push-button ignition switch when the steering lock is activated Depress the clutch pedal when the steering lock is activated Steering lock is activated S/L STATE Steering lock is deactivated [DTC: B210A] is detected DTRL REQ OIL P SW NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Ignition switch OFF, ACC or engine running Ignition switch ON Close the hood Open the hood NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Not operation THFT HRN REQ Panic alarm is activated Horn is activated with VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM Not operating Door locking with Intelligent Key (horn chirp mode) NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored.
On Off
F
On
G
LOCK UNLOCK UNKWN Off Open Close Off On Off Off
HOOD SW HL WASHER REQ
SEC
L
On Off On Off
HORN CHIRP CRNRNG LMP REQ
SEC-189
2009 G37 Coupe

JSMIA0001ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal No. (Wire color) + 1 (W) 2 (L) 4 (V) 5 (L) 7 (R) Ground Ground Ground Description Signal name Battery power supply Battery power supply Front wiper LO Input/ Output Input Input Output Condition Value (Approx.) Battery voltage Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage Battery voltage
Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF Front wiper switch OFF Front wiper switch LO Front wiper switch OFF Front wiper switch HI Lighting switch OFF Lighting switch 1ST A few seconds after opening the driver door Press the push-button ignition switch
Ground
Front wiper HI Tail, license plate lamps & illuminations
Output
Ground
Output
11 (BR)
Ground
Steering lock unit power supply
Output
Ignition switch LOCK
Battery voltage 0V 0V
Ignition switch ACC or ON 12 (B/W) Ground Ground Ignition switch ON
SEC-190
2009 G37 Coupe

Terminal No. (Wire color) + Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition Approximately 1 second or more after turning the ignition switch ON Ground Fuel pump power supply Output Approximately 1 second after turning the ignition switch ON Engine running Ignition switch ON Front wiper stop position Any position other than front wiper stop position Value (Approx.) 0V
13 (Y)
Battery voltage
C
0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage Battery voltage 0V 0V Battery voltage 0V
16 (LG) 19 (W) 25 (G) 26*1 (R) 27 (O) 28 (L)
Ground
Front wiper auto stop
Input
Ground
Ignition relay power supply
Output
Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF or ACC Ignition switch ON Press the push-button ignition switch Release the push-button ignition switch Selector lever in any position other than P or N (Ignition switch ON) Selector lever P or N (Ignition switch ON) Release the clutch pedal Depress the clutch pedal
Ground
Output
Ground
Output
Ground
Ignition relay monitor Push-button ignition switch
Input
Ground
Input
30 (GR)
A/T models Ground Starter relay control Input M/T models
I
Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage
32 (V) 33 (P) 36 (G) 39 (P) 40 (L) 41 (B/W) 42 (Y)
Ground
Steering lock unit condition-1 Steering lock unit condition-2 Battery power supply CAN-L CAN-H Ground Cooling fan relay control
Input
Steering lock is activated Steering lock is deactivated Steering lock is activated Steering lock is deactivated Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF or ACC Ignition switch ON Press the selector button (selector lever P)
SEC
Ground Ground Ground Ground
Input Input Input/ Output Input/ Output Input
N
0V 0V 0.7 V Battery voltage
43*2 (SB)
Ground
A/T shift selector (Detention switch)
Input
Ignition switch ON
P
0V
Selector lever in any position other than P Release the selector button (selector lever P)
44 (W)
Ground
Horn relay control
Input
The horn is deactivated The horn is activated
Battery voltage 0V
SEC-191
2009 G37 Coupe

Terminal No. (Wire color) + 45 (G) Ground Description Signal name Anti theft horn relay control Input/ Output Input Condition The horn is deactivated The horn is activated Selector lever in any position other than P or N (Ignition switch ON) Selector lever P or N (Ignition switch ON) Release the clutch pedal Depress the clutch pedal A/C switch OFF 48 (BR) Ground A/C relay power supply Output Engine running A/C switch ON (A/C compressor is operating) Value (Approx.) Battery voltage 0V 0V
46 (W)*2 (P)
*3
Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage
49 (O)
Ignition switch OFF (More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF) Ground ECM relay power supply Output Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF (For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF) Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF (More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF) Ground ECM relay power supply Output Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF (For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF) Ignition switch OFF (More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF) Output Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF (For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF) Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF (More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF) Ground ECM relay control Output Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF (For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF)
0V
Battery voltage
51 (Y)
Ground
Output
0V Battery voltage 0V
53 (W)
Battery voltage
0V
54 (P)
Ground
Throttle control motor relay power supply
Battery voltage
55 (SB) 56 (LG) 57 (G) 58*2 (L)
Ground Ground
ECM power supply Ignition relay power supply
Output Output
Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage Battery voltage
Ground
Output
Ground
Output
69 (BR)
0 - 1.5 V
SEC-192
2009 G37 Coupe

Terminal No. (Wire color) + Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition Value (Approx.) 0 -1.0 V Battery voltage 0V 0 - 1.0 V 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage
70 (O)
Ground
Throttle control motor relay control
Output
Ignition switch ON OFF
Ignition switch ON 73*3 (P) 74 (G) 75 (SB) Ground Ignition relay power supply Output Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Engine stopped Engine running
Ground
Output
Ground
Oil pressure switch
Input
Ignition switch ON
JPMIA0001GB
6.3 V
I
76 (Y) Ground Power generation command signal Output 40% is set on ACTIVE TEST, ALTERNATOR DUTY of ENGINE
J
JPMIA0002GB
3.8 V
SEC
L
80% is set on ACTIVE TEST, ALTERNATOR DUTY of ENGINE
M
JPMIA0003GB
1.4 V Approximately 1 second after turning the ignition switch ON Engine running Approximately 1 second or more after turning the ignition switch ON Ground Ground Starter motor Headlamp LO (RH) Output Output At engine cranking Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Lighting switch OFF Lighting switch 2ND Lighting switch OFF Lighting switch 2ND 0 - 1.0 V
77 (R)
Ground
Fuel pump relay control
Output
Battery voltage Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage
80 (W) 83 (R) 84 (P)
Ground
Headlamp LO (LH)
Output
SEC-193
2009 G37 Coupe

Terminal No. (Wire color) + Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition Front fog lamp switch OFF 86 (W) Ground Front fog lamp (RH) Output Lighting switch 2ND Front fog lamp switch ON Daytime running light activated (Only for Canada) Front fog lamp switch OFF 87 (L) Ground Front fog lamp (LH) Output Lighting switch 2ND Front fog lamp switch ON Daytime running light activated (Only for Canada) Value (Approx.) 0V
Battery voltage
0V
Battery voltage
88 (G) 89 (BR)
Ground
Washer pump power supply Headlamp HI (RH)
Output
Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Lighting switch OFF Lighting switch HI Lighting switch PASS Lighting switch OFF Lighting switch HI Lighting switch PASS Lighting switch OFF Lighting switch 1ST Lighting switch OFF Lighting switch 1ST
Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0-5V Battery voltage 0V
Ground
Output
90 (LG) 91 (P) 92 (O) 97 (V) 104 (LG)
Ground
Headlamp HI (LH)
Output
Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON
Ground
Parking lamp (RH)
Output
Ground Ground Ground
Parking lamp (LH) Cooling fan control Hood switch
Output Output Input
Engine idling Close the hood Open the hood
*1: Only for the models with ICC system *2: A/T models only *3: M/T models only
SEC-194
2009 G37 Coupe

Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -
INFOID:0000000004679498
SEC
JCMWM3058GB
SEC-195
2009 G37 Coupe

JCMWM3059GB
SEC-196
2009 G37 Coupe

A
SEC
O
JCMWM3060GB
SEC-197
2009 G37 Coupe

JCMWM3061GB
Fail-safe
CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL
INFOID:0000000004679499
When CAN communication with ECM and BCM is impossible, IPDM E/R performs fail-safe control. After CAN communication recovers normally, it also returns to normal control.
If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM
SEC-198
2009 G37 Coupe

Control part Cooling fan A/C compressor Alternator Fail-safe operation Outputs the pulse duty signal (PWM signal) 100% when the ignition switch is turned ON Outputs the pulse duty signal (PWM signal) 0% when the ignition switch is turned OFF A/C relay OFF Outputs the power generation command signal (PWM signal) 0%
If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM

Control part Headlamp Parking lamps Side maker lamp License plate lamps Illuminations Tail lamps Fail-safe operation Turns ON the headlamp low relay when the ignition switch is turned ON Turns OFF the headlamp low relay when the ignition switch is turned OFF Headlamp high relay OFF
E
Turns ON the tail lamp relay when the ignition switch is turned ON Turns OFF the tail lamp relay when the ignition switch is turned OFF
F
The status just before activation of fail-safe control is maintained until the ignition switch is turned OFF while the front wiper is operating at LO or HI speed. The wiper is operated at LO speed until the ignition switch is turned OFF if the failsafe control is activated while the front wiper is set in the INT mode and the front wiper motor is operating. Horn relay OFF The status just before activation of fail-safe is maintained. Starter control relay OFF Steering lock relay OFF
Front wiper
Horn Ignition relay Starter motor Steering lock unit
IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION

J IPDM E/R monitors the voltage at the contact circuit and excitation coil circuit of the ignition relay inside it. IPDM E/R judges the ignition relay error if the voltage differs between the contact circuit and the excitation coil circuit. If the ignition relay cannot turn OFF due to contact seizure, it activates the tail lamp relay for 10 minutes to SEC alert the user to the ignition relay malfunction when the ignition switch is turned OFF.
Voltage judgment Ignition relay contact side ON OFF ON OFF Ignition relay excitation coil side ON OFF OFF ON IPDM E/R judgment Ignition relay ON normal Ignition relay OFF normal Ignition relay ON stuck Ignition relay OFF stuck Operation Detects DTC B2098: IGN RELAY ON Turns ON the tail lamp relay for 10 minutes Detects DTC B2099: IGN RELAY OFF
FRONT WIPER CONTROL

IPDM E/R detects front wiper stop position by a front wiper stop position signal. When a front wiper stop position signal is in the conditions listed below, IPDM E/R stops power supply to wiper after repeating a front wiper 10 seconds activation and 20 seconds stop five times.
Ignition switch Front wiper switch OFF ON ON Front wiper stop position signal The front wiper stop position signal (stop position) cannot be input for 10 seconds. The front wiper stop position signal does not change for 10 seconds.
SEC-199
2009 G37 Coupe

< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > NOTE: This operation status can be confirmed on the IPDM E/R Data Monitor that displays BLOCK for the item WIP PROT while the wiper is stopped.
STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION

IPDM E/R turns OFF the starter control relay to protect the starter motor when the starter control relay remains active for 90 seconds.
DTC Index
INFOID:0000000004679500
NOTE: The details of time display are as follows. - CRNT: A malfunction is detected now. - PAST: A malfunction was detected in the past. IGN counter is displayed on FFD (Freeze Frame data). - The number is 0 when is detected now. - The number increases like 1 2 38 39 after returning to the normal condition whenever IGN OFF ON. - The number is fixed to 39 until the self-diagnosis results are erased if it is over 39.
: Applicable
CONSULT display No DTC is detected. further testing may be required. U1000: CAN COMM CIRCUIT B2098: IGN RELAY ON B2099: IGN RELAY OFF B2108: STRG LCK RELAY ON B2109: STRG LCK RELAY OFF B210A: STRG LCK STATE SW B210B: START CONT RLY ON B210C: START CONT RLY OFF B210D: STARTER RELAY ON B210E: STARTER RELAY OFF B210F: INTRLCK/PNP SW ON B2110: INTRLCK/PNP SW OFF
Fail-safe
Refer to PCS-14 PCS-15 PCS-16 SEC-104 SEC-106 SEC-107 SEC-111 SEC-112 SEC-113 SEC-114 SEC-116 SEC-118
SEC-200
2009 G37 Coupe
ENGINE DOES NOT START WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS INSIDE OF VEHICLE

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
ENGINE DOES NOT START WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS INSIDE OF VEHICLE
Description
INFOID:0000000004663353
Engine does not start when push-button ignition switch is pressed while carrying Intelligent Key. NOTE: Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in Conditions of vehicle before starting diagnosis, and check each symptom. The engine start function, door lock function, power distribution system, and NATS-IVIS/NVIS in the Intelligent Key system are closely related to each other regarding control. The vehicle security function can operate only when the door lock and power distribution system are operating normally.
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)

ENGINE START BY I-KEY in WORK SUPPORT is ON when setting on CONSULT-III. Intelligent Key is not inserted in key slot. One or more of Intelligent Keys with registered Intelligent Key ID is in the vehicle.
F
INFOID:0000000004663354
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (DOOR LOCK FUNCTION)

Lock/unlock door with door request switch. Refer to DLK-19, "DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : System Description". Is the operation normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Check Intelligent Key system (door lock function). Refer to DLK-167, "ALL DOOR : Diagnosis Procedure".
2.PERFORM WORK SUPPORT

Perform INSIDE ANT DIAGNOSIS on Work Support in INTELLIGENT KEY. Refer to SEC-30, "INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)". >> GO TO 3.
J SEC
3.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

Perform Self Diagnostic Result in BCM, and check whether or not DTC of inside key antenna is detected. Is DTC detected? YES >> Refer to DLK-55, "DTC Logic" (instrument center), DLK-57, "DTC Logic" (console) or DLK-59, "DTC Logic" (trunk room). NO >> GO TO 4.
L

Check push-button ignition switch. Refer to PCS-62, "Component Function Check". Is the operation normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
N O
5.CONFIRM THE OPERATION

Confirm the operation again. Is the inspection normal? YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". NO >> GO TO 1.
SEC-201
2009 G37 Coupe
STEERING DOES NOT LOCK

STEERING DOES NOT LOCK

Description
Steering does not lock when door is open while ignition switch is OFF. NOTE: Before performing the diagnosis, check Work Flow. Refer to SEC-5, "Work Flow".
INFOID:0000000004663355
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004663356
1.CHECK DOOR SWITCH

Check door switch. Refer to DLK-62, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

Confirm the operation again. Is the inspection normal? YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". NO >> GO TO 1.
SEC-202
2009 G37 Coupe
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON OR FLASH

SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON OR FLASH

Description
INFOID:0000000004663357
Security indicator lamp does not blink when ignition switch is in a position other than ON NOTE: Before performing the diagnosis, check Work Flow. Refer to SEC-5, "Work Flow". Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in Conditions of vehicle before starting diagnosis, and check each symptom.
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)

Intelligent Key is not inserted in key slot. Ignition switch is not in the ON position.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004663358
1.CHECK SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP

Check security indicator lamp. Refer to SEC-127, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
F

Confirm the operation again. Is the result normal? YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". NO >> GO TO 1.
H I
SEC
SEC-203
2009 G37 Coupe
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CANNOT BE SET


INTELLIGENT KEY
INTELLIGENT KEY : Description
INFOID:0000000004663359
Armed phase is not activated when door is locked using Intelligent Key. NOTE: Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in Conditions of vehicle before starting diagnosis, and check each symptom.
CONDITION OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITION)

Confirm the setting of SECURITY ALARM SET in WORK SUPPORT in THEFT ALM using CONSULT-III.
INTELLIGENT KEY : Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004663360
1.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION)

Lock/unlock door with Intelligent Key. Refer to DLK-28, "REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : System Description". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Check Intelligent Key system (remote keyless entry function). Refer to DLK-169, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK HOOD SWITCH

Check hood switch. Refer to SEC-125, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.

DOOR REQUEST SWITCH

DOOR REQUEST SWITCH : Description
INFOID:0000000004663361
Armed phase is not activated when door is locked using door request switch. NOTE: Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in Conditions of vehicle before starting diagnosis, and check each symptom.
CONDITION OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITION)

Confirm the setting of SECURITY ALARM SET in WORK SUPPORT in THEFT ALM using CONSULT-III.
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004663362
1.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (DOOR LOCK FUNCTION)

Lock/unlock door with door request switch. Refer to DLK-19, "DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : System Description". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Check Intelligent Key system (door lock function). Refer to DLK-167, "ALL DOOR : Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK HOOD SWITCH

SEC-204
2009 G37 Coupe

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > Check hood switch. Refer to SEC-125, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.

C
SEC
SEC-205
2009 G37 Coupe
VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM DOES NOT ACTIVATE

VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM DOES NOT ACTIVATE

Description
INFOID:0000000004663363
Alarm does not operate when alarm operating condition is satisfied. NOTE: Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in Conditions of vehicle before starting diagnosis, and check each symptom.
CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)

SECURITY ALARM SET in WORK SUPPORT of THEFT ALM is ON when setting on CONSULT-III.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004663364
1.CHECK DOOR SWITCH

Check door switch. Refer to DLK-62, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace the malfunctioning door switch
2.CHECK HOOD SWITCH

Check hood switch. Refer to SEC-125, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK HEADLAMP
Check headlamp. Refer to EXL-65, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
4.CHECK HORN
Check horn. Refer to HRN-2, "Wiring Diagram - HORN -". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.

SEC-206
2009 G37 Coupe
INTELLIGENT KEY INSERT INFORMATION DOES NOT OPERATE


Description
INFOID:0000000004663365
Intelligent Key insert information does not operate when push-button ignition switch is operated while Intelligent Key is not inside vehicle. NOTE: Warning functions operating condition is extremely complicated. During operation confirmation reconfirm the list above twice in order to ensure proper operation. Refer to DLK-36, "WARNING FUNCTION : System Description".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004663366
1.CHECK POWER POSITION

Check if ignition switch position is changing or not. Does ignition switch position change? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2.
E

Check push-button ignition switch. Refer to DLK-102, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Check BCM for DTC. Refer to SEC-185, "DTC Index". NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK DOOR SWITCH

Check door switch. Refer to DLK-62, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
I
4.CHECK KEY SLOT

Check key slot. Refer to SEC-122, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
SEC L
5.CHECK COMBINATION METER DISPLAY

Check combination meter display. Refer to DLK-101, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
6.CHECK KEY SLOT INDICATOR

Check key slot indicator. Refer to SEC-123, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.

Confirm the operation again. Is the result normal?
SEC-207
2009 G37 Coupe

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". NO >> GO TO 1.
SEC-208
2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000004684701
The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this Service Manual. WARNING: To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS AIR BAG. Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS

WARNING: When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect

INFOID:0000000004684702
SEC
NOTE: Before removing and installing any control units, first turn the push-button ignition switch to the LOCK position, then disconnect both battery cables. After finishing work, confirm that all control unit connectors are connected properly, then re-connect both battery cables. Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If a DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnosis results. For vehicle with steering lock unit, if the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock and cannot be turned. If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the operation procedure below before starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Turn the push-button ignition switch to ACC position. (At this time, the steering lock will be released.) Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released with both battery cables disconnected and the steering wheel can be turned. Perform the necessary repair operation.
2. 3. 4.
SEC-209
2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > 5. When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turn the push-button ignition switch from ACC position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steering wheel will lock when the push-button ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.) 6. Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service
INFOID:0000000004684705
WARNING: Comply with the following warnings to prevent any serious accident. Disconnect the battery cable (negative terminal) or the power supply fuse before installing, removing, or touching the xenon headlamp (bulb included). The xenon headlamp contains high-voltage generated parts. Never work with wet hands. Check the xenon headlamp ON-OFF status after assembling it to the vehicle. Never turn the xenon headlamp ON in other conditions. Connect the power supply to the vehicle-side connector. (Turning it ON outside the lamp case may cause fire or visual impairments.) Never touch the bulb glass immediately after turning it OFF. It is extremely hot. CAUTION: Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction. Install the xenon bulb securely. (Insufficient bulb socket installation may melt the bulb, the connector, the housing, etc. by high-voltage leakage or corona discharge.) Never perform HID circuit inspection with a tester. Never touch the xenon bulb glass with hands. Never put oil and grease on it. Dispose of the used xenon bulb after packing it in thick vinyl without breaking it. Never wipe out dirt and contamination with organic solvent (thinner, gasoline, etc.).
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.
INFOID:0000000004684704
PIIB3706J
SEC-210
2009 G37 Coupe
KEY SLOT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

KEY SLOT
Exploded View
Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View".
INFOID:0000000004249703
Removal and Installation

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. Remove the instrument driver lower panel (2). Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Disconnect key slot connector. Remove the key slot mounting screw (A), and then remove key slot (1) from instrument driver lower panel (2).
INFOID:0000000004249704
JMKIA0146ZZ
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
I
SEC
SEC-211
2009 G37 Coupe
PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH

PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH

Exploded View
Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View".
INFOID:0000000004249705

REMOVAL
1. 2. Remove the cluster lid A assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Remove the push-button ignition switch (1) from cluster lid A assembly, and then remove pawl (A). Press push-button ignition switch (1) back to disengage from cluster lid A assembly.
INFOID:0000000004249706
JMKIA0167ZZ
INSTALLATION
SEC-212
2009 G37 Coupe
RESTRAINTS
SECTION
SRS AIRBAG
SR
CONTENTS
PRECAUTION .............................................. 2 .
PRECAUTIONS .................................................. 2 .
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .................................................................. 2 . Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect .................................... 2 . Service ..................................................................... 3 . Precaution for Battery Service ................................. 3 . Occupant Classification System ............................. 3 .
DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE ............................ 12

Exploded View ........................................................12 . Removal and Installation ........................................12 .
SPIRAL CABLE ................................................ 15

SR
FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE ...... 18

Exploded View ........................................................18 . Removal and Installation ........................................18 . I
PREPARATION ........................................... 4 .
PREPARATION .................................................. 4 .
Commercial Service Tools ....................................... 4 .
SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE ................ 20

Exploded View ........................................................20 . Removal and Installation ........................................20 . J
CRASH ZONE SENSOR ................................... 22

Exploded View ........................................................22 . Removal and Installation ........................................22 . K

COLLISION DIAGNOSIS ................................... 5 .
FOR FRONTAL COLLISION ...................................... 5 . FOR FRONTAL COLLISION : When SRS is activated in a collision .................................................... 5 . FOR FRONTAL COLLISION : When SRS is not activated in a collision .............................................. 6 . FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION ................. 7 . FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION : When SRS is activated in a collision .................................. 7 . FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION : When SRS is not activated in a collision ............................ 8 .
SIDE AIR BAG (SATELLITE) SENSOR ........... 23

Exploded View ........................................................23 . Removal and Installation ........................................23 . L
DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ............................. 24

FRONT SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER ........... 26

Removal and Installation ........................................26 .
OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT ................................................ 27

Removal and Installation ........................................27 .
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 12 .
SR-1
2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
INFOID:0000000004258166


INFOID:0000000004678487
OPERATION PROCEDURE
2. 3. 4.
SR-2
2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
Service
INFOID:0000000004258167
Never use electrical test equipment to check SRS circuits unless instructed to in this Service Manual. Before servicing the SRS, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect battery negative terminal and wait at least 3 minutes. For approximately 3 minutes after the cables are removed, it is still possible for the air bag and seat belt pretensioner to deploy. Therefore, do not work on any SRS connectors or wires until at least 3 minutes have elapsed. Diagnosis sensor unit must always be installed with their arrow marks pointing towards the front of the vehicle for proper operation. Also check diagnosis sensor unit for cracks, deformities or rust before installation and replace as required. The spiral cable must be aligned in the neutral position since its rotations are limited. Never turn steering wheel and column after removal of steering gear. Handle air bag module carefully. Always place driver and front passenger air bag modules with the pad side facing upward and seat mounted front side air bag module standing with the stud bolt side facing down. Conduct self-diagnosis to check entire SRS for proper functioning after replacing any components. After air bag inflates, the front instrument panel assembly should be replaced if damaged. Always replace instrument panel pad following front passenger air bag deployment.
Precaution for Battery Service
INFOID:0000000004258168
Before disconnecting the battery, lower both the driver and passenger windows. This will prevent any interfer- SR ence between the window edge and the vehicle when the door is opened/closed. During normal operation, the window slightly raises and lowers automatically to prevent any window to vehicle interference. The automatic window function will not work with the battery disconnected. I
Occupant Classification System
INFOID:0000000004258169
Replace occupant classification system control unit and passenger front seat cushion as an assembly. Refer to SE-182, "Removal and Installation".
SR-3
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tools
Tool name Description
INFOID:0000000004258170
Tamper resistant TORX bit
Removes driver air bag module and/or Diagnosis sensor unit
S-NT757
Remover tool
Removes clips, pawls, and metal clips
JMKIA3050ZZ
SR-4
2009 G37 Coupe
COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
BASIC INSPECTION
COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
FOR FRONTAL COLLISION
FOR FRONTAL COLLISION : When SRS is activated in a collision
INFOID:0000000005745821
CAUTION: Due to varying models and option levels, not all parts listed in the chart below apply to all vehicles.
WORK PROCEDURE
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Before performing any of the following steps, ensure that all vehicle body and structural repairs have been completed. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit. Remove the front air bag modules, crash zone sensor, bracket and seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies. Check the SRS components using the table below: Replace any SRS components showing visible signs of damage. (dents, cracks and deformation, etc.) Install new front air bag modules, crash zone sensor assembly, bracket and seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies. Perform self-diagnosis using CONSULT-III or air bag warning lamp. Refer to SRC-19, "CONSULT-III Function" or SRC-14, "Air Bag Warning Lamp Diagnosis" for details. Ensure entire SRS operates properly. After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer to SRC-14, "Diagnosis Description".
D
SRS INSPECTION (FOR FRONTAL COLLISION)

Part Driver air bag module If the driver air bag has deployed: REPLACE Install with new fasteners. If the front passenger air bag has deployed: REPLACE Install with new fasteners. If any of the front air bags or seat belt pre-tensioners* have been activated: REPLACE the crash zone sensor and bracket with new fasteners. *: Confirm seat belt pre-tensioner activation using CONSULT-III only. If either the driver or passenger seat belt pre-tensioner* has been activated: REPLACE all seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies with new fasteners. *: Confirm seat belt pre-tensioner activation using CONSULT-III only. If any of the SRS components have been activated: REPLACE the diagnosis sensor unit. Install with new fasteners. 1. 2. Steering wheel 3. 4. 5. 6. Visually check steering wheel for deformities. Check harness (built into steering wheel) and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities. Install driver air bag module into the steering wheel to check fit and alignment with the wheel. Check steering wheel for excessive free play. If no damage is found, reinstall. If damaged REPLACE. Inspection
SR
Front passenger air bag module (if equipped)
Crash zone sensor Seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies (All applicable locations: buckle, retractor, lap outer) Diagnosis sensor unit
Spiral cable
If the driver front air bag has deployed: REPLACE the spiral cable. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove passenger seat assembly. Check control unit case for dents, cracks of deformities. Check connectors and pressure sensor tube for damage, and terminals for deformities. Check seat frame and cushion pan for dents or deformities. If no damage is found, reinstall seat with new fasteners. If damaged REPLACE seat cushion assembly with new fasteners.
Occupant classification system (Passenger seat)
SR-5
2009 G37 Coupe
COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
Part 1. 2. 3. 4. Inspection Check connectors for poor connection, damage, and terminals for deformities. Check harness for binding, chafing, cuts, or deformities. If no damage is found, reinstall the harness and connectors. If damaged REPLACE the damaged harness. Do not attempt to repair, splice or modify any SRS harness.
Harness and connectors
Instrument panel assembly
If the front passenger air bag has deployed: REPLACE the instrument panel assembly. (integrated type)
INFOID:0000000005745822
FOR FRONTAL COLLISION : When SRS is not activated in a collision
WORK PROCEDURE
1. 2. 3. 4. Before performing any of the following steps, ensure that all vehicle body and structural repairs have been completed. Check the SRS components using the table below: Replace any SRS components showing visible signs of damage. (dents, cracks and deformation, etc.) Perform self-diagnosis using CONSULT-III or air bag warning lamp. Refer to SRC-19, "CONSULT-III Function" or SRC-14, "Air Bag Warning Lamp Diagnosis" for details. Ensure entire SRS operates properly. After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer to SRC-14, "Diagnosis Description".
SRS INSPECTION (FOR FRONTAL COLLISION)

Part Inspection If the driver air bag has NOT been deployed: 1. Remove driver air bag module. Check harness cover and connectors for damage, terminals for deformities, and harness for binding. 2. Install driver air bag module into the steering wheel to check fit and alignment with the wheel. 3. If no damage is found, reinstall with new fasteners. 4. If damaged REPLACE. Install driver air bag module with new fasteners. CAUTION: Before disposing of such systems, deploy the systems. If the front passenger air bag has NOT been deployed: 1. Remove front passenger air bag module. Check harness cover and connectors for damage, terminals for deformities, and harness for binding. 2. Install front passenger air bag module into the instrument panel to check fit with the instrument panel. 3. If no damage is found, reinstall with new fasteners. 4. If damaged REPLACE. Install front passenger air bag modules with new fasteners. CAUTION: Before disposing of such systems, deploy the systems. If the front air bags or seat belt pre-tensioners have NOT been activated: 1. Remove the crash zone sensor. Check harness connectors for damage, terminals for deformities, and harness for binding. 2. Check for visible signs of damage (dents, cracks, deformation, etc.) of the crash zone sensor and bracket. 3. Install the crash zone sensor to check fit. 4. If no damage is found, reinstall with new fasteners. 5. If damaged REPLACE the crash zone sensor and bracket with new fasteners.
Driver air bag module
Front passenger air bag module (if equipped)
Crash zone sensor
SR-6
2009 G37 Coupe
COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
Part Inspection If the pre-tensioners have NOT been activated: 1. Remove seat belt pre-tensioners. Check harness cover and connectors for damage, terminals for deformities, and harness for binding. 2. Check belts for damage and anchors for loose mounting. 3. Check retractor for smooth operation. 4. Check seat belt adjuster for damage. 5. Check for deformities of the center pillar inner. 6. If the center pillar inner has no damage, REPLACE the seat belt pre-tensioner assembly. 7. If no damage is found, reinstall seat belt pre-tensioner assembly. 8. If damaged REPLACE. Install the seat belt pre-tensioners with new fasteners. CAUTION: Before disposing of such systems, deploy the systems. If none of the SRS components have been activated: 1. Check case for dents, cracks or deformities. 2. Check connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities. 3. If no damage is found, reinstall with new fasteners. 4. If damaged REPLACE. Install diagnosis sensor unit with new fasteners. 1. 2. Steering wheel 3. 4. 5. 6. Visually check steering wheel for deformities. Check harness (built into steering wheel) and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities. Install driver air bag module into the steering wheel to check fit and alignment with the wheel. Check steering wheel for excessive free play. If no damage is found, reinstall. If damaged REPLACE.
Seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies (All applicable locations: buckle, retractor, lap outer)
Diagnosis sensor unit
Spiral cable
If the driver front air bag has not deployed: 1. Visually check spiral cable and combination switch for damage. 2. Check connectors and protective tape for damage. 3. Check steering wheel for noise, binding or heavy operation. 4. If no damage is found, reinstall. 5. If damaged REPLACE. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove passenger seat assembly. Check control unit case for dents, cracks of deformities. Check connectors and pressure sensor tube for damage, and terminals for deformities. Check seat frame and cushion pan for dents or deformities. If no damage is found, reinstall seat with new fasteners. If damaged REPLACE seat cushion assembly with new fasteners. Check connectors for poor connection, damage, and terminals for deformities. Check harness for binding, chafing, cuts, or deformities. If no damage is found, reinstall the harness and connectors. If damaged REPLACE the damaged harness. Do not attempt to repair, splice or modify any SRS harness.
SR
Occupant classification system (Passenger seat)
Harness and connectors
If the front passenger air bag has NOT deployed: 1. Visually check instrument panel assembly for damage. 2. If no damage is found, reinstall the instrument panel assembly. 3. If damaged REPLACE the instrument panel assembly.
FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION

FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION : When SRS is activated in a collision
INFOID:0000000005745823
WORK PROCEDURE
1. 2. Before performing any of the following steps, ensure that all vehicle body and structural repairs have been completed. Replace the following components: Front seat back assembly (on the side on which side air bag is activated) Door finisher (on the side on which door-mounted curtain air bag is activated) Pop-up roll bar assemblies and pop-up roll bar covers
SR-7
2009 G37 Coupe
COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
< BASIC INSPECTION > Side air bag (satellite) sensor LH/RH (on the side on which side air bag is activated) Diagnosis sensor unit Seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies 3. Check the SRS components and the related parts using the following table. Replace any SRS components and the related parts showing visible signs of damage. (dents, cracks, deformation, etc.) 4. Perform self-diagnosis using CONSULT-III and AIR BAG warning lamp. Refer to SRC-19, "CONSULT-III Function" or SRC-14, "Air Bag Warning Lamp Diagnosis" for details. Make sure entire SRS operates properly. 5. After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer to SRC-14, "Diagnosis Description".
SRS INSPECTION (FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION)

Part Side curtain air bag module LH Inspection If the side curtain air bag LH has deployed: REPLACE the side curtain air bag module LH. Install with new fasteners. If the side curtain air bag RH has deployed: REPLACE the side curtain air bag module RH. Install with new fasteners. If the front side air bag LH has deployed: REPLACE front seatback assembly LH. If the front side air bag RH has deployed: REPLACE front seatback assembly RH. If any of the SRS components have deployed: REPLACE the side air bag (satellite) sensor on the collision side with new fasteners. If any of the SRS components have deployed: REPLACE the diagnosis sensor unit with new fasteners. If either the driver or passenger seat belt pre-tensioner* has been activated: REPLACE all seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies with new fasteners. *: Confirm seat belt pre-tensioner activation using CONSULT-III only. 1. 2. 1. Trim/headlining 2. Door-mounted curtain air bag module LH Door-mounted curtain air bag module RH Check the center inner pillar on the collision side for damage (dents, cracks, deformation, etc.). If damaged REPAIR the center inner pillar. Check for visible signs of damage (dents, cracks, deformation, etc.) of the interior trim on the collision side. If damaged REPLACE the damaged trim parts.
Side curtain air bag module RH
Front side air bag module LH Front side air bag module RH Side air bag (satellite) sensor (LH or RH) Diagnosis sensor unit Seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies (All applicable locations: buckle, retractor, lap outer) Center inner pillar
If the door-mounted curtain air bag module LH has deployed: REPLACE the door finisher LH and door-mounted curtain air bag module. Install with new fasteners. If the door-mounted curtain air bag module RH has deployed: REPLACE the door finisher RH and door-mounted curtain air bag module. Install with new fasteners. If the pop-up roll bar has deployed: REPLACE pop-up roll bar assemblies and pop-up roll bar covers. Install with new fasteners.
Pop-up roll bar assemblies
FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION : When SRS is not activated in a collision
INFOID:0000000005745824
WORK PROCEDURE
1. 2. Before performing any of the following steps, ensure that all vehicle body and structural repairs have been completed. Check the SRS components and the related parts using the following table. If the front seat back assembly is damaged, the front seat back assembly must be replaced.
SR-8
2009 G37 Coupe
COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
< BASIC INSPECTION > If the door finisher assembly is damaged, the door finisher assembly and door-mounted curtain air bag module must be replaced. 3. Perform self-diagnosis using CONSULT-III and AIR BAG warning lamp. Refer to SRC-19, "CONSULT-III Function" or SRC-14, "Air Bag Warning Lamp Diagnosis" for details. Make sure entire SRS operates properly. 4. After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer to SRC-14, "Diagnosis Description".
SRS INSPECTION (FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION)

Part Inspection If the side curtain air bag LH has NOT deployed: 1. Check for visible signs of damage (dents, tears, deformation, etc.) of the center pillar on the collision side. 2. If damaged Remove the side curtain air bag module LH. 3. Check for visible signs of damage (tears etc.) of the side curtain air bag module LH. 4. Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities. 5. If no damage is found, reinstall the side curtain air bag module LH with new fasteners. 6. If damaged REPLACE the side curtain air bag module LH with new fasteners. CAUTION: Before disposing of such systems, deploy the systems. If the side curtain air bag RH has NOT deployed: 1. Check for visible signs of damage (dents, tears, deformation, etc.) of the center pillar on the collision side. 2. If damaged Remove the side curtain air bag module RH. 3. Check for visible signs of damage (tears etc.) of the side curtain air bag module RH. 4. Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities. 5. If no damage is found, reinstall the side curtain air bag module RH with new fasteners. 6. If damaged REPLACE the side curtain air bag module RH with new fasteners. CAUTION: Before disposing of such systems, deploy the systems. If the front side air bag LH has NOT deployed: 1. Check for visible signs of damage (dents, tears, deformation, etc.) of the seat back on the collision side. 2. Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities. 3. If damaged REPLACE the front seatback assembly LH. CAUTION: Before disposing of such systems, deploy the systems. If the front side air bag RH has NOT deployed: 1. Check for visible signs of damage (dents, tears, deformation, etc.) of the seat back on the collision side. 2. Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities. 3. If damaged REPLACE the front seatback assembly RH. CAUTION: Before disposing of such systems, deploy the systems. If none of the SRS components have been activated: 1. Remove the side air bag (satellite) sensor (LH or RH) on the collision side. Check harness connectors for damage, terminals for deformities, and harness for binding. 2. Check for visible signs of damage (dents, cracks, deformation, etc.) of the side air bag (satellite) sensor (LH or RH). 3. Install the side air bag (satellite) sensor (LH or RH) to check fit. 4. If no damage is found, reinstall the side sir bag (satellite) sensor (LH or RH) with new fasteners. 5. If damaged REPLACE the side air bag (satellite) sensor (LH or RH) with new fasteners. If none of the SRS components have been activated: 1. Check case and bracket for dents, cracks or deformities. 2. Check connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities. 3. If no damage is found, reinstall the diagnosis sensor unit with new fasteners. 4. If damaged REPLACE the diagnosis sensor unit with new fasteners.
Side curtain air bag module LH
Side curtain air bag module RH
SR
Front side air bag module LH
Front side air bag module RH
Side air bag (satellite) sensor (LH or RH)
Diagnosis sensor unit
SR-9
2009 G37 Coupe
COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
Part Inspection If the pre-tensioners have NOT been activated: 1. Remove seat belt pre-tensioners. Check harness cover and connectors for damage, terminals for deformities, and harness for binding. 2. Check belts for damage and anchors for loose mounting. 3. Check retractor for smooth operation. 4. Check seat belt adjuster for damage. 5. Check for deformities of the center pillar inner. 6. If the center pillar inner has no damage, REPLACE the seat belt pre-tensioner assembly. 7. If no damage is found, reinstall seat belt pre-tensioner assembly. 8. If damaged REPLACE. Install the seat belt pre-tensioners with new fasteners. CAUTION: Before disposing of such systems, deploy the systems. If the front LH or front RH side air bag modules have NOT deployed: 1. Visually check the seat on the collision side. 2. Remove the seat on the collision side and check the following for damage and deformities. Harness, connectors and terminals Frame and recliner (for front and rear seat), and also adjuster and slides (for front seat) 3. If no damage is found, reinstall the seat. 4. If damaged REPLACE the damaged seat parts using new fasteners. If the front seat back is damaged, the front seat back assembly must be replaced. 1. 2. 1. Trim/headlining 2. Check the center inner pillar on the collision side for damage (dents, cracks, deformation, etc.). If damaged REPAIR the center inner pillar. Check for visible signs of damage (dents, cracks, deformation, etc.) of the interior trim on the collision side. If damaged REPLACE the damaged trim parts.
Seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies (All applicable locations: buckle, retractor, lap outer)
Seat (with front side air bag)
Center inner pillar
Door-mounted curtain air bag module LH
If the door-mounted curtain air bag LH has NOT deployed: 1. Check for visible signs of damage (dents, tears, deformation, etc.) of the door finisher on the collision side. 2. If damaged REPLACE the door finisher LH with new fasteners. 3. Check for visible signs of damaged (tears etc.) of the door-mounted curtain air bag module LH. 4. Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities. 5. If no damage is found, reinstall door finisher. CAUTION: When removing door-mounted curtain air bag module from door finisher, never reuse door finisher. 6. If damaged REPLACE the door finisher LH and door-mounted curtain air bag module LH with new fasteners. CAUTION: Before disposing of such systems, deploy the systems.
SR-10
2009 G37 Coupe
COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
Part Inspection If the door-mounted curtain air bag RH has NOT deployed: 1. Check for visible signs of damage (dents, tears, deformation, etc.) of the door finisher on the collision side. 2. If damaged REPLACE the door finisher RH with new fasteners. 3. Check for visible signs of damage (tears etc.) of the door-mounted curtain air bag module RH. 4. Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities. 5. If no damage is found, reinstall door finisher. CAUTION: When removing door-mounted curtain air bag module from door finisher, never reuse door finisher. 6. If damaged REPLACE the door finisher RH and door-mounted curtain air bag module RH with new fasteners. CAUTION: Before disposing of such systems, deploy the systems. If the pop-up roll bar has NOT deployed: 1. Check for visible signs of damage (dents, tears, deformation, etc.) of the pop-up roll bar. 2. If damaged REPLACE the pop-up roll bar with new fasteners. 3. Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities. 4. If no damage is found, reinstall the pop-up roll bar with new fasteners. 5. Check for visible signs of damage (dents, cracks, deformation, etc.) of the seatback support brace assembly. 6. If damaged REPAIR the seatback support brace assembly. CAUTION: Before disposing of such systems, deploy the systems.
Door-mounted curtain air bag module RH
Pop-up roll bar
SR
SR-11
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE


Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004258171
JMHIA0368GB
1. 4.
Steering wheel TORX bolt
2.
3.
Side lid
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.
INFOID:0000000004258172
WARNING: Before servicing, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect battery negative terminal and wait 3 minutes or more. Always work from the side of air bag module. Never work in front of it. Never use the air tools or electric tools for servicing.
REMOVAL
1. 2. Remove the side lids (LH/RH). Remove the driver air bag module mounting TORX bolt (LH/RH) with TORX bit (A).
JMHIA0006ZZ
3.
Pull out the driver air bag module assembly.
SR-12
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 4. Disconnect the driver air bag module harness connector. CAUTION: For installing/removing the driver air bag module harness connector, insert thin screwdriver wrapped in tape into notch, lift lock and remove the connector. Install the connector with lock raised, and push lock into the connector. After installing the connector, check that the lock is pushed securely into it.
PHIA0953J
5. Remove the driver air bag module. CAUTION: Always place the driver air bag module with pad side facing upward.
: Upward
JMHIA0007ZZ
SR
Never impact the driver air bag module. Replace the driver air bag module if it has been dropped or sustained an impact.
K
JMHIA0009ZZ
Never insert any foreign objects (screwdriver, etc.) into the driver air bag module. Never disassemble the driver air bag module. Never expose the driver air bag module to temperatures exceeding 90C (194F). Never allow oil, grease, detergent, or water to come in contact with the driver air bag module.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Never use the old TORX bolts after removal, replace with the new bolts. Fix the driver air bag module harness to the harness fixing hook (A).
N
JMHIA0008ZZ
SR-13
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Never damage the harness while installing. Tighten the TORX bolts after completely adjusting the centers of fixing holes on the driver air bag module side and the steering wheel side. If the holes are misaligned, the bolt threads are damaged and the module is not installed securely. If malfunction is detected by the air bag warning lamp, after repair or replacement of the malfunctioning parts, reset the memory using self-diagnosis or CONSULT-III. Refer to SRC-19, "CONSULT-III Function". After the work is completed, check that no system malfunction is detected by air bag warning lamp.
SR-14
2009 G37 Coupe
SPIRAL CABLE
SPIRAL CABLE
Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004258173
G
JMHIA0010ZZ
1. 4.
Steering wheel Steering column assembly
2.
Spiral cable
3.
Driver air bag module harness connector
SR
INFOID:0000000004258174
WARNING: Before servicing, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect battery negative terminal and wait 3 minutes or more. Never use the air tools or the electric tools for servicing.
REMOVAL
1. 2. Remove the driver air bag module. Refer to SR-12, "Removal and Installation". Disconnect the steering horn switch harness connector (A).
N
JMHIA0011ZZ
3. 4. 5. 6.
Remove the steering wheel. Refer to ST-17, "Removal and Installation". Remove the steering column cover (upper/lower/side). Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Remove the spiral cable fixing screws. Pull out forward the spiral cable and steering angle sensor.
SR-15
2009 G37 Coupe
SPIRAL CABLE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 7. Disconnect the spiral cable body side harness connectors (A). NOTE: Disconnect the spiral cable body side harness connector after removing the spiral cable.
JMHIA0012ZZ
CAUTION: Never impact the spiral cable. Replace the spiral cable if it has been dropped or sustained an impact.
JMHIA0009ZZ
Never disassemble the spiral cable. Never apply lubricant to the spiral cable. Never allow oil, grease, detergent, or water to come in contact with the spiral cable.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: The spiral cable may snap during steering operation if the cable is installed in an improper position. The neutral position is set as per the following. Carefully turn the spiral cable clockwise to the end position. Then turn it counterclockwise (about 2 and a half turns) and stop turning at the mark (B) on which the stopper insertion holes are in the same position. The service part is installed in the neutral position by the stopper and can be set without adjusting after the stopper is removed. Never over turn the spiral cable or go beyond the number of turns required. (This will cause the cable to snap) Adjust the spiral cable locating pin (A) to the steering wheel locating pin hole (C).
JMHIA0657ZZ
If malfunction is detected by the air bag warning lamp, after repair or replacement of the malfunctioning parts, reset the memory using self-diagnosis or CONSULT-III. Refer to SRC-19, "CONSULT-III Function".
SR-16
2009 G37 Coupe
SPIRAL CABLE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > After the work is completed, check that no system malfunction is detected by air bag warning lamp.
A
SR
SR-17
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE


Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004258175
JMHIA0134GB
1.
Passenger air bag module
2.
INFOID:0000000004258176
WARNING: Before servicing, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect battery negative terminal and wait 3 minutes or more. Always work from the side of air bag module. Never work in front of it. Never use the air tools or the electric tools for servicing.
REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. Remove the glove box assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Remove the Instrument lower assist panel. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Disconnect the passenger air bag module harness connectors (A) from the passenger air bag module.
JMHIA1314ZZ
4.
Remove the passenger air bag module fixing bolt and screws. NOTE: The figure shows the installed front passenger air bag module. (Under view of the module installed without glove box cover.)
SR-18
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 5. Disconnect the pawls (A) and (B), and then remove the passenger air bag module.
: Vehicle front
C
JMHIA0016ZZ
CAUTION: Always place the passenger air bag module with pad side facing upward.
: Upward
G
JMHIA0017ZZ
Never impact the passenger air bag module. Replace the passenger air bag module if it has been dropped or sustained an impact.
SR
K
JMHIA0009ZZ
Never insert any foreign objects (screwdriver, etc.) into the passenger air bag module. Never disassemble the passenger air bag module. Never expose the passenger air bag module to temperatures exceeding 90C (194F). Never allow oil, grease, detergent, or water to come in contact with the passenger air bag module.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Never use the old fixing bolts after removal, replace with the new bolts. Never damage the harness while installing. If malfunction is detected by the air bag warning lamp, after repair or replacement of the malfunctioning parts, reset the memory using self-diagnosis or CONSULT-III. Refer to SRC-19, "CONSULT-III Function". After the work is completed, check that no system malfunction is detected by air bag warning lamp.
SR-19
2009 G37 Coupe
SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE


Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004258177
JMHIA0425GB
1. A.
Side curtain air bag Side curtain air bag module harness connector
2.
Side curtain air bag inflator
INFOID:0000000004258178
REMOVAL
1. Remove the headlining. Normal roof models: Refer to INT-22, "NORMAL ROOF : Removal and Installation". Sunroof models: Refer to INT-24, "SUNROOF : Removal and Installation". Remove the side curtain air bag module harness connector. CAUTION: For installing/removing the side curtain air bag module harness connector, insert thin screwdriver wrapped in tape into notch, lift lock and remove the connector. Install the connector with lock raised, and push lock into the connector. After installing the connector, check that the lock is pushed securely into it.
2.
PHIA0953J
3. Remove fixing bolts, and then remove the side curtain air bag module. CAUTION:
SR-20
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Never impact the side curtain air bag module. Replace the side curtain air bag module if it has been dropped or sustained an impact.
C
JMHIA0009ZZ
Never insert any foreign objects (screwdriver, etc.) into the side curtain air bag module. Never disassemble the side curtain air bag module. Never expose the side curtain air bag module to temperatures exceeding 90C (194F). Never allow oil, grease, detergent, or water to come in contact with the side curtain air bag module.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Never damage the harness while installing. If malfunction is detected by the air bag warning lamp, after repair or replacement of the malfunctioning parts, reset the memory using self-diagnosis or CONSULT-III. Refer to SRC-19, "CONSULT-III Function". After the work is completed, check that no system malfunction is detected by air bag warning lamp.
F
SR
SR-21
2009 G37 Coupe
CRASH ZONE SENSOR

CRASH ZONE SENSOR

Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004258179
JMHIA0019GB
1. A.
Crash zone sensor Crash zone sensor harness connector
INFOID:0000000004258180
REMOVAL
1. Remove the reservoir tank. Refer to CO-13, "Exploded View". 2. Remove the crash zone sensor fixing nuts. 3. Disconnect the crash zone sensor harness connector. CAUTION: Never impact the crash zone sensor. Replace the crash zone sensor if it has been dropped or sustained an impact.
JMHIA0009ZZ
Replace the crash zone sensor of deployed SRS driver air bag and deployed SRS front passenger air bag.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Never use the old fixing nuts after removal, replace with the new nuts. Never damage the harness while installing. If malfunction is detected by the air bag warning lamp, after repair or replacement of the malfunctioning parts, reset the memory using self-diagnosis or CONSULT-III. Refer to SRC-19, "CONSULT-III Function". After the work is completed, check that no system malfunction is detected by air bag warning lamp.
SR-22
2009 G37 Coupe
SIDE AIR BAG (SATELLITE) SENSOR

SIDE AIR BAG (SATELLITE) SENSOR

Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004258181
JMHIA0020GB
1. A.
Satellite sensor Satellite sensor harness connector
F
INFOID:0000000004258182
G WARNING: Before servicing, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect battery negative terminal and wait 3 minutes or more. SR Never use the air tools or the electric tools for servicing.
REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. Remove the front seat belt. Refer to SB-6, "SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Removal and Installation". Remove the satellite sensor fixing nuts. Disconnect the harness satellite sensor connector, and then remove the satellite sensor.
I
CAUTION: Never impact the satellite sensor. Replace the satellite sensor if it has been dropped or sustained an impact.
M
JMHIA0009ZZ
Replace the satellite sensor of deployed SRS front side air bag module and deployed SRS side curtain air bag module.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Never use the old fixing nuts after removal, replace with the new nuts. Never damage the harness while installing. If malfunction is detected by the air bag warning lamp, after repair or replacement of the malfunctioning parts, reset the memory using self-diagnosis or CONSULT-III. Refer to SRC-19, "CONSULT-III Function". After the work is completed, check that no system malfunction is detected by air bag warning lamp.
SR-23
2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004258183
JMHIA0941GB
1. A.
Diagnosis sensor unit Diagnosis sensor unit harness connectors
2.
TORX bolt
INFOID:0000000004258184
WARNING: Before servicing, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect battery negative terminal and wait 3 minutes or more. Before disconnecting the air bag sensor unit harness connector, be sure to disconnect the each harness connector of the air bag module and the pre-tensioner seat belt to prevent air bag deployment by static electricity and the pre-tensioner seat belt operation. Never use the air tools or the electric tools for servicing. When replacing the air bag diagnosis sensor unit, always check with the parts department for the latest parts information. Installing an incorrect air bag diagnosis sensor unit may or may not cause the air bag warning lamp to illuminate and may cause incorrect deployment of the supplemental air bags and seat belt pre-tensioners in a collision resulting in serious personal injury or death.
REMOVAL
Always check the air bag diagnosis sensor unit ECU discriminated number (identification number) using CONSULT-III. 2. Disconnect each connector of all air bag modules and pre-tensioner seat belts. 3. Remove the center console assembly. Refer to IP-24, "Removal and Installation". 4. Remove the center console rear bracket. Refer to IP-23, "Exploded View". 5. Disconnect the diagnosis sensor unit harness connector. 6. Remove the TORX bolts, ground bolt, and then remove the diagnosis sensor unit. CAUTION: Replace the diagnosis sensor unit of deployed SRS air bag and deployed SRS front seat belt pre-tensioner. 1.
SR-24
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Never impact the diagnosis sensor unit. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit if it has been dropped or sustained an impact.
C
JMHIA0009ZZ
INSTALLATION
Install air bag diagnosis sensor unit in the reverse order of removal. E CAUTION: Never use the old bolts after removal, replace with the new bolts. Never damage the harness while installing. If malfunction is detected by the air bag warning lamp, after repair or replacement of the malfunc- F tioning parts, reset the memory using self-diagnosis or CONSULT-III. Refer to SRC-19, "CONSULT-III Function". After the work is completed, check that no system malfunction is detected by air bag warning lamp. After replacing the air bag diagnosis sensor unit, confirm using CONSULT-III that the ECU discrimi- G nated number (identification number) of the new replacement air bag sensor unit matches the ECU discriminated number (identification number) of the replaced (old) air bag diagnosis sensor unit. NOTE: SR If the ECU discriminated number of the new replacement air bag diagnosis sensor unit differs from the ECU discriminated number of the replaced air bag diagnosis sensor unit, reconfirm the parts information and verify that the correct air bag diagnosis sensor unit was installed. I
SR-25
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER

FRONT SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER

INFOID:0000000004258185
For removal and installation procedures, refer to SB-6, "SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Removal and Installation".
SR-26
2009 G37 Coupe
OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT

OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT

For removal and installation
The occupant classification system control unit and seat sensor mat are an integral part of the front passenger seat cushion and are replaced as an assembly. Refer to SE-182, "Removal and Installation".
INFOID:0000000004258186
SR
SR-27
2009 G37 Coupe
RESTRAINTS
SECTION
SRS AIRBAG CONTROL SYSTEM
SRC
CONTENTS
Work Flow ................................................................ 5 . DTC Logic ...............................................................22 . Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................22 .

SRS AIR BAG SYSTEM ..................................... 7 .
System Diagram ....................................................... 7 . System Description .................................................. 7 . Component Parts Location ....................................... 8 . Component Description ............................................ 9 .
B1011, B1012, B1013, B1014, B1015 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ...................................... 24

SRC
B1017, B1020, B1021 OCCUPANT SENS C/U ... 26

OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM ........10 .

B1018 OCCUPANT SENS ................................ 28

Description ..............................................................28 . DTC Logic ...............................................................28 . Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................28 . K
PASSENGER SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM ...................................................................12 .

B1022 OCCUPANT SENS C/U ......................... 30

B1023 PASS A/B INDCTR CKT ....................... 32

Description ..............................................................32 . DTC Logic ...............................................................32 . Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................32 . N
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AIRBAG) .....................14 .

Diagnosis Description ............................................ 14 . Air Bag Warning Lamp Diagnosis .......................... 14 . CONSULT-III Function ........................................... 19 .

B1001, B1002, B1003, B1004, B1005 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ......................................20 .
B1026, B1027, B1028, B1029, B1030, B1031 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ............................. 34
B1033, B1034 CRASH ZONE SEN .................. 36

B1006, B1007, B1008, B1009, B1010 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ......................................22 .

Description ............................................................. 22 .
B1035, B1036 CRASH ZONE SEN .................. 38

2009 G37 Coupe
SRC-1
B1081 PRE-TEN FRONT RH ........................... 62 .

B1042, B1043, B1044, B1045, B1046, B1047 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ............................. 40 .
B1082 PRE-TEN FRONT RH ........................... 64 .

B1049, B1054 DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE ..... 42 .

B1083 PRE-TEN FRONT RH ........................... 66 .


B1084 PRE-TEN FRONT RH ........................... 68 .


B1086 PRE-TEN FRONT LH ............................ 70 .


B1087 PRE-TEN FRONT LH ............................ 72 .

B1088 PRE-TEN FRONT LH ............................ 74 .

B1089 PRE-TEN FRONT LH ............................ 76 .

B1065, B1070 ASSIST A/B MODULE ............. 52 .


B1106, B1107, B1108, B1109, B1110, B1111 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ............................ 78 .

B1113, B1114 SATELLITE SENS RH ............. 80 .


B1115, B1116 SATELLITE SENS RH ............. 82 .

B1118, B1119 SATELLITE SENS LH .............. 84 .

B1120, B1121 SATELLITE SENS LH .............. 86 .

2009 G37 Coupe
SRC-2
B1122, B1123, B1124, B1125, B1126, B1127 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT .............................88 .
B1147 CURTAIN MODULE RH ...................... 112

B1148 CURTAIN MODULE RH ...................... 114

B1129 SIDE MODULE RH ................................90 .

B1150 CURTAIN MODULE LH ....................... 116

Description ............................................................ 116 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 116 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 116 . E
B1130 SIDE MODULE RH ................................92 .


B1131 SIDE MODULE RH ................................94 .


Description ............................................................ 120 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 120 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 120 . SRC
B1132 SIDE MODULE RH ................................96 .


B1134 SIDE MODULE LH .................................98 .

B1135 SIDE MODULE LH ............................... 100 .

B1202, B1203, B1204, B1205, B1206, B1207 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ........................... 124
Description ............................................................ 124 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 124 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 124 . K
B1136 SIDE MODULE LH ............................... 102 .

B1209 FRONTAL COLLISION DETECTION .. 126

B1137 SIDE MODULE LH ............................... 104 .

B1210 SIDE COLLISION DETECTION .......... 128

Description ............................................................ 128 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 128 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 128 . N
B1138, B1139, B1140, B1141, B1142, B1143 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ........................... 106 .
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ........... 129 .

DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ........................... 129
DTC Index ............................................................ 129 . Wiring Diagram - SRS AIR BAG CONTROL SYSTEM - .................................................................... 133 .
B1145 CURTAIN MODULE RH ...................... 108 .


SRS AIR BAG WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF ....................................................... 139
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 139 .
B1146 CURTAIN MODULE RH ...................... 110 .

SRC-3
2009 G37 Coupe
SRS AIR BAG WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON ........................................................ 140 .
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................140 .
PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 142 .

Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .............................................................. 142 . Service ................................................................. 142 . Precaution for Battery Service ............................. 142 . Occupant Classification System ......................... 143 .
PASSENGER SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM ................................................................. 141 .

Diagnosis Procedure ............................................141 .
PRECAUTION ........................................... 142 .
SRC-4
2009 G37 Coupe

BASIC INSPECTION
Work Flow
OVERALL SEQUENCE
INFOID:0000000004704289
SRC
K
JMHIA0027GB
DETAILED FLOW
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM

Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom. >> GO TO 2.
M
2.PERFORM PRELIMINARY CHECK

At the beginning of inspection, confirm the condition of power supply circuit, check that the battery is charged and fuses and fusible links are not blown. Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> GO TO 3. (With CONSULT-III) YES-2 >> GO TO 4. (Without CONSULT-III) NO >> Repair or replace the battery and fuse/fusible links.
3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS USING CONSULT-III

Check the screen of CONSULT-lll. Is malfunctioning part detected? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repeat DTC confirmation with diagnostic procedure.
SRC-5
2009 G37 Coupe

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS AIR BAG WARNING LAMP (WITHOUT CONSULT-III)

Check the warning lamp status. Is malfunctioning part detected? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repeat DTC confirmation with diagnostic procedure.
5.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. After the malfunctioning is repaired, erase the self-diagnostic result. Refer to SRC-14, "Diagnosis Description". >> GO TO 6.
6.FINAL CHECK
Check the screen of CONSULT-III and /or, Air bag warning lamp status. Are all malfunctions corrected? YES >> INSPECTION END NO-1 >> GO TO 3. (With CONSULT-III) NO-2 >> GO TO 4. (Without CONSULT-III)
SRC-6
2009 G37 Coupe
SRS AIR BAG SYSTEM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
SRS AIR BAG SYSTEM
System Diagram
INFOID:0000000004258188
SRC
O
JMHIA0370GB
System Description
This SRS Air Bag System has the following functions.
INFOID:0000000004678305
Detects a collision and supplies the energy for deploying air bag and seat belt pre-tensioner. Detects electrical malfunction in SRS Air Bag System and Seat Belt Pre-tensioner System, records malfunction code, and blinking air bag warning lamp.
SRC-7
2009 G37 Coupe
SRS AIR BAG SYSTEM

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > Detects and records the deployment of air bag and seat belt pre-tensioner, and turns ON air bag warning lamp. Indicates malfunctioning portion with blinking times of air bag warning lamp in diagnosis mode. Indicates the malfunction record by CONSULT-III. Suppress the deployment of front passenger air bag when front passenger seat is empty or is occupied by a child or a child-seat. When passenger seat is occupied by a child or a child seat, turns ON front passenger air bag OFF indicator. When judges that passenger seat is occupied by a adult or a child and passenger seat belt is not fasten, turns ON seat belt warning lamp.
COLLISION MODE
The operation of supplemental restraint system is different depending on the collision modes applications. For example, the driver air bag module, front passenger air bag module and front seat belt pre-tensioner are activated in a frontal collision but not in a side collision. SRS configurations that are activated for some collision modes are as per the following.
: Apply, : Not apply
SRS configuration Driver air bag module. Front passenger air bag module. Front LH seat belt pre-tensioner. Front RH seat belt pre-tensioner. Front LH side air bag module. Front RH side air bag module. LH side curtain air bag module. RH side curtain air bag module.
Frontal collision
Left side collision
Right side collision

INFOID:0000000004258190
JMHIA0424ZZ
SRC-8
2009 G37 Coupe
SRS AIR BAG SYSTEM

1. Front passenger air bag module Passenger air bag off indicator 4. (Cut-off telltale) 7. Front seat belt pre-tensioner (LH/ RH) 2. Driver air bag module 5. Diagnosis sensor unit (ACU) 8. Seat belt buckle switch (LH/RH) 11. Crash zone sensor 3. Spiral cable 6. Satellite sensor (LH/RH) 9. Front side air bag module (LH/RH) 12. OCS seat sensor mat
10. Curtain air bag module 13. OCS control unit
C
INFOID:0000000004678306
Component Air bag diagnosis sensor unit Air bag module Driver Passenger Front side Side curtain Front seat belt pre-tensioner Seat belt buckle switch Crash zone sensor Satellite sensor (LH/RH) Occupant Classification System Combination meter (air bag warning lamp) Front passenger air bag OFF indicator Combination switch (spiral cable) Function
D
Detects a collision and supplies power supply for deployment to air bag module and pre-tensioner seat belt.
Receives signal from air bag diagnosis sensor unit and deploys air bag.
Receives signal from air bag diagnosis sensor unit and deploys pre-tensioner seat belt. Controls deployment timing depending on the seat belt condition that is fastened or unfastened. Transmits signal to air bag diagnosis sensor unit when a frontal collision occurs. Transmits signal to air bag diagnosis sensor unit when a side collision occurs. Detects front passenger seat occupant and judges whether or not deploys front passenger seat air bag. Indicates air bag malfunctioning and deployment by blinking and illuminating air bag warning lamp. Indicates whether or not front passenger air bag is in activation mode subject to the judgement by Occupant Classification System. Supplies power supply to driver air bag module on steering wheel.
SRC
SRC-9
2009 G37 Coupe
OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM


System Diagram
INFOID:0000000004258192
JMHIA0023GB
System Description
THIS OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM HAS THE FOLLOWING FUNCTIONS
1.
INFOID:0000000004678307
Suppress the deployment of front passenger air bag when front passenger seat is empty, or when occupied by child and child-seat. Turns ON front passenger air bag OFF indicator when front passenger seat is occupied by child-seat and child. 2. Indicates malfunction portion with blinking times of air bag warning lamp in diagnosis mode. 3. Indicates the malfunctioning record by CONSULT-III. NOTE: Operation of air bag diagnosis sensor unit when air bag diagnosis sensor unit receives information from Occupant Classification System.
Status (front passenger seat) Empty Child/ child-seat Adult Malfunction Passenger air bag Front passenger air bag OFF indicator OFF ON OFF ON Air bag warning lamp Seat belt warning lamp (when front passenger seat is unbuckled) OFF ON ON OFF
INFOID:0000000004258194
Suppress Suppress Enable to deploy Suppress
OFF OFF OFF Blinking
JMHIA0001ZZ
SRC-10
2009 G37 Coupe

1. OCS control unit A. OCS harness connector 2. OCS seat sensor mat 3. Passenger air bag OFF indicator (cutoff telltale)
Component parts Seat sensor mat Occupant Classification System control unit Front passenger air bag OFF indicator Air bag diagnosis sensor unit Outline of function Detects if the passenger seat is empty or occupied
INFOID:0000000004678308
Transmits the passenger seat status (occupied or empty) to air bag diagnosis sensor unit Turns the front passenger air bag OFF indicator lamp ON when the front passenger seat is occupied by a child or a child-seat Performs the deploy judgement of passenger air bag based on the information from Occupant Classification System control unit
SRC
SRC-11
2009 G37 Coupe
PASSENGER SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM


System Diagram
INFOID:0000000004258196
JMHIA0025GB
System Description
INFOID:0000000004678309
Turns ON seat belt warning lamp, when the Occupant Classification System judges adult or child in the front passenger seat and the passenger seat belt buckle switch is OFF. Operation of air bag diagnosis sensor unit when air bag diagnosis sensor unit receives information from Occupant Classification System. In addition, seat belt warning lamp illuminates, when the driver side seat belt is not fasten. This does not relate to the air bag diagnosis sensor unit.
Status (front passenger seat) Empty Child/ child-seat Adult Malfunction Seat belt warning lamp (When front passenger seat is unbuckled) OFF ON ON OFF
SRC-12
2009 G37 Coupe


SRS AIR BAG
INFOID:0000000004258198
SRC
JMHIA0424ZZ
1. Front passenger air bag module Passenger air bag off indicator 4. (Cut-off telltale) 7. Front seat belt pre-tensioner (LH/ RH)
2. Driver air bag module 5. Diagnosis sensor unit (ACU) 8. Seat belt buckle switch (LH/RH) 11. Crash zone sensor
3. Spiral cable 6. Satellite sensor (LH/RH) 9. Front side air bag module (LH/RH) 12. OCS seat sensor mat
10. Curtain air bag module 13. OCS control unit
Component parts Seat belt buckle switch (Driver side) Seat belt buckle switch (Passenger side) Seat belt warning lamp Occupant Classification System control unit Seat sensor mat Air bag diagnosis sensor unit Front passenger air bag OFF indicator Outline of function
INFOID:0000000004678310
Detects if the seat belt buckle switch (driver side) is fastened or unfastened Detects if the seat belt buckle switch (passenger side) is fastened or unfastened Turns the seat belt warning lamp ON when the seat belt is unfastened Judges the passenger seat condition based on the information from Occupant Classification System control unit Detects if the passenger seat is empty or occupied Turns ON seat belt warning lamp based on the information from Occupant Classification System control unit Turns the front passenger air bag OFF indicator lamp ON when the front passenger seat is occupied by a child or a chile seat
SRC-13
2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AIRBAG)


Diagnosis Description
INFOID:0000000004678311
CAUTION: Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. Never repair, splice or modify the SRS wiring harness. If the harness is damaged, replace it with a new one. Keep ground portion clean.
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
The SRS self-diagnosis results can be read by using air bag warning lamp and/or CONSULT-III. The user mode is exclusively prepared for the customer (driver). This mode warns the driver of a system malfunction through the operation of the air bag warning lamp. The diagnosis mode allows the technician to locate and inspect the malfunctioning part. The mode applications for the air bag warning lamp and CONSULT-III are as per the following.
User mode Air bag warning lamp CONSULT-III : Application, : Not application X Diagnosis mode X X Display type ON-OFF operation Monitoring
HOW TO PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR QUICK AND ACCURATE REPAIR

A good understanding of the malfunction conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate. In general, each customer feels differently about a malfunction. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint.
Information from Customer. WHAT..... Vehicle model. WHEN..... Date, Frequencies. WHERE..... Road conditions. HOW..... Operating conditions, Symptoms. Preliminary Check. Check that the following parts are in good order. Battery (Refer to PG-3, "How to Handle Battery"). Fuse (Refer to PG-76, "Fuse"). System component-to-harness connections.
Air Bag Warning Lamp Diagnosis

SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
INFOID:0000000004678312
The reading of these results is accomplished by User mode and Diagnosis mode. After a malfunction is repaired, turn ignition switch ON. Diagnosis mode returns to the user mode. At that time, the self-diagnosis result is cleared.
SRC-14
2009 G37 Coupe

HOW TO CHANGE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE WITHOUT CONSULT-III A
PHIA0709E
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (USER MODE)

Checking air bag operation according to air bag warning lamp-User mode G
1. 2.
Turn the ignition switch from OFF to ON, and check that the air bag warning lamp blinks. Compare the air bag warning lamp blinking pattern with the examples.
SRC
J
BF-1845D
SRC-15
2009 G37 Coupe

Air bag warning lamp examples (User mode)
Air bag warning lamp operation -User mode
SRS condition
Reference item
No malfunction is detected No further action is necessary
SHIA0011E
The system is malfunctioning and needs to be repaired as indicated
Go to SRC-14, "Diagnosis Description"
SHIA0012E
Air bag is deployed Seat belt pre-tensioner is deployed
Go to SRC-126, "Diagnosis Procedure" or SRC-128, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning Air bag power supply circuit is malfunctioning Air bag warning lamp circuit is malfunctioning
SHIA0013E
Go to SRC-139, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning Air bag warning lamp circuit is malfunctioning
Go to SRC-140, "Diagnosis Procedure"
SHIA0014E
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (DIAGNOSIS MODE)

1. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON, and check that the air bag warning lamp blinks. There are 2 blinking patterns for the air bag warning lamp. One is a 3-second blink followed by a 0.5- second blink repeated. The other is two 1.5-second blinks followed by a 0.5-second blink repeated.
SRC-16
2009 G37 Coupe

An Example of a 3-second Blink Followed by a 0.5-second Blink Repeated A
E
JMHIA0640GB
a through b are repeated. b: Seven 0.5-second blinks indicate that the air bag diagnosis sensor unit circuit is malfunctioning.
Number of 0.5-second blinks after a 3-second blink indicates malfunctioning items
Number of 0.5-second blinks 0 Malfunctioning items Self-diagnosis result is not deleted Blinking pattern Refer to the following items SRC-70, "DTC Logic" SRC-72, "DTC Logic" SRC-74, "DTC Logic" SRC-76, "DTC Logic" Refer to the following items SRC-42, "DTC Logic" SRC-44, "DTC Logic" SRC-46, "DTC Logic" SRC-48, "DTC Logic" Refer to the following items SRC-62, "DTC Logic" SRC-64, "DTC Logic" SRC-66, "DTC Logic" SRC-68, "DTC Logic" Refer to the following items SRC-26, "DTC Logic" SRC-28, "DTC Logic" SRC-30, "DTC Logic" Refer to the following items SRC-36, "DTC Logic" SRC-38, "DTC Logic" Refer to the following items SRC-20, "DTC Logic" SRC-22, "DTC Logic" SRC-24, "DTC Logic" SRC-34, "DTC Logic" SRC-40, "DTC Logic" SRC-50, "DTC Logic" SRC-60, "DTC Logic" SRC-78, "DTC Logic" SRC-88, "DTC Logic" SRC-106, "DTC Logic" SRC-124, "DTC Logic"
SRC
Front LH seat belt pre-tensioner
Front RH seat belt pre-tensioner
Occupant Classification System control unit
Crash zone sensor
Air bag diagnosis sensor unit
SRC-17
2009 G37 Coupe

Number of 0.5-second blinks Malfunctioning items Blinking pattern Refer to the following items SRC-52, "DTC Logic" SRC-54, "DTC Logic" SRC-56, "DTC Logic" SRC-58, "DTC Logic" Refer to SRC-32, "DTC Logic".
Front passenger air bag module
11
Front passenger air bag OFF indicator
An Example of Two 1.5-second Blinks Followed by a 0.5-second Blink Repeated
JMHIA0641GB
a through b are repeated. b: Six 0.5-second blinks indicate that the LH side curtain air bag module circuit is malfunctioning.
Number of 0.5-second blinks after Two 1.5-second blinks indicates malfunctioning items
Number of 0.5-second blinks Malfunctioning items Blinking pattern Refer to the following items SRC-90, "DTC Logic" SRC-92, "DTC Logic" SRC-94, "DTC Logic" SRC-96, "DTC Logic" Refer to the following items SRC-98, "DTC Logic" SRC-100, "DTC Logic" SRC-102, "DTC Logic" SRC-104, "DTC Logic" Refer to the following items SRC-80, "DTC Logic" SRC-82, "DTC Logic" Refer to the following items SRC-84, "DTC Logic" SRC-86, "DTC Logic" Refer to the following items SRC-108, "DTC Logic" SRC-110, "DTC Logic" SRC-112, "DTC Logic" SRC-114, "DTC Logic" Refer to the following items SRC-116, "DTC Logic" SRC-118, "DTC Logic" SRC-120, "DTC Logic" SRC-122, "DTC Logic"
Front RH side air bag module
Front LH side air bag module
RH satellite sensor
LH satellite sensor
RH side curtain air bag module
LH side curtain air bag module
HOW TO ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

After a malfunction is repaired, turn the ignition switch OFF for at least one second, then turn ignition switch ON. Diagnosis mode returns to the user mode. At that time the self-diagnosis result is cleared.
SRC-18
2009 G37 Coupe

CONSULT-III Function
HOW TO CHANGE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE WITH CONSULT-III
INFOID:0000000004678313
From User Mode to Diagnosis Mode After selecting AIR BAG on the SELECT SYSTEM screen, User mode automatically changes to Diagnosis mode. From Diagnosis Mode to User Mode To return to User mode from Diagnosis mode, touch the BACK key of CONSULT-III until SELECT SYSTEM appears, then diagnosis mode automatically changes to User mode.
DIAGNOSIS MODE FOR CONSULT-III

SELF-DIAG [CURRENT] The current self-diagnosis results (also indicated with the number of air bag warning lamp blinks in diagnosis mode) are displayed on CONSULT-III screen in real time. This refers to a malfunctioning part requiring repairs. SELF-DIAG [PAST] Diagnosis results previously stored in the memory are displayed on CONSULT-III screen. The stored results are not erased until memory erasing is executed. TROUBLE DIAG RECORD With TROUBLE DIAG RECORD, diagnosis results previously erased by a reset operation can be displayed on CONSULT-III screen. Air bag diagnosis sensor unit ECU discriminated number (identification number) is displayed. Air bag diagnosis sensor unit has individual ECU discriminated number (identification number) based on model and equipment.
HOW TO ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

SELF-DIAG [CURRENT] A current self-diagnosis result is displayed on CONSULT-III screen in real time. After the malfunction is repaired completely, no malfunction is detected on SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]. SELF-DIAG [PAST] Return to SELF-DIAG [CURRENT] CONSULT-III screen by touching the BACK key of CONSULT-III and select SELF-DIAG [CURRENT] in SELECT DIAG MODE. Touch ERASE in SELF-DIAG [CURRENT] mode. NOTE: If the memory of the malfunction in SELF-DIAG [PAST] is not erased, the user mode shows the system malfunction by the operation of the warning lamp even if the malfunction is repaired completely. TROUBLE DIAG RECORD The memory of TROUBLE DIAG RECORD cannot be erased.
SRC
SRC-19
2009 G37 Coupe
B1001, B1002, B1003, B1004, B1005 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT

Description
INFOID:0000000004678316
Checks the entire SRS and displays the malfunction either by illuminating or blinking the air bag warning lamp on the combination meter. Malfunctioning part can be detected by on board self-diagnosis system and CONSULT-III.
OPERATION
It detects a shock that exceeds a specified level and monitors whether the driver and passenger air bags, front side air bag, side curtain air bag, and pre-tensioner seat belts operate normally.
STRUCTURE
It contains the G sensors for both frontal and side collisions and spare battery function in case of main battery damage in collision.
INSTALLATION
Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is installed under the center console with fixed bolts.
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1001 B1002 B1003 B1004 B1005 Trouble diagnosis name CONTROL UNIT DTC detecting condition Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning or out of the specification
INFOID:0000000004678317
Possible cause Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit Configuration in air bag diagnosis sensor unit does not match the vehicles specification
1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT

With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Perform AIR BAG Self Diagnostic Result. Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-14, "Air Bag Warning Lamp Diagnosis". NOTE: SRS does not enter diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in user mode. Is malfunctioning part detected? YES >> Refer to SRC-20, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END 1. 2.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678318
WARNING: Before servicing, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect battery negative terminal and wait at least 3 minutes. (To discharge backup capacitor.) Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.
1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

Check the harness connector. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace harness connectors.
2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS

Check the wiring harness externals.
SRC-20
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace wiring harness.
3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT

1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-24, "Exploded View". 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-20, "DTC Logic". Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 1. NO >> INSPECTION END
SRC
SRC-21
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678319
OPERATION
It detects a shock that exceeds a specified level and monitors whether the driver and passenger air bags, front side air bag, side curtain air bag and pre-tensioner seat belts operate normally.
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004678320

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678321


Check the wiring harness externals. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3.
SRC-22
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> Replace wiring harness.

1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-24, "Exploded View" 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-22, "DTC Logic" Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 1. NO >> INSPECTION END
SRC
SRC-23
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678322
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004678323

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678324


SRC-24
2009 G37 Coupe


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-24, "Exploded View" 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-24, "DTC Logic" Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 1. NO >> INSPECTION END
SRC
SRC-25
2009 G37 Coupe
B1017, B1020, B1021 OCCUPANT SENS C/U


Description
INFOID:0000000004678325
Suppresses the deployment of front passenger air bag when the condition of passenger seat is empty or occupied with a child and child-seat. Also illuminates front passenger air bag OFF indicator lamp when the condition of passenger seat is occupied with a child-seat and child. In case of malfunction the blinking of the air bag warning lamp reports the malfunction to driver, and by the on board self-diagnosis system or CONSULT-III can detect the cause.
OPERATION
This unit classifies occupant in passenger seat and detects electrical malfunctions in Occupant Classification System, and transmits malfunction information to air bag control unit.
STRUCTURE
It is integrated into the seat sensor mat and detects the occupants with Occupant Classification System control unit that classifies the occupants.
INSTALLATION
Occupant Classification System control unit is installed in the passenger seat cushion.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. B1017 B1020 B1021 Trouble diagnosis name OCCUPANT SENS C/U [UNIT FAIL] DTC detecting condition Trouble occurs in Occupant Classification System control unit
INFOID:0000000004678326
Possible cause Disconnection of wiring harness Malfunction in Occupant Classification System control unit Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Perform AIR BAG Self Diagnostic Result CONSULT-III. Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-14, "Air Bag Warning Lamp Diagnosis". NOTE: SRS does not enter diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in user mode. Is malfunctioning part detected? YES >> Refer to SRC-26, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END 1. 2.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678327
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

Check the connection of harness connector. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace harness connectors.
SRC-26
2009 G37 Coupe


Check the wiring harness externals. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace wiring harness.
3.REPLACE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT

1. Replace seat cushion frame. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View". 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-26, "DTC Logic". Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> INSPECTION END
C D

SRC
SRC-27
2009 G37 Coupe
B1018 OCCUPANT SENS

B1018 OCCUPANT SENS

Description
INFOID:0000000004678328
OPERATION
The unit classifies occupant in passenger seat and transmits it to Occupant Classification System control unit.
STRUCTURE
Multiple sensors are installed in the sensor mat to prevent incorrect sensing induced by the sitting position.
INSTALLATION
Occupant Classification System sensor is installed in the passenger seat cushion.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. B1018 Trouble diagnosis name OCCUPANT SENS [UNIT FAIL] DTC detecting condition Malfunction occurs in Occupant Classification System sensor
INFOID:0000000004678329
Possible cause Disconnection of wiring harness Malfunction in Occupant Classification System sensor Malfunction in Occupant Classification System control unit Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678330

SRC-28
2009 G37 Coupe
B1018 OCCUPANT SENS


3.REPLACE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT AND SENSOR

1. Replace seat cushion frame. Refer to SR-24, "Exploded View". 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-28, "DTC Logic". Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> INSPECTION END
C D

SRC
SRC-29
2009 G37 Coupe
B1022 OCCUPANT SENS C/U


Description
INFOID:0000000004678331
OPERATION
This unit classifies occupant in passenger seat and detects electrical malfunction in Occupant Classification System and transmits malfunction information to air bag control unit.
STRUCTURE
It is integrated into the seat sensor mat and detects the occupants and Occupant Classification System control unit that classifies the occupants.
INSTALLATION
Occupant Classification System control unit is installed in the passenger seat cushion.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. B1022 Trouble diagnosis name OCCUPANT SENS C/U [COMM FAIL] DTC detecting condition Malfunction occurs in Occupant Classification System control unit, circuit of Occupant Classification System control unit-Air bag diagnosis sensor unit or Air bag diagnosis sensor unit
INFOID:0000000004678332
Possible cause Disconnection of wiring harness Malfunction in Occupant Classification System control unit Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678333

SRC-30
2009 G37 Coupe


3.CHECK OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT

1. Replace seat cushion frame. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View". 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-30, "DTC Logic". Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> INSPECTION END
C D

SRC
SRC-31
2009 G37 Coupe
B1023 PASS A/B INDCTR CKT


Description
INFOID:0000000004678334
OPERATION
Illuminates front passenger air bag OFF indicator when the passenger seat is empty or occupied by a child or a child-seat.
STRUCTURE
Front passenger air bag OFF indicator with LED illumination.
INSTALLATION
Front passenger air bag OFF indicator is installed at the instrument panel center.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. B1023 Trouble diagnosis name PASS A/B INDCTR CKT [UNIT FAIL] DTC detecting condition Passenger air bag OFF indicator circuit is open or shorted to ground or the circuits are shorted each other
INFOID:0000000004678335
Possible cause Disconnection of wiring harness Malfunction in front passenger air bag OFF indicator Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678336

SRC-32
2009 G37 Coupe


3.CHECK PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF INDICATOR

1. Replace front passenger air bag OFF indicator. Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View" 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-32, "DTC Logic". Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> INSPECTION END
C D

SRC
SRC-33
2009 G37 Coupe
B1026, B1027, B1028, B1029, B1030, B1031 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


Description
INFOID:0000000004678337
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1026 B1027 B1028 B1029 B1030 B1031 Trouble diagnosis name CONTROL UNIT DTC detecting condition Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning or out of the specification
INFOID:0000000004678338

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678339


Check the wiring harness externals. Is the inspection result normal?
SRC-34
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace wiring harness.

B
SRC
SRC-35
2009 G37 Coupe
B1033, B1034 CRASH ZONE SEN


Description
INFOID:0000000004678340
Main G sensor generates signal voltage, when it detects deceleration beyond the specified level caused by vehicle frontal collision.
OPERATION
When air bag diagnosis sensor unit defines both signal voltage of the G sensor and the safing algorithm to be that of collision which exceeds a specified level, the driving circuit switches on and feeds the electric ignitor of both driver and passenger air bags and pre-tensioner seat belts.
STRUCTURE
Integrated type of the G sensor element for frontal collision with output terminals for signal voltage.
INSTALLATION
Crash zone sensor is installed on the radiator core support assembly with fixed nuts.
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1033 B1034 Trouble diagnosis name CRASH ZONE SENSOR [UNIT FAIL] DTC detecting condition Crash zone sensor is malfunctioning
INFOID:0000000004678341
Possible cause Disconnection of wiring harness Malfunction in crash zone sensor Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678342


SRC-36
2009 G37 Coupe

3.REPLACE CRASH ZONE SENSOR

1. Replace crash zone sensor. Refer to SR-22, "Exploded View". 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-36, "DTC Logic". Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> INSPECTION END

SRC
SRC-37
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678343
Main G sensor generates signal voltage, when it detects deceleration beyond the specified level caused by vehicle frontal collision.
OPERATION
When air bag diagnosis sensor unit defines both signal voltage of the G sensor and the safing algorithm to be that of collision which exceeds a specified level, the driving circuit switches on and feeds the electric ignitor of both driver and passenger air bags and pre-tensioner seat belts.
STRUCTURE
Integrated type of the G sensor element for frontal collision with output terminals for signal voltage.
INSTALLATION
Crash zone sensor is installed on the radiator core support assembly with fixed nuts.
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1035 B1036 Trouble diagnosis name CRASH ZONE SENSOR [COMM FAIL] [UNMATCH] DTC detecting condition Crash zone sensor is malfunctioning or out of the specified specification
INFOID:0000000004678344
Possible cause Disconnection of wiring harness Malfunction in crash zone sensor Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678345


SRC-38
2009 G37 Coupe

3.REPLACE CRASH ZONE SENSOR

1. Replace crash zone sensor. Refer to SR-22, "Exploded View". 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-38, "DTC Logic". Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> INSPECTION END

SRC
SRC-39
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678346
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004678347

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678348


SRC-40
2009 G37 Coupe


B
SRC
SRC-41
2009 G37 Coupe
B1049, B1054 DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE


Description
INFOID:0000000004678349
For driver air bag module, crash is judged by main G sensor output signal and safing algorithm in front direction.
OPERATION
In case of frontal collision whose acceleration exceeds the specified level, the ignition materials are ignited by electric ignition system. The system burns the gas generating materials resulting in a chemical reaction. This generates hot gases that flow into the air bag through a filter and expand the bag.
STRUCTURE
Driver air bag module mainly consists of air bag and inflator that inflates air bag.
INSTALLATION
Driver air bag module is installed on the center of steering wheel with fixed bolts.
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1049 B1054 Trouble diagnosis name DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE [OPEN] DTC detecting condition Driver air bag module circuit is open (including the spiral cable)
INFOID:0000000004678350
Possible cause Disconnection of wiring harness and open Malfunction in driver air bag module Malfunction in spiral cable Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678351
WARNING: With CONSULT-III Before servicing, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect battery negative terminal and wait at least 3 minutes. (To discharge backup capacitor.) Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

Check the harness connector. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace harness connector.

SRC-42
2009 G37 Coupe

3.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect driver air bag module harness connector and combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector. Check continuity between driver air bag module harness connector and combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
Driver air bag module Connector M302 Terminal 10 11 12 9 M35 Combination switch (spiral cable) Connector Terminal 28 30 29 30 Existed Continuity
M301
4.
Check continuity between driver air bag module harness connector and ground.
Driver side air bag module Connector M302 Terminal 10 11 12 9 Ground Not existed Continuity
SRC
M301
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Replace combination switch (spiral cable). Refer to SR-15, "Exploded View".
4.REPLACE DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE

1. Replace driver air bag module. Refer to SR-12, "Exploded View" 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-42, "DTC Logic". Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> INSPECTION END

1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-24, "Exploded View" 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-42, "DTC Logic". Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 1. NO >> INSPECTION END
SRC-43
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678352
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1050 B1055 Trouble diagnosis name DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE [VB-SHORT] DTC detecting condition Driver air bag module circuit is shorted to some power supply circuit (including the spiral cable)
INFOID:0000000004678353
Possible cause Disconnection of wiring harness and short Malfunction in driver air bag module Malfunction in spiral cable Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678354


SRC-44
2009 G37 Coupe


M301
4.
F
M301
SRC

1. Replace driver air bag module. Refer to SR-12, "Exploded View" 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-42, "DTC Logic". Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> INSPECTION END

SRC-45
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678355
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1051 B1056 Trouble diagnosis name DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE [GND-SHORT] DTC detecting condition Driver air bag module circuit is shorted to ground (including the spiral cable)
INFOID:0000000004678356

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678357


SRC-46
2009 G37 Coupe


Driver air bag module Connector M302 Terminal 10 11 12 9 M35 Combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector Terminal 28 30 29 30 Existed Continuity
M301
4.
SRC
M301

1. Replace driver air bag module. Refer to SR-12, "Exploded View". 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-46, "DTC Logic". Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> INSPECTION END

SRC-47
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678358
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1052 B1057 Trouble diagnosis name DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE [SHORT] DTC detecting condition Driver air bag module circuit are shorted to each other (including the spiral cable)
INFOID:0000000004678359

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678360


SRC-48
2009 G37 Coupe


M301
4.
F
M301
SRC

1. Replace driver air bag module. Refer to SR-12, "Exploded View". 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-48, "DTC Logic". Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> INSPECTION END

SRC-49
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678361
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004678362

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678363


SRC-50
2009 G37 Coupe


B
SRC
SRC-51
2009 G37 Coupe
B1065, B1070 ASSIST A/B MODULE


Description
INFOID:0000000004678364
For front passenger air bag module, crash is judged by main G sensor output signal and safing algorithm in front direction.
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
Front passenger air bag module mainly consists of air bag and inflator that inflates air bag.
INSTALLATION
Front passenger air bag module is installed on the instrument panel with fixed bolts.
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1065 B1070 Trouble diagnosis name ASSIST A/B MODULE [OPEN] DTC detecting condition Front passenger air bag module circuit is open
INFOID:0000000004678365
Possible cause Disconnection of wiring harness and open Malfunction in front passenger air bag module Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678366


SRC-52
2009 G37 Coupe

3.REPLACE FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE

1. Replace front passenger air bag module. Refer to SR-18, "Exploded View" 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-52, "DTC Logic". Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> INSPECTION END

SRC
SRC-53
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678367
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1066 B1071 Trouble diagnosis name ASSIST A/B MODULE [VB-SHORT] DTC detecting condition Front passenger air bag module circuit is shorted to some power supply circuit
INFOID:0000000004678368
Possible cause Disconnection of wiring harness and short Malfunction in front passenger air bag module Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678369


SRC-54
2009 G37 Coupe


1. Replace front passenger air bag module. Refer to SR-18, "Exploded View". 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-54, "DTC Logic". Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> INSPECTION END

SRC
SRC-55
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678370
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1067 B1072 Trouble diagnosis name ASSIST A/B MODULE [GND-SHORT] DTC detecting condition Front passenger air bag module circuit is shorted to ground
INFOID:0000000004678371

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678372


SRC-56
2009 G37 Coupe



SRC
SRC-57
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678373
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1068 B1073 Trouble diagnosis name ASSIST A/B MODULE [SHORT] DTC detecting condition Front passenger air bag module circuits are shorted to each other
INFOID:0000000004678374

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678375


SRC-58
2009 G37 Coupe



SRC
SRC-59
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678376
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004678377

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678378


SRC-60
2009 G37 Coupe


B
SRC
SRC-61
2009 G37 Coupe
B1081 PRE-TEN FRONT RH


Description
INFOID:0000000004678379
For front RH seat belt pre-tensioner, crash is judged by main G sensor output signal and safing algorithm in front direction.
OPERATION
In the case of a frontal collision that exceeds specified impact level, the air bag diagnosis sensor unit detects the deceleration caused by collision. It restrains the passenger with seat belt easing the stress on passengers chest with load limiter.
STRUCTURE
The restraint system for front seat occupant consists of the pre-tensioner mechanism and load limiter mechanism.
INSTALLATION
Front RH seat belt pre-tensioner is installed on the underside of center pillar with fixed nuts.
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1081 Trouble diagnosis name PRE-TEN FRONT RH [OPEN] DTC detecting condition Front RH seat belt pre-tensioner circuit is open
INFOID:0000000004678380
Possible cause Disconnection of wiring harness and open Malfunction in front RH seat belt pretensioner Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678381


SRC-62
2009 G37 Coupe

3.REPLACE FRONT SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER

1. Replace front RH seat belt pre-tensioner. Refer to SB-6, "SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Exploded View". 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-62, "DTC Logic". Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> INSPECTION END
B

D
SRC
SRC-63
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678382
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1082 Trouble diagnosis name PRE-TEN FRONT RH [VB-SHORT] DTC detecting condition Front RH seat belt pre-tensioner circuit is shorted to some power supply circuit
INFOID:0000000004678383
Possible cause Disconnection of wiring harness and short Malfunction in front RH seat belt pretensioner Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678384


SRC-64
2009 G37 Coupe


B

D
SRC
SRC-65
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678385
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1083 Trouble diagnosis name PRE-TEN FRONT RH [GND-SHORT] DTC detecting condition Front RH seat belt pre-tensioner circuit is shorted to ground
INFOID:0000000004678386

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678387


SRC-66
2009 G37 Coupe


B

D
SRC
SRC-67
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678388
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1084 Trouble diagnosis name PRE-TEN FRONT RH [SHORT] DTC detecting condition Front RH seat belt pre-tensioner circuit are shorted to each other
INFOID:0000000004678389

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678390


SRC-68
2009 G37 Coupe


B

D
SRC
SRC-69
2009 G37 Coupe
B1086 PRE-TEN FRONT LH


Description
INFOID:0000000004678391
For front LH seat belt pre-tensioner, crash is judged by main G sensor output signal and safing algorithm in front direction.
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
Front LH seat belt pre-tensioner is installed on the underside of center pillar with fixed nuts.
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1086 Trouble diagnosis name PRE-TEN FRONT LH [OPEN] DTC detecting condition Front LH seat belt pre-tensioner circuit is open
INFOID:0000000004678392
Possible cause Disconnection of wiring harness and open Malfunction in front LH seat belt pretensioner Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678393


SRC-70
2009 G37 Coupe


1. Replace front LH seat belt pre-tensioner. Refer to SB-6, "SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Exploded View". 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-70, "DTC Logic". Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> INSPECTION END
B

D
SRC
SRC-71
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678394
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1087 Trouble diagnosis name PRE-TEN FRONT LH [VB-SHORT] DTC detecting condition Front LH seat belt pre-tensioner circuit is shorted to some power supply circuit
INFOID:0000000004678395
Possible cause Disconnection of wiring harness and short Malfunction in front LH seat belt pretensioner Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678396


SRC-72
2009 G37 Coupe


B

D
SRC
SRC-73
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678397
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1088 Trouble diagnosis name PRE-TEN FRONT LH [GND-SHORT] DTC detecting condition Front LH seat belt pre-tensioner circuit is shorted to ground
INFOID:0000000004678398

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678399


SRC-74
2009 G37 Coupe


B

D
SRC
SRC-75
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678400
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1089 Trouble diagnosis name PRE-TEN FRONT LH [SHORT] DTC detecting condition Front LH seat belt pre-tensioner circuit are shorted to each other
INFOID:0000000004678401

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678402


SRC-76
2009 G37 Coupe


B

D
SRC
SRC-77
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678403
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004678404

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678405


SRC-78
2009 G37 Coupe


B
SRC
SRC-79
2009 G37 Coupe
B1113, B1114 SATELLITE SENS RH


Description
INFOID:0000000004678406
Main G sensor generates signal voltage, when it detects deceleration beyond the specified level by vehicle side collision.
OPERATION
When air bag diagnosis sensor unit defines both signal voltage of the G sensor and the safing algorithm to be that of collision which exceeds a specified level, the driving circuit switches on and feeds the electric ignitor of both the front side air bag and side curtain air bag.
STRUCTURE
Integrated type of the G sensor element for side collision with output terminals for signal voltage.
INSTALLATION
RH satellite sensor is installed at the underside of center pillar with fixed nuts.
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1113 B1114 Trouble diagnosis name SATELLITE SENS RH [UNIT FAIL] DTC detecting condition RH satellite sensor is malfunctioning
INFOID:0000000004678407
Possible cause Disconnection of wiring harness Malfunction in RH satellite sensor Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678408


SRC-80
2009 G37 Coupe

3.REPLACE SATELLITE SENSOR

1. Replace RH satellite sensor. Refer to SR-23, "Exploded View". 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-80, "DTC Logic". Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> INSPECTION END

SRC
SRC-81
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678409
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
RH satellite sensor is installed at the underside of center pillar with fixed nuts.
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1115 B1116 Trouble diagnosis name SATELLITE SENS RH [COMM FAIL] [UNMATCH] DTC detecting condition RH satellite sensor is malfunctioning or out of the specified specification
INFOID:0000000004678410
Possible cause Disconnection of wiring harness Malfunction in RH satellite sensor Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678411


SRC-82
2009 G37 Coupe


1. Replace RH satellite sensor. Refer to SR-23, "Exploded View". 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-82, "DTC Logic". Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> INSPECTION END

SRC
SRC-83
2009 G37 Coupe
B1118, B1119 SATELLITE SENS LH


Description
INFOID:0000000004678412
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
LH satellite sensor is installed at the underside of center pillar with fixed nuts.
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1118 B1119 Trouble diagnosis name SATELLITE SENS LH [UNIT FAIL] DTC detecting condition LH satellite sensor is malfunctioning
INFOID:0000000004678413
Possible cause Disconnection of wiring harness Malfunction in LH satellite sensor Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678414


SRC-84
2009 G37 Coupe


1. Replace LH satellite sensor. Refer to SR-23, "Exploded View". 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-84, "DTC Logic" Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> INSPECTION END

SRC
SRC-85
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678415
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
LH satellite sensor is installed at the underside of center pillar with fixed nuts.
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1120 B1121 Trouble diagnosis name SATELLITE SENS LH [COMM FAIL] [UNMATCH] DTC detecting condition LH satellite sensor is malfunctioning or out of the specified specification
INFOID:0000000004678416
Possible cause Disconnection of wiring harness Malfunction in LH satellite sensor Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678417


SRC-86
2009 G37 Coupe


1. Replace LH satellite sensor. Refer to SR-23, "Exploded View". 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-86, "DTC Logic". Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> INSPECTION END

SRC
SRC-87
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678418
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004678419

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678420


SRC-88
2009 G37 Coupe


B
SRC
SRC-89
2009 G37 Coupe
B1129 SIDE MODULE RH


Description
INFOID:0000000004678421
For front RH side air bag module, crash is judged by main G sensor output signal (left side: LH satellite sensor, right side: RH satellite sensor) and safing algorithm (in air bag diagnosis sensor unit).
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
Front RH side air bag module mainly consists of air bag and inflator that inflates air bag.
INSTALLATION
Front RH side air bag module is installed on the side of front seat back with fixed nuts.
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1129 Trouble diagnosis name SIDE MODULE RH [OPEN] DTC detecting condition Front RH side air bag module circuit is open
INFOID:0000000004678422
Possible cause Disconnection of wiring harness and open Malfunction in front RH side air bag module Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Perform AIR BAG Self Diagnostic Result. Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check the air bag warning lamp status.SRC-14, "Air Bag Warning Lamp Diagnosis" NOTE: SRS does not enter diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in user mode. Is malfunctioning part detected? YES >> Refer to SRC-90, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END 1. 2.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678423


SRC-90
2009 G37 Coupe

3.REPLACE FRONT SIDE AIR BAG MODULE

1. Replace front RH side air bag module. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View". 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-90, "DTC Logic". Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> INSPECTION END

SRC
SRC-91
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678424
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
Front RH side air bag module is installed on the side of front seatback with fixed nuts.
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1130 Trouble diagnosis name SIDE MODULE RH [VB-SHORT] DTC detecting condition Front RH side air bag module circuit is shorted to some power supply circuit
INFOID:0000000004678425
Possible cause Disconnection of wiring harness and short Malfunction in front RH side air bag module Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678426


SRC-92
2009 G37 Coupe



SRC
SRC-93
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678427
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1131 Trouble diagnosis name SIDE MODULE RH [GND-SHORT] DTC detecting condition Front RH side air bag module circuit is shorted to ground
INFOID:0000000004678428

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678429


SRC-94
2009 G37 Coupe



SRC
SRC-95
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678430
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1132 Trouble diagnosis name SIDE MODULE RH [SHORT] DTC detecting condition Front RH side air bag module circuit are shorted to each other
INFOID:0000000004678431

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678432


SRC-96
2009 G37 Coupe



SRC
SRC-97
2009 G37 Coupe
B1134 SIDE MODULE LH


Description
INFOID:0000000004678433
For front LH side air bag module, crash is judged by main G sensor output signal (left side: LH satellite sensor, right side: RH satellite sensor) and safing algorithm (in air bag diagnosis sensor unit).
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
Front LH side air bag module mainly consists of air bag and inflator that inflates air bag.
INSTALLATION
Front LH side air bag module is installed on the side of front seatback with fixed nuts.
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1134 Trouble diagnosis name SIDE MODULE LH [OPEN] DTC detecting condition Front LH side air bag module circuit is open
INFOID:0000000004678434
Possible cause Disconnection of wiring harness and open Malfunction in front LH side air bag module Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678435


SRC-98
2009 G37 Coupe


1. Replace front LH side air bag module. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View". 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-98, "DTC Logic". Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> INSPECTION END

SRC
SRC-99
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678436
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1135 Trouble diagnosis name SIDE MODULE LH [VB-SHORT] DTC detecting condition Front LH side air bag module circuit is shorted to some power supply circuit
INFOID:0000000004678437
Possible cause Disconnection of wiring harness and short Malfunction in front LH side air bag module Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678438


SRC-100
2009 G37 Coupe



SRC
SRC-101
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678439
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1136 Trouble diagnosis name SIDE MODULE LH [GND-SHORT] DTC detecting condition Front LH side air bag module circuit is shorted to ground
INFOID:0000000004678440

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678441


SRC-102
2009 G37 Coupe



SRC
SRC-103
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678442
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1137 Trouble diagnosis name SIDE MODULE LH [SHORT] DTC detecting condition Front LH side air bag module circuit are shorted to each other
INFOID:0000000004678443

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678444
WARNING: Before servicing, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect battery negative terminal and wait at least 3 minutes. (To discharge backup capacitor.) Never use un specified tester or other measuring device.


SRC-104
2009 G37 Coupe



SRC
SRC-105
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678445
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004678446

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678447


SRC-106
2009 G37 Coupe


B
SRC
SRC-107
2009 G37 Coupe
B1145 CURTAIN MODULE RH


Description
INFOID:0000000004678448
For RH side curtain air bag module, crash is judged by main G sensor output signal (left side: LH satellite sensor, right side: RH satellite sensor) and safing algorithm (in air bag diagnosis sensor unit).
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
RH side curtain air bag module mainly consists of air bag and inflator that inflates air bag.
INSTALLATION
RH side curtain air bag module is installed on the roof side with fixed bolts.
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1145 Trouble diagnosis name CURTAIN MODULE RH [OPEN] DTC detecting condition RH side curtain air bag module circuit is open
INFOID:0000000004678449
Possible cause Disconnection of wiring harness and open Malfunction in RH side curtain air bag module Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678450


SRC-108
2009 G37 Coupe

3.REPLACE SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE

1. Replace RH side curtain air bag module. Refer to SR-20, "Exploded View" 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-108, "DTC Logic". Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> INSPECTION END

SRC
SRC-109
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678451
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1146 Trouble diagnosis name CURTAIN MODULE RH [VB-SHORT] DTC detecting condition RH side curtain air bag module circuit is shorted to some power supply circuit
INFOID:0000000004678452
Possible cause Disconnection of wiring harness and short Malfunction in RH side curtain air bag module Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678453


SRC-110
2009 G37 Coupe



SRC
SRC-111
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678454
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1147 Trouble diagnosis name CURTAIN MODULE RH [GND-SHORT] DTC detecting condition RH side curtain air bag module circuit is shorted to ground
INFOID:0000000004678455

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678456


SRC-112
2009 G37 Coupe



SRC
SRC-113
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678457
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1148 Trouble diagnosis name CURTAIN MODULE RH [SHORT] DTC detecting condition RH side curtain air bag module circuit are shorted to each other
INFOID:0000000004678458

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678459


SRC-114
2009 G37 Coupe



SRC
SRC-115
2009 G37 Coupe
B1150 CURTAIN MODULE LH


Description
INFOID:0000000004678460
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
LH side curtain air bag module mainly consists of air bag and inflator that inflates air bag.
INSTALLATION
LH side curtain air bag module is installed on the roof side with fixed bolts.
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1150 Trouble diagnosis name CURTAIN MODULE LH [OPEN] DTC detecting condition LH side curtain air bag module circuit is open
INFOID:0000000004678461
Possible cause Disconnection of wiring harness and open Malfunction in LH side curtain air bag module Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678462


SRC-116
2009 G37 Coupe


1. Replace LH side curtain air bag module. Refer to SR-20, "Exploded View" 2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-116, "DTC Logic". Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> INSPECTION END

SRC
SRC-117
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678463
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1151 Trouble diagnosis name CURTAIN MODULE LH [VB-SHORT] DTC detecting condition LH side curtain air bag module circuit is shorted to some power supply circuit
INFOID:0000000004678464
Possible cause Disconnection of wiring harness and short Malfunction in LH side curtain air bag module Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678465


SRC-118
2009 G37 Coupe



SRC
SRC-119
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678466
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1152 Trouble diagnosis name CURTAIN MODULE LH [GND-SHORT] DTC detecting condition LH side curtain air bag module circuit is shorted to ground
INFOID:0000000004678467

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678468


SRC-120
2009 G37 Coupe



SRC
SRC-121
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678469
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1153 Trouble diagnosis name CURTAIN MODULE LH [SHORT] DTC detecting condition LH side curtain air bag module circuit are shorted to each other
INFOID:0000000004678470

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678471


SRC-122
2009 G37 Coupe



SRC
SRC-123
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004678472
OPERATION
STRUCTURE
INSTALLATION
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004678473

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004678474


SRC-124
2009 G37 Coupe


B
SRC
SRC-125
2009 G37 Coupe
B1209 FRONTAL COLLISION DETECTION


Description
DTC B1209 FRONTAL COLLISION DETECTION
When crash zone sensor detects component damage resulting from a front collision, the system blinks or illuminates the air bag warning lamp to inform the driver. Malfunctioning can be detected by CONSULT-III.
INFOID:0000000004678475
OPERATION
The air bags and seat belt pre-tensioners for driver and front passenger are activated by the air bag diagnosis sensor unit signal transmitted at the time of the frontal collision.
STRUCTURE
It consists of crash zone sensor, air bag diagnosis sensor unit, air bags and seat belt pre-tensioners for driver and front passenger.
INSTALLATION
Refer to SR-12, "Exploded View" (Driver air bag module), SR-18, "Exploded View" (Front passenger air bag module), SR-22, "Exploded View"(Crash zone sensor), SR-24, "Exploded View" (Air bag diagnosis sensor unit), SB-6, "SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Exploded View" (Front LH/RH seat belt pre-tensioner).
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1209 Trouble diagnosis name FRONTAL COLLISION DETECTION DTC detecting condition Front seat belt pre-tensioner, front air bag is deployed
INFOID:0000000004678476
Possible cause

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005748649
WARNING: Before servicing, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect battery negative terminal, and wait at least 3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.) Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.
1.PERFORM COLLISION DIAGNOSIS

Perform collision diagnosis.Refer to SR-5, "FOR FRONTAL COLLISION : When SRS is activated in a collision" or SR-6, "FOR FRONTAL COLLISION : When SRS is not activated in a collision". Iscollision diagnosis complete? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> INSPECTION END
2.FINAL INSPECTION
Perform AIR BAG Self Diagnostic Result. Is the inspection result normal?
SRC-126
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Peform diagnosis of applicable DTC.Refer to SRC-129, "DTC Index".
SRC
SRC-127
2009 G37 Coupe
B1210 SIDE COLLISION DETECTION

B1210 SIDE COLLISION DETECTION

Description
DTC B1210 SIDE COLLISION DETECTION
When satellite sensor detects component damage resulting from a side collision, blinks or illuminates the air bag warning lamp to inform the driver. Malfunctioning can be detected by CONSULT-III.
INFOID:0000000004678478
OPERATION
The front side air bag and side curtain air bag are activated by the air bag diagnosis sensor unit signal transmitted at the time of the side collision.
STRUCTURE
It consists of satellite sensor, air bag diagnosis sensor unit, front side air bag and side curtain air bag.
INSTALLATION
Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View" (Front LH/RH side air bag module), SR-20, "Exploded View" (Side curtain air bag module), SR-23, "Exploded View" (LH/RH satellite sensor).
DTC Logic
DTC No. B1210 Trouble diagnosis name SIDE COLLISION DETECTION DTC detecting condition Front side air bag, side curtain air bag is deployed
INFOID:0000000004678479
Possible cause

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005748650
WARNING: Before servicing, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect battery negative terminal, and wait at least 3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.) Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.
1.PERFORM COLLISION DIAGNOSIS

Perform collision diagnosis.Refer to SR-7, "FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION : When SRS is activated in a collision" or SR-8, "FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION : When SRS is not activated in a collision". Iscollision diagnosis complete? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> INSPECTION END
2.FINAL INSPECTION
Perform AIR BAG Self Diagnostic Result. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Peform diagnosis of applicable DTC.Refer to SRC-129, "DTC Index".
SRC-128
2009 G37 Coupe


DTC Index
Diagnostic item NO DTC IS DETECTED When malfunction is indicated by the AIR BAG warning lamp in User mode Explanation Low battery voltage (Less than 9 V) Self-diagnosis result SELF-DIAG [PAST] (previously stored in the memory) might not be erased after repair Intermittent malfunction has been detected in the past
INFOID:0000000004678315
Reference page SRC-26, "DTC Logic". SRC-14, "Air Bag Warning Lamp Diagnosis", SRC-19, "CONSULT-III Function".
E
SRC-20, "DTC Logic". SRC-22, "DTC Logic". SRC-24, "DTC Logic". SRC-26, "DTC Logic".
No malfunction is detected CONTROL UNIT [B1001-B1015] OCCUPANT SENS C/U [UNIT FAIL] [B1017] [B1020] [B1021] OCCUPANT SENS [UNIT FAIL] [B1018] OCCUPANT SENS C/U [COMM FAIL] [B1022] PASS A/B INDCTR CKT [B1023] CONTROL UNIT [B1026-B1031] CRASH ZONE SEN [UNIT FAIL] [B1033] [B1034] CRASH ZONE SEN [COMM FAIL] [B1035] [UNMATCH] [B1036] CONTROL UNIT [B1042-B1047] DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE [OPEN] [B1049] [B1054] DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE [VB-SHORT] [B1050] [B1055] DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE [GND-SHORT] [B1051] [B1056] Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning or out of the specified specification Malfunction occurs in Occupant Classification System control unit
Malfunction occurs in Occupant Classification System sensor
SRC-28, "DTC Logic".
SRC
Malfunction occurs in Occupant Classification System control unit, circuit of Occupant Classification System control unit air bag diagnosis sensor unit, or air bag diagnosis sensor unit Front passenger air bag OFF indicator circuit is open or shorted to ground or the circuits are shorted each other Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning or out of the specified specification Crash zone sensor is malfunctioning
SRC-32, "DTC Logic". SRC-34, "DTC Logic".
K
L
Crash zone sensor is malfunctioning or out of the specified specification SRC-38, "DTC Logic".
Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning or out of the specified specification Driver air bag module circuit is open (including the spiral cable)
Driver air bag module circuit is shorted to some power supply circuit (including the spiral cable)
Driver air bag module circuit is shorted to ground (including the spiral cable)
SRC-129
2009 G37 Coupe

Diagnostic item DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE [SHORT] [B1052] [B1057] CONTROL UNIT [B1058-B1063] ASSIST A/B MODULE [OPEN] [B1065] [B1070] ASSIST A/B MODULE [VB-SHORT] [B1066] [B1071] ASSIST A/B MODULE [GND-SHORT] [B1067] [B1072] ASSIST A/B MODULE [SHORT] [B1068] [B1073] CONTROL UNIT [B1074-B1079] PRE-TEN FRONT RH [OPEN] [B1081] PRE-TEN FRONT RH [VB-SHORT] [B1082] PRE-TEN FRONT RH [GND-SHORT] [B1083] PRE-TEN FRONT RH [SHORT] [B1084] PRE-TEN FRONT LH [OPEN] [B1086] PRE-TEN FRONT LH [VB-SHORT] [B1087] PRE-TEN FRONT LH [GND-SHORT] [B1088] PRE-TEN FRONT LH [SHORT] [B1089] CONTROL UNIT [B1106-B1111] SATELLITE SENS RH [UNIT FAIL] [B1113] [B1114] Explanation Driver air bag module circuits are shorted to each other (including spiral cable) Reference page SRC-48, "DTC Logic".
Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning or out of the specified specification Front passenger air bag module circuit is open
Front passenger air bag module circuit is shorted to some power supply circuit Front passenger air bag module circuit is shorted to ground
Front passenger air bag module circuits are shorted to each other
Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning or out of the specified specification Front RH seat belt pre-tensioner circuit is open
Front RH seat belt pre-tensioner circuit is shorted to some power supply circuit Front RH seat belt pre-tensioner circuit is shorted to ground
Front RH seat belt pre-tensioner circuits are shorted to each other
Front LH seat belt pre-tensioner circuit is open
Front LH seat belt pre-tensioner circuit is shorted to some power supply circuit Front LH seat belt pre-tensioner circuit is shorted to ground
Front LH seat belt pre-tensioner circuits are shorted to each other
Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning or out of the specified specification RH satellite sensor is malfunctioning
SRC-130
2009 G37 Coupe

Diagnostic item SATELLITE SENS RH [COMM FAIL] [B1115] [UNMATCH] [B1116] SATELLITE SENS LH [UNIT FAIL] [B1118] [B1119] SATELLITE SENS LH [COMM FAIL] [B1120] [UNMATCH] [B1121] CONTROL UNIT [B1122-B1127] SIDE MODULE RH [OPEN] [B1129] SIDE MODULE RH [VB-SHORT] [B1130] SIDE MODULE RH [GND-SHORT] [B1131] SIDE MODULE RH [SHORT] [B1132] SIDE MODULE LH [OPEN] [B1134] SIDE MODULE LH [VB-SHORT] [B1135] SIDE MODULE LH [GND-SHORT] [B1136] SIDE MODULE LH [SHORT] [B1137] CURTAIN MODULE RH [OPEN] [B1145] CURTAIN MODULE RH [VB-SHORT] [B1146] CURTAIN MODULE RH [GND-SHORT] [B1147] CURTAIN MODULE RH [SHORT] [B1148] CURTAIN MODULE LH [OPEN] [B1150] Explanation RH satellite sensor is malfunctioning or out of the specified specification Reference page SRC-82, "DTC Logic".
B
LH satellite sensor is malfunctioning SRC-84, "DTC Logic".
C
LH satellite sensor is malfunctioning or out of the specified specification SRC-86, "DTC Logic".
E
Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning or out of the specified specification Front RH side air bag module circuit is open SRC-88, "DTC Logic".
Front RH side air bag module circuit is shorted to some power supply circuit Front RH side air bag module circuit is shorted to ground
SRC
Front LH seat belt pre-tensioner circuits are shorted to each other
Front LH side air bag module circuit is open
Front LH side air bag module circuit is shorted to some power supply circuit Front LH side air bag module circuit is shorted to ground
K
L
Front LH side air bag module circuits are shorted to each other SRC-104, "DTC Logic".
M
RH side curtain air bag module circuit is open SRC-108, "DTC Logic".
N
RH side curtain air bag module circuit is shorted to some power supply circuit RH side curtain air bag module circuit is shorted to ground SRC-110, "DTC Logic".
O
P
RH side curtain air bag module circuits are shorted to each other SRC-114, "DTC Logic".
LH side curtain air bag module circuit is open
SRC-131
2009 G37 Coupe

Diagnostic item CURTAIN MODULE LH [VB-SHORT] [B1151] CURTAIN MODULE LH [GND-SHORT] [B1152] CURTAIN MODULE LH [SHORT] [B1153] CONTROL UNIT [B1202-B1207] FRONTAL COLLISION DETECTION [B1209] SIDE COLLISION DETECTION [B1210] Explanation LH side curtain air bag module circuit is shorted to some power supply circuits LH side curtain air bag module circuit is shorted to ground Reference page SRC-118, "DTC Logic".
LH side curtain air bag module circuits are shorted to each other
Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning or out of the specified specification Front seat belt pre-tensioner and front air bag is deployed
Front side air bag and side curtain air bag are deployed
SRC-132
2009 G37 Coupe

Wiring Diagram - SRS AIR BAG CONTROL SYSTEM -
INFOID:0000000004258368
SRC
JCHWM0340GB
SRC-133
2009 G37 Coupe

JCHWM0341GB
SRC-134
2009 G37 Coupe

A
SRC
O
JCHWM0342GB
SRC-135
2009 G37 Coupe

JCHWM0343GB
SRC-136
2009 G37 Coupe

A
SRC
O
JCHWM0344GB
SRC-137
2009 G37 Coupe

JCHWM0345GB
SRC-138
2009 G37 Coupe
SRS AIR BAG WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
SRS AIR BAG WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004258369
1.CHECK FRONT AIR BAG MODULE

Check the deployment of front air bag module. Is air bag module deployed? YES >> Refer to SR-12 or SR-18, "Exploded View". NO >> GO TO 2.
C
2.CHECK AIR BAG FUSE

Check the air bag fuse. Refer to PG-95, "Fuse and Fusible Link Arrangement". Is 10A fuse [No.2, located in fuse block (J/B)] normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3.
E
3.CHECK AIR BAG FUSE AGAIN

Replace air bag fuse and turn ignition switch ON. Did the air bag fuse blow again? YES >> Repair or replace main harness. NO >> INSPECTION END
4.CHECK DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT

Check the screen of CONSULT-III. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace diagnosis sensor unit (ACU). Refer to SR-24, "Exploded View".
SRC
5.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTION

Check harness connection between air bag warning lamp and diagnosis sensor unit. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Check the intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". NO >> Replace wiring harness connector.
SRC-139
2009 G37 Coupe
SRS AIR BAG WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON

SRS AIR BAG WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON

Diagnosis Procedure
SRS AIR BAG Warning Lamp Does Not Turn ON
INFOID:0000000004258370
1.CHECK METER FUSE

Check the meter fuse. Refer to PG-95, "Fuse and Fusible Link Arrangement". Is 10A fuse [No.4, located in fuse block (J/B)] normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK METER FUSE AGAIN

Replace 10A fuse [No.4, located in fuse block (J/B)] and turn ignition switch ON. Did the meter fuse blow again? YES >> Repair or replace the related harness. NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTION

1. Check harness connection between diagnosis sensor unit and combination meter. 2. Disconnect diagnosis sensor unit connector and turn ignition switch ON. Did air bag warning lamp turn ON? YES >> Replace diagnosis sensor unit (ACU). Refer to SR-24, "Exploded View". NO >> Replace combination meter assembly. Refer to MWI-125, "Removal and Installation".
SRC-140
2009 G37 Coupe


Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004258371
1.CHECK THE SYSTEM 1

Check the seat belt warning lamp function. Sea tbelt warning lamp turns ON in the following conditions. Driver seat belt is fastened. Occupant is on passenger seat. Passenger seat belt is not fasten. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Check the followings. Harness between air bag diagnosis sensor unit and combination meter. Seat belt buckle switch (passenger side) circuit. Seat belt buckle switch (passenger side). If these are OK, replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit.
2.CHECK THE SYSTEM 2

Check the seat belt warning lamp function. Seat belt warning lamp turns OFF in the following conditions. Driver seat belt is fastened. Occupant is on passenger seat. Passenger seat belt is fastened. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> System is OK. NO >> Check the followings. Seat belt buckle switch (passenger side) circuit. Seat belt buckle switch (passenger side). If these are OK, replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit.
SRC
SRC-141
2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
INFOID:0000000004258372

Service
INFOID:0000000004258373
Do not use electrical test equipment to check SRS circuits unless instructed to in this Service Manual. Before servicing the SRS, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect both battery cables and wait at least 3 minutes. For approximately 3 minutes after the cables are removed, it is still possible for the air bag and seat belt pretensioner to deploy. Therefore, do not work on any SRS connectors or wires until at least 3 minutes have elapsed. Diagnosis sensor unit must always be installed with their arrow marks pointing towards the front of the vehicle for proper operation. Also check diagnosis sensor unit for cracks, deformities or rust before installation and replace as required. The spiral cable must be aligned in the neutral position since its rotations are limited. Do not turn steering wheel and column after removal of steering gear. Handle air bag module carefully. Always place driver and front passenger air bag modules with the pad side facing upward and seat mounted front side air bag module standing with the stud bolt side facing down. Conduct self-diagnosis to check entire SRS for proper function after replacing any components. After air bag inflates, the front instrument panel assembly should be replaced if damaged. Always replace instrument panel pad following front passenger air bag deployment.
INFOID:0000000004258374
Before disconnecting the battery, lower both the driver and passenger windows. This will prevent any interference between the window edge and the vehicle when the door is opened/closed. During normal operation, the window slightly raises and lowers automatically to prevent any window to vehicle interference. The automatic window function will not work with the battery disconnected.
SRC-142
2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
Occupant Classification System
INFOID:0000000004258375
Replace occupant classification system control unit and passenger front seat cushion as an assembly. Refer to SE-182, "Removal and Installation".
B
SRC
SRC-143
2009 G37 Coupe
STEERING
SECTION
STEERING SYSTEM
ST
CONTENTS
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS .............................. 3 .
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................ 3 .
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ..................................... 3 . WITHOUT ELECTRIC MOTOR : Removal and Installation .................................................................18 . WITHOUT ELECTRIC MOTOR : Inspection ..........19 . WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR ........................................20 . WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR : Exploded View ..........21 . WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR : Removal and Installation .......................................................................21 . WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR : Inspection ..................22 .
ST
PRECAUTION .............................................. 8 .
PRECAUTIONS .................................................. 8 .
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .................................................................. 8 . Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect .................................... 8 . Service Notice or Precautions for Steering System ...... 9
LOWER SHAFT ................................................ 24

WITHOUT 4WAS ......................................................24 . WITHOUT 4WAS : Exploded View .........................24 . WITHOUT 4WAS : Removal and Installation .........24 . WITHOUT 4WAS : Inspection ................................25 . WITH 4WAS ..............................................................25 . WITH 4WAS : Exploded View ................................25 . WITH 4WAS : Removal and Installation .................26 . WITH 4WAS : Inspection ........................................28 . WITH 4WAS : Disassembly and Assembly ............28 .
PREPARATION .......................................... 10 .
PREPARATION .................................................10 .
Special Service Tools ............................................. 10 . Commercial Service Tools ..................................... 11 .
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ........................ 12 .

POWER STEERING FLUID ..............................12 .
Inspection ............................................................... 12 .
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE ................... 30

2WD ...........................................................................30 . 2WD : Exploded View .............................................30 . 2WD : Removal and Installation .............................31 . 2WD : Disassembly and Assembly .........................32 . 2WD : Inspection ....................................................36 . AWD ..........................................................................37 . AWD : Exploded View ............................................37 . AWD : Removal and Installation .............................38 . AWD : Disassembly and Assembly ........................40 . AWD : Inspection ....................................................46 . M
STEERING WHEEL ...........................................14 .

Inspection ............................................................... 14 .

STEERING WHEEL ...........................................17 .
Exploded View ....................................................... 17 . Removal and Installation ........................................ 17 .
STEERING COLUMN ........................................18 .

WITHOUT ELECTRIC MOTOR ................................ 18 . WITHOUT ELECTRIC MOTOR : Exploded View.... 18
POWER STEERING OIL PUMP ....................... 48

FOR MODELS WITHOUT 4WAS AND MODELS EXCEPT SPORT MODELS ......................................48 . FOR MODELS WITHOUT 4WAS AND MODELS EXCEPT SPORT MODELS : Exploded View .........48 .
ST-1
2009 G37 Coupe
FOR MODELS WITHOUT 4WAS AND MODELS EXCEPT SPORT MODELS : Removal and Installation ...................................................................... 49 . FOR MODELS WITHOUT 4WAS AND MODELS EXCEPT SPORT MODELS : Disassembly and Assembly ............................................................... 49 . FOR MODELS WITHOUT 4WAS AND MODELS EXCEPT SPORT MODELS : Inspection ............... 52 . FOR MODELS WITH 4WAS AND SPORT MODELS ........................................................................... 53 . FOR MODELS WITH 4WAS AND SPORT MODELS : Exploded View ............................................. 53 . FOR MODELS WITH 4WAS AND SPORT MODELS : Removal and Installation ............................. 54 . FOR MODELS WITH 4WAS AND SPORT MODELS : Disassembly and Assembly ......................... 55 . FOR MODELS WITH 4WAS AND SPORT MODELS : Inspection .................................................... 57 .
AWD ......................................................................... 60 . AWD : Exploded View ............................................ 61 .
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .......................................................... 62

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................ 62 .
General Specifications ........................................... 62 . Steering Wheel Axial End Play and Play ............... 62 . Steering Wheel Turning Force ............................... 62 . Steering Angle ....................................................... 62 . Steering Column Length ........................................ 62 . Steering Column Mounting Dimensions ................. 62 . Steering Column Operating Range ........................ 62 . Lower Shaft Sliding Range .................................... 63 . Rack Sliding Force ................................................. 63 . Rack Stroke ........................................................... 63 . Socket Swing Force and Rotating Torque ............. 63 . Socket Axial End Play ............................................ 63 . Inner Socket Length ............................................... 63 . Pinion Rotating Torque .......................................... 64 . Relief Oil Pressure ................................................. 64 .
HYDRAULIC LINE ............................................ 59 .

2WD .......................................................................... 59 . 2WD : Exploded View ............................................ 59 .
ST-2
2009 G37 Coupe
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
2WD MODELS
Use the chart below to find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
INFOID:0000000004497129
ST
ST-3
2009 G37 Coupe
Reference

Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS ST-12, "Inspection" ST-12, "Inspection" ST-36, "2WD : Inspection" ST-36, "2WD : Inspection" ST-36, "2WD : Inspection" ST-12, "Inspection" ST-14, "Inspection" ST-14, "Inspection" EM-13, "Checking" ST-14, "Inspection" ST-30, "2WD : Exploded View" ST-19, "WITHOUT ELECTRIC MOTOR : Inspection", ST-22, "WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR : Inspection" ST-18, "WITHOUT ELECTRIC MOTOR : Exploded View", ST-21, "WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR : Exploded View" ST-30, "2WD : Exploded View" ST-36, "2WD : Inspection" NVH in DLN section. NVH in DLN section. NVH in FAX, RAX, FSU, RSU section. NVH in WT section. NVH in WT section. NVH in FAX section. NVH in BR section.
Fluid level
Air in hydraulic system
Outer/inner socket ball joint swinging torque
Outer/inner socket ball joint rotating torque
Outer/inner socket ball joint end play
Steering fluid leakage
ST-4
Steering wheel play
Steering gear rack sliding force
Drive belt looseness
Improper steering wheel
Improper installation or looseness of tilt lock lever
Mounting looseness
Steering column deformation or damage
Improper installation or looseness of steering column
Steering linkage looseness
4WAS front actuator
PROPELLER SHAFT
DIFFERENTIAL
AXLE and SUSPENSION
TIRE
ROAD WHEEL
DRIVE SHAFT
2009 G37 Coupe
BRAKE

Noise Shake Symptom Steering Vibration Shimmy Judder : Applicable
AWD MODELS
Use the chart below to find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
ST
ST-5
2009 G37 Coupe
Reference

Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS ST-12, "Inspection" ST-12, "Inspection" ST-46, "AWD : Inspection" ST-46, "AWD : Inspection" ST-46, "AWD : Inspection" ST-12, "Inspection" ST-14, "Inspection" ST-46, "AWD : Inspection" EM-13, "Checking" ST-14, "Inspection" ST-37, "AWD : Exploded View" ST-19, "WITHOUT ELECTRIC MOTOR : Inspection", ST-22, "WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR : Inspection" ST-18, "WITHOUT ELECTRIC MOTOR : Exploded View", ST-21, "WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR : Exploded View" ST-37, "AWD : Exploded View" NVH in DLN section. NVH in DLN section. NVH in FAX, RAX, FSU, RSU section. NVH in WT section. NVH in WT section. NVH in FAX section. NVH in BR section.
Fluid level
Air in hydraulic system
Outer/inner socket ball joint swinging torque
Outer/inner socket ball joint rotating torque
Outer/inner socket ball joint end play
ST-6
Steering fluid leakage
Steering wheel play
Steering gear rack sliding force
Drive belt looseness
Improper steering wheel
Improper installation or looseness of tilt lock lever
Mounting looseness
Steering column deformation or damage
Improper installation or looseness of steering column
Steering linkage looseness
PROPELLER SHAFT
DIFFERENTIAL
AXLE and SUSPENSION
TIRE
ROAD WHEEL
DRIVE SHAFT
2009 G37 Coupe
BRAKE

Noise Shake Symptom Steering Vibration Shimmy Judder : Applicable
ST
ST-7
2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
INFOID:0000000004497130


INFOID:0000000004257797
OPERATION PROCEDURE
2. 3. 4.
ST-8
2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
Service Notice or Precautions for Steering System
INFOID:0000000004257798
In case of removing steering gear assembly, make the final tightening with grounded and unloaded vehicle condition, and then check wheel alignment. Observe the following precautions when disassembling. - Before disassembly, thoroughly clean the outside of the unit. - Disassembly should be done in a clean work area. It is important to prevent the internal parts from becoming contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter. - For easier and proper assembly, place disassembled parts in order on a parts rack. - Use nylon cloth or paper towels to clean the parts; common shop rags can leave lint that might interfere with their operation. - Never reuse non-reusable parts. - Before assembling, apply the specified grease to the directed parts.
ST
ST-9
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
INFOID:0000000004497131
Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name ST27180001 (J-25726-A) Steering wheel puller
Description Removing steering wheel
ZZA0819D
ST3127S000 (J-25765-A) Preload gauge
Inspecting sliding torque, steering torque, and rotating torque for ball joint
ZZA0806D
KV48104400 ( ) Teflon ring correcting tool a: 50 mm (1.97 in) dia b: 36 mm (1.42 in) dia c: 100 mm (3.94 in) dia
Installing rack Teflon ring
S-NT550
KV48103400 ( ) Preload adapter
Inspecting rotating torque
ZZA0824D
ST35300000 ( ) Drift a: 45.1 mm (1.776 in) dia. b: 59.0 mm (2.323 in) dia.
Installing oil pump oil seal (For models without 4WAS and models except sport models)
ZZA0881D
ST-10
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >
Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name KV48103500 (J-26357) Oil pressure gauge Description Measuring oil pump relief pressure
C
S-NT547
KV48102500 (J-33914) Oil pressure gauge adapter
Measuring oil pump relief pressure
S-NT542
F
INFOID:0000000004257800

Tool number Tool name Power tool Description Loosening bolts and nuts
ST
J
PBIC0190E
ST-11
2009 G37 Coupe
POWER STEERING FLUID

< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
Inspection
FLUID LEVEL
1. 2. 3. Check fluid level with engine stopped. Ensure that fluid level is between MIN and MAX. Fluid levels at HOT and COLD are different. Do not confuse them. HOT COLD : Fluid temperature 50 80C (122 176F) : Fluid temperature 0 30C (32 86F) : Refer to MA-10, "Fluids and Lubricants". : Refer to ST-62, "General Specifications".
INFOID:0000000004257801
Recommended fluid Fluid capacity
PGIA0007J
CAUTION: The fluid level should not exceed the MAX line. Excessive fluid causes fluid leakage from the cap. Never reuse drained power steering fluid.
FLUID LEAKAGE
Check hydraulic connections for fluid leakage, cracks, damage, looseness, or wear. 1. Run engine until the fluid temperature reaches 50 to 80C (122 to 176F) in reservoir tank, and keep engine speed idle. 2. Turn steering wheel several times from full left stop to full right stop. 3. Hold steering wheel at each lock position for five seconds and carefully, check for fluid leakage. CAUTION: Never hold the steering wheel in a locked position for more SGIA0506E than 10 seconds. (There is the possibility that power steering oil pump assembly may be damaged.) 4. If fluid leakage at connections is noticed, then loosen flare nut and then retighten. Do not overtighten connector as this can damage O-ring, washer and connector. 5. If fluid leakage from oil pump is noticed, check oil pump. Refer to ST-52, "FOR MODELS WITHOUT 4WAS AND MODELS EXCEPT SPORT MODELS : Inspection" (For models without 4WAS and models except sport models), ST-57, "FOR MODELS WITH 4WAS AND SPORT MODELS : Inspection" (For models with 4WAS and sport models). 6. Check steering gear boots for accumulation of fluid indicating from steering gear.
AIR BLEEDING HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

If air bleeding is not complete, the following symptoms can be observed. Bubbles are created in reservoir tank. Clicking noise can be heard from oil pump. Excessive buzzing in the oil pump. NOTE: Fluid noise may occur in the steering gear or oil pump. This does not affect performance or durability of the system. 1. Turn steering wheel several times from full left stop to full right stop with engine off. CAUTION: Fill reservoir tank with a sufficient amount of fluid so that fluid level is not below the MIN line while turning steering wheel.
ST-12
2009 G37 Coupe

< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > 2. Start engine and hold steering wheel at each lock position for 3 seconds at idle to check for fluid leakage. 3. Repeat step 2 above several times at approximately 3 seconds intervals. CAUTION: Never hold the steering wheel in a locked position for more than 10 seconds. (There is the possibility that oil pump may be damaged.) 4. Check fluid for bubbles and while contamination. 5. Stop engine if bubbles and white contamination do not drain out. Perform step 2 and 3 above after waiting until bubbles and white contamination drain out. 6. Stop the engine, and then check fluid level.
ST
ST-13
2009 G37 Coupe
STEERING WHEEL
STEERING WHEEL
Inspection
STEERING WHEEL AXIAL END PLAY
1. 2. Check installation conditions of steering gear assembly, front suspension assembly, axle and steering column assembly. Check if movement exists when steering wheel is moved up and down, to the left and right and to the axial direction. Standard Steering wheel axial end play 3.
INFOID:0000000004257802
: Refer to ST-62, "Steering Wheel Axial End Play and Play".
Check the following items when steering wheel axial end play is out of the standard. Check the steering column assembly mounting condition. Refer to ST-18, "WITHOUT ELECTRIC MOTOR : Exploded View" (Without electric motor), ST-21, "WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR : Exploded View" (With electric motor). Check steering gear assembly mounting condition for looseness. Refer to ST-30, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), ST-37, "AWD : Exploded View" (AWD). Turn steering wheel so that front wheels come to the straight-ahead position. Start engine and lightly turn steering wheel to the left and right until front wheels start to move. Measure steering wheel movement on the outer circumference. Standard Steering wheel play
STEERING WHEEL PLAY

1. 2. 3.
: Refer to ST-62, "Steering Wheel Axial End Play and Play".
4.
Check the following items when steering wheel play is out of the standard. Check backlash for each joint of steering column assembly. Check installation condition of steering gear assembly. Check that steering gear assembly, steering column assembly and steering wheel are installed in the correct position. Perform neutral position inspection after wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-8, "Inspection" (2WD), FSU-30, "Inspection" (AWD). Set vehicle to the straight-ahead position and confirm steering wheel is in the neutral position. Loosen outer socket lock nut and turn inner socket to left and right equally to make fine adjustments if steering wheel is not in the neutral position. Park vehicle on a level and dry surface, set parking brake. Tires need to be inflated normal pressure. Refer to WT-102, "Tire". Start engine. Bring power steering fluid up to adequate operating temperature. Fluid temperature : 50 80C (122 176F)
NEUTRAL POSITION STEERING WHEEL

1. 2. 3. 4.
STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE

1. 2. 3. 4.
ST-14
2009 G37 Coupe
STEERING WHEEL
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > 5. Check steering wheel turning force when steering wheel has been turned 540 from neutral position.
Standard Steering wheel turning force
: Refer to ST-62, "Steering Wheel Turning Force".
6.
NOTE: Multiply the distance (L) from the hook of spring balance to the center of steering wheel by the measurement value with a spring balance. JSGIA0027ZZ If steering wheel turning force is out of the specification, check rack sliding force and relief hydraulic pressure of oil pump. Regarding relief hydraulic pressure of oil pump, refer to ST-52, "FOR MODELS WITHOUT 4WAS AND MODELS EXCEPT SPORT MODELS : Inspection" (For models without 4WAS and models except sport models), ST-57, "FOR MODELS WITH 4WAS AND SPORT MODELS : Inspection" (For models with 4WAS and sport models). Disconnect lower joint and steering knuckle from steering gear assembly. Refer to ST-30, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), ST-37, "AWD : Exploded View" (AWD). Start and run engine at idle to make sure steering fluid has reached normal operating temperature. Fluid temperature : 50 80C (122 176F)
RACK SLIDING FORCE

1. 2.
F
ST
3.
While pulling outer socket slowly in 11.5 mm (0.453 in) range from neutral position, make sure rack sliding force is within specification. Standard Rack sliding force
: Refer to ST-63, "Rack Sliding Force".

J
4.
If rack sliding force is not within specification, overhaul steering gear assembly.
SST090B
FRONT WHEEL TURNING ANGLE

1. 2. 3. Check front wheel turning angle after toe-in inspection. Refer to FSU-8, "Inspection" (2WD), FSU-30, "Inspection" (AWD). Place front wheels on turning radius gauges and rear wheels on stands, so that vehicle can be level. Check the maximum inner and outer wheel turning angles for LH and RH road wheels.
O
FAA0016D
ST-15
2009 G37 Coupe
STEERING WHEEL
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > 4. With the engine at idle, turn steering wheel from full left stop to full right stop and measure the turning angles.
Standard Inner wheel (Angle: A) Outer wheel (Angle: B)
: Refer to ST-62, "Steering Angle". : Refer to ST-62, "Steering Angle".

SGIA0055E
5. a.
Check the following items when turning angle is out of the standard. Check the neutral position of the rack stroke (L). Standard L
: Refer to ST-63, "Rack Stroke".
b.
Disassemble steering gear assembly to check the cause that rack stroke is outside of the standard. SGIA0629J Steering angles are not adjustable. Check steering gear assembly, steering column assembly and front suspension components for wear or damage if any of the turning angles are different from the specified value. Replace any of them, if any non-standard condition exists.
ST-16
2009 G37 Coupe
STEERING WHEEL

STEERING WHEEL
Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004257803
E
JSGIA0026GB
1.
Steering wheel

REMOVAL
INFOID:0000000004257804
ST
NOTE: When reconnecting spiral cable, fix cable with a tape so that fixing case and rotating part keep aligned. This will omit neutral position alignment procedure during spiral cable installation. 1. Set vehicle to the straight-ahead position. 2. Remove driver air bag module. Refer to SR-12, "Exploded View". 3. Remove steering wheel lock nut after steering is locked. 4. Remove steering wheel with the steering wheel puller (A) [SST: ST27180001 (J-25726-A)].
M
SGIA1323E
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Never twist spiral cable freely on excessively after it becomes tight (doing so may cause the cable to tear off). NOTE: Check the spiral cable neutral position after replacing or rotating spiral cable. Refer to SR-15, "Removal and Installation".
N
ST-17
2009 G37 Coupe
STEERING COLUMN
STEERING COLUMN
WITHOUT ELECTRIC MOTOR
WITHOUT ELECTRIC MOTOR : Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004496753
JSGIA0550GB
1. 4. 7.
Upper stay Steering column assembly Bracket
2. 5.
Clip Spring
3. 6.
Clip Upper joint
WITHOUT ELECTRIC MOTOR : Removal and Installation

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Set vehicle to the straight-ahead position. Place the tilt to the highest level. Place the telescopic to the longest level. Remove driver air bag module. Refer to SR-12, "Exploded View". Remove steering wheel. Refer to ST-17, "Exploded View". Remove steering column cover. Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View". Remove spiral cable. Refer to SR-15, "Exploded View". Remove combination switch. Refer to BCS-82, "Exploded View". Remove instrument driver lower panel. Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View".
INFOID:0000000004496756
ST-18
2009 G37 Coupe
STEERING COLUMN
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 9. Remove knee protector (1).
A
: Bolt
10. Remove combination meter. Refer to MWI-125, "Exploded View". 11. Disconnect each switch harness connectors installed to steering column assembly. 12. Remove the joint mounting bolt and nut (lower shaft side), and separate the joint from lower shaft. 13. Remove steering column assembly. CAUTION: Never give axial impact to steering column assembly during removal. Never move steering gear assembly when removing steering column assembly.
C
JSGIA0030ZZ
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. Make sure there is no space between clip (1) and steering column assembly (2). CAUTION: Never reuse the clip.
ST
I
JSGIA0346ZZ
Tighten the mounting bolts and nuts in the order shown in the figure when installing the steering column assembly. Be careful of the following points when installing the steering column assembly. CAUTION: Never give axial impact to steering column assembly during installation. Never move steering gear assembly. Never reuse the joint mounting nut (lower shaft side). Adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-8, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Repair Requirement".
JSGIA0349ZZ
WITHOUT ELECTRIC MOTOR : Inspection

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
INFOID:0000000004496757
Check each part of steering column assembly for damage or other malfunctions. Replace if there are. Measure steering column assembly rotating torque using a preload gauge [SST: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)]. Replace steering column assembly if outside the standard. Standard Rotating torque
: Refer to ST-62, "Steering Column Length".
ST-19
2009 G37 Coupe
STEERING COLUMN
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Measure the length (L) as shown, if vehicle has been involved in a minor collision. Replace steering column assembly if out side the standard.
Standard L
JSGIA0350ZZ
Install the bracket (1) and steering column housing (2) so that the clearance (A) is within the specified range as described below. Replace steering column assembly if out side the standard. Standard A
: Refer to ST-62, "Steering Column Mounting Dimensions".
JSGIA0351ZZ
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION

Check each part of steering column assembly for damage or other malfunctions. Replace if there are. Check the steering wheel play, neutral position steering wheel, steering wheel turning force, and front wheel turning angle. Refer to ST-14, "Inspection". Check tilt and telescopic mechanism operating range L, T as shown in the figure. Standard Tilt operating range T
Telescopic operating range L
: Refer to ST-62, "Steering Column Operating Range". : Refer to ST-62, "Steering Column Operating Range".
JSGIA0033ZZ
WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR
ST-20
2009 G37 Coupe
STEERING COLUMN
WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR : Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004471832
ST
JSGIA0465GB
I
1. 4. 7. Upper stay Steering column assembly Bracket 2. 5. 8. Clip Bracket Bracket 3. 6. 9. Clip Upper joint Bracket
10. Harness
11. Bracket
K
INFOID:0000000004471833
WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR : Removal and Installation

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Set the vehicle to the straight-ahead position. Perform 4WAS front actuator neutral position adjustment. Refer to STC-28, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Description". (4WAS models) Remove the instrument lower panel. Place the tilt to the highest level. Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View". Remove the steering column lower cover and steering column upper cover. Place the telescopic to the longest level. Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View". Remove driver air bag module. Refer to SR-12, "Exploded View". Remove steering wheel. Refer to ST-17, "Exploded View". Remove spiral cable. Refer to SR-15, "Exploded View". Remove combination switch. Refer to BCS-82, "Exploded View".
ST-21
2009 G37 Coupe
STEERING COLUMN
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 9. Remove knee protector (1).
: Bolt
10. Remove 4WAS front control unit. Refer to STC-179, "Exploded View". (4WAS models) 11. Remove combination meter. Refer to MWI-125, "Exploded View". 12. Remove upper stay. 13. Disconnect each switch harness connectors installed to steering JSGIA0030ZZ column assembly. 14. Remove the joint mounting bolt and nut (lower shaft side), and separate the joint from lower shaft. 15. Remove steering column assembly. CAUTION: Never give axial impact to steering column assembly during removal. Never move steering gear assembly when removing steering column assembly. Never rotate the lower shaft.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. Tighten the mounting bolts in the order shown in the figure when installing the steering column assembly. CAUTION: Never give axial impact to steering column assembly during installation. Never move steering gear assembly. Never reuse the clip. Never reuse the joint mounting nut (lower shaft side). Adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-8, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Repair Requirement". JSGIA0031ZZ Perform 4WAS front actuator neutral position adjustment. Refer to STC-28, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Description". (4WAS models)
WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR : Inspection

INFOID:0000000004471834
Check each part of steering column assembly for damage or other malfunctions. Replace if necessary. Measure steering column assembly rotating torque using a preload gauge [SST: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)]. Replace steering column assembly if outside the standard. Standard Rotating torque
: Refer to ST-62, "Steering Column Operating Range".
Measure the length (L) as shown, if vehicle has been involved in a minor collision. Replace steering column assembly if out side the standard. Standard L
JSGIA0569ZZ
ST-22
2009 G37 Coupe
STEERING COLUMN
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Install the bracket (1) and steering column housing (2) so that the clearance (A) is within the specified range as described below. Replace steering column assembly if out side the standard.
Standard A
: Refer to ST-62, "Steering Column Mounting Dimensions".
C
JSGIA0351ZZ

Check each part of steering column assembly for damage or other malfunctions. Replace if necessary. Check the steering wheel play, neutral position steering wheel, steering wheel turning force, and front wheel turning angle. Refer to ST-14, "Inspection". Check tilt and telescopic mechanism operating range tilt operating range (T), telescopic operating range (L) as shown in the figure. Standard T
: Refer to ST-62, "Steering Column Operating Range". : Refer to ST-62, "Steering Column Operating Range".
ST
H
JSGIA0032ZZ
ST-23
2009 G37 Coupe
LOWER SHAFT
LOWER SHAFT
WITHOUT 4WAS
WITHOUT 4WAS : Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004257811
JSGIA0157GB
1. 4. 7.
Steering column assembly Clamp Lower joint
2. 5.
Collar Hole cover
3. 6.
Hole cover seal Lower shaft
WITHOUT 4WAS : Removal and Installation

REMOVAL
Set vehicle to the straight-ahead position. Fix the steering wheel. Remove lower joint fixing bolt (steering gear side). Separate the lower shaft from the steering gear assembly by sliding the slide shaft (A: sliding range). CAUTION: Spiral cable may be cut if steering wheel turns while separating steering column assembly and steering gear assembly. Be sure to secure steering wheel using string to avoid turning. 5. Remove the accelerator pedal bracket and lever assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Exploded View". 6. Remove the side brake wire clamp stay. (A/T models) 7. Remove the hole cover mounting nuts. 8. Remove the upper joint fixing bolt and nut (lower shaft side). 9. Remove the lower shaft and hole cover. 10. Remove collar, hole cover seal, clamp and hole cover. 1. 2. 3. 4.
INFOID:0000000004257812
JSGIA0035ZZ
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Spiral cable may be cut if steering wheel turns while separating steering column assembly and steering gear assembly. Be sure to secure steering wheel using string to avoid turning.
ST-24
2009 G37 Coupe
LOWER SHAFT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Tighten the clamp to the specified torque and check the clamp length (A).
Clamp length A : 14.0 18.0 mm (0.551 0.709 in)
When installing lower joint to steering gear assembly, follow the procedure listed below. - Set rack of steering gear in the neutral position. NOTE: To get the neutral position of rack, turn gear-sub assembly and measure the distance of inner socket, and then measure the intermediate position of the distance. - Align rear cover cap projection (A) with the marking position of gear housing assembly (B).
: Bolt
C
JSGIA0094ZZ
- Install slit part of lower joint (C) aligning with the rear cover cap F projection (A). Make sure that the slit part of lower joint (C) is aligned with rear cover cap projection (A) and the marking position of gear housing assembly (B). Adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-8, ST "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL JSGIA0111ZZ POSITION : Special Repair Requirement". (VDC models) Check the following after installation: H - Check if steering wheel turns smoothly when it is turned several times fully to the end of the left and right. - Check the steering wheel play, neutral position steering wheel, steering wheel turning force, and front wheel turning angle. Refer to ST-14, "Inspection". I WITHOUT 4WAS : Inspection INFOID:0000000004257813 Check the sliding range of the lower shaft. CAUTION: Check the sliding range (A) (between the extended position and the contracted position) of the lower shaft. Standard Sliding range
J
: Refer to ST-63, "Lower Shaft Sliding Range".
L
JSGIA0035ZZ
Check each part of lower shaft for damage or other malfunctions. Replace if there are.
WITH 4WAS
WITH 4WAS : Exploded View
REMOVAL
INFOID:0000000004257814
ST-25
2009 G37 Coupe
LOWER SHAFT
JSGIA0036GB
1. 4.
Steering column assembly Lower joint
2.
Hole cover assembly
3.
Lower shaft (With 4WAS front actuator)
DISASSEMBLY
JSGIA0087GB
1. 4. 7.
Collar Hole cover Hole cover seal (lower)
2. 5. 8.
Hole cover seal 4WAS front actuator Clamp (lower)
3. 6. 9.
Clamp Hole cover (lower) Slide shaft
WITH 4WAS : Removal and Installation

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3.
INFOID:0000000004257815
Set vehicle to the straight-ahead position. Perform 4WAS front actuator neutral position adjustment. Refer to STC-28, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Description". (4WAS models) Fix the steering wheel.
ST-26
2009 G37 Coupe
LOWER SHAFT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 4. Fix the lower shaft (with 4WAS front actuator) so that the positions (A) and (B) are aligned. CAUTION: Never damage the lower shaft (with 4WAS front actuator) and hole cover. 5. Remove lower joint fixing bolt (steering gear side).
C
JSGIA0037ZZ
Separate the lower shaft (with 4WAS front actuator) from the steering gear assembly by sliding the slide shaft (A: sliding range). CAUTION: Spiral cable may be cut if steering wheel turns while separating steering column assembly and steering gear assembly. Be sure to secure steering wheel using string to avoid turning. 7. Remove the 4WAS front control unit. Refer to STC-179, "Exploded View". 8. Remove the accelerator pedal bracket and lever assembly. 9. Remove the foot grille (right). Refer to VTL-13, "FOOT GRILLE : Removal and Installation". 10. Remove the hole cover mounting nuts. 11. Remove the upper joint fixing bolt and nuts (lower shaft side). 12. Remove the lower shaft (with 4WAS front actuator) and hole cover assembly. CAUTION: Never damage the lower shaft (with 4WAS front actuator) and hole cover.
6.
ST
JSGIA0088ZZ
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Spiral cable may be cut if steering wheel turns while separating steering column assembly and steering gear assembly. Be sure to secure steering wheel using string to avoid turning. When installing lower joint to steering gear assembly, follow the procedure listed below. - Set rack of steering gear in the neutral position. NOTE: To get the neutral position of rack, turn gear-sub assembly and measure the distance of inner socket, and then measure the intermediate position of the distance. - Align rear cover cap projection (A) with the marking position of gear housing assembly (B).
: Bolt
- Install slit part of lower joint (C) aligning with the rear cover cap projection (A). Make sure that the slit part of lower joint (C) is aligned with rear cover cap projection (A) and the marking position of gear housing assembly (B). Adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-8, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL JSGIA0111ZZ POSITION : Special Repair Requirement". Check the following after installation: - Check if steering wheel turns smoothly when it is turned several times fully to the end of the left and right. - Check the steering wheel play, neutral position steering wheel, steering wheel turning force, and front wheel turning angle. Refer to ST-14, "Inspection". - Perform 4WAS front actuator neutral position adjustment. Refer to STC-28, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Description".
ST-27
2009 G37 Coupe
LOWER SHAFT
WITH 4WAS : Inspection

Check the sliding range of the lower shaft (with 4WAS front actuator). CAUTION: Check the sliding range (A) (between the extended position and the contracted position) of the lower shaft (with 4WAS front actuator). Standard Sliding range
INFOID:0000000004257816
: Refer to ST-63, "Lower Shaft Sliding Range".

JSGIA0088ZZ
Check each part of lower shaft (4WAS front actuator) for damage or other malfunctions. Replace if there are.
WITH 4WAS : Disassembly and Assembly

DISASSEMBLY
INFOID:0000000004257817
CAUTION: Never rotate the 4WAS front actuator and the spiral cable counterclockwise (actuator upper side). 1. Remove the collar. 2. Remove the slide shaft. 3. Remove the clamp (lower) and the hole cover seal (lower) from the hole cover (lower). 4. Remove the hole cover (lower) from the hole cover. 5. Remove the clamp, the hole cover seal and the 4WAS front actuator from the hole cover.
ASSEMBLY
1. a. b. Perform the spiral cable neutral adjustment as per the following procedure. Rotate the spiral cable (1) clockwise ( ) slowly until it stops. Rotate the spiral cable 2.5 turning counterclockwise ( ) slowly. Align the spiral cable with the notch (A). NOTE: The spiral cable turns approximately 5 turning in maximum. Install the 4WAS front actuator and the hole cover seal to the hole cover, and install the clamp to the hole cover. CAUTION: Assemble the clamp so as not to misalign the spiral cable position. Never reuse the clamp. Install the collar (1) to the 4WAS front actuator. Do not misalign the positions (A) and (B). CAUTION: Never damage the collar (1) and the hole cover (2). Assemble the actuator harness to the hole cover.
2.
JSGIA0089ZZ
3.
4.
JSGIA0090ZZ
ST-28
2009 G37 Coupe
LOWER SHAFT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 5. Install the hole cover (lower) to the hole cover. CAUTION: Assemble the 4 hole cover (lower) pawls ( ) to the hole cover securely. 6. Install the hole cover seal (lower) to the hole cover (lower), and install the clamp (lower). CAUTION: Never reuse the clamp (lower). 7. Install the slide shaft to the actuator. CAUTION: Never reuse the bolt.
C
JSGIA0091ZZ
ST
ST-29
2009 G37 Coupe
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE


2WD
2WD : Exploded View
REMOVAL
INFOID:0000000004471827
JSGIA0038GB
1.
Steering gear assembly : Vehicle front
2.
Cotter pin
3.
Rack stay
DISASSEMBLY
JSGIA0466GB
1. 4.
Low pressure piping Power steering solenoid valve
2. 5.
Rear cover cap O-ring
3. 6.
Gear-sub assembly Adjusting screw
ST-30
2009 G37 Coupe

7. Spring 8. Retainer 9. Gear housing assembly 10. Cylinder tubes 13. Inner socket 16. Outer socket 11. Boot clamp (stainless wire) 14. Boot 12. Lock plate 15. Boot clamp
B
: Apply power steering fluid. :Apply Genuine Medium Strength Thread Locking Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". : Apply Genuine High Performance Thread Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". : Apply multi-purpose grease. Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described on the above.
2WD : Removal and Installation

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
INFOID:0000000004471828
7.
F Set vehicle to the straight-ahead position. Perform 4WAS front actuator neutral position adjustment. Refer to STC-28, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Description". (4WAS models) ST Remove tires with a power tool. Remove front suspension member stay. Refer to FSU-21, "Exploded View". Remove cotter pin (1), and then loosen the nut. H Remove steering outer socket (2) from steering knuckle (3) so as not to damage ball joint boot (4) using suitable ball joint remover. I CAUTION: Temporarily tighten the nut to prevent damage to threads and to prevent the ball joint remover from suddenly coming off. J Remove high pressure piping and low pressure piping of hydraulic piping, and then drain power steering fluid.
PGIA0063E
8. Remove power steering solenoid valve harness connector. 9. Remove rack stay. Refer to ST-30, "2WD : Exploded View". 10. Remove lower joint fixing bolt (steering gear side). 11. Separate the lower shaft from the steering gear assembly by sliding the side shaft (A: sliding range). CAUTION: Spiral cable may be cut if steering wheel turns while separating steering column assembly and steering gear assembly. Be sure to secure steering wheel using string to avoid turning. 12. Remove steering gear assembly.
O
JSGIA0035ZZ
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Spiral cable may be cut if steering wheel turns while separating steering column assembly and steering gear assembly. Be sure to secure steering wheel using string to avoid turning.
ST-31
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Tighten the mounting bolts in the order shown in the figure when installing the steering gear assembly.
Temporary tightening: 1 2 3 4 Final tightening: 1 2 3 4
JSGIA0112ZZ
When installing suction hoses (1), refer to the figure. CAUTION: Never apply fluid to the hose (1) and tube (2). Insert hose securely until it contacts spool (A) of tube. Install clamp (3) to the hose at 3 8 mm (0.12 0.31 in) (L) from the edge of the hose.
JSGIA0118ZZ
When installing lower joint to steering gear assembly, follow the procedure listed below. - Set rack of steering gear in the neutral position. NOTE: To get the neutral position of rack, turn gear-sub assembly and measure the distance of inner socket, and then measure the intermediate position of the distance. - Align rear cover cap projection (A) with the marking position of gear housing assembly (B).
: Bolt
- Install slit part of lower joint (C) aligning with the rear cover cap projection (A). Make sure that the slit part of lower joint (C) is aligned with rear cover cap projection (A) and the marking position of gear housing assembly (B). After installation, bleed air from the steering hydraulic system. Refer to ST-12, "Inspection". JSGIA0111ZZ Perform final tightening of nuts and bolts on each part under unladen conditions with tires on level ground when removing steering gear assembly. Check wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-8, "Inspection". Adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor after checking wheel alignment. Refer to BRC-8, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Repair Requirement". Perform 4WAS front actuator neutral position adjustment. Refer to STC-28, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Description". (4WAS models)
2WD : Disassembly and Assembly

DISASSEMBLY
1.
INFOID:0000000004471829
2. 3.
Remove low pressure piping. CAUTION: Disassemble and assemble steering gear assembly by fixing the mounting area with a vise using copper plates. Clean steering gear assembly with kerosene before disassembling. Be careful to avoid splashing or applying any kerosene over connector of discharge port or return port. Remove cylinder tubes from gear housing assembly. Remove rear cover cap from gear-sub assembly.
ST-32
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 4. Measure adjusting screw height H, and loosen adjusting screw. CAUTION: Never loosen adjusting screw 2 turns or more. Replace steering gear assembly if adjusting screw is loosened 2 turns or more and it is removed. 5. Remove gear-sub assembly from gear housing assembly. 6. Remove O-ring from gear housing assembly. 7. Loosen outer socket lock nut, and remove outer socket. 8. Remove boot clamps, and then remove boot from inner socket. SGIA0624E CAUTION: Never damage inner socket and gear housing assembly when removing boot. Inner socket and gear housing assembly must be replaced if inner socket and gear housing assembly are damaged because it may cause foreign material interfusion. 9. Release lock with lock plate. CAUTION: Never damage rack surface. 10. Remove inner socket from gear housing assembly.
ASSEMBLY
1. 2. Apply recommended fluid to O-ring, and then install O-ring to gear housing assembly. ST Install gear-sub assembly to gear housing assembly. CAUTION: In order to protect oil seal from any damage, insert sub-gear assembly out straightly. H Install inner socket to gear housing assembly with the following procedure. Attach lock plate to rack part of gear housing assembly. CAUTION: I Never reuse the lock plate. Apply thread sealant into the thread of inner socket. Use Genuine Medium Strength Thread Locking Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "RecomJ mended Chemical Products and Sealants". Screw inner socket into rack part and tighten at the specified torque. Secure with lock plate. K Decide on the neutral position for the rack. Standard Rack stroke L 5.
L
3. a.
b.
c. d. 4.

M
Install rear cover cap to gear sub-assembly. CAUTION: Make sure that the projection of rear cover cap is aligned with the marking position of gear housing assembly.
SGIA0877E
6.
7.
Apply recommended thread locking sealant to the thread (2 turns thread), and then screw in the adjusting screw until it reaches height H from gear housing assembly measured before disassembling. Use Genuine High Performance Thread Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". Move rack assembly 10 strokes throughout the full stroke so that the parts can fit with each other.
SGIA0624E
ST-33
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 8. Adjust pinion rotating torque with the following procedure. a. Measure pinion rotating torque within 180 of neutral position of the rack assembly using Tools. Stop the gear at the point where highest torque is read.
A: Preload gauge [SST: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)] B: Preload adapter [SST: KV48103400 ( )] b. Loosen adjusting screw and retighten to 5.4 Nm (0.55 kg-m, 48 in-lb), and then loosen by 20 to 40.
SGIA1383E
c.
Measure pinion rotating torque using Tools to make sure that the measured value is within the standard. Readjust if the value is outside the standard. Replace steering gear assembly if the value is outside the standard after readjusting or adjusting screw rotating torque is 5 Nm (0.51 kg-m, 44 in-lb) or less. Pinion rotating torque Around neutral position (within100) average A Maximum variation B
: Refer to ST-64, "Pinion Rotating Torque" : Refer to ST-64, "Pinion Rotating Torque"
SGIA0936E
d. e. f.
Apply recommended liquid gasket to inner socket and turn pinion fully to left with inner socket installed to gear housing assembly. Install dial gauge at 5 mm (0.20 in) (L) from the edge of gear housing assembly (1), and tooth point. Measure vertical movement of rack assembly when pinion is turned clockwise with torque of 19.6 Nm (2.0 kg-m, 14 ft-lb). Readjust adjusting screw angle if the measured value is outside the standard. Vertical movement : 0.265 mm (0.0104 in)
If reading is outside of the specification, readjust screw angle with adjusting screw. JSGIA0104ZZ CAUTION: If reading is still outside of specification, or if the rotating torque of adjusting screw is less than 5 Nm (0.51 kg-m, 44 in-lb), replace steering gear assembly. Never turn adjusting screw more than twice. Replace steering gear assembly when adjusting screw is removed or turned more than twice. 9. Install large end of boot to gear housing assembly. 10. Install small end of boot to inner socket boot mounting groove. 11. Install boot clamp to boot small end.
SGIA1325E
12. Install boot clamp to the large side of boot with the following procedure. CAUTION: Never reuse boot clamp.
ST-34
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > a. Tighten large side of boot with boot clamp (stainless wire).
A
Wire length L b.
: 370 mm (14.57 in)

B
Wrap clamp around boot groove for two turns. Insert a flatbladed screwdriver in loops on both ends of wire. Twist 4 to 4.5 turns while pulling them with force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb).
C
SGIA0163E
c.
Twist boot clamp as shown. Pay attention to relationship between winding and twisting directions.
E
ST
SGIA0164E
d.
Twisted area (A) of clamp is in the opposite side of adjusting screw (1) as shown in the figure (to prevent contact with other parts).
JSGIA0101ZZ
e.
Bent cut end of the wire as shown in the figure after twisting the wire 4 to 4.5 turns so that cut end does not contact with boot. CAUTION: Keep gap from cylinder tube 5 mm (0.20 in) or more. Wire angle A : 45
N
JSGIA0102ZZ
13. Install cylinder tubes to gear housing assembly. 14. Install low pressure piping.
ST-35
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 15. Adjust inner socket to standard length L, and then tighten lock nut to the specified torque. Check length L again after tightening lock nut.
Standard Inner socket length L
: Refer to ST-63, "Inner Socket Length".
CAUTION: Adjust toe-in after this procedure. The length achieved after toe-in adjustment is not necessary the above value.
SGIA0167E
2WD : Inspection
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Boot Check boot for cracks, and replace it if a malfunction is detected. Rack Assembly Check rack for damage or wear, and replace it if a malfunction is detected.
INFOID:0000000004471830
Gear-Sub Assembly Check gear-sub assembly for damage or wear, and replace it if a malfunction is detected. Rotate gear-sub assembly and check for torque variation or rattle, and replace it if a malfunction is detected. Gear Housing Assembly Check gear housing assembly for damage and scratches (inner wall). Replace if there are. Outer Socket and Inner Socket Check the following items and replace the component if it does not meet the standard.
BALL JOINT SWINGING TORQUE
Hook a spring balance at the point shown in the figure and pull the spring balance. Make sure that the spring balance reads the specified value when ball stud and inner socket start to move. Replace outer socket and inner socket if they are outside the standard. Standard for outer socket (Measuring point: Stud cotter pin mounting hole) Spring balance measure- : Refer to ST-63, "Socket Swing Force and Rotating ment Torque". Standard for inner socket (Measuring point: * mark shown in the figure) Spring balance measure- : Refer to ST-63, "Socket Swing Force and Rotating ment Torque".
BALL JOINT ROTATING TORQUE
SGIA0896E
ST-36
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Make sure that the reading is within the following specified range using preload gauge (A) [SST: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)]. Replace outer socket if the reading is outside the specified value.
Standard Outer socket rotating torque
: Refer to ST-63, "Socket Swing Force and Rotating Torque".
C
SGIA1382E
D
BALL JOINT AXIAL END PLAY
Apply an axial load of 490 N (50 kg, 110 lb) to ball stud. Using a dial gauge, measure amount of stud movement, and then make sure that the value is within the following specified range. Replace outer socket (1) and inner socket (2) if the measured value is outside the standard. Standard Outer socket Inner socket
: Refer to ST-63, "Socket Axial End Play". : Refer to ST-63, "Socket Axial End Play".
ST
JSGIA0109ZZ

Check if steering wheel turns smoothly when it is turned several times fully to the end of the left and right. Check the steering wheel play, neutral position steering wheel, steering wheel turning force, and front wheel turning angle. Refer to ST-14, "Inspection". Check the fluid level, fluid leakage, and air bleeding hydraulic system. Refer to ST-12, "Inspection". Perform 4WAS front actuator neutral position adjustment. Refer to STC-28, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Description".
I
AWD
AWD : Exploded View
REMOVAL
L
INFOID:0000000004497206
P
JSGIA0454GB
1.
Steering gear assembly : Vehicle front
2.
Cotter pin
ST-37
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > DISASSEMBLY
JSGIA0564GB
1. 4. 7.
Low pressure piping Power steering solenoid valve Spring
2. 5. 8.
Rear cover cap O-ring Retainer
3. 6. 9.
Gear-sub assembly Adjusting screw Outer socket
10. Boot clamp 13. Boot clamp (stainless wire) 16. Gear housing assembly 19. Rack Teflon ring : Apply power steering fluid.
11. Boot 14. Spacer 17. Rack oil seal 20. End cover assembly
12. Inner socket 15. Cylinder tubes 18. Rack assembly
:Apply Genuine Medium Strength Thread Locking Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". : Apply Genuine High Performance Thread Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". : Apply multi-purpose grease. Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described on the above.
AWD : Removal and Installation

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. Set vehicle to the straight-ahead position. Remove tires. Remove front cross bar. Refer to FSU-43, "Exploded View".
INFOID:0000000004497207
ST-38
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 4. Remove cotter pin (1), and then loosen the nut. 5. Remove steering outer socket (2) from steering knuckle (3) so as not to damage ball joint boot (4) using suitable ball joint remover. CAUTION: Temporarily tighten the nut to prevent damage to threads and to prevent the ball joint remover from suddenly coming off. 6. Remove high pressure piping and low pressure piping of hydraulic piping, and then drain power steering fluid.
PGIA0063E
7. 8. 9.
Remove steering hydraulic piping bracket from steering gear assembly. Remove power steering solenoid valve harness connector. Remove lower joint fixing bolt (steering gear side).
E
10. Separate the lower shaft from the steering gear assembly by sliding the slide shaft (A: sliding range). CAUTION: Spiral cable may be cut if steering wheel turns while separating steering column assembly and steering gear assembly. Be sure to secure steering wheel using string to avoid turning. 11. Set a suitable jack to transmission assembly. 12. Remove the mounting nuts and bolts on the lower side of shock absorber arm, and then remove shock absorber arm from transJSGIA0035ZZ verse link. Refer to FSU-43, "Exploded View". 13. Set a suitable jack to front suspension member. 14. Remove the mounting bolts and nuts of steering gear assembly. 15. Remove the mounting nuts of engine mounting insulator. Refer to EM-73, "AWD : Exploded View". 16. Remove the mounting nuts of front suspension member. Refer to FSU-43, "Exploded View". 17. Set an appropriate jack and lower it to the position where the steering gear assembly can be removed. CAUTION: Move the jack slowly when lowering it. Support the steering gear assembly so that it will not drop. 18. Remove steering gear assembly.
ST
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Spiral cable may be cut if steering wheel turns while separating steering column assembly and steering gear assembly. Be sure to secure steering wheel using string to avoid turning. When installing suction hose (1), refer to the figure. CAUTION: Never apply fluid to the hose (1) and tube (2). Insert hose securely until it contacts spool (A) of tube. Install clamp (3) to the hose at 3 8 mm (0.12 0.31 in) (L) from the edge of the hose.
M
JSGIA0118ZZ
When installing lower joint to steering gear assembly, follow the procedure listed below. - Set rack of steering gear in the neutral position. NOTE:
ST-39
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > To get the neutral position of rack, turn gear-sub assembly and measure the distance of inner socket, and then measure the intermediate position of the distance. - Align rear cover cap projection (A) with the marking position of gear housing assembly (B).
: Bolt
- Install slit part of lower joint (C) aligning with the rear cover cap projection (A). Make sure that the slit part of lower joint (C) is aligned with rear cover cap projection (A) and the marking position of gear housing assembly (B). After installation, bleed air from the steering hydraulic system. Refer to ST-46, "AWD : Inspection". JSGIA0111ZZ Perform final tightening of nuts and bolts on each part under unladen conditions with tires on level ground when removing steering gear assembly. Check wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-30, "Inspection". Adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor after checking wheel alignment. Refer to BRC-8, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Repair Requirement".
AWD : Disassembly and Assembly

DISASSEMBLY
1.
INFOID:0000000004497208
Remove low pressure piping. CAUTION: Disassemble and assemble steering gear assembly by fixing the mounting area with a vise using copper plates. Clean steering gear assembly with kerosene before disassembling. Be careful to avoid splashing or applying any kerosene over connector of discharge port or return port. 2. Remove cylinder tubes from gear housing assembly. 3. Remove rear cover cap from gear-sub assembly. 4. Measure adjusting screw height H, and loosen adjusting screw. CAUTION: Never loosen adjusting screw 2 turns or more. Replace steering gear assembly if adjusting screw is loosened 2 turns or more and it is removed. 5. Remove gear-sub assembly from gear housing assembly. 6. Remove O-ring from gear housing assembly. 7. Loosen outer socket lock nut, and remove outer socket. 8. Remove boot clamps, and then remove boot from inner socket. SGIA0624E CAUTION: Never damage inner socket and gear housing assembly when removing boot. Inner socket and gear housing assembly must be replaced if inner socket and gear housing assembly are damaged because it may cause foreign material interfusion. 9. Remove inner socket from gear housing assembly. 10. Drill out the clinching part of gear housing assembly (end cover assembly side) outer rim with a 3 mm (0.12 in) drill bit. [Drill for approximately 1.5 mm (0.059 in) depth.]
STC0013D
ST-40
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 11. Remove end cover assembly with a 36 mm (1.42 in) open head (suitable tool). CAUTION: Never damage rack assembly surface when removing. Rack assembly must be replaced if damaged because it may cause fluid leakage. 12. Pull rack assembly together with rack oil seal (outer side) out from gear housing assembly. CAUTION: Never damage cylinder inner wall when remove rack assembly. Gear housing assembly must be replaced if damaged because it may cause fluid leakage. 13. Heat rack Teflon ring to approximately 40C (104F) with a dryer, and remove rack Teflon ring from rack assembly. CAUTION: Never damage rack assembly. Rack assembly must be replaced if damaged because it may cause fluid leakage.
C
SST081B
ST
SGIA0151E
14. Push rack oil seal inside with a 29 mm (1.14 in) socket and an extension bar to push out rack oil seal (inner side) from gear housing assembly. CAUTION: Never damage gear housing assembly and cylinder inner wall. Gear housing assembly must be replaced if damaged because it may cause fluid leakage.
SGIA0179E
ASSEMBLY
1. 2. Apply recommended fluid to rack Teflon ring. Heat rack Teflon ring to approximately 40C (104F) with a dryer. Assemble it to mounting groove of rack assembly. CAUTION: Never reuse rack Teflon ring and O-ring.
L
O
SGIA0153E
ST-41
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 3. Install the Teflon ring correcting tool [SST: KV48104400 ( )] from tooth side of rack to fit rack Teflon ring on rack. Compress the ring with tool.
SGIA0154E
4.
Apply recommended grease to rack oil seal, and then install rack oil seal in the following procedure. Then assemble rack assembly to gear housing assembly. CAUTION: Install rack oil seal in a direction so that the lip of inner oil seal and the lip of outer oil seal face each other. Never damage retainer sliding surface by rack assembly. Replace gear housing assembly if damaged. Never damage gear housing assembly inner wall by rack assembly. Gear housing assembly must be replaced if damaged because it may cause fluid leakage. Never reuse rack oil seal. Wrap an OHP sheet [approximately 70 mm (2.76 in) 100 mm (3.94 in)]. Around rack assembly teeth to avoid damaging rack oil seal (inner). Install rack oil seal over sheet. Then, pull OHP sheet along with rack oil seal until they pass rack assembly teeth, and remove OHP sheet.
SGIA0205E
a.
SGIA0155E
b. c.
Insert rack oil seal (inner) into rack assembly piston (rack Teflon ring). Push retainer to adjusting screw side by hand, and move the rack assembly inside the gear housing assembly so that the rack oil seal (inner) can be pressed against the gear housing assembly.
PGIA0076E
ST-42
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > d. Wrap an OHP sheet [approximately 70 mm (2.76 in) 100 mm (3.94 in)]. Around the edge to avoid damaging rack oil seal (outer). Install rack oil seal over sheet. Then, pull oil seal along with OHP sheet until they pass rack edge, and remove OHP sheet. e. Install end cover assembly to rack edge, and move rack oil seal (outer) until it contacts with gear housing assembly.
C
SGIA0157E
5.
Tighten end cover assembly to specified torque using a 36 mm (1.42 in) open head (suitable tool). CAUTION: Never damage rack assembly. Replace it if damaged because it may cause fluid leakage.
ST
SST081B
6.
Crimp gear housing assembly at one point using a punch as shown in the figure so as to prevent end cover assembly from getting loose after tightening end cover assembly. 7. Apply recommended fluid to O-ring, and then install O-ring to gear housing assembly. 8. Install gear-sub assembly to gear housing assembly. CAUTION: In order to protect oil seal from any damage, insert gearsub assembly straightly. 9. Install inner socket to gear housing assembly with the following SGIA0871E procedure. a. Apply thread locking sealant into the thread of inner socket. Use Genuine Medium Strength Thread Locking Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". 10. Screw inner socket into rack part and tighten at the specified torque. 11. Decide on the neutral position of the rack stroke (L). Standard L
12. Install rear cover cap to gear sub-assembly. CAUTION: Make sure that the projection of rear cover cap is aligned with the marking position of gear housing assembly.
SGIA0877E
ST-43
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 13. Apply recommended sealant into the thread of adjusting screw (2 turns thread), and then screw in the adjusting screw until it reaches height H from gear housing assembly measured before disassembling. Use Genuine High Performance Thread Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". 14. Move rack assembly 10 strokes throughout the full stroke so that the parts can fit with each other.
SGIA0624E
15. Adjust pinion rotating torque with the following procedure. a. Measure pinion rotating torque within 180 of neutral position of the rack assembly using Tools. Stop the gear at the point where highest torque is read.
A: Preload gauge [SST: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)] B: Preload adapter [SST: KV48103400 ( )]
b.
Loosen adjusting screw and retighten to 5.4 Nm (0.55 kg-m, 48 in-lb), and then loosen by 20 to 40.
SGIA1383E
c.
Measure pinion rotating torque using tools to make sure that the measured value is within the standard. Readjust if the value is outside the standard. Replace steering gear assembly, if the value is outside the standard after readjusting, or adjusting screw rotating torque is 5 Nm (0.51 kg-m, 44 in-lb) or less. Pinion rotating torque Around neutral position (within100) average A Maximum variation B
: Refer to ST-64, "Pinion Rotating Torque" : Refer to ST-64, "Pinion Rotating Torque"
SGIA0936E
d. e. f.
Apply thread locking sealant to inner socket and turn pinion fully to left with inner socket installed to gear housing assembly. Install dial gauge at 5 mm (0.20 in) (L) from the edge of gear housing assembly (1), and tooth point. Measure vertical movement of rack assembly when pinion is turned clockwise with torque of 19.6 Nm (2.0 kg-m, 14 ft-lb). Readjust adjusting screw angle if the measured value is outside the standard. Vertical movement : 0.265 mm (0.0104 in)
If reading is outside of the specification, readjust screw angle with adjusting screw. JSGIA0104ZZ CAUTION: If reading is still outside of specification, or if the rotating torque of adjusting screw is less than 5 Nm (0.51 kg-m, 44 in-lb), replace steering gear assembly. Never turn adjusting screw more than twice. Replace steering gear assembly when adjusting screw is removed or turned more than twice.
ST-44
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 16. Install large end of boot to gear housing assembly. 17. Install small end of boot to inner socket boot mounting groove. 18. Install boot clamp to boot small end.
C
SGIA1325E
19. Install boot clamp to the large side of boot with the following procedure. CAUTION: Never reuse boot clamp. a. Tighten large side of boot with boot clamp (stainless wire). Wire length (L) b. : 370 mm (14.57 in)
Wrap clamp around boot groove for two turns. Insert a flatbladed screwdriver in loops on both ends of wire. Twist 4 to 4.5 turns while pulling them with force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb).
ST
H
SGIA0163E
c.
Twist boot clamp as shown. Pay attention to relationship between winding and twisting directions.
SGIA0164E
d.
Twisted area (A) of clamp is in the opposite side of adjusting screw (1) as shown in the figure (to prevent contact with other parts).
O
JSGIA0361ZZ
ST-45
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > e. Bent cut end of the wire toward rack axial as shown in the figure after twisting the wire 4 to 4.5 turns so that cut end does not contact with boot. CAUTION: Keep gap from cylinder tube 5 mm (0.20 in) or more.
STC0124D
20. Install cylinder tubes to gear housing assembly. 21. Install low pressure piping. 22. Adjust inner socket to standard length (L), and then tighten lock nut to the specified torque. Check length again after tightening lock nut. Standard L
: Refer to ST-63, "Inner Socket Length".
CAUTION: Adjust toe-in after this procedure. The length achieved after toe-in adjustment is not necessary the above value.
SGIA0167E
AWD : Inspection
Boot Check boot for cracks, and replace it if a malfunction is detected. Rack Assembly Check rack for damage or wear, and replace it if a malfunction is detected.
INFOID:0000000004497209
Gear-Sub Assembly Check gear-sub assembly for damage or wear, and replace it if a malfunction is detected. Rotate gear-sub assembly and check for torque variation or rattle, and replace it if a malfunction is detected. Gear Housing Assembly Check gear housing assembly for damage and scratches (inner wall). Replace if there are. Outer Socket and Inner Socket Check the following items and replace the component if it does not meet the standard. BALL JOINT SWINGING TORQUE Hook a spring balance at the point shown in the figure and pull the spring balance. Make sure that the spring balance reads the specified value when ball stud and inner socket start to move. Replace outer socket and inner socket if they are outside the standard.
Standard (Measuring point of outer socket: Stud cotter pin mounting hole) Outer socket : Refer to ST-63, "Socket Swing Force and Rotating Torque".
SGIA0896E
ST-46
2009 G37 Coupe

Standard (Measuring point of inner socket: * mark shown in the figure) Inner socket : Refer to ST-63, "Socket Swing Force and Rotating Torque".
BALL JOINT ROTATING TORQUE Make sure that the reading is within the following specified range using preload gauge (A) (SST: ST3127S000). Replace outer socket if the reading is outside the specified value. A
Standard Rotating torque
: Refer to ST-63, "Socket Swing Force and Rotating Torque".
F
SGIA1382E
BALL JOINT AXIAL END PLAY Apply an axial load of 490 N (50 kg, 110 lb) to ball stud. Using a dial gauge, measure amount of stud movement, and then make sure that the value is within the following specified range. Replace outer socket (1) and inner socket (2) if the measured value is outside the standard.
ST
Standard Outer socket Inner socket
: Refer to ST-63, "Socket Axial End Play". : Refer to ST-63, "Socket Axial End Play".
J
JSGIA0109ZZ

Check if steering wheel turns smoothly when it is turned several times fully to the end of the left and right. Check the steering wheel play, neutral position steering wheel, steering wheel turning force, and front wheel turning angle. Refer to ST-12, "Inspection". Check the fluid level, fluid leakage, and air bleeding hydraulic system. Refer to ST-14, "Inspection".
ST-47
2009 G37 Coupe
POWER STEERING OIL PUMP


FOR MODELS WITHOUT 4WAS AND MODELS EXCEPT SPORT MODELS
FOR MODELS WITHOUT 4WAS AND MODELS EXCEPT SPORT MODELS : Exploded View
REMOVAL
INFOID:0000000004257822
JSGIA0046GB
1.
Power steering oil pump : Vehicle front
2.
Bracket
DISASSEMBLY
JSGIA0103GB
ST-48
2009 G37 Coupe

1. 4. 7. Pulley Body assembly Flow control valve B assembly 2. 5. 8. Oil seal Suction pipe Flow control valve spring 3. 6. 9. Bracket O-ring Flow control valve A
10. Dowel pin 13. Rotor 16. Rear side plate 19. O-ring A: Oil seal lip : Apply power steering fluid. : Apply multi-purpose grease.
11. Front side plate 14. Rotor snap ring 17. O-ring 20. Rear cover
12. Vane 15. Cam ring 18. Teflon ring 21. Cartridge
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described on the above.
FOR MODELS WITHOUT 4WAS AND MODELS EXCEPT SPORT MODELS : Removal and Installation
REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
INFOID:0000000004257823
Drain power steering fluid from reservoir tank. Remove the right half of the air cleaner and the right half of the air duct. Refer to EM-27, "Exploded View". ST Loosen drive belt. Refer to EM-13, "Exploded View". Remove drive belt from oil pump pulley. H Remove copper washers and eye bolt (drain fluid from their pipings). Remove suction hose (drain fluid from their pipings). Remove oil pump mounting bolts, and then remove oil pump. I
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. When installing suction hoses (1), refer to the figure. CAUTION: Never apply fluid to the hose (1) and tube (2). Insert hose securely until it contacts spool (A) of tube. Install clamp (3) to the hose at 3 8 mm (0.12 0.31 in) (L) from the edge of the hose.
J
JSGIA0118ZZ
When installing eye bolt (1) and copper washer (2) to oil pump (3), refer to the figure. CAUTION: Never reuse copper washer. Apply power steering fluid to around copper washer, then install eye-bolt. Install eye-bolt with eye-joint (assembled to high pressure hose) (B) protrusion (A) facing with pump side cutout, and then tighten it to the specified torque after tightening by hand. Refer to ST-59, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), ST-61, "AWD : Exploded View" (AWD). SGIA1379E Securely insert harness connector to pressure sensor. Adjust belt tension. Refer to EM-13, "Tension Adjustment". Check fluid level, fluid leakage and air bleeding hydraulic system after the installation. Refer to ST-12, "Inspection".
FOR MODELS WITHOUT 4WAS AND MODELS EXCEPT SPORT MODELS : DisasRevision: 2009 October
ST-49
2009 G37 Coupe

sembly and Assembly

DISASSEMBLY
1.
INFOID:0000000004257824
2. 3. 4.
Remove rear cover mounting bolts, and then remove rear cover from body assembly. CAUTION: Fix oil pump with a vise if necessary. Use copper plates when fixing with a vise. Remove O-ring from body assembly. Remove rear side plate from cartridge, and then remove Teflon ring and O-ring from rear side plate. Remove rotor snap ring using a snap ring plier, and remove pulley from body assembly. CAUTION: Remove pulley so as not to be damaged when removing rotor snap ring.
SGIA0059E
5.
6. 7. 8. 9.
Remove cartridge, front side plate, flow control valve A, flow control valve spring and flow control valve B assembly from body assembly. CAUTION: Never drop and damage flow control valve A and flow control valve B assembly when removing. Remove oil seal from body assembly. Remove mounting bolt of suction pipe, and then remove suction pipe from body assembly. Remove O-ring from body assembly. Remove bracket mounting bolts, and then remove bracket from body assembly. Apply recommended grease to oil seal lips. Apply recommended fluid to around oil seal, and then install oil seal to body assembly using a drift [SST: ST35300000 ( )] CAUTION: Fix oil pump with a vise if necessary. Use copper plates when fixing with a vise. Install bracket to body assembly. If dowel pin has been removed, insert it into body assembly by hand. If it cannot be inserted by hand, lightly tap with a hammer.
SGIA0526E
ASSEMBLY
1.
2. 3.
SGIA0527E
ST-50
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 4. Install flow control valve A, flow control valve spring and flow control valve B assembly as shown in the figure.
C
SGIA0526E
5.
Install front side plate (3) with dowel pin (2) on flow control valve A (1) side as shown in the figure aligning with front side plate cutout (A) to body assembly (4).
ST
SGIA1189E
6. 7.
Install cam ring as shown in the figure. Install pulley to body assembly. CAUTION: Never damage oil seal when installing pulley.
SGIA0612E
8.
Install rotor so that mark faces body assembly, and then install it to pulley shaft.
L
N
SGIA0989E
9.
Install vane to rotor so that arc of vane faces cam ring side.
SGIA0613E
ST-51
2009 G37 Coupe

10. Install rotor snap ring to slit of pulley shaft using a hammer and a 10 mm (0.39 in) box. CAUTION: Never damage rotor and pulley shaft. Oil pump assembly must be replaced if rotor is damaged.
SGIA0063E
11. Install rear side plate (1) with dowel pin (2) on flow control valve A (3) side as shown in the figure aligning with rear side plate cutout (A) to cartridge. 12. Apply recommended fluid to O-ring, and then install O-ring to body assembly (4). 13. Apply recommended fluid to O-ring, and then install O-ring to rear side plate. 14. Apply recommended fluid to Teflon ring, and then install Teflon ring to rear side plate. 15. Install rear cover to body assembly. 16. Apply recommended fluid to O-ring, and then install O-ring to body assembly. 17. Install suction pipe to body assembly.
JSGIA0257ZZ
FOR MODELS WITHOUT 4WAS AND MODELS EXCEPT SPORT MODELS : Inspection
RELIEF OIL PRESSURE
CAUTION: Make sure that belt tension is normal before starting the following procedure. 1. Connect the oil pressure gauge [SST: KV48103500 (J-26357)] and the oil pressure gauge adapter [SST: KV48102500 (J33914)] between oil pump discharge connector and high-pressure hose. Bleed air from the hydraulic circuit while opening valve fully. Refer to ST-12, "Inspection". 2. Start engine. Run engine until oil temperature reaches 50 to 80C (122 to 176F). CAUTION: Leave the valve of the oil pressure gauge fully open while starting and running engine. If engine is started with the valve closed, the hydraulic pressure in oil pump goes up to the relief pressure along with unusual increase of oil temperature. Be sure to keep hose clear of belts and other parts when engine is started. 3. Fully close the oil pressure gauge valve with engine at idle and measure the relief oil pressure. Standard Relief oil pressure
INFOID:0000000004257825
: Refer to ST-64, "Relief Oil Pressure".

SGIA0915E
CAUTION: Never keep valve closed for 10 seconds or longer.
ST-52
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 4. Open the valve slowly after measuring. Repair oil pump if the relief oil pressure is outside the standard. Refer to ST-49, "FOR MODELS WITHOUT 4WAS AND MODELS EXCEPT SPORT MODELS : Disassembly and Assembly". 5. Disconnect the oil pressure gauge from hydraulic circuit. 6. When installing eye bolt (1) and copper washer (2) to oil pump (3), refer to the figure. CAUTION: Never reuse copper washer. Apply power steering fluid or equivalent to around copper washer, then install eye-bolt. Install eye-bolt with eye-joint (assembled to high pressure hose) (B) protrusion (A) facing with pump side cutout, and then tighten it to the specified torque after tightening by hand. Refer to ST-59, "2WD : Exploded View". Securely insert harness connector to pressure sensor. SGIA1379E 7. Check fluid level, fluid leakage and air bleeding hydraulic system after the installation. Refer to ST-12, "Inspection".
BEFORE DISASSEMBLY
Disassemble oil pump only when the following malfunctions occur. If oil leakage is found on oil pump. Oil pump pulley is damaged or deformed. Performance of oil pump is low.
ST
AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Body Assembly and Rear Cover Inspection Check body assembly and rear cover for internal damage. Replace rear cover if it is damaged. Replace oil pump assembly if body assembly is damaged. Cartridge Assembly Inspection Check cam ring, rotor and vane for damage. Replace cartridge assembly if there are. Side Plate Inspection Check side plate for damage. Replace side plate if there are. Flow Control Valve Inspection Check flow control valve and spring for damage. Replace if there are. H
FOR MODELS WITH 4WAS AND SPORT MODELS

FOR MODELS WITH 4WAS AND SPORT MODELS : Exploded View
REMOVAL
INFOID:0000000004257826
JSGIA0046GB
1.
Power steering oil pump
2.
Bracket
ST-53
2009 G37 Coupe

: Vehicle front Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.
DISASSEMBLY
JSGIA0047GB
1. 4. 7.
Pulley Bracket O-ring
2. 5. 8.
Snap ring Oil seal Flow control valve
3. 6. 9.
Drive shaft assembly Connector bolt Spring
10. Body assembly 13. O-ring 16. Cartridge 19. Cam ring 22. Rear cover A: Oil seal lip : Apply power steering fluid. : Apply multi-purpose grease.
11. O-ring 14. O-ring 17. Vane 20. Dowel pin
12. Suction pipe 15. Side plate 18. Rotor 21. Gasket
FOR MODELS WITH 4WAS AND SPORT MODELS : Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000004257827
REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Drain power steering fluid from reservoir tank. Remove the right half of the air cleaner and the right half of the air duct. Refer to EM-27, "Exploded View". Loosen drive belt. Refer to EM-13, "Exploded View". Remove drive belt from oil pump pulley. Remove copper washers and eye bolt (drain fluid from their pipings). Remove suction hose (drain fluid from their pipings). Remove oil pump mounting bolts, and then remove oil pump.
ST-54
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > INSTALLATION Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. When installing suction hose (1), refer to the figure. CAUTION: Never apply fluid to the hose (1) and tube (2). Insert hose securely until it contacts spool (A) of tube. Install clamp (3) to the hose at 3 8 mm (0.12 0.31 in) (L) from the edge of the hose.
D
JSGIA0118ZZ
FOR MODELS WITH 4WAS AND SPORT MODELS : Disassembly and Assembly
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove rear cover mounting bolts and then remove rear cover from body assembly. CAUTION: Fix oil pump with a vise if necessary. Use copper plates when fixing with a vise. Remove gasket from body assembly. Remove dowel pin, cartridge and side plate from body assembly. Remove pulley mounting nut and then remove pulley from drive shaft. Remove bracket mounting bolts and then remove bracket from body assembly. Remove snap ring from drive shaft assembly and press out it. CAUTION: When removing the snap ring, never damage the drive shaft assembly.
E When installing eye bolt (1) and copper washer (2) to oil pump (3), refer to the figure. CAUTION: Never reuse copper washer. F Apply power steering fluid to around copper washer, then install eye-bolt. Install eye-bolt with eye-joint (assembled to high pressure ST hose) (B) protrusion (A) facing with pump side cutout, and then tighten it to the specified torque after tightening by hand. Refer to ST-59, "2WD : Exploded View". Securely insert harness connector to pressure sensor. H SGIA1379E Adjust belt tension. Refer to EM-26, "Removal and Installation". Check fluid level, fluid leakage and air bleeding hydraulic system after the installation. Refer to ST-12, "Inspection". I
INFOID:0000000004257828
2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
P
SST010B
ST-55
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 7. Remove oil seal from body assembly using a flat-bladed screwdriver. CAUTION: Never damage the body assembly. 8. Remove O-rings from body assembly.
SST034A
9.
Remove connector bolt and O-ring, then pull out flow control valve and spring from body assembly. CAUTION: Never drop and deform the flow control valve. 10. Remove fixing bolts of suction pipe, and then remove suction pipe from body assembly. 11. Remove O-ring for suction pipe.
SGIA0524E
ASSEMBLY
1. Apply recommended grease to oil seal lips (1). Apply recommended fluid to around oil seal. Install oil seal to body assembly using proper tool. CAUTION: Never reuse the oil seal. Fix oil pump with a vise if necessary. Use copper plates when fixing with a vise. Apply recommended fluid to drive shaft, and press drive shaft into body assembly, then install snap ring. CAUTION: Never reuse the snap ring. Apply recommended fluid to O-ring, and install O-ring into body assembly. CAUTION: Never reuse the O-ring. Install side plate to body assembly.
2.
SGIA1150E
3.
4.
SGIA0422E
ST-56
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 5. Install dowel pin (1) into dowel pin hole (A), and install cam ring (2) pointing it's D1 side toward the body assembly (3) side as shown in the figure. CAUTION: When installing the cam-ring, turn carved face with a letter E (B) of it to the rear cover. Never confuse the assembling direction of the cam ring. If cam ring is installed facing the incorrect direction, it may cause pump operation malfunction.
ST
JSGIA0110ZZ
6.
Install rotor to body assembly. CAUTION: When installing the rotor, turn punch mark face on rotor to body assembly.
SGIA0424E
7. 8. 9.
10. 11. 12. 13. 14.
15. 16.
Install vane to rotor so that arc of vane faces cam ring side. Check if drive shaft assembly turns smoothly. Install gasket to body assembly. CAUTION: Never reuse the gasket. Install rear cover to body assembly. Install bracket to body assembly. Install pulley and washer to drive shaft. Install spring and flow control valve to body assembly. Apply recommended fluid to O-ring, and then install O-ring to connector bolt. CAUTION: Never reuse the O-ring. Install connector bolt to body assembly. Install suction pipe to body assembly.
N
SST843A
P
INFOID:0000000004257829
FOR MODELS WITH 4WAS AND SPORT MODELS : Inspection

RELIEF OIL PRESSURE
CAUTION: Make sure that belt tension is normal before starting the following procedure.
ST-57
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 1. Connect the oil pressure gauge [SST: KV48103500 (J-26357)] and the oil pressure gauge adapter [SST: KV48102500 (J33914)] between oil pump discharge connector and high-pressure hose. Bleed air from the hydraulic circuit while opening valve fully. Refer to ST-12, "Inspection". 2. Start engine. Run engine until oil temperature reaches 50 to 80C (122 to 176F). CAUTION: Leave the valve of the oil pressure gauge fully open while starting and running engine. If engine is started with the valve closed, the hydraulic pressure in oil pump goes up to the relief pressure along with unusual increase of oil temperature. Be sure to keep hose clear of belts and other parts when engine is started. 3. Fully close the oil pressure gauge valve with engine at idle and measure the relief oil pressure.
Standard Relief oil pressure
: Refer to ST-64, "Relief Oil Pressure".
4. 5. 6.
7.
SGIA0915E CAUTION: Never keep valve closed for 10 seconds or longer. Open the valve slowly after measuring. Repair oil pump if the relief oil pressure is outside the standard. Refer to ST-55, "FOR MODELS WITH 4WAS AND SPORT MODELS : Disassembly and Assembly". Disconnect the oil pressure gauge from hydraulic circuit. When installing eye bolt (1) and copper washer (2) to oil pump (3), refer to the figure. CAUTION: Never reuse copper washer. Apply power steering fluid or equivalent to around copper washer, then install eye-bolt. Install eye-bolt with eye-joint (assembled to high pressure hose) (B) protrusion (A) facing with pump side cutout, and then tighten it to the specified torque after tightening by hand. Refer to ST-59, "2WD : Exploded View". Securely insert harness connector to pressure sensor. SGIA1379E Check fluid level, fluid leakage and air bleeding hydraulic system after the installation. Refer to ST-12, "Inspection".
BEFORE DISASSEMBLY
Disassemble oil pump only when the following malfunctions occur. If oil leakage is found on oil pump. Oil pump pulley is damaged or deformed. Performance of oil pump is low.
AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Body Assembly and Rear Cover Inspection Check body assembly and rear cover for internal damage. Replace rear cover if it is damaged. Replace oil pump assembly if body assembly is damaged. Cartridge Assembly Inspection Check cam ring, rotor and vane for damage. Replace cartridge assembly if there are. Side Plate Inspection Check side plate for damage. Replace side plate if there are. Flow Control Valve Inspection Check flow control valve and spring for damage. Replace if there are.
ST-58
2009 G37 Coupe
HYDRAULIC LINE
HYDRAULIC LINE
2WD
2WD : Exploded View
Without 4WAS and models except sport models
INFOID:0000000004257830
ST
JSGIA0565GB
1. 4. 7.
High pressure piping and low pressure piping Collar Reservoir tank
2. 5. 8.
Pressure sensor Bushing Clamp
3. 6. 9.
Copper washer Reservoir tank bracket Suction hose
10. Return hose 13. Gear-sub assembly A. B. To power steering oil pump. : Vehicle front : Apply power steering fluid.
11. Oil cooler 14. Eye bolt
12. O-ring
To power steering oil pump suction hose.
ST-59
2009 G37 Coupe
HYDRAULIC LINE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > With 4WAS and sport models
JSGIA0566GB
1. 4. 7.
2. 5. 8.
3. 6. 9.
10. Return hose 13. Gear-sub assembly A. B. To power steering oil pump. : Vehicle front : Apply power steering fluid.
11. Oil cooler 14. Eye bolt
12. O-ring
To power steering oil pump suction hose.
AWD
ST-60
2009 G37 Coupe
HYDRAULIC LINE
AWD : Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004497715
ST
JSGIA0567GB
1. 4. 7.
2. 5. 8.
3. 6. 9.
10. Return hose 13. Gear-sub assembly A. To power steering oil pump suction hose. : Vehicle front
11. Oil cooler B. To power steering oil pump.
12. Eye bolt
M
ST-61
2009 G37 Coupe
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

General Specifications
Steering gear model Fluid capacity (Approx.) (US qt, lmp qt) PR26AF 1.0 (1-1/8, 7/8)
INFOID:0000000004257832 INFOID:0000000004257831
Steering Wheel Axial End Play and Play

Item Steering wheel axial end play Steering wheel play on the outer circumference Standard 0 (0) 0 35 (0 1.38)
Unit: mm (in)
Steering Wheel Turning Force

Item Steering wheel turning force Standard 7.45 (0.76, 66)
INFOID:0000000004257833
Unit: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)
Steering Angle
Standard 2WD 3645 (36.8) 3945 (39.8) 4045 (40.8) 3330 (33.5)
INFOID:0000000004257834
Unit: Degree minute (Decimal degree)
Item Minimum Inner wheel Nominal Maximum Outer wheel Nominal
AWD 3735 (37.6) 4035 (40.6) 4135 (41.6) 3130 (31.5)

INFOID:0000000004471836
Steering Column Length

Item Column length Standard 513.7 517.7 (20.22 20.38)
Unit: mm (in)
Steering Column Mounting Dimensions

Item Mounting dimension Standard 30 32 (1.18 1.26)
INFOID:0000000004471837
Unit: mm (in)
Steering Column Operating Range

Item Tilt operating range Telescopic operating range Rotating torque Standard 65 mm (2.56 in) 47 mm (1.85 in) 0.49 Nm (0.05 kg-m, 4 in-lb)
INFOID:0000000004257835
ST-62
2009 G37 Coupe

Lower Shaft Sliding Range

Item Sliding range Without 4WAS With 4WAS Standard 56 (2.2) 45 (1.77)
INFOID:0000000004257836
A
Unit: mm (in)
Rack Sliding Force

Item Without 4WAS Except sport models With 4WAS Sport models Standard
INFOID:0000000004257837
Unit: N (kg, lb)
195 258 (19.9 26.3, 43.9 57.9) 195 295 (19.9 30.0, 43.9 66.3) 227 305 (23.2 31.1, 51.1 68.5)
Rack sliding force
2WD
AWD
Rack Stroke
Item Rack neutral position, dimension 2WD AWD Standard 69.0 (2.717) 65.6 (2.583)
F
INFOID:0000000004257838
Unit: mm (in)
ST
H
INFOID:0000000004257839
Socket Swing Force and Rotating Torque

SWING FORCE
I
Unit: N (kg, lb)
Item Outer socket Inner socket
Spring balance 1.5 42.7 (0.2 4.3, 0.34 9.5) 1.4 105.4 (0.15 10.8, 0.31 23.7)
ROTATING TORQUE
Item Outer socket
Standard 0.1 2.9 (0.01 0.29, 1 25)

INFOID:0000000004257840
Socket Axial End Play

Item Outer socket Inner socket Standard 0.5 (0.02) or less 0.2 (0.008) or less
Unit: mm (in)
Inner Socket Length

Item Rack neutral position, dimension 2WD AWD Standard 63.3 (2.49) 54.2 (2.13)
INFOID:0000000004257841
Unit: mm (in)
ST-63
2009 G37 Coupe

Pinion Rotating Torque

Item Without 4WAS Except sport models With 4WAS Sport models Standard 1.38 1.83 (0.14 0.18, 13 16) 1.56 2.36 (0.16 0.24, 14 20) 1.61 2.16 (0.17 0.22, 15 19) 0.98 (0.10, 9)
INFOID:0000000004674762
Around neutral position (within100) average
2WD
AWD Maximum variation
Relief Oil Pressure

Item Without 4WAS Except sport models With 4WAS Sport models Standard
INFOID:0000000004257842
Unit: kPa (kg/cm2, psi)
8,530 9,330 (87 95.2, 1,237 1,353) 8,500 9,300 (86.7 94.8, 1,233 1,348)
Relief oil pressure
ST-64
2009 G37 Coupe
STEERING
SECTION
STEERING CONTROL SYSTEM
STC
CONTENTS
WITHOUT 4WAS BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 6 .
Work Flow ................................................................ 6 .
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................. 22 .
UNBALANCE STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE (TORQUE VARIATION) ....................... 22 STC

Description ..............................................................22 . Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................22 .

EPS SYSTEM ..................................................... 7 .
System Diagram ....................................................... 7 . System Description .................................................. 7 . Component Parts Location ....................................... 9 . Component Description ............................................ 9 .
PRECAUTION ............................................. 23 .
PRECAUTIONS ................................................. 23
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................23 . Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect ..................................23 .

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .....10 .
Description ............................................................. 10 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 10 .

POWER STEERING CONTROL UNIT .............. 25
Exploded View ........................................................25 . Removal and Installation ........................................25 . K
POWER STEERING SOLENOID VALVE .........11 .

Description ............................................................. 11 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 11 . Component Inspection ........................................... 12 .
WITH 4WAS BASIC INSPECTION .................................. 26 .
ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT ..................13 .

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ........ 26

Work Flow ...............................................................26 .
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT .................. 28

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT .......................................................28 . ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description ................................28 . 4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT ..........................................................28 . 4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Description .........................28 . 4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Pattern 1) ......................................................28 .
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT ................15 .

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 17 .

POWER STEERING CONTROL UNIT ..............17 .
Reference Value .................................................... 17 . Wiring Diagram - ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED POWER STEERING SYSTEM - ........... 18 . Fail Safe ................................................................. 20 .
STC-1
2009 G37 Coupe
4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Pattern 2) ..................................................... 29 . 4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Pattern 3) ..................................................... 29 . 4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Pattern 4) ..................................................... 31 .
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 56 . Special Repair Requirement .................................. 57 .
C1633 4WAS FRONT CONTROL UNIT ........... 59 .

Description ............................................................. 59 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 59 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 59 . Special Repair Requirement .................................. 60 .
C1651 IGNITION POWER SUPPLY ................. 61 .

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 33 .

4WAS SYSTEM ................................................ 33 .
System Diagram .................................................... 33 . System Description ................................................ 34 . Component Parts Location .................................... 36 . Component Description ......................................... 37 .
C1652 4WAS FRONT MOTOR POWER SUPPLY ................................................................... 63 .

EPS SYSTEM ................................................... 38 .

System Diagram .................................................... 38 . System Description ................................................ 38 . Component Parts Location .................................... 39 . Component Description ......................................... 39 .
C1654 4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR RELAY .... 65 .

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (4WAS FRONT CONTROL UNIT) ...................................................... 40 .

CONSULT-III Function [4WAS(FRONT)] ............... 40 .
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (4WAS MAIN CONTROL UNIT) ...................................................... 44 .

CONSULT-III Function [4WAS(MAIN)/RAS/HICAS] ...................................................................... 44 .
C1655 4WAS FRONT DRIVER ........................ 67 .


C1621, C1622 4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR ..... 48 .
Description ............................................................. 48 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 48 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 48 . Component Inspection (4WAS Front Motor) ......... 49 . Special Repair Requirement .................................. 50 .
C1661 4WAS FRONT LOCK SOLENOID VALVE .............................................................. 69 .

Description ............................................................. 69 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 69 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 69 . Component Inspection (4WAS Front Lock Solenoid Valve) ............................................................. 70 . Special Repair Requirement .................................. 70 .
C1627 4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR .................. 51 .

Description ............................................................. 51 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 51 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 51 . Special Repair Requirement .................................. 52 .
C1667 LOCK INSERTION ................................ 71 .

C1628 4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR .................. 53 .

Description ............................................................. 53 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 53 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 53 . Component Inspection (Front Wheel Steering Angle Sensor) ............................................................ 54 . Special Repair Requirement .................................. 55 .
C1668 LOCK HOLDER GAP DETECT ............ 73 .

C1669 INCOMPLETE LOCK RELEASE .......... 74 .

C1631, C1632 4WAS FRONT CONTROL UNIT .................................................................. 56 .

Description ............................................................. 56 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 56 .
STC-2
2009 G37 Coupe
C1671 ACTUATOR ADJUSTMENT NOT PERFORMED ....................................................75 .

Special Repair Requirement ...................................92 .
C1905, C1908, C1922, C1925, C1928 4WAS MAIN CONTROL UNIT ..................................... 93
Description ..............................................................93 . DTC Logic ...............................................................93 . Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................93 . Special Repair Requirement ...................................94 .
C1672 INCOMPLETE ACTUATOR ADJUSTMENT .................................................................77 .

C1909 4WAS MAIN CONTROL UNIT .............. 95

Description ..............................................................95 . DTC Logic ...............................................................95 . Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................95 . Special Repair Requirement ...................................96 . D
C1684, C1685 4WAS MAIN CONTROL UNIT COMMUNICATION ............................................78 .

Description ............................................................. 78 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 78 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 78 . Component Inspection [ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit)] ................................................. 80 . Component Inspection (Yaw Rate/Side G Sensor) .... 80 Special Repair Requirement .................................. 81 .
C1911, C1912 4WAS REAR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY ............................................................ 97

Description ..............................................................97 . DTC Logic ...............................................................97 . Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................97 . Component Inspection (4WAS Rear Motor Relay) 100 .. Component Inspection (Noise Suppressor) .......... 101 . Special Repair Requirement ................................. 101 .
STC
C1686 4WAS MAIN CONTROL UNIT ...............82 .

C1914 REAR WHEEL STEERING ANGLE SENSOR .......................................................... 102

Description ............................................................ 102 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 102 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 102 . Component Inspection .......................................... 103 . Special Repair Requirement ................................. 104 .
U1000, U1002 4WAS COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT ............................................................83 .

Description ............................................................. 83 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 83 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 83 . Component Inspection [ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit)] ................................................. 85 . Component Inspection (Yaw Rate/Side G Sensor) .... 85 Special Repair Requirement .................................. 86 .
C1915, C1916 REAR WHEEL STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ................................................. 105

Description ............................................................ 105 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 105 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 105 . Component Inspection .......................................... 107 . Special Repair Requirement ................................. 107 .
U1010 4WAS COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT .....87 .

C1917, C1918 REAR WHEEL STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ................................................. 108

Description ............................................................ 108 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 108 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 108 . Component Inspection .......................................... 110 . Special Repair Requirement ................................. 110 . M
C1900, C1901, C1906, C1907, C1927, C1933 4WAS MAIN CONTROL UNIT ..........................88 .
C1919 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL .................. 111

Description ............................................................ 111 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 111 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 111 . Special Repair Requirement ................................. 112 .
C1902, C1903, C1904, C1910, C1913 4WAS REAR MOTOR OUTPUT ...................................90 .
Description ............................................................. 90 . DTC Logic .............................................................. 90 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 90 . Component Inspection (4WAS Rear Motor) ........... 91 .
C1920 STEERING ANGLE SEN ..................... 113

Description ............................................................ 113 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 113 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 113 . Special Repair Requirement ................................. 114 .
C1921 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL .................... 116

2009 G37 Coupe
STC-3
Description ............................................................116 . DTC Logic .............................................................116 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................116 . Special Repair Requirement .................................117 .
Component Inspection ......................................... 140 .
4WAS WARNING LAMP ................................. 141 .

Description ........................................................... 141 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 141 . Special Repair Requirement ................................ 142 .
C1923 STEERING ANGLE SEN .................... 118 .

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 143

4WAS FRONT CONTROL UNIT ..................... 143 .
Reference Value .................................................. 143 . Wiring Diagram - 4WAS SYSTEM - ..................... 147 . Fail Safe ............................................................... 153 . DTC Inspection Priority Chart .............................. 154 . DTC Index ............................................................ 155 .
C1924 STEERING ANGLE SEN .................... 121 .

4WAS MAIN CONTROL UNIT ........................ 157 .

Reference Value .................................................. 157 . Wiring Diagram - 4WAS SYSTEM - ..................... 160 . Fail Safe ............................................................... 166 . DTC Inspection Priority Chart .............................. 168 . DTC Index ............................................................ 169 .
C1926, C1932 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR . 124

C1930 4WAS FRONT CONTROL UNIT ......... 127 .

Description ............................................................127 . DTC Logic .............................................................127 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................127 .
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 171

4WAS WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON .................................................................... 171 .
C1931 4WAS FRONT CONTROL UNIT COMMUNICATION ................................................. 128 .

Description ............................................................128 . DTC Logic .............................................................128 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................128 . Component Inspection [ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit)] ................................................130 . Component Inspection (Yaw Rate/Side G Sensor) ..130 Special Repair Requirement .................................131 .
4WAS WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF .................................................................. 172 .

STEERING WHEEL MISS ALIGNMENT ......... 173 .

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ......................... 132 .

STEERING SYSTEM VIBRATION AND NOISE .............................................................. 175 .

U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ...................... 133 .

UNBALANCE STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE (TORQUE VARIATION) ..................... 176 .

PRECAUTION ........................................... 177

PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 177 .
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .............................................................. 177 . Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect ................................ 177 . Precautions for Removal and Installation of 4WAS Components ......................................................... 178 . Precautions for Harness Repair ........................... 178 .
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .. 134 .

Description ............................................................134 . Diagnosis Procedure (4WAS Front Control Unit) ..134 Diagnosis Procedure (4WAS Main Control Unit) ..135 Component Inspection (4WAS Rear Motor Relay) 137 .. Component Inspection (Noise Suppressor) ..........138 .
POWER STEERING SOLENOID VALVE ....... 139 .

STC-4
2009 G37 Coupe
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............ 179 .

4WAS FRONT CONTROL UNIT ..................... 179 .
Removal and Installation ...................................... 180 .
4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY ....... 181

Removal and Installation ...................................... 181 .
4WAS REAR ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY ......... 182

Exploded View ...................................................... 182 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 182 .
4WAS MAIN CONTROL UNIT ........................ 180 .

Exploded View ..................................................... 180 .
STC
STC-5
2009 G37 Coupe

< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITHOUT 4WAS]
BASIC INSPECTION
Work Flow
DETAILED FLOW
INFOID:0000000004257843
1.COLLECT THE INFORMATION FROM THE CUSTOMER

It is also important to clarify customer complaints before inspection. First of all, reproduce symptoms, and understand them fully. Ask customer about his/her complaints carefully. In some cases, it is necessary to check symptoms by driving vehicle with customer. CAUTION: Customers are not professional. It is dangerous to make an easy guess like maybe the customer means that..., or maybe the customer mentions this symptom. >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THE STATUS

1. 2. 3. 4. Power steering fluid leakage and check the power steering fluid level. Refer to ST-12, "Inspection". Check the drive belt tension. Refer to EM-13, "Checking". Check the power steering gear for damages, cracks and fluid leakage. Refer to ST-12, "Inspection". Check the relief oil pressure. Refer to ST-52, "FOR MODELS WITHOUT 4WAS AND MODELS EXCEPT SPORT MODELS : Inspection". >> GO TO 3.
3.DIAGNOSIS CHART BY SYMPTOM

Perform the diagnosis by symptom. Refer to STC-22, "Diagnosis Procedure". >> GO TO 4.
4.FINAL CHECK
Check the input/output standard values for the power steering control unit. Are the power steering control unit input/output values within standard ranges respectively? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
STC-6
2009 G37 Coupe
EPS SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT 4WAS]
A
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EPS SYSTEM
System Diagram
CONTROL DIAGRAM
INFOID:0000000004257844
STC
H
JSGIA0258GB
CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW
I
N
SGIA1389E
1. 4. 7.
Unified meter and A/C amp. Steering gear assembly Pinion
2. 5. 8.
Power steering control unit Gear housing assembly Power steering oil pump
3. 6. 9.
Power steering solenoid valve Gear sub-assembly Reservoir tank

INFOID:0000000004257845
System Description
The EPS system controls the power steering solenoid valve through the power steering control unit.
STC-7
2009 G37 Coupe
EPS SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > The valve driving voltage to control the power steering solenoid valve varies according to the vehicle speed. [WITHOUT 4WAS]
JSGIA0113GB
OPERATION PRINCIPLE
During Parking (When Turning The Steering Wheel To The Right.)
JSGIA0020GB
1. 2. 3.
Power steering solenoid valve is closed while a vehicle is stopped. Pinion 1R, 2R and 3R are closed depending on steering torque of steering wheel. Oil pressure P in the gear housing assembly is the sum of oil pressures occurred in 2R and 3R. This results in a light steering force because of high pressure.
During High-speed Operation
JSGIA0021GB
1. 2. 3. 4.
Power steering solenoid valve is opened during high-speed operation. Pinion 1R, 2R and 3R are closed depending on steering torque of steering wheel. Oil pressure 2R does not occur because the power steering solenoid valve is on full throttle. Oil pressure P in the gear housing assembly includes only oil pressure occurred in 3R and results in a heavy steering force.
STC-8
2009 G37 Coupe
EPS SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT 4WAS]
INFOID:0000000004257846
F
JSGIA0235ZZ
1. A.
Power steering solenoid valve Steering gear assembly : Vehicle front
2. B.
Power steering control unit Glove box assembly removed
STC
H
INFOID:0000000004257847
Component parts Reference/Function
Power steering control unit
Signals from various sensors control the driving voltage to the power steering solenoid valve. The power steering control unit controls the driving voltage to the power steering solenoid valve for maintaining the power steering assist force when the fail-safe function is activated. (The engine speed signals control EPS system if any vehicle speed signal error is detected.) STC-15, "Description" STC-13, "Description" STC-11, "Description"
Unified meter and A/C amp. ECM Power steering solenoid valve
STC-9
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT 4WAS]
Description
Power supply to EPS system
INFOID:0000000004257848
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004257849
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect power steering control unit harness connector. Check the voltage between power steering control unit harness connector and ground.
Power steering control unit Connector M108 Terminal 3 Ground
Voltage (Approx.) 0V
4. 5.
Turn the ignition switch ON. CAUTION: Never start the engine. Check the voltage between power steering control unit harness connector and ground.
Voltage (Approx.) Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. 10A fuses (#45) open - Harness for short or open between ignition switch and power steering control unit harness connector No. 3 terminal. - Ignition switch. Refer to PCS-63, "Component Inspection".

1. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Check the continuity between power steering control unit harness connector and ground.
Continuity Existed
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK TERMINALS AND HARNESS CONNECTORS

Check the power steering control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
STC-10
2009 G37 Coupe
POWER STEERING SOLENOID VALVE

A
INFOID:0000000004257850

Description Diagnosis Procedure
Power steering solenoid valve controls the power steering oil pressure in the gear housing assembly.
INFOID:0000000004257851
1.CHECK POWER STEERING SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL

1. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Check the voltage between power steering control unit harness connector and ground.
D
Power steering control unit Connector M108 Terminal 1 Ground Condition Vehicle speed: 0 km/h (0 MPH) (Engine is running) Vehicle speed: 100 km/h (62 MPH) Voltage (Approx.) 4.4 6.6 V 2.4 3.6 V
STC
2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN POWER STEERING SOLENOID VALVE AND POWER STEERING CONTROL UNIT 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect power steering solenoid valve harness connector. 3. Disconnect power steering control unit harness connector. 4. Check the continuity between power steering solenoid valve harness connector and the power steering control unit harness connector.
Power steering solenoid valve Connector F45 F45 Terminal 1 2 Power steering control unit Connector M108 M108 Terminal 1 5 Existed Existed
J
Continuity
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3.CHECK POWER STEERING SOLENOID VALVE

1. Check the resistance between power steering solenoid valve connector terminals.
Power steering solenoid valve Connector F45 Terminal 12 Resistance (Approx.) 46
Check the power steering solenoid valve connector by listening for its operation sound while applying battery voltage to power steering solenoid valve connector F45 terminals 1 (positive) and 2 (negative). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Replace gear-sub assembly. Refer to ST-30, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), ST-37, "AWD : Exploded View" (AWD).
2.

Check the power steering control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
STC-11
2009 G37 Coupe

[WITHOUT 4WAS] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Check the power steering solenoid valve pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
INFOID:0000000004257852

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect power steering solenoid valve harness connector. Check the resistance between power steering solenoid valve connector terminals.
Power steering solenoid valve Connector F45 Terminal 12
Resistance (Approx.) 46
Check the power steering solenoid valve connector by listening for its operation sound while applying battery voltage to power steering solenoid valve connector F45 terminals 1 (positive) and 2 (negative). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace gear-sub assembly. Refer to ST-30, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), ST-37, "AWD : Exploded View" (AWD).
4.
STC-12
2009 G37 Coupe
ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT

A
INFOID:0000000004257853

Description
ECM sends engine speed signal to power steering control unit.
B
INFOID:0000000004257854
Diagnosis Procedure
1.PERFORM ECM SELF-DIAGNOSIS

With CONSULT-III Perform ECM self-diagnosis. Is any error system detected? YES >> Check the error system. NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND POWER STEERING CONTROL UNIT

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. Disconnect power steering control unit harness connector. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and power steering control unit harness connector.
ECM Connector M107 Terminal 110 Power steering control unit Connector M108 Terminal 10
STC
Continuity Existed
3.CHECK ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL (1)

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Connect ECM harness connectors. Check the signal between ECM harness connector and ground with oscilloscope.
ECM Connector Terminal Condition
Value (Approx.)
M
Engine speed: At idle (Warm-up condition)
N
PBIA3654J
M107
110 Ground
O
Engine speed: Approx. 2,000 rpm (Warm-up condition)
PBIA3655J
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4.
STC-13
2009 G37 Coupe

[WITHOUT 4WAS] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-16, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Description".
4.CHECK ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL (2)

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Connect power steering control unit harness connector. Check the signal between power steering control unit harness connector and ground with oscilloscope.
Power steering control unit Connector Terminal Condition
Value (Approx.)
PBIA3654J
M108
10 Ground
PBIA3655J
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace power steering control unit. Refer to STC-25, "Exploded View".

Check the power steering control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. Check ECM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
STC-14
2009 G37 Coupe
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT

A
INFOID:0000000004257855

Description
Unified meter and A/C amp. sends vehicle speed signal to power steering control unit.
B
INFOID:0000000004257856
Diagnosis Procedure
1.PERFORM UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. SELF-DIAGNOSIS

With CONSULT-III Perform unified meter and A/C amp. self-diagnosis. Is any error system detected? YES >> Check the error system. NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. AND POWER STEERING CONTROL
UNIT 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. F 2. Disconnect unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector. 3. Disconnect power steering control unit harness connector. 4. Check the continuity between unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector and power steering control STC unit harness connector.
Unified meter and A/C amp. Connector M66 Terminal 8 Power steering control unit Connector M108 Terminal 8
Continuity Existed
3.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL (1)

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Connect unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector. 3. Check the unified meter and A/C amp. input/output standard values. Refer to MWI-68, "Reference Value". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Replace unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to MWI-125, "Exploded View".
K
4.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL (2)

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Connect power steering control unit harness connector. Check the signal between power steering control unit harness connector and ground with oscilloscope.
Power steering control unit Connector Terminal Condition
Value (Approx.)
M108
8 Ground
Vehicle speed: 40 km/h (25 MPH) CAUTION: Check the air pressure of tire under standard condition.
SEIA0775E
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

STC-15
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace power steering control unit. Refer to STC-25, "Exploded View". [WITHOUT 4WAS]

Check the power steering control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. Check the unified meter and A/C amp. pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
STC-16
2009 G37 Coupe
POWER STEERING CONTROL UNIT

< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITHOUT 4WAS]
A

Reference Value
TERMINAL LAYOUT
INFOID:0000000004257857
JSGIA0023ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal No. + Wire color Description Signal name Power steering solenoid valve voltage Ignition switch power supply Power steering solenoid valve ground Ground Input/ Output Output Condition Vehicle speed: 0 km/h (0 MPH) (Engine is running) Vehicle speed: 100 km/h (62 MPH) Input Ignition switch: ON Ignition switch: OFF Always Always Value (Approx.)
STC
Ground
LG
4.4 6.6 V 2.4 3.6 V Battery voltage 0V 0V 0V
3 5 6
G B B
K
Vehicle speed signal Vehicle speed: 40 km/h (25 MPH) CAUTION: Check air pressure of tire under standard condition.
SEIA0775E
Ground
Input
O
PBIA3654J
10
Ground
Engine speed signal
Input
P
PBIA3655J
CAUTION:
STC-17
2009 G37 Coupe

When using circuit tester or oscilloscope to measure voltage for inspection, be sure not to forcibly extend any connector terminals.
Wiring Diagram - ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED POWER STEERING SYSTEM INFOID:0000000004257858
JCGWM0168GB
STC-18
2009 G37 Coupe

A
STC
O
JCGWM0169GB
STC-19
2009 G37 Coupe

JCGWM0170GB
Fail Safe
EPS system
INFOID:0000000004257859
STC-20
2009 G37 Coupe

< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > EPS system enters the fail-safe mode (that allows the steering force to be controlled without impairing the drive ability) if any of the input/output values to/from EPS system (power steering control unit) deviate from the standard range. NOTE: The system enters the fail-safe mode if the engine speed remains at 1,500 rpm or more for over 10 seconds while the vehicle is stopped. This is normal. The fail-safe function is canceled when a vehicle speed signal of 2 km/h (1.2 MPH) or more is inputted or the key switch is turned OFFON. EPS system restores the normal operation at that time. [WITHOUT 4WAS]
A
C
JSGIA0114GB
D
Mode Warning lamp DTC Detection point (malfunction part) Error area and root cause Engine speed is 1,500 rpm or more and there is no vehicle speed signal input for over 10 seconds during vehicle travel. Vehicle speed signal has abruptly dropped from 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more to 2 km/h (1.2 MPH) or less within 1.4 seconds.
Fail-safe function
Vehicle speed signal input
STC
STC-21
2009 G37 Coupe
UNBALANCE STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE (TORQUE VARIATION)

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT 4WAS]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Description
Hard steering when fully turning the steering wheel. Light steering when driving at a high speed.
INFOID:0000000004257860
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004257861
1.CHECK SYSTEM FOR POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND

Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply and ground. Refer to STC-10, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
2.CHECK SYSTEM FOR VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL

Perform trouble diagnosis for vehicle speed signal. Refer to STC-15, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3.CHECK SYSTEM FOR ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL

Perform trouble diagnosis for engine speed signal. Refer to STC-13, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4.CHECK SYSTEM FOR POWER STEERING SOLENOID VALVE

Perform trouble diagnosis for power steering solenoid valve. Refer to STC-11, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Perform the symptom diagnosis for the steering system. Refer to ST-3, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart". NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
STC-22
2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITHOUT 4WAS]
A
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
INFOID:0000000004498582
The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along C with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front D air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this Service Manual. WARNING: E To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. F Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS AIR BAG. Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this STC Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. H PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.

INFOID:0000000004257863
OPERATION PROCEDURE
2. 3. 4.
STC-23
2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
[WITHOUT 4WAS] < PRECAUTION > 5. When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turn the push-button ignition switch from ACC position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steering wheel will lock when the push-button ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.) 6. Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
STC-24
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT 4WAS]
A

Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004257864
STC
JSGIA0129ZZ
H
1. Power steering control unit : Vehicle front
I
INFOID:0000000004257865

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove glove box assembly. Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View". Remove power steering control unit screws. Remove power steering control unit (1). Disconnect power steering control unit connector.
JSGIA0130ZZ
INSTALLATION
O
STC-25
2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW

< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH 4WAS]
BASIC INSPECTION
Work Flow
DETAILED FLOW
INFOID:0000000004257866
1.INTERVIEW FROM THE CUSTOMER

It is also important to clarify customer complaints before inspection. First of all, reproduce symptoms, and understand them fully. Ask customer about his/her complaints carefully. In some cases, it is necessary to check symptoms by driving vehicle with customer. CAUTION: Customers are not professional. It is dangerous to make an easy guess like maybe the customer means that..., or maybe the customer mentions this symptom. >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SYMPTOM
Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. Does 4WAS warning lamp turn ON? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 6.
3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4WAS MAIN CONTROL UNIT)

With CONSULT-III Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. Is any DTC detected other than C1930 or C1931? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 5.
4.PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS (4WAS MAIN CONTROL UNIT)

1. With CONSULT-III Check the error system detected from the self-diagnosis. CAUTION: Check the DATA MONITOR value of each DTC detected with the self-diagnosis function. 2. Erase 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis memory. CAUTION: Never erase the self-diagnosis result (record) history when replacing 4WAS main control unit. Erase the memory of the self-diagnosis results (record) after printing out or recording all the values of DATA MONITOR. >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4WAS FRONT CONTROL UNIT AND 4WAS MAIN CONTROL UNIT)
With CONSULT-III Perform 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis. Check the error system detected from the self-diagnosis. CAUTION: Check the DATA MONITOR value of each DTC detected with the self-diagnosis function. 3. Erase 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis memory. CAUTION: Never erase the self-diagnosis result (record) history when replacing 4WAS front control unit. Erase the memory of the self-diagnosis results (record) after printing out or recording all the values of DATA MONITOR. 4. Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. 1. 2.
STC-26
2009 G37 Coupe

[WITH 4WAS] < BASIC INSPECTION > 5. Check the error system detected from the self-diagnosis. CAUTION: Check the DATA MONITOR value of each DTC detected with the self-diagnosis function. 6. Erase 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis memory. CAUTION: Never erase the self-diagnosis result (record) history when replacing 4WAS main control unit. Erase the memory of the self-diagnosis results (record) after printing out or recording all the values of DATA MONITOR.
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check each harness connector pin terminal for disconnection. >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK SYMPTOM REPRODUCTION

With CONSULT-III Perform DTC reproduction procedure for the error system. Is any error system detected? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 8.
F
STC
8.PERFORM SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS

With CONSULT-III Perform the symptom diagnosis for each system. Is any error detected? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 9.
H I
9.FINAL CHECK
With CONSULT-III Check input/output signal standard of 4WAS front control unit and 4WAS main control unit. Is the input/output the standard value? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
STC-27
2009 G37 Coupe

< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH 4WAS]

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description
INFOID:0000000004257867
Perform 4WAS front actuator adjustment after replacing 4WAS front control unit. Perform 4WAS front actuator adjustment when performing any service below. - 4WAS front actuator and the steering components (including wheel alignment) removal. Refer to STC-28, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Pattern 1)". CAUTION: Check the following items before the removal: - 4WAS warning lamp is turned OFF after the engine starts. - Self-diagnosis of each control unit of 4WAS system (4WAS front control unit/4WAS main control unit) is performed. Check that 4WAS system is controlled properly. - 4WAS front actuator and the steering components (including wheel alignment) installation. Refer to STC-29, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Pattern 2)". - 4WAS front control unit and the steering angle sensor replacement. Refer to STC-29, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Pattern 3)". - When driving while misaligning the steering wheel position (center) after installing 4WAS front actuator. Refer to STC-31, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Pattern 4)".
4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT

4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Description
INFOID:0000000004257868
Perform 4WAS front actuator adjustment when performing any service below. - 4WAS front actuator and the steering components (including wheel alignment) removal. Refer to STC-28, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Pattern 1)". CAUTION: Check the following items before the removal: - 4WAS warning lamp OFF after the engine starts. - Self-diagnosis of each control unit of 4WAS system (4WAS front control unit/4WAS main control unit) is performed. Check that 4WAS system controlled properly. - 4WAS front actuator and the steering components (including wheel alignment) installation. Refer to STC-29, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Pattern 2)". - 4WAS front control unit and the steering angle sensor replacement. Refer to STC-29, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Pattern 3)". - When driving while misaligning the steering wheel position (center) after installing 4WAS front actuator. Refer to STC-31, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Pattern 4)".
4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Pattern 1)
INFOID:0000000004257869
1.4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR ADJUSTMENT

With CONSULT-III Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. 2. Turn the steering wheel to adjust ACTR ROTA ANG of the 4WAS front control unit DATA MONITOR so that it falls within the range shown below: 1. ACTR ROTA ANG 3. : 3.5 3.5 deg
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
STC-28
2009 G37 Coupe

< BASIC INSPECTION > CAUTION: Never touch the steering wheel after turning ignition switch OFF.
>> END
[WITH 4WAS]
A
INFOID:0000000004257870

With CONSULT-III Turn the ignition switch ON. CAUTION: Never start the engine. 2. Steer 30 leftward slowly. Steer 30 rightward and return the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position. 3. Perform the steering angle sensor neutral position adjustment. Refer to BRC-8, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Repair Requirement". 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 1. >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM ACTIVE TEST (SLOW MODE)

With CONSULT-III Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. 2. Select SLOW MODE item on ACTIVE TEST of 4WAS front control unit. 3. Perform MODE START of ACTIVE TEST. 4. Steer the steering wheel leftward slowly until the turning stops. 5. Steer the steering wheel rightward slowly until the turning stops. Is OK indicated on both right and left on SLOW MODE? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Refer to STC-31, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Pattern 4)". 1.
STC
3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4WAS FRONT CONTROL UNIT)

With CONSULT-III Perform 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis. NOTE: Detect DTC C1671 when replacing 4WAS front control unit or performing 4WAS front actuator adjustment. DTC C1671 becomes past record if 4WAS front actuator adjustment is completed normally. Is any error system detected? YES >> Check the error system. NO >> GO TO 4.
4.ERASE ERROR HISTORY

With CONSULT-III Erase the memory of 4WAS main control unit and 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis result. >> END
INFOID:0000000004257871
1.PERFORM ACTIVE TEST (LOCK OPERATION)

1. With CONSULT-III Stop the vehicle to the straight-ahead position.
STC-29
2009 G37 Coupe

[WITH 4WAS] < BASIC INSPECTION > 2. Turn the ignition switch ON. CAUTION: Never start the engine. 3. Select LOCK OPERATION item on ACTIVE TEST of 4WAS front control unit. 4. Perform RELEASE of ACTIVE TEST. CAUTION: Turn the steering wheel 90. Check that the front wheels do not move. Never turn the steering wheel during RELEASE. 5. Turn the steering wheel to adjust 4WAS STR ANG of the 4WAS front control unit DATA MONITOR so that it falls within the range shown below:
4WAS STR ANG 6. 7. 8. : 3.5 3.5 deg
Perform LOCK item on ACTIVE TEST of 4WAS front control unit. Steer 30 leftward slowly. Steer 30 rightward and return the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position. Finish 4WAS front control unit active test. >> GO TO 2.
2.STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT

1. 2. Perform the steering angle sensor neutral position adjustment. Refer to BRC-8, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Repair Requirement". Turn the ignition switch OFF. >> GO TO 3.
3.RETURN TO 4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR INITIAL POSITION

1. 2. 3. 4. Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. Steer 90 leftward slowly. Then steer 90 rightward. Steer 90 leftward slowly again. Then steer 90 rightward. Return the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position. Stop the vehicle in the straight-ahead position after driving for a period of time. (When engine is running) >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK 4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR INSPECTION

1. With CONSULT-III Check 4WAS STR ANG item on DATA MONITOR of 4WAS front control unit. CAUTION: Never touch the steering wheel during the service. 4WAS STR ANG : 3.5 3.5 deg
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 1.

With CONSULT-III Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. 2. Select SLOW MODE item on ACTIVE TEST of 4WAS front control unit. 3. Perform MODE START of ACTIVE TEST. 4. Steer the steering wheel leftward slowly until the turning stops. 5. Steer the steering wheel rightward slowly until the turning stops. 1.
STC-30
2009 G37 Coupe

[WITH 4WAS] < BASIC INSPECTION > Is OK indicated on both right and left on SLOW MODE? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Refer to STC-31, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Pattern 4)".

With CONSULT-III Perform 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis. Is any error system detected? YES >> Check the error system. NO >> GO TO 7.

With CONSULT-III Erase the memory of 4WAS main control unit and 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis result. >> END
INFOID:0000000004257872
1.CHECK 4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR

1. 2. 3. Stop the vehicle to the straight-ahead position. Remove and install 4WAS front actuator again. Check the installation condition. Check that the steering wheel is neutral. >> GO TO 2.
STC

With CONSULT-III Stop the vehicle to the straight-ahead position. Turn the ignition switch ON. CAUTION: Never start the engine. 3. Select LOCK OPERATION item on ACTIVE TEST of 4WAS front control unit. 4. Perform RELEASE of ACTIVE TEST. CAUTION: Turn the steering wheel 90. Check that the front wheels do not move. Never turn the steering wheel during RELEASE. 5. Turn the steering wheel to adjust 4WAS STR ANG of the 4WAS front control unit DATA MONITOR so that it falls within the range shown below: 1. 2. 4WAS STR ANG 6. 7. : 3.5 3.5 deg
J
Perform LOCK item on ACTIVE TEST of 4WAS front control unit. Finish 4WAS front control unit active test. >> GO TO 3.

1. 2. Perform the steering angle sensor neutral position adjustment. Refer to BRC-8, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Repair Requirement". Turn the ignition switch OFF. >> GO TO 4.
P

1. Start the engine.
STC-31
2009 G37 Coupe

[WITH 4WAS] < BASIC INSPECTION > CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. 2. Steer 90 leftward slowly. Then steer 90 rightward. 3. Steer 90 leftward slowly again. Then steer 90 rightward. Return the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position. 4. Stop the vehicle in the straight-ahead position after driving for a period of time. (Engine running)
>> GO TO 5.

1. With CONSULT-III Check 4WAS STR ANG item on DATA MONITOR of 4WAS front control unit. CAUTION: Never touch the steering wheel during the service. 4WAS STR ANG : 3.5 3.5 deg

With CONSULT-III Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. 2. Select SLOW MODE item on ACTIVE TEST of 4WAS front control unit. 3. Perform MODE START of ACTIVE TEST. 4. Steer the steering wheel leftward slowly until the turning stops. 5. Steer the steering wheel rightward slowly until the turning stops. Is OK indicated on both right and left on SLOW MODE? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 1. 1.


With CONSULT-III Erase the memory of 4WAS front control unit and 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis result. >> END
STC-32
2009 G37 Coupe
4WAS SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH 4WAS]
A
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
4WAS SYSTEM
System Diagram
CONTROL DIAGRAM
INFOID:0000000004257873
STC
H
JSGIA0010GB
4WAS Front Actuator
I
N
JSGIA0059JP
1. 4.
Front wheel steering angle sensor Gear shaft
2.
4WAS front lock solenoid valve (lock 3. structure)
4WAS front motor
STC-33
2009 G37 Coupe
4WAS SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > 4WAS Rear Actuator [WITH 4WAS]
SGIA1577E
1. 4. 7.
Rod 4WAS rear motor HRH gear
2. 5.
Offset shaft Motor shaft
3. 6.
Gear housing assembly Rear wheel steering angle sensor
System Description
DESCRIPTION
INFOID:0000000004257874
4WAS system consists of two control units (4WAS front control unit and 4WAS main control unit) and 4WAS rear actuator components. 4WAS main control unit calculates front wheel and rear wheel angles via CAN communication based on the information of the steering angle sensor signal and vehicle speed signal. 4WAS main control unit controls 4WAS rear actuator according to the value calculated in 4WAS main control unit. It transmits the value that is calculated by 4WAS main control unit to 4WAS front control unit via 4WAS communication line (exclusive line of 4WAS system). 4WAS front control unit controls 4WAS front actuator based on the received demand. Self-diagnosis can be performed with CONSULT-III at each control unit to another (4WAS front control unit and 4WAS main control unit). It transmits/receives each signal from the following control unit via CAN communication line.
Component parts Steering angle sensor ABS actuator and electronic unit (control unit) ECM Function It mainly transmits the following signals to 4WAS main control unit with CAN communication. Steering angle sensor signal It mainly transmits the following signals to 4WAS main control unit with CAN communication. Vehicle speed signal It mainly transmits the following signals to 4WAS main control unit with CAN communication. Engine speed signal It mainly transmits the following signals from 4WAS main control unit with CAN communication. 4WAS warning lamp signal
Combination meter
*: Communication line between 4WAS front control unit and 4WAS main control unit
Operation Description
The following performance is gained by controlling the best front wheel steering angle and the rear wheel steering angle. - The desirable vehicle movement is gained toward the driver's steering angle operation (steering angle).
STC-34
2009 G37 Coupe
4WAS SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > - The steering gear ratio changes according to the vehicle speed. The steering wheel operation (steering angle) load decreases. [WITH 4WAS]
A
C
JSGIA0080GB
D
When Driving at Low Speed
Increased front wheel angle gains the optimum front wheel angle by minimum steering wheel operation (steering angle).
STC
JSGIA0050GB
H
When Driving at Middle Speed
Increase the front steering angle while controlling to turn the rear wheel steering angle to the same steering angle side of steering wheel operation (steering angle). these operations make response better for vehicle yaw rate/lateral acceleration and also decrease the angle of sideslip.
K
JSGIA0082GB
L
When Driving at High Speed
Decrease the front wheel steering angle while controlling to turn the rear wheel steering angle to the same steering angle side of steering wheel operation (steering angle). these operations make car response better and vehicle stability higher.
O
JSGIA0084GB
Operation Feature
4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR It is driven by 4WAS front motor. The front steering gear ratio (4WAS front actuator) changes with 4WAS front motor and the gear shaft when releasing the lock structure (4WAS front lock solenoid valve). NOTE: The lock structure is released when turning 4WAS lock solenoid valve ON.
STC-35
2009 G37 Coupe
4WAS SYSTEM
[WITH 4WAS] < SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > The lock structure (holder) absorbs force and applies the lock when applying strong force to 4WAS front actuator. CAUTION: Replace 4WAS front actuator when the system breaks down due to the excessive external force (rotating direction) applied to 4WAS front actuator.
4WAS REAR ACTUATOR It is driven by 4WAS rear motor. The irreversible efficiency performance hypoid gear secure the toe-stiffness of rear wheels against the road external force and keep the steering angle when system is malfunction. The power from the pinion gear (motor side) is transmitted, but the pinion gear does not rotate as caused by the gear mechanical characteristics (teeth angle) even though the ring gear (tire side) starts to rotate.
INFOID:0000000004257875
JSGIA0236ZZ
1. 4. 7.
Steering angle sensor 4WAS front actuator Rear wheel steering angle sensor
2. 5. 8.
4WAS warning lamp 4WAS rear motor 4WAS main control unit
3. 6. 9.
4WAS front control unit 4WAS rear actuator 4WAS rear motor relay
10 Noise suppressor .
STC-36
2009 G37 Coupe
4WAS SYSTEM
A. D. Combination switch 4WAS rear actuator assembly B. E. Inside combination meter Inside the rear wheel house finisher (left) C.
[WITH 4WAS]
Inside the instrument driver lower panel
Component parts 4WAS front control unit 4WAS front actuator Front wheel steering angle sensor 4WAS front motor 4WAS front lock solenoid valve Steering angle sensor 4WAS main control unit 4WAS rear actuator Rear wheel steering angle sensor 4WAS rear motor ABS actuator and electronic unit (control unit) ECM Combination meter Power steering solenoid valve Stop lamp switch STC-56, "Description" The front wheel steering angle is activated. Reference/Function
B
INFOID:0000000004257876
The front wheel steering angle increased/decreased degree is detected. It is output to 4WAS front control unit. The front wheel steering angle increased/decreased degree is activated. Secure the inside of 4WAS front actuator temporarily. (It operates when performing active test with fail-safe function and CONSULT-III.) STC-113, "Description" STC-88, "Description" The rear wheel steering angle is activated. The rear wheel steering angle increased/decreased degree is detected. It is output to 4WAS main control unit. 4WAS rear actuator is activated.
STC
H
STC-111, "Description" STC-116, "Description" It mainly transmits the following signals from 4WAS main control unit with CAN communication. 4WAS warning lamp signal The power steering oil pressure in the gear housing assembly is controlled. The stop lamp switch condition is detected.
STC-37
2009 G37 Coupe
EPS SYSTEM
EPS SYSTEM
System Diagram
INFOID:0000000004257877
JSGIA0259GB
System Description
DESCRIPTION
The EPS system controls the power steering solenoid valve with 4WAS main control unit. The power steering solenoid valve control changes the power steering solenoid valve activation voltage according to the vehicle speed.
INFOID:0000000004257878
JSGIA0053GB
OPERATION PRINCIPLE
During Parking (When Turning The Steering Wheel To The Right.)
JSGIA0012GB
1. 2. 3.
Power steering solenoid valve is closed while a vehicle is stopped. Pinion 1R, 2R and 3R are closed depending on steering torque of steering wheel. Oil pressure P in the gear housing assembly is the sum of oil pressures occurring in 2R and 3R. This results in a light steering force because of high pressure.
During High-speed Operation
STC-38
2009 G37 Coupe
EPS SYSTEM
A
C
JSGIA0013GB
1. 2. 3. 4.
Power steering solenoid valve is opened during high-speed operation. Pinion 1R, 2R and 3R are closed depending on steering torque of steering wheel. 2R is bypassed to the return port by the EPS solenoid valve. Oil pressure P in the gear housing assembly includes only oil pressure occurring in 3R and results in a heavy steering force.
INFOID:0000000004257879
STC
K
JSGIA0237ZZ
1. A.
Power steering solenoid valve Steering gear assembly
2. B.
4WAS main control unit Inside the rear wheel hose finisher (left)
:Vehicle front
M
INFOID:0000000004257880
Component parts Function
4WAS main control unit
The power steering solenoid valve activation voltage is controlled by each sensor signal. The power steering solenoid valve activation voltage is controlled by 4WAS main control unit for maintaining the power steering force in the fail-safe mode. (EPS system is controlled by the engine speed signal if the vehicle speed signal error is detected.) It mainly transmits the following signals to 4WAS main control unit with CAN communication. Vehicle speed signal It mainly transmits the following signals to 4WAS main control unit with CAN communication. Engine speed signal The power steering oil pressure in the gear housing assembly is controlled.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) ECM Power steering solenoid valve
STC-39
2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (4WAS FRONT CONTROL UNIT)


CONSULT-III Function [4WAS(FRONT)]
FUNCTION
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown as follows:
Diagnostic test mode Self-diagnostic results Data monitor CAN diagnostic support monitor Active test ECU part number Function Self-diagnostic results can be read and erased quickly. Input/Output data in the 4WAS front control unit can be read. The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the 4WAS front control unit and also shifts some parameters in a specified range. 4WAS front control unit part number can be read.
INFOID:0000000004257881
SELF-DIAG RESULT MODE

Display Item List
Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ACTUATOR [C1621] ACTUATOR [C1622] ACTUATOR [C1627] ACTUATOR [C1628] CONTROL UNIT [C1631] CONTROL UNIT [C1632] CONTROL UNIT [C1633] IGN POWER SUPPLY [C1651] MOTOR POWER SUPPLY [C1652] ACTUATOR RELAY [C1654] PRE-DRIVER [C1655] LOCK SOLENOID [C1661] LOCK INSERTION [C1667] Diagnostic item is detected when... 4WAS front motor current error is detected. (4WAS front motor current is excessively large.) 4WAS front motor voltage or current error is detected. (4WAS front motor voltage error is detected.) (Voltage or current error is detected when starting the system.) The indication value from 4WAS front actuator (front wheel angle) differs from the value from 4WAS front control unit. The front wheel steering angle sensor error is detected. Possible cause 4WAS front control unit or 4WAS front motor error is detected. 4WAS front control unit or 4WAS front motor error is detected. 4WAS front actuator error Front wheel steering angle sensor error 4WAS front control unit or 4WAS front control unit power supply error is detected. 4WAS front control unit or 4WAS front control unit power supply error is detected. 4WAS front control unit error 4WAS front control unit or the ignition power supply error is detected. 4WAS front control unit or 4WAS front motor power supply error is detected. The main relay power supply inside 4WAS front control unit error is detected. 4WAS front control unit or 4WAS front motor power supply error is detected. 4WAS front control unit or 4WAS front lock solenoid valve error is detected. The inside 4WAS front actuator error is detected.
An error is detected inside 4WAS front control unit.
The ignition voltage signal error is detected.
4WAS front motor main power supply error is detected.
An error is detected on the main relay power supply inside 4WAS front control unit. 4WAS rear motor 3-phase current error is detected. (Current is not applied to 4WAS front motor.) 4WAS front lock solenoid valve error is detected. (An electric activation error is detected.) 4WAS front lock solenoid valve (lock) error is detected. (An error is detected in lock condition.)
STC-40
2009 G37 Coupe

Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) LOCK HLD GAP DETCT [C1668] INCOMP LOCK RELEAS [C1669] ACT ADJ NOT PRFRM [C1671] INCOMP ACTUATR ADJ [C1672] 4WAS MAIN ECU COMM [C1684] 4WAS MAIN ECU COMM [C1685] 4WAS MAIN ECU [C1686] CAN COMM CIRCUIT [U1000] SYSTEM COMM(CAN) [U1002] CONTROL UNIT (CAN) [U1010] Diagnostic item is detected when... 4WAS front lock solenoid valve (lock) error is detected. (Excessive force is applied to the lock.) 4WAS front actuator error is detected. (An error is detected in unlock condition.) 4WAS front actuator adjustment is not performed. 4WAS front actuator adjustment is incomplete. 4WAS communication line* data communication error is detected. (An error signal is detected from 4WAS main control unit.) 4WAS communication line* data communication error is detected. (An error signal is detected from 4WAS main control unit.) An error is detected on 4WAS main control unit side. (4WAS main control unit fail-safe mode.) When 4WAS front control unit is not transmitting or receiving 4WAS communication signal for 2 seconds or more. When 4WAS front control unit is not transmitting or receiving 4WAS communication signal for 2 seconds or less. When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of 4WAS controller of 4WAS front control unit.
[WITH 4WAS]
Possible cause The inside 4WAS front actuator error is detected. The power steering oil pressure or the inside 4WAS front actuator error is detected. 4WAS front actuator adjustment is not performed. 4WAS front actuator adjustment is incomplete. 4WAS communication line*/ 4WAS main control unit/ 4WAS front control unit error 4WAS communication line*/ 4WAS main control unit/ 4WAS front control unit error 4WAS main control unit failsafe mode 4WAS communication line*/ 4WAS main control unit/ 4WAS front control unit error 4WAS communication line*/ 4WAS main control unit/ 4WAS front control unit error 4WAS communication line*/ 4WAS main control unit/ 4WAS front control unit error
STC
*: Communication line between 4WAS front control unit and 4WAS main control unit.
DATA MONITOR MODE

Display Item List
Monitor item (Unit) 4WAS STR ANG [deg] VEHICLE SPEED [km/h] or [mph] MOTOR CURRENT [A] Remarks The steering angle sensor signal received from 4WAS main control unit via 4WAS communication line * is indicated. The vehicle speed signal received from 4WAS main control unit via 4WAS communication line * is indicated. 4WAS front motor power supply current is indicated. (4WAS front control unit main power supply) The value, which 4WAS front control unit presumes 4WAS front motor power supply current, is indicated. (4WAS front control unit main power supply) 4WAS front actuator increased/decreased angle is indicated. 4WAS front lock solenoid valve voltage is indicated. 4WAS front control unit internal temperature is indicated. 4WAS front motor power supply voltage is indicated. (4WAS front control unit main power supply) 4WAS front control unit power supply voltage is indicated. (Ignition switch power supply voltage) The command value of 4WAS front actuator increased/decreased angle received from 4WAS main control unit via 4WAS communication line* is indicated. 4WAS front actuator increased/decreased rotation speed is indicated. 4WAS front actuator command voltage ratio is indicated.
MTR CRNT ESTM [A] ACTR ROTA ANG [deg] LG VOLT [V] THERM TEMP [C] MOTOR VOLT [V] IGN VOLT [V] ACTR ANG COMM [deg] ACTR ROTA SPD [deg/s] DUTY COMMAND [%]
STC-41
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor item (Unit) LOCK DTY COMM [%] MTR U VOLT [V] MTR V VOLT [V] MTR W VOLT [V] ACT TEMP ESTM [C] MTR PHZ CRNT [A] ACTR DEVI ANG [deg] ACTR ANGL SUB [deg] Remarks 4WAS front lock solenoid valve command voltage ratio is indicated. 4WAS front motor U terminal voltage is indicated. 4WAS front motor V terminal voltage is indicated. 4WAS front motor W terminal voltage is indicated. The value, which 4WAS front control unit presumes 4WAS front actuator temperature, is indicated. 4WAS front motor U, V, and W terminal current is indicated. 4WAS front actuator command value and the activation angle difference are indicated. The final command value, which 4WAS front control unit calculates 4WAS front actuator command value transmitted from 4WAS front control unit through 4WAS communication line*, is indicated. It displays an engine speed value obtained from an angle calculated with the 4WAS front control unit, based on steering angle sensor speed signals transmitted from the 4WAS main control unit through the 4WAS communication line*. It displays record of 4WAS system (entire 4WAS system) high load. (It displays time of occurrence before turning ignition switch ON.) It displays record of 4WAS system (4WAS front actuator) overheating. (It displays time of occurrence before turning ignition switch ON.) It displays record of 4WAS system (4WAS front control unit) overheating. (It displays time of occurrence before turning ignition switch ON.) It displays record of 4WAS system (terminal power supply converter of 4WAS front motor) intermittent abnormal. (It displays time of occurrence before turning ignition switch ON.) It displays record of 4WAS system (terminal voltage of 4WAS front motor) intermittent abnormal. (It displays time of occurrence before turning ignition switch ON.) It displays record of 4WAS system (terminal voltage of 4WAS front control unit and 4WAS front actuator) low voltage. (It displays time of occurrence before turning ignition switch ON.) It displays record of 4WAS system (terminal voltage of 4WAS front control unit and 4WAS front actuator) extreme voltage. (It displays time of occurrence before turning ignition switch ON.) 4WAS system (the entire system) heavy load condition is indicated. 4WAS system protection function mode 4WAS system (4WAS front actuator) over-heated condition is indicated. 4WAS system protection function mode 4WAS system (4WAS front control unit) over-heated condition is indicated. 4WAS system protection function mode 4WAS system (4WAS front motor terminal power supply converter) intermittent error is indicated. 4WAS system protection function mode 4WAS system (4WAS front motor terminal power supply front driver) intermittent error is indicated. 4WAS system protection function mode 4WAS system (4WAS front control unit and 4WAS front actuator terminal voltage) voltagedropped condition 4WAS system protection function mode 4WAS system (4WAS front control unit and 4WAS front actuator terminal voltage) voltagejumped condition 4WAS system protection function mode 4WAS front motor U terminal output voltage is indicated. 4WAS front motor V terminal output voltage is indicated. 4WAS front motor W terminal output voltage is indicated.
[WITH 4WAS]
STR ANGL SPD [deg/s]
OVRLD JDG TMG ACT PRTCT TMG ECU PRTCT TMG
DRV TMPO TMG
MTR PW TMP TM
LOW VOLT TMG
HIGH VOLT TMG
OVRLD JDG FLG [On/Off] ACT PRTCT FLG [On/Off] ECU PRTCT FLG [On/Off]
DRV TMPO FLG [On/Off]
MTR PW TMP FL [On/Off]
LOW VOLT FLG [On/Off]
HIGH VOLT FLG [On/Off] MTR SEN U OUT [Hi/Low] MTR SEN V OUT [Hi/Low] MTR SEN W OUT [Hi/Low]
STC-42
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor item (Unit) MAIN ECU FAIL [On/Off] M-ECU TMPO FL [On/Off] Remarks 4WAS main control unit fail-safe function condition transmitted from 4WAS main control unit through 4WAS communication line * is indicated. The protection function mode status of 4WAS main control unit transmitted from 4WAS main control unit through 4WAS communication line* is indicated. 4WAS front lock solenoid valve (lock structure) condition is indicated. 0: Lock released condition 1 5: Lock condition 4WAS front actuator misaligned angle adjustment control condition is indicated. 4WAS system enters in the protection function due to the heavy load condition and temporarily abnormal voltage is indicated. ACTIVE TEST SLOW MODE judgment condition is indicated.
[WITH 4WAS]
A
LOCK MODE [0/1/2/3/4/5] NEUTRAL OUT [On/Off] EX OPERAT [On/Off] SLOW MODE [Ok/]
CAN DIAGNOSTIC SUPPORT MONITOR

Description The communication condition from 4WAS front control unit to 4WAS main control unit and malfunction F counter are displayed. Error counter displays OK if any malfunction is not detected in the past. If the malfunction is detected, it displays 0. The upper limit of the counters is 39. STC
Item TRANSMIT DIAG 4WAS(MAIN) PRSNT OK / UNKWN OK / UNKWN PAST OK / 0 39 OK / 0 39
ACTIVE TEST MODE

Description 4WAS front actuator assembly activation is checked according to the control signal from CONSULT-III. 4WAS front lock solenoid valve (lock structure) is activated forcibly (ON/OFF) using each control signal of LOCK OPERATION. Perform this mode when performing 4WAS front actuator adjustment. CAUTION: Never steer the steering wheel during RELEASE. The steering angle sensor neutral point judgment (OK/NG) is performed using each control signal of SLOW MODE.
Select test item RELEASE LOCK OPERATION LOCK Control signal Remarks 4WAS front lock solenoid valve lock is released. 4WAS front lock solenoid valve lock is applied. Steering angle sensor neutral point check starts. (Turn the steering wheel rightward and leftward slowly. Steer until the turning stops.) Steering angle sensor neutral point check ends.
MODE START SLOW MODE MODE END
STC-43
2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (4WAS MAIN CONTROL UNIT)


CONSULT-III Function [4WAS(MAIN)/RAS/HICAS]
FUNCTION
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown below.
Diagnostic test mode Self-diagnostic results Data monitor CAN diagnostic support monitor Active test ECU part number Function Self-diagnostic results can be read and erased quickly. Input/Output data in the 4WAS main control unit can be read. The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the 4WAS main control unit and also shifts some parameters in a specified range. 4WAS main control unit part number can be read.
INFOID:0000000004257882
SELF-DIAG RESULT MODE

Display Item List
Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL1] [C1900] CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL2] [C1901] MOTOR OUTPUT [REV CURRENT] [C1902] MOTOR OUTPUT [NO CURRENT] [C1903] MOTOR OUTPUT [OVERCURRENT] [C1904] CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL3] [C1905] CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL5] [C1906] CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL4] [C1907] CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL7] [C1908] CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL6] [C1909] MOTOR OUTPUT [MOTOR LOCK] [C1910] Diagnostic item is detected when... Possible cause
An error is detected inside 4WAS main control unit.
4WAS main control unit error
4WAS rear motor current error is detected. (4WAS rear motor current output direction differs.) 4WAS rear motor current error is detected. (Current is input to 4WAS main control unit if 4WAS main control unit output is OFF.) 4WAS rear motor current error is detected. (4WAS rear motor output current is large.)
4WAS rear motor error
An error is detected inside 4WAS main control unit. Inside 4WAS rear motor error is detected. (4WAS main motor does not move or the rear wheel angle sensor value does not change if 4WAS main control unit output is 14 A or more.)
STC-44
2009 G37 Coupe

Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) MOTOR VOLTAGE [LOW VOLTAGE] [C1911] MOTOR VOLTAGE [BAD OBSTRCT] [C1912] MOTOR OUTPUT [ABNORML SIG] [C1913] RR ST ANGLE SENSOR [ABNORML VOL] [C1914] RR ST ANGLE SENSOR [MAIN SIGNAL] [C1915] RR ST ANGLE SENSOR [SUB SIGNAL] [C1916] RR ST ANGLE SENSOR [OFFSET SIG1] [C1917] RR ST ANGLE SENSOR [OFFSET SIG2] [C1918] VEHICLE SPEED SEN [NO SIGNAL] [C1919] STEERING ANGLE SEN [NO SIGNAL] [C1920] ENG REV SIGNAL [C1921] CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL8] [C1922] STEERING ANGLE SEN [NO CHANGE] [C1923] STEERING ANGLE SEN [NO NEUT STATE] [C1924] AD CONVERTER [C1925] STEERING ANGLE SEN [C1926] CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL5] [C1927] CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL9] [C1928] Diagnostic item is detected when... 4WAS rear motor voltage error is detected. (4WAS rear motor voltage is low.) 4WAS rear motor voltage error is detected. (Voltage is applied to 4WAS main motor if 4WAS main control unit output is OFF.) 4WAS rear motor current error is detected. (4WAS main motor does not move or the rear wheel angle sensor output does not change when 4WAS main control unit output is 18A or more and 4WAS main motor output is low.) The rear wheel angle sensor power supply error is detected.
[WITH 4WAS]
Possible cause 4WAS rear motor power supply error 4WAS rear motor power supply error
C
D
Rear wheel steering sensor power supply error Rear wheel steering sensor output voltage error
The rear wheel angle sensor signal (main) output voltage value error is detected. The rear wheel angle sensor signal (sub) output voltage value error is detected. The rear wheel angle sensor signal (main and sub) error is detected. (The output signal value differs temporarily between main and sub.) The rear wheel angle sensor signal (main and sub) error is detected. (The output signal value differs between main and sub.) Malfunction is detected in vehicle speed signal that is output from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication. (Improper signal is input while driving.) Malfunction is detected in steering angle sensor signal that is output from steering angle sensor via CAN communication. (No transmission from the steering angle sensor) Malfunction is detected in engine speed signal that is output from ECM via CAN communication. (Improper signal is input to the engine speed.) An error is detected inside 4WAS main control unit. Malfunction is detected in steering angle sensor signal that is output from steering angle sensor via CAN communication. [Steering angle sensor input signal error is detected when driving at 60 km/h (37 MPH) or more.] Driving continuously at 10 km (6 mile) while the steering angle sensor value is other than L10 R10. (Not detected in 4WAS front control unit fail-safe mode) An error is detected inside 4WAS main control unit. Malfunction is detected in steering angle sensor signal that is output from steering angle sensor via CAN communication. (When improper signal inputs to steering angle sensor and steering angle sensor itself detects the malfunction) An error is detected inside 4WAS main control unit.
F
Rear wheel steering sensor output voltage error Rear wheel steering sensor (main and sub) output signal value error signal Rear wheel steering sensor (main and sub) output signal error Vehicle speed signal error
STC
Steering angle sensor input signal error
Engine speed signal error
Steering angle sensor input signal error 4WAS main control unit error
Steering angle sensor error
STC-45
2009 G37 Coupe

Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) 4WAS FRONT ECU [C1930] 4WAS FRONT ECU COMM [C1931] STEERING ANGLE SEN [C1932] CONTROL UNIT [C1933] CAN COMM [U1000] CONTROL UNIT (CAN) [U1010] Diagnostic item is detected when... An error is detected on 4WAS front control unit side. (4WAS front control unit fail safe mode) 4WAS communication line* data communication error is detected. (An error signal is detected from 4WAS front control unit.) If the steering angle sensor error is detected. (Steering angle sensor output value is abnormal.) An error is detected inside 4WAS main control unit. When 4WAS main control unit is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or more. When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN controller of 4WAS main control unit.
[WITH 4WAS]
Possible cause 4WAS front control unit fail-safe mode 4WAS communication line/ 4WAS front control unit/4WAS main control unit error Steering angle sensor input signal error 4WAS main control unit error CAN communication error CAN communication line and 4WAS main control unit/ECM/ ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) error
DATA MONITOR MODE

Display Item List
Monitor item (Unit) VHCL SPEED SE [km/h] or [mph] STEERING ANG [] ENGINE SPEED [rpm] STR ANGL SPD [deg/s] POWER STR SOL [A] RR ST ANG-MAI [V] RR ST ANG-SUB [V] RR ST ANG-VOL [V] C/U VOLTAGE [V] MOTOR VOLTAGE [V] MOTOR CURRENT [A] MTR CRNT OPE [A] RR ANGLE OPE [] FR ANGLE OPE [] STOP LAMP SW [On/Off] HICAS RELAY [On/Off] FAIL SAFE [On/Off] WARNING LAMP [On/Off] FRNT ECU FAIL [On/Off] FRNT ECU EX [On/Off] Remarks The vehicle speed signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is indicated with CAN communication line. The steering angle sensor signal from the steering angle sensor is indicated with CAN communication line. The engine speed signal from ECM is indicated with CAN communication line. The steering angle speed signal from the steering angle sensor is indicated with CAN communication line. The current value of the power steering solenoid valve is indicated. The voltage of the rear wheel steering angle sensor (main) is indicated. The voltage of the rear wheel steering angle sensor (sub) is indicated. The power supply voltage of the rear wheel steering angle sensor is indicated. The power supply voltage value of 4WAS main control unit is indicated. The voltage value of 4WAS rear motor is indicated. The current value of 4WAS rear motor is indicated. The current value input to 4WAS rear motor is indicated. The angle command value is indicated for activating 4WAS rear motor. The front wheel angle value transmitted from 4WAS main control unit to 4WAS front control unit is indicated. The stop lamp switch status is indicated. 4WAS rear motor relay condition is indicated. The fail-safe mode status of 4WAS main control unit is indicated. 4WAS warning lamp ON/OFF condition is indicated. The fail-safe mode status of 4WAS main control unit transmitted from 4WAS front control unit via 4WAS communication line* is indicated. The protection function mode status of 4WAS front control unit transmitted from 4WAS front control unit via 4WAS communication line* is indicated.
CAN DIAGNOSTIC SUPPORT MONITOR

STC-46
2009 G37 Coupe

A Description The communication status and the number of errors of 4WAS main control unit, ECM, ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), 4WAS front control unit and the steering angle sensor are indicated. Error counter displays OK if any malfunction is not detected in the past. If the malfunction is detected, it displays 0. The upper limit of the counters is 39.
Item TRANSMIT DIAG ECM VDC/TCS/ABS STRG 4WAS PRSNT OK / UNKWN OK / UNKWN OK / UNKWN OK / UNKWN OK / UNKWN PAST OK / 0 39 OK / 0 39 OK / 0 39 OK / 0 39 OK / 0 39
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Description 4WAS rear actuator assembly activation is checked according to the control signal from CONSULT-III. The control signal forcibly activates (ON/OFF) 4WAS rear assembly, performs the self-diagnosis and checks F each sensor in SELF DIAGNOSTIC MODE. CAUTION: Perform the active test while the vehicle is stopped. STC
Select test item Control signal ON CAUTION: Perform the active test while the vehicle is stopped. OFF
Standard value
Remarks 4WAS rear actuator assembly activates. It activates in the same direction as the steering angle by inputting the steering angle. 4WAS rear actuator assembly stops the activation.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC MODE
Monitor item STEERING ANG RR ST ANG-MAI RR ST ANG-SUB MOTOR CURRENT 0 (Neutral) 2.4 V 2.4 V No output (Approx. 0 A)
Active test ON R 90 Approx. 4.4 V Approx. 4.4 V Output (change) L 90 Approx. 0.4 V Approx. 0.4 V
STC-47
2009 G37 Coupe
C1621, C1622 4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH 4WAS]
Description
INFOID:0000000004257883
Wiring connected to 4WAS front actuator is integrated with 4WAS front actuator. 4WAS front actuator rotates together with steering wheel. 4WAS front actuator mainly consists of five components. [4WAS front lock solenoid valve (lock structure), front wheel steering angle sensor, 4WAS front motor, gear shaft, and spiral cable] - 4WAS front lock solenoid valve (lock structure) is controlled by the 4WAS front control unit, and locks/ unlocks 4WAS front actuator. - If a strong force (rotation direction) is applied to 4WAS front actuator, the locking mechanism (holder) absorbs the force and locks 4WAS front actuator. - Front wheel steering angle sensor detects a turning angle of 4WAS front motor. - 4WAS front motor controls number of revolutions by a command value from the 4WAS front control unit. - Gear shaft is an output axis of 4WAS front motor. (Gear shaft = 4WAS front motor revolution + steering angle) - Spiral cables mean the power line and signal lines of 4WAS front motor.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ACTUATOR Diagnostic item is detected when... 4WAS front motor current valve error is detected. (4WAS front motor current valve is excessively large.) 4WAS front motor voltage valve or current error valve is detected. (4WAS front motor voltage valve error is detected.) (Voltage valve or current valve error is detected when starting the system.)
INFOID:0000000004257884
Possible cause 4WAS front control unit or 4WAS front motor error is detected. 4WAS front control unit or 4WAS front motor error is detected.
C1621
C1622
ACTUATOR
1.RECHECK DTC
With CONSULT-III Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. 2. Steer 360 leftward slowly. Then steer 360 rightward to return the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position. Repeat the same service for 1 minute or more. NOTE: The protection function mode (overheat protection) activates and the system stops if steering repeats for a long time. 3. Perform 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1621 or C1622 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to STC-48, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END 1.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004257885
1.CHECK 4WAS FRONT MOTOR CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect 4WAS front actuator harness connector. Check the resistance between 4WAS front actuator harness connectors.
STC-48
2009 G37 Coupe

4WAS front actuator Connector Terminal 1 M351 1 5 M351 Connector Terminal 5 6 6 0.1 1 Resistance (Approx.)
[WITH 4WAS]
A
4.
Check the continuity between 4WAS front actuator harness connector and the ground.
4WAS front actuator Connector Terminal 1 Ground M351 5 Ground 6 Ground Not existed
Continuity
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace 4WAS front actuator. Refer to STC-181, "Removal and Installation".

With CONSULT-III 1. Connect 4WAS front control unit harness connector. 2. Perform 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1621 or C1622 detected? YES >> Replace 4WAS front control unit. Refer to STC-179, "Exploded View". NO >> GO TO 3.
STC
3.CHECK INFORMATION
With CONSULT-III Check the DATA MONITOR value of each DTC detected with the self-diagnosis function. Refer to STC-143, "Reference Value". Is each data the standard value? YES >> Check each harness connector pin terminal for disconnection. NO >> Replace 4WAS front control unit. Refer to STC-179, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (4WAS Front Motor)
INFOID:0000000004257886
1.CHECK 4WAS FRONT MOTOR

4WAS front actuator Connector Terminal 1 M351 1 5 M351 Connector Terminal 5 6 6 0.1 1 Resistance (Approx.)
4.
STC-49
2009 G37 Coupe

4WAS front actuator Connector Terminal 1 Ground M351 5 Ground 6 Ground Not existed
[WITH 4WAS]
Continuity
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace 4WAS front actuator. Refer to STC-181, "Removal and Installation".
Special Repair Requirement

AFTER REPLACING 4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR
INFOID:0000000004257887
Perform 4WAS front actuator adjustment after replacing 4WAS front actuator. Refer to STC-29, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Pattern 2)".
BEFORE REPLACING 4WAS FRONT CONTROL UNIT

Record the self-diagnosis results (history). CAUTION: Never erase the memory (history) of self-diagnosis results when replacing 4WAS front control unit after diagnosis. Erase the memory of the self-diagnosis results (record) after printing out or recording all the values of DATA MONITOR.
AFTER REPLACING 4WAS FRONT CONTROL UNIT

Perform 4WAS front actuator adjustment after replacing 4WAS front control unit. Refer to STC-29, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Pattern 3)".
STC-50
2009 G37 Coupe
C1627 4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR

A
INFOID:0000000004257888

Description
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ACTUATOR
INFOID:0000000004257889
STC
Diagnostic item is detected when... The indication value from 4WAS front actuator (front wheel angle) differs from the value from 4WAS front control unit. Possible cause
C1627
4WAS front actuator error
1.RECHECK DTC
With CONSULT-III Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. 2. Steer 360 leftward slowly. Then steer 360 rightward to return the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position. Repeat the same service for 1 minute or more. NOTE: The protection function mode (overheat protection) activates and the system stops if steering repeats for a long time. 3. Perform 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1627 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to STC-51, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END 1.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004257890

With CONSULT-III Perform 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis Is any DTC detected other than C1627? YES >> Check the error system. NO >> GO TO 2.
O

With CONSULT-III Perform 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1627 detected?
STC-51
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> Replace 4WAS front actuator. Refer to STC-181, "Removal and Installation". NO >> GO TO 3. [WITH 4WAS]
3.CHECK INFORMATION
With CONSULT-III Check the DATA MONITOR value of each DTC detected with the self-diagnosis function. Refer to STC-143, "Reference Value". Is each data the standard value? YES >> Check each harness connector pin terminal for disconnection. NO >> Replace 4WAS front actuator. Refer to STC-181, "Removal and Installation".

INFOID:0000000004257891

STC-52
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004257892

Description
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC C1628 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ACTUATOR
INFOID:0000000004257893
STC
Diagnostic item is detected when... The front wheel steering angle sensor error is detected. Possible cause Front wheel steering angle sensor error
1.RECHECK DTC
With CONSULT-III Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. 2. Steer 360 leftward slowly. Then steer 360 rightward to return the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position. Repeat the same service for 1 minute or more. NOTE: The protection function mode (overheat protection) activates and the system stops if steering repeats for a long time. 3. Perform 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1628 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to STC-53, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END 1.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004257894
1.CHECK FRONT WHEEL STEERING ANGLE SENSOR CIRCUIT (1)

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect 4WAS front control unit harness connector. Check the continuity between 4WAS front control unit harness connector and the ground.
4WAS front control unit Connector M42 Terminal 18 Ground
P
Continuity Existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace the harnesses and connectors.
STC-53
2009 G37 Coupe


1. 2. 3. Connect 4WAS front control unit harness connector. Turn the ignition switch ON. CAUTION: Never start the engine. Check the continuity between 4WAS front actuator harness connector and 4WAS front control unit harness connector.
4WAS front actuator Connector M351 Terminal 7 4WAS front control unit Connector M42 Terminal 18
Continuity Existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace 4WAS front control unit. Refer to STC-179, "Exploded View".

1. 2. 3. 4. Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. Steer to the straight-ahead position. Then turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect 4WAS front actuator harness connector. Apply 12 V current between 4WAS front actuator harness connector No. 10 terminal (positive) and NO. 3 terminal (negative). (Release the lock structure.) CAUTION: Never make the terminals short. Connect the fuse between the terminals when applying the voltage. Slowly steer rightward and leftward alternately. Check the resistance between 4WAS front actuator harness connectors. CAUTION: The steering angle must be within 10 rightward and leftward.
4WAS front actuator Connector Terminal 2 M351 4 8 M351 Connector Terminal 7 7 7 1 k 100 k Resistance (Approx.)
5.
4.CHECK FRONT WHEEL STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL

With CONSULT-III Connect 4WAS front actuator harness connector. Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. 3. Rotate the steering wheel slowly. Check MTR SEN U OUT, MTR SEN V OUT and MTR SEN W OUT item on DATA MONITORof 4WAS front control unit. Do all data monitor values indicate Hi or Low simultaneously? YES >> Replace 4WAS front control unit. Refer to STC-179, "Exploded View". NO >> Check 4WAS front actuator harness connector pin terminal for disconnection. 1. 2.
Component Inspection (Front Wheel Steering Angle Sensor)
INFOID:0000000004257895
1.CHECK FRONT WHEEL STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

STC-54
2009 G37 Coupe

[WITH 4WAS] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. 2. Steer to the straight-ahead position. Then turn the ignition switch OFF. 3. Disconnect 4WAS front actuator harness connector. 4. Apply 12 V current between 4WAS front actuator harness connector No. 10 terminal (positive) and NO. 3 terminal (negative). (Release the lock structure.) CAUTION: Never make the terminals short. Connect the fuse between the terminals when applying the voltage. 5. Slowly steer rightward and leftward alternately. Check the resistance between 4WAS front actuator harness connectors. CAUTION: The steering angle must be within 10 rightward and leftward.
4WAS front actuator Connector Terminal 2 M351 4 8 M351 Connector Terminal 7 7 7 1 k 100 k Resistance (Approx.)
6. Connect 4WAS front actuator harness connector. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace 4WAS front actuator. Refer to STC-181, "Removal and Installation".
STC
H
INFOID:0000000004257896


K

M
STC-55
2009 G37 Coupe
C1631, C1632 4WAS FRONT CONTROL UNIT


Description
INFOID:0000000004257897
Each sensor signal controls 4WAS front actuator. The fail-safe functions stops the rear wheel angle function (the front wheel is the steering wheel cutting angle) when the electric components and the mechanical components are malfunctioning. The protection function mode stops 4WAS system intermittently when 4WAS system continues high loaded condition and overheat condition or the input signal does not transmit to 4WAS front control unit. 4WAS front control unit and 4WAS main control unit control the 4WAS system by 4WAS communication line to optimize control.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) Diagnostic item is detected when...
INFOID:0000000004257898
Possible cause 4WAS front control unit or 4WAS front control unit power supply error is detected. 4WAS front control unit or 4WAS front control unit power supply error is detected.
C1631
CONTROL UNIT
C1632
CONTROL UNIT
1.RECHECK DTC
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn the ignition switch from OFF to ON. 2. Perform 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1631 or C1632 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to STC-56, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004257899
1.CHECK 4WAS FRONT CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect 4WAS front control unit harness connector. Check the voltage between 4WAS front control unit harness connector terminal and ground.
4WAS front control unit Connector M41 M42 Terminal 11 Ground 15 Ground
Voltage (Approx.) Battery voltage 0V
4. 5.
Turn the ignition switch ON. CAUTION: Never start the engine. Check the voltage between 4WAS front control unit harness connector terminal and ground.
STC-56
2009 G37 Coupe

[WITH 4WAS]
A
Voltage (Approx.)
Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Check the following items. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. 40A fusible link (#I) open - Short among 40A fusible link (#I) connector, 4WAS front control unit harness connector No. 11 terminal and the ground Open between the battery and 4WAS front control unit harness connector No. 11 terminal 10A fuse (#3) open - Short among 10A fuse (#3) connector, 4WAS front control unit harness connector No. 15 terminal and the ground - Short among 10A fuse (#3) connector, unified meter and A/C amp harness connector No. 53 terminal and the ground Open between the ignition switch and 4WAS front control unit harness connector No. 15 terminal Battery or ignition switch
2.CHECK 4WAS FRONT CONTROL UNIT GROUND

Check the continuity between 4WAS front control unit harness connector terminal and the ground.
4WAS front control unit Connector M41 M42 Terminal 12 Ground 18 Ground 34 Ground Existed Continuity
STC
3.CHECK TERMINAL
Check 4WAS front control unit harness connector pin terminal and connection for disconnection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace the specific malfunctioning part.
L
4.CHECK INFORMATION
Check that any item below is applicable when the malfunctions occur. - The engine stall occurs while driving or stopping the vehicle. - When detecting the charging system error Is the item applicable? YES >> Check the error system. Perform ECM symptom diagnosis. Refer to EC-602, "Symptom Table". Perform the symptom diagnosis for the charging system. Refer to CHG-19, "Symptom Table". NO >> Replace 4WAS front control unit. Refer to STC-179, "Exploded View".

INFOID:0000000004257900
Record the self-diagnosis results (history). CAUTION: Never erase the memory (history) of self-diagnosis results when replacing 4WAS front control unit after diagnosis.
STC-57
2009 G37 Coupe

[WITH 4WAS] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Erase the memory of the self-diagnosis results (record) after printing out or recording all the values of DATA MONITOR.

STC-58
2009 G37 Coupe
C1633 4WAS FRONT CONTROL UNIT

A
INFOID:0000000004257901

Description
Each sensor signal controls 4WAS front actuator. The fail-safe functions stops the rear wheel angle function (the front wheel is the steering wheel cutting angle) when the electric components and the mechanical components are malfunctioning. The protection function stops 4WAS system temporarily when: - 4WAS system continues being high load/overheat condition. - The input signal is not transmitted to 4WAS front control unit. 4WAS front control unit and 4WAS main control unit control the 4WAS system by 4WAS communication line to optimize control.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC C1633 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) CONTROL UNIT Diagnostic item is detected when... An error is detected inside 4WAS front control unit.
INFOID:0000000004257902
Possible cause 4WAS front control unit error
STC
1.RECHECK DTC
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn the ignition switch from OFF to ON. 2. Perform 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1633 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to STC-59, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
J
INFOID:0000000004257903
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK 4WAS FRONT CONTROL UNIT (1)

With CONSULT-III Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. 2. Check THERM TEMP on DATA MONITOR of 4WAS front control unit. 3. Steer the steering wheel 360 leftward slowly and then steer 360 rightward. Return the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position. Repeat the same service for 3 minutes. 4. Check THERM TEMP on DATA MONITOR of 4WAS front control unit. Is DATA MONITOR value difference between before and after the service 3 or less? YES >> Replace 4WAS front control unit. Refer to STC-179, "Exploded View". NO >> GO TO 2. 1.
2.CHECK 4WAS FRONT CONTROL UNIT (2)

With CONSULT-III Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. 2. Check THERM TEMP item on DATA MONITOR of 4WAS front control unit. 3. Steer the steering wheel 360 leftward slowly and then steer 360 rightward. Return the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position. Repeat the same service for 3 minutes. 4. Check THERM TEMP item on DATA MONITOR of 4WAS front control unit. 1.
STC-59
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor item THERM TEMP Condition Engine running (idling) Display value 40 100C
[WITH 4WAS]
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace 4WAS front control unit. Refer to STC-179, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK INFORMATION
Check that any item below is applicable when malfunction occurs. - Entering and exiting the garage (Frequent steering) - When steering the steering wheel for a long time Is the item applicable? YES >> 4WAS system protection function mode (overheat protection)(4WAS system temporary stop) NO >> Replace 4WAS front control unit. Refer to STC-179, "Exploded View".

INFOID:0000000004257904

STC-60
2009 G37 Coupe
C1651 IGNITION POWER SUPPLY

A
INFOID:0000000004257905

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) IGN POWER SUPPLY Diagnostic item is detected when... Possible cause 4WAS front control unit or the ignition power supply error is detected.
4WAS system function is controlled by transmitting the ignition switch signal to 4WAS front control unit.
INFOID:0000000004257906
C1651
The ignition voltage signal error is detected.
1.RECHECK DTC
STC
H
INFOID:0000000004257907
Diagnosis Procedure

1. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Check the continuity between 4WAS front control unit harness connector and the ground.
Continuity
K
Existed

1. 2. Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. Check the voltage between 4WAS front control unit harness connectors.
4WAS front control unit Connector M42 Terminal 15 18
Is the measurement value 9 V or less? YES >> Check the following items. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. 4WAS front control unit harness connector pin terminal and connection 10A fuse (#3) open - Short among 10A fuse (#3) connector, 4WAS front control unit harness connector No. 15 terminal and the ground - Short among 10A fuse (#3) connector, unified meter and A/C amp No. 53 terminal and the ground
STC-61
2009 G37 Coupe

[WITH 4WAS] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Open between the ignition switch and 4WAS front control unit harness connector No. 15 terminal Ignition switch NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK 4WAS FRONT CONTROL UNIT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-III Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. 2. Check IGN VOLT item on DATA MONITOR of 4WAS front control unit. Does the item on DATA MONITOR indicate 16 V or more? YES >> Perform the symptom diagnosis for the charging system. Refer to CHG-19, "Symptom Table". NO >> Replace 4WAS front control unit. Refer to STC-179, "Exploded View". 1.

INFOID:0000000004257908

STC-62
2009 G37 Coupe
C1652 4WAS FRONT MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

A
INFOID:0000000004257909

Description
The power supply for 4WAS front motor and 4WAS front control unit.
B
INFOID:0000000004257910
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) MOTOR POWER SUPPLY Diagnostic item is detected when...
C
Possible cause 4WAS front control unit or 4WAS front motor power supply error is detected.
C1652
4WAS front motor main power supply error is detected
1.RECHECK DTC
STC
H
INFOID:0000000004257911
Diagnosis Procedure
1.4WAS FRONT MOTOR GROUND INSPECTION

Continuity
K
Existed
2.4WAS FRONT MOTOR POWER SUPPLY INSPECTION

Is the measurement value 9 V or less? YES >> Check the following items. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. 4WAS front control unit harness connector pin terminal and connection 40A fusible link (#I) open - Short among 40A fusible link (#I) connector, 4WAS front control unit harness connector No. 11 terminal and the ground Open between the battery and 4WAS front control unit harness connector No. 11 terminal Battery
STC-63
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> GO TO 3. [WITH 4WAS]
3.4WAS FRONT CONTROL UNIT SIGNAL INSPECTION

With CONSULT-III Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. 2. Check MOTOR VOLT item on DATA MONITOR of 4WAS front control unit. Does the item on DATA MONITOR indicate 16 V or more? YES >> Perform the symptom diagnosis for the charging system. Refer to CHG-19, "Symptom Table". NO >> Replace 4WAS front control unit. Refer to STC-179, "Exploded View". 1.

INFOID:0000000004257912

STC-64
2009 G37 Coupe
C1654 4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR RELAY

A
INFOID:0000000004257913

Description
It performs control inside 4WAS front control unit. The actuator relay turns ON when turning the ignition switch ON. When turning the ignition switch from ON to OFF, the actuator relay remains ON and is turned OFF after a few minutes due to the 4WAS front control unit control.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004257914
D
Possible cause
E
An error is detected on the main relay power supply inside 4WAS front control unit. The main relay power supply inside 4WAS front control unit error is detected.
C1654
ACTUATOR RELAY
1.RECHECK DTC
STC
I
INFOID:0000000004257915
Diagnosis Procedure
1.4WAS FRONT MOTOR GROUND INSPECTION

Continuity Existed
2.4WAS FRONT MOTOR POWER SUPPLY INSPECTION

Is the measurement value 9 V or less? YES >> Check the following items. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. 4WAS front control unit harness connector pin terminal and connection 40A fusible link (#I) open
STC-65
2009 G37 Coupe

[WITH 4WAS] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > - Short among 40A fusible link (#I) connector, 4WAS front control unit harness connector No. 11 terminal and the ground Open between the battery and 4WAS front control unit harness connector No. 11 terminal Battery NO >> GO TO 3.
3.4WAS FRONT CONTROL UNIT SIGNAL INSPECTION

With CONSULT-III Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. 2. Check MOTOR VOLT item on DATA MONITOR of 4WAS front control unit. Does the item on DATA MONITOR indicate 16 V or more? YES >> Perform the symptom diagnosis for the charging system. Refer to CHG-19, "Symptom Table". NO >> Replace 4WAS front control unit. Refer to STC-179, "Exploded View". 1.

INFOID:0000000004257916

STC-66
2009 G37 Coupe
C1655 4WAS FRONT DRIVER

A
INFOID:0000000004257917

Description
It perform control inside 4WAS front control unit. The power supply for 4WAS front motor (3-phase motor).
B
INFOID:0000000004257918
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) PRE-DRIVER Diagnostic item is detected when... 4WAS front motor 3-phase current error is detected. (Current is not applied to 4WAS front motor)
Possible cause 4WAS front control unit or 4WAS front motor power supply error is detected.
C1655
1.RECHECK DTC
STC
H
INFOID:0000000004257919
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK 4WAS FRONT MOTOR GROUND

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect 4WAS front control unit harness connector. Check the continuity between 4WAS front control unit harness connector and the ground.
K
Continuity Existed

With CONSULT-III 1. Connect 4WAS front control unit harness connector. 2. Perform 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1622 detected? YES >> Check the error system. NO >> Replace 4WAS front control unit. Refer to STC-179, "Exploded View".
N

INFOID:0000000004257920
STC-67
2009 G37 Coupe


STC-68
2009 G37 Coupe
C1661 4WAS FRONT LOCK SOLENOID VALVE

A
INFOID:0000000004257921

Description
Secure the inside of 4WAS front actuator temporarily. (It operates when performing active test with fail-safe function and CONSULT-III.) 4WAS front lock solenoid valve is activated in the active test (lock release). The secured 4WAS front actuator is released. 4WAS front control unit controls 4WAS front actuator. 4WAS front actuator releases the lock when the engine speed signal is ON. 4WAS front actuator applies the lock when the engine speed signal is OFF.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) LOCK SOLENOID
INFOID:0000000004257922
E
Diagnostic item is detected when... 4WAS front lock solenoid valve error is detected. (An electric activation error is detected.) Possible cause 4WAS front control unit or 4WAS front lock solenoid valve error is detected.
C1661
1.RECHECK DTC
STC
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004257923
1.CHECK 4WAS FRONT SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT

4WAS front actuator Connector M351 Terminal 10 Connector M351 Terminal 3 Resistance (Approx.) 1 100
4.
4WAS front actuator Connector M351 Terminal 3 Ground 10 Ground
N
Continuity
Not existed
2.CHECK INFORMATION
1. 2. With CONSULT-III Connect 4WAS front actuator harness connector. Check the DATA MONITOR value of each DTC detected with the self-diagnosis function. Refer to STC143, "Reference Value".
STC-69
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is each data the standard value? YES >> Check each harness connector pin terminal for disconnection. NO >> Replace 4WAS front control unit. Refer to STC-179, "Exploded View". [WITH 4WAS]
Component Inspection (4WAS Front Lock Solenoid Valve)
INFOID:0000000004257924
1.CHECK 4WAS FRONT SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT

4WAS front actuator Connector M351 Terminal 10 Connector M351 Terminal 3 Resistance (Approx.) 1 100
4.
4WAS front actuator Connector M351 Terminal 3 Ground 10 Ground
Continuity
Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END. NO >> Replace 4WAS front actuator. Refer to STC-181, "Removal and Installation".

INFOID:0000000004257925


STC-70
2009 G37 Coupe
C1667 LOCK INSERTION

A
INFOID:0000000004257926

Description
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC C1667 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) LOCK INSERTION
INFOID:0000000004257927
STC
Diagnostic item is detected when... 4WAS front lock solenoid valve (lock) error is detected. (An error is detected in lock condition.) Possible cause The inside 4WAS front actuator error is detected.
1.RECHECK DTC
With CONSULT-III Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. 2. Steer 30 leftward slowly. Steer 30 rightward. Return the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON. 5. Perform 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1667 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to STC-71, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END 1.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004257928
1.CHECK 4WAS FRONT LOCK SOLENOID VALVE (LOCK STRUCTURE)

With CONSULT-III 1. Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. 2. Steer 30 leftward slowly. Steer 30 rightward. Return the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON. 5. Perform 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1667 detected? YES >> Replace 4WAS front actuator. Refer to STC-181, "Removal and Installation". NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INFORMATION
With CONSULT-III
STC-71
2009 G37 Coupe

[WITH 4WAS] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Check the DATA MONITOR value of each DTC detected with the self-diagnosis function. Refer to STC143, "Reference Value". 2. Perform 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis. Is each data the standard value? YES >> GO TO 1. NO >> Replace 4WAS front control unit. Refer to STC-179, "Exploded View".

INFOID:0000000004257929
STC-72
2009 G37 Coupe
C1668 LOCK HOLDER GAP DETECT

A
INFOID:0000000004257930
C1668 LOCK HOLDER GAP DETECT

Description
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC C1668 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) LOCK HLD GAP DETCT
INFOID:0000000004257931
STC
Diagnostic item is detected when... 4WAS front lock solenoid valve (lock) error is detected. (Excessive force is applied to the lock.) Possible cause The inside 4WAS front actuator error is detected.
1.RECHECK DTC
K
INFOID:0000000004257932
Diagnosis Procedure

With CONSULT-III Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. 2. Perform 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis. Check that DTC C1668 is detected. CAUTION: Replace 4WAS front actuator when the diagnosis history remains. Never repair the malfunctioning part in 4WAS front actuator adjustment without replacing 4WAS front actuator. 1. >> Replace 4WAS front actuator.
P
INFOID:0000000004257933

STC-73
2009 G37 Coupe
C1669 INCOMPLETE LOCK RELEASE

C1669 INCOMPLETE LOCK RELEASE

Description
INFOID:0000000004257934
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004257935
Possible cause The power steering oil pressure or the inside 4WAS front actuator error is detected.
C1669
INCOMP LOCK RELEAS
4WAS front actuator error is detected. (An error is detected in unlock condition.)
1.RECHECK DTC
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004257936
1.CHECK INFORMATION
Check that any item below is applicable. - The steering force is heavy when 4WAS warning lamp is ON. - The power steering system error is detected (oil leakage, belt tension, steering force etc.). Is the item applicable? YES >> Perform the symptom diagnosis for the steering system. Refer to ST-3, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart". NO >> Replace 4WAS front actuator. Refer to STC-181, "Removal and Installation".

INFOID:0000000004257937
STC-74
2009 G37 Coupe
C1671 ACTUATOR ADJUSTMENT NOT PERFORMED

A
INFOID:0000000004257938

Description
Memorize the neutral position of 4WAS front actuator in 4WAS front control unit.
B
INFOID:0000000004257939
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ACT ADJ NOT PRFRM Diagnostic item is detected when...
C
Possible cause 4WAS front actuator adjustment is not performed.
C1671
4WAS front actuator adjustment is not performed.
1.RECHECK DTC
STC
H
INFOID:0000000004257940
Diagnosis Procedure

With CONSULT-III Perform 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis. Is any DTC other than C1671 detected? YES >> Check the error system. NO >> GO TO 2.

With CONSULT-III Perform 4WAS front actuator adjustment. Refer to STC-29, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Pattern 2)". 2. Perform 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis. Is any DTC other than C1671 detected? YES >> Check the error system. NO >> GO TO 3. 1.

With CONSULT-III Perform 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1671 detected? YES >> Replace 4WAS front control unit. Refer to STC-179, "Exploded View". NO >> INSPECTION END
P
INFOID:0000000004257941

STC-75
2009 G37 Coupe


STC-76
2009 G37 Coupe
C1672 INCOMPLETE ACTUATOR ADJUSTMENT

A
INFOID:0000000004257942
C1672 INCOMPLETE ACTUATOR ADJUSTMENT

Description
Memorize the neutral position of 4WAS front actuator in 4WAS front control unit.
B
INFOID:0000000004257943
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC C1672 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) INCOMP ACTUATR ADJ Diagnostic item is detected when... 4WAS front actuator adjustment is incomplete.
C
Possible cause 4WAS front actuator adjustment is incomplete.
1.RECHECK DTC
F STC
Diagnosis Procedure
H
INFOID:0000000004257944

With CONSULT-III Perform 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis. Is any DTC other than C1672 detected? YES >> Check the error system. NO >> GO TO 2.
2.ADJUST 4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR

With CONSULT-III Perform 4WAS front actuator adjustment. Refer to STC-29, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Pattern 2)". 2. Perform 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis. Is any error system detected? YES >> Replace 4WAS front control unit. Refer to STC-179, "Exploded View". Perform 4WAS actuator adjustment after replacing 4WAS front control unit. Perform the 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis again. Replace 4WAS front actuator if DTC C1672 is detected. Refer to STC-181, "Removal and Installation". NO >> INSPECTION END 1.

INFOID:0000000004257945

STC-77
2009 G37 Coupe
C1684, C1685 4WAS MAIN CONTROL UNIT COMMUNICATION


Description
INFOID:0000000004257946
4WAS front control unit and 4WAS main control unit transmit/receive information to/from each other for optimum control of the 4WAS system with the specified 4WAS system line (4WAS communication line) between 4WAS front control unit and 4WAS main control unit. Be careful to repair wirings because 4WAS system specified line adopts twisted-pair wires. Refer to STC178, "Precautions for Harness Repair".
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) Diagnostic item is detected when... 4WAS communication line* data communication error is detected. (An error signal is detected from 4WAS main control unit.) 4WAS communication line* data communication error is detected. (An error signal is detected from 4WAS main control unit.)
INFOID:0000000004257947
Possible cause 4WAS communication line*/4WAS main control unit/4WAS front control unit error 4WAS communication line*/4WAS main control unit/4WAS front control unit error
C1684
4WAS MAIN ECU COMM
C1685
4WAS MAIN ECU COMM
1.RECHECK DTC
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn the ignition switch from OFF to ON. 2. Perform 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1684 or C1685 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to STC-78, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004257948
1.CHECK COMMUNICATION LINE (1)

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. Disconnect yaw rate/side G sensor harness connector. Disconnect 4WAS front control unit harness connector. Disconnect 4WAS main control unit harness connector. Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and yaw rate/side G sensor harness connector.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Connector E41 Terminal 25 45 Yaw rate/side G sensor. Connector M143 Terminal 2 3 Existed
Continuity
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace the harnesses and connectors. Refer to STC-178, "Precautions for Harness Repair".

STC-78
2009 G37 Coupe

[WITH 4WAS] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.
A
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Connector E41 Terminal 25 Ground 45 Ground Continuity
B
Not existed

Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Connector E41 Terminal 25 45 Continuity
F
Not existed
4.
Is the inspection result normal? STC YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace the harnesses and connectors. Refer to STC-178, "Precautions for Harness Repair". H CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector. Refer to STC-85, "Component Inspection [ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit)]". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-102, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK YAW RATE/SIDE G SENSOR

Check the continuity between yaw rate/side G sensor connector. Refer to BRC-62, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace yaw rate/side G sensor. Refer to BRC-104, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK CAN DIAGNOSIS SUPPORT MONITOR (4WAS FRONT CONTROL UNIT)

With CONSULT-III Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. Connect yaw rate/side G sensor harness connector. Connect 4WAS front control unit harness connector. Connect 4WAS main control unit harness connector. Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. 6. Perform CAN diagnosis support monitor of 4WAS front control unit. 7. Replace 4WAS main control unit error history. Refer to STC-40, [4WAS(FRONT)]". What is the indicated item? All items are OK>>GO TO 7. TRANSMIT DIAG is other than OK>>GO TO 7. 4WAS(MAIN) is other than OK>>GO TO 8. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
"CONSULT-III
Function
7.CHECK 4WAS FRONT CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect 4WAS front control unit harness connector. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
STC-79
2009 G37 Coupe

[WITH 4WAS] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Check the continuity between 4WAS front control unit harness connector and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
4WAS front control unit Connector M42 Terminal 14 25 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Connector E41 Terminal 25 45 Existed
Continuity
Check that 4WAS front control unit connector No. 14 terminal and No. 25 are connected properly and not deformed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace 4WAS front control unit. Refer to STC-179, "Exploded View". NO >> Repair or replace the harnesses and connectors. Refer to STC-178, "Precautions for Harness Repair".
5.
8.CHECK 4WAS MAIN CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect 4WAS main control unit harness connector. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. Check the continuity between 4WAS main control unit harness connector and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
4WAS main control unit Connector B54 Terminal 31 32 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Connector E41 Terminal 45 25 Existed
Continuity
5.
Check that 4WAS main control unit connector No. 31 terminal and No. 32 are connected properly and not deformed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View". NO >> Repair or replace the harnesses and connectors. Refer to STC-178, "Precautions for Harness Repair".
Component Inspection [ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit)]
INFOID:0000000004257949
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer toBRC-102, "Exploded View". Check the resistance between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector terminals.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Connector E41 Terminal 25 45
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Component Inspection (Yaw Rate/Side G Sensor)
INFOID:0000000004257950

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove yaw rate/side G sensor. Refer to BRC-104, "Exploded View". Check the resistance between yaw rate/side G sensor connector terminals.
STC-80
2009 G37 Coupe

Yaw rate/side G sensor Connector M143 Terminal 23
[WITH 4WAS]
A
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace yaw rate/side G sensor.
C
INFOID:0000000004257951

BEFORE REPLACING 4WAS MAIN ACTUATOR

Record the self-diagnosis results (history). CAUTION: STC Never erase the memory (history) of self-diagnosis results when replacing 4WAS main control unit after diagnosis. Erase the memory of the self-diagnosis results (record) after printing out or recording all the valH ues of DATA MONITOR.

I
STC-81
2009 G37 Coupe
C1686 4WAS MAIN CONTROL UNIT


Description
INFOID:0000000004257952
It transmits the value calculated by 4WAS main control unit to 4WAS front control unit with 4WAS communication line (line for 4WAS system). 4WAS front control unit controls 4WAS front actuator according to the received command value.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC C1686 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) 4WAS MAIN ECU Diagnostic item is detected when... An error is detected on 4WAS main control unit side. (4WAS main control unit fail-safe mode)
INFOID:0000000004257953
Possible cause 4WAS main control unit fail-safe mode
1.RECHECK DTC
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004257954

With CONSULT-III Perform 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis. Is any DTC other than C1686 detected? YES >> Check the error system. NO >> Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis.
STC-82
2009 G37 Coupe
U1000, U1002 4WAS COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT

A
INFOID:0000000004257955

Description
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) Diagnostic item is detected when... When 4WAS front control unit is not transmitting or receiving 4WAS communication signal for 2 seconds or more. When 4WAS front control unit is not transmitting or receiving 4WAS communication signal for 2 seconds or less.
INFOID:0000000004257956
Possible cause 4WAS communication line*/4WAS main control unit/4WAS front control unit error 4WAS communication line*/4WAS main control unit/4WAS front control unit error
U1000
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1002
SYSTEM COMM(CAN)
STC
1.RECHECK DTC
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn the ignition switch from OFF to ON. 2. Perform 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC U1000 or U1002 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to STC-83, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
K
INFOID:0000000004257957
Diagnosis Procedure

O
Continuity

STC-83
2009 G37 Coupe

[WITH 4WAS] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Connector E41 Terminal 25 Ground 45 Ground
Continuity
Not existed

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Connector E41 Terminal 25 45 Continuity Not existed

Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to STC-85, "Component Inspection [ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit)]". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-102, "Exploded View".

Check the continuity between yaw rate/side G sensor. Refer to STC-85, "Component Inspection (Yaw Rate/ Side G Sensor)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace yaw rate/side G sensor. Refer to BRC-104, "Exploded View".

"CONSULT-III
Function

1. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect 4WAS front control unit harness connector.
STC-84
2009 G37 Coupe

[WITH 4WAS] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. 4. Check the continuity between 4WAS front control unit harness connector and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
4WAS front control unit Connector M42 Terminal 14 25 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Connector E41 Terminal 25 45
B
Continuity
C
Existed
5.

1. 2. 3. 4.
F Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect 4WAS main control unit harness connector. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. STC Check the continuity between 4WAS main control unit harness connector and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Connector E41 Terminal 45 25 Existed
H
Continuity
4WAS main control unit Connector B54 Terminal 31 32
5.
INFOID:0000000004257958

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-102, "Exploded View". Check the resistance between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector terminals.
N
INFOID:0000000004257959

1. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove yaw rate/side G sensor. Refer to BRC-104, "Exploded View".
STC-85
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 3. Check the resistance between yaw rate/side G sensor connector terminals.
[WITH 4WAS]

INFOID:0000000004257960

STC-86
2009 G37 Coupe
U1010 4WAS COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT

A
INFOID:0000000004257961
U1010 4WAS COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT

Description
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004257962
Possible cause 4WAS communication line*/4WAS main control unit/4WAS front control unit error
U1010
CONTROL UNIT(CAN)
When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of 4WAS controller of 4WAS front control unit
STC
1.RECHECK DTC
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn the ignition switch from OFF to ON. 2. Perform 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC U1010 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to STC-87, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
H I
Diagnosis Procedure
J
INFOID:0000000004257963
1.4WAS FRONT CONTROL UNIT

Check that there is no malfunction in 4WAS front control unit harness connector or disconnection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace 4WAS front control unit. Refer to STC-179, "Exploded View". NO >> Repair or replace the harnesses and connectors. Refer to STC-178, "Precautions for Harness Repair".

INFOID:0000000004257964

STC-87
2009 G37 Coupe
C1900, C1901, C1906, C1907, C1927, C1933 4WAS MAIN CONTROL UNIT
Description
INFOID:0000000004257965
4WAS rear actuator and the power steering solenoid valve is controlled by each sensor signal. The fail-safe functions stops the rear wheel angle function (the front wheel is the steering wheel cutting angle) when the electric components and the mechanical components are malfunctioning. The protective function stops 4WAS system temporarily when the input signal is not inputted to 4WAS main control unit (When battery-power dose not work temporarily). 4WAS front control unit and 4WAS main control unit perform two-way transmitting/receiving signals for optimal control of 4WAS system via 4WAS communication line.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC C1900 C1901 C1906 C1907 C1927 C1933 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL1] CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL2] CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL5] CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL4] CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL5] CONTROL UNIT Diagnostic item is detected when... An error is detected inside 4WAS main control unit. An error is detected inside 4WAS main control unit. An error is detected inside 4WAS main control unit. An error is detected inside 4WAS main control unit. An error is detected inside 4WAS main control unit. An error is detected inside 4WAS main control unit.
INFOID:0000000004257966
Possible cause 4WAS main control unit error 4WAS main control unit error 4WAS main control unit error 4WAS main control unit error 4WAS main control unit error 4WAS main control unit error
1.RECHECK DTC
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn the ignition switch from OFF to ON. 2. Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1900, C1901, C1906, C1907, C1927 or C1933 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to STC-88, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004257967

With CONSULT-III Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. Is any DTC C1900, C1901, C1906, C1907, C1927 or C1933 detected? YES >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View". NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INFORMATION
With CONSULT-III Check the DATA MONITOR value of each DTC detected with the self-diagnosis function. Refer to STC-157, "Reference Value". Is each data the standard value? YES >> Check each harness connector pin terminal for disconnection.
STC-88
2009 G37 Coupe
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View". [WITH 4WAS]
A
INFOID:0000000004257968

BEFORE REPLACING 4WAS MAIN CONTROL UNIT
Record the self-diagnosis results (history). CAUTION: Never erase the memory (history) of self-diagnosis results when replacing 4WAS main control unit after diagnosis. Erase the memory of the self-diagnosis results (record) after printing out or recording all the values of DATA MONITOR.
STC
STC-89
2009 G37 Coupe
C1902, C1903, C1904, C1910, C1913 4WAS REAR MOTOR OUTPUT


Description
INFOID:0000000004257969
4WAS rear motor activates 4WAS rear actuator. Maintain the toe-stiffness of rear wheels against the road external force because the irreversible sufficiency performance hypoid gear is used.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC C1902 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) MOTOR OUTPUT [REV CURRENT] MOTOR OUTPUT [NO CURRENT] MOTOR OUTPUT [OVERCURRENT] MOTOR OUTPUT [MOTOR LOCK] Diagnostic item is detected when... 4WAS rear motor current error is detected. (4WAS rear motor current output direction differs.) 4WAS rear motor current error is detected. (Current is input to 4WAS main control unit if 4WAS main control unit output is OFF.) 4WAS rear motor current error is detected. (4WAS rear motor output is overcurrent.) 4WAS rear motor inside error is detected. (4WAS rear motor does not move or the rear wheel angle sensor does not change if 4WAS main control unit output is 14A or more.) 4WAS rear motor current error is detected. (4WAS rear motor does not move or the rear wheel angle sensor output does not change when 4WAS main control unit output is 18A or more, and 4WAS main motor output is low.)
INFOID:0000000004257970
Possible cause 4WAS rear motor error
C1903
C1904
C1910
C1913
MOTOR OUTPUT [ABNORML SIG]
1.RECHECK DTC
1. With CONSULT-III Perform SELF DIAGNOSTIC MODE item on ACTIVE TEST of 4WAS main control unit. CAUTION: Perform the active test while stopping the vehicle. 2. Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1902, C1903, C1904, C1910 or C1913 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to STC-90, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
INFOID:0000000004257971
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK 4WAS REAR MOTOR CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect 4WAS main control unit harness connector. Disconnect 4WAS rear motor harness connector. Check the continuity between 4WAS main control unit harness connector and 4WAS rear motor harness connector.
4WAS main control unit Connector B54 Terminal 38 39 4WAS rear motor Connector B36 Terminal 1 2
Continuity
Existed
STC-90
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace the harnesses and connectors. [WITH 4WAS]
A
2.CHECK 4WAS REAR MOTOR

Check the continuity between 4WAS rear motor connector terminals.
4WAS rear motor Connector B36 Terminal 12 Continuity Existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace 4WAS rear actuator. Refer to STC-182, "Exploded View".
3.PERFORM ACTIVE TEST (4WAS MAIN CONTROL UNIT)

1. 2. 3.
With CONSULT-III Connect 4WAS main control unit harness connector. F Connect 4WAS rear motor harness connector. Perform SELF DIAGNOSTIC MODE item on ACTIVE TEST of 4WAS main control unit. CAUTION: STC Perform the active test while vehicle is stopped. 4. Check MOTOR VOLTAGE, MOTOR CURRENT and MTR CRNT OPE while performing the active test. H
Monitor item MOTOR VOLTAGE MOTOR CURRENT MTR CRNT OPE Condition Ignition switch: ON 4WAS rear motor running 4WAS rear actuator neutral condition and vehicle straight-ahead position 4WAS rear motor running Display value Battery voltage 0 20 A Approx. 2 2 A Approx. 20 20 A
Is MONITOR the standard value? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Replace 4WAS rear actuator. Refer to STC-182, "Exploded View".

With CONSULT-III Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. Is any DTC C1902, C1903, C1904, C1910 or C1913 detected? YES >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View". NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK INFORMATION
With CONSULT-III Check the DATA MONITOR value of each DTC detected with the self-diagnosis function. Refer to STC-157, "Reference Value". Is each data the standard value? YES >> Check each harness connector pin terminal for disconnection. NO >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (4WAS Rear Motor)
INFOID:0000000004257972
1.CHECK 4WAS REAR MOTOR

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect 4WAS main control unit harness connector and 4WAS rear motor harness connector. Check the continuity between 4WAS rear motor connector terminals.
STC-91
2009 G37 Coupe

4WAS rear motor Connector B36 Terminal 12
[WITH 4WAS]
Continuity Existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace 4WAS rear actuator. Refer to STC-182, "Exploded View".

INFOID:0000000004257973
STC-92
2009 G37 Coupe
C1905, C1908, C1922, C1925, C1928 4WAS MAIN CONTROL UNIT

A

Description
INFOID:0000000004257974
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC C1905 C1908 C1922 C1925 C1928 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL3] CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL7] CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL8] AD CONVERTER CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL9] Diagnostic item is detected when... An error is detected inside 4WAS main control unit. An error is detected inside 4WAS main control unit. An error is detected inside 4WAS main control unit. An error is detected inside 4WAS main control unit. An error is detected inside 4WAS main control unit.
INFOID:0000000004257975
E
Possible cause 4WAS main control unit error 4WAS main control unit error 4WAS main control unit error 4WAS main control unit error 4WAS main control unit error
STC
1.RECHECK DTC
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn the ignition switch from OFF to ON. 2. Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. Is any DTC C1905, C1908, C1922, C1925 or C1928 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to STC-93, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004257976

With CONSULT-III Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. Is any DTC C1905, C1908, C1922, C1925 or C1928 detected? YES >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View". NO >> GO TO 2.
N
2.CHECK INFORMATION
P
STC-93
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004257977

STC-94
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004257978

Description
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC C1909 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL6] Diagnostic item is detected when... An error is detected inside 4WAS main control unit.
INFOID:0000000004257979
E
Possible cause
F
STC
1.RECHECK DTC
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn the ignition switch from OFF to ON. 2. Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1909 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to STC-95, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
H I
Diagnosis Procedure
J
INFOID:0000000004257980
1.CHECK 4WAS MAIN CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect 4WAS main control unit harness connector. Check the voltage between 4WAS main control unit harness connector terminal and the ground.
4WAS main control unit Connector B54 Terminal 27 Ground
Voltage (Approx.)
M
0V
4. 5.
Turn the ignition switch ON. CAUTION: Never start the engine. Check the voltage between 4WAS main control unit harness connector terminal and the ground.
O
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NG >> Check the following items. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. 10A fuse (#45) open - Short among 10A fuse (#45) connector, 4WAS main control unit harness connector No. 27 terminal and the ground
STC-95
2009 G37 Coupe

[WITH 4WAS] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Open between the ignition switch and 4WAS main control unit harness connector No. 27 terminal Ignition switch
2.CHECK 4WAS MAIN CONTROL UNIT GROUND

Check the continuity between 4WAS main control unit harness connector and the ground.
4WAS main control unit Connector B54 Terminal 34 Ground Continuity Existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace the harnesses and connectors.

With CONSULT-III 1. Connect 4WAS main control unit harness connector. 2. Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1909 detected? YES >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View". NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK INFORMATION

INFOID:0000000004257981
STC-96
2009 G37 Coupe
C1911, C1912 4WAS REAR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

A
INFOID:0000000004257982

Description
The power supply for 4WAS rear motor.
B
INFOID:0000000004257983
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC C1911 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) MOTOR VOLTAGE [LOW VOLTAGE] MOTOR VOLTAGE [BAD OBSTRCT] Diagnostic item is detected when... 4WAS rear motor voltage error is detected. (4WAS rear motor voltage is low.) 4WAS rear motor voltage error is detected. (Voltage is applied to 4WAS main motor when 4WAS main control unit output is OFF.)
C
Possible cause 4WAS rear motor power supply error 4WAS rear motor power supply error
C1912
1.RECHECK DTC
1. Turn the ignition switch from OFF to ON. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. Wait 15 minutes or more. 2. Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1911 or C1912 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to STC-97, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
STC
I
INFOID:0000000004257984
Diagnosis Procedure

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect 4WAS main control unit harness connector. Check the voltage between 4WAS main control unit harness connectors and the ground.
L
4. 5.
Turn the ignition switch ON. CAUTION: Never start the engine. Check the voltage between 4WAS main control unit harness connectors and the ground.
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Check the following items. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. 10A fuse (#45) open - Short among 10A fuse (#45) connector, 4WAS main control unit harness connector No. 27 terminal and the ground Open between the ignition switch and 4WAS main control unit harness connector No. 27 terminal
STC-97
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Ignition switch [WITH 4WAS]
2.CHECK 4WAS REAR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (1)

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove 4WAS rear motor relay. Check the continuity between 4WAS rear motor relay harness connector terminal and the ground.
4WAS rear motor relay Connector B53 Terminal 1 Ground 2 Ground
Continuity Not existed Existed
4.
Check the continuity between 4WAS rear motor relay harness connector terminal and 4WAS main control unit harness connector terminal.
4WAS rear motor relay Connector B53 Terminal 1 4WAS main control unit Connector B54 Terminal 25
Continuity Existed

Check the voltage between 4WAS rear motor relay harness connector terminal and the ground.
4WAS rear motor relay Connector B53 Terminal 3 Ground Voltage (Approx.) Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Check the following items. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. 20A fuse (#37) open - Short among 20A fuse (#37) connector, 4WAS rear motor relay harness connector No. 3 terminal and the ground Open between the battery and 4WAS rear motor relay harness connector No. 3 terminal

1. 2. Remove the noise suppressor. Check continuity between the noise suppressor harness connector terminal and the ground.
Noise suppressor Connector B51 Terminal 3 Ground 5 Ground 1 Ground 2 Ground
Continuity
Not existed Not existed Existed
B52
3.
Check the continuity between the noise suppressor harness connector terminal and 4WAS rear motor relay harness connector terminal.
Noise suppressor Connector B52 Terminal 1 4WAS rear motor relay Connector B53 Terminal 5
Continuity Existed
STC-98
2009 G37 Coupe

[WITH 4WAS] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Check the continuity between the noise suppressor harness connector terminal and 4WAS main control unit harness connector terminal.
Noise suppressor Connector B51 Terminal 3 5 4WAS main control unit Connector B54 Terminal 37 40
Continuity Existed Existed

1. 2. 3. Connect 4WAS main control unit harness connector. Turn the ignition switch ON. CAUTION: Never start the engine. Check the voltage between 4WAS main control unit harness connectors and the ground.
STC
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK 4WAS REAR MOTOR RELAY

1. Apply 12 V to 4WAS rear motor relay connector No. 1 terminal and No. 2 terminal. CAUTION: Never make the terminals short. Connect the fuse between the terminals when applying the voltage. Check the continuity between 4WAS rear motor relay connector terminals.
4WAS rear motor relay Connector Terminal Condition Apply the voltage between No. 1 terminal and No. 2 terminal. Do not apply the voltage between No. 1 terminal and No. 2 terminal.
2.
Continuity
Existed
B53
35
M
Not existed
3.
Check the resistance between 4WAS rear motor relay connector terminals.
4WAS rear motor relay Connector B53 Terminal 12
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Replace 4WAS rear motor relay.
7.CHECK NOISE SUPPRESSOR

Check continuity between the noise suppressor connector terminals.
STC-99
2009 G37 Coupe

Noise suppressor Connector B51 B51 B51 B51 B51 Terminal 3 3 3 5 5 Connector B52 B51 B52 B52 B52 Terminal 1 5 2 2 1
[WITH 4WAS]
Continuity Existed Not existed Not existed Existed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace the noise suppressor.
8.CHECK 4WAS REAR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

1. 2. 3. 4. Install 4WAS rear motor relay. Install the noise suppressor. Turn the ignition switch ON. CAUTION: Never start the engine. Check the voltage between 4WAS main control unit harness connectors and the ground.
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View".

With CONSULT-III Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1911 or C1912 detected? YES >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View". NO >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK INFORMATION
Component Inspection (4WAS Rear Motor Relay)
INFOID:0000000004257985

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove 4WAS rear motor relay connector. Apply 12 V to 4WAS rear motor relay connector No. 1 terminal and No. 2 terminal. CAUTION: Never make the terminals short. Connect the fuse between the terminals when applying the voltage. Check the continuity between 4WAS rear motor relay connector terminals.
4.
STC-100
2009 G37 Coupe

[WITH 4WAS]
A
Continuity
Existed
B53
35
Not existed
5.
D
4WAS rear motor relay Connector B53 Terminal 12 Resistance (Approx.) 50
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace 4WAS rear motor relay.
F
INFOID:0000000004257986
Component Inspection (Noise Suppressor)
STC
1.NOISE SUPPRESSOR INSPECTION

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the noise suppressor. Check continuity between the noise suppressor connector terminals.
I
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace the noise suppressor.

INFOID:0000000004257987
STC-101
2009 G37 Coupe
C1914 REAR WHEEL STEERING ANGLE SENSOR


Description
It detects the steering angle condition of rear wheel. 2 systems (main and sub sensor) are equipped.
INFOID:0000000004257988
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC C1914 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) RR ST ANGLE SENSOR [ABNORML VOL] Diagnostic item is detected when... The rear wheel angle sensor power supply error is detected.
INFOID:0000000004257989
Possible cause Rear wheel steering sensor power supply error
1.RECHECK DTC
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004257990
1.CHECK REAR WHEEL STEERING ANGLE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

1. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Check the voltage between 4WAS main control unit harness connector terminal and the ground.
3. 4.
Turn the ignition switch ON. CAUTION: Never start the engine. Check the voltage between 4WAS main control unit harness connector terminal and the ground.
Value (Approx.) 5V
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK REAR WHEEL STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the rear wheel steering angle sensor harness connector. Check the resistance between the rear wheel steering angle sensor connector terminals.
STC-102
2009 G37 Coupe

Rear wheel steering angle sensor Connector Terminal 13 B58 12 14
[WITH 4WAS]
A
Resistance (Approx.) 1 k 1.2 1.5 k 1.2 1.5 k
3.CHECK REAR WHEEL STEERING ANGLE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. Disconnect 4WAS main control unit harness connector. Check the continuity between 4WAS main control unit harness connector terminal and the rear wheel steering angle sensor harness connector terminal.
4WAS main control unit Connector B54 B54 B54 B54 Terminal 5 5 4 4 Rear wheel steering angle sensor Connector B58 B58 B58 B58 Terminal 1 3 3 1 Existed Not existed Existed Not existed
Continuity
STC

With CONSULT-III 1. Connect 4WAS main control unit harness connector. 2. Connect the rear wheel steering angle sensor harness connector. 3. Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1914 detected? YES >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View". NO >> GO TO 5.
J
5.CHECK INFORMATION
INFOID:0000000004257991

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect rear wheel steering angle sensor harness connector. Check the resistance between rear wheel steering angle sensor connector terminals.
P
STC-103
2009 G37 Coupe

[WITH 4WAS]

INFOID:0000000004257992
STC-104
2009 G37 Coupe
C1915, C1916 REAR WHEEL STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

A
INFOID:0000000004257993

Description
B
INFOID:0000000004257994
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC C1915 C1916 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) RR ST ANGLE SENSOR [MAIN SIGNAL] RR ST ANGLE SENSOR [SUB SIGNAL] Diagnostic item is detected when... The rear wheel angle sensor signal (main) error is detected. If the rear wheel angle sensor signal (sub) error is detected.
Possible cause Rear wheel steering sensor output voltage error Rear wheel steering sensor output voltage error
1.RECHECK DTC
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn the ignition switch from OFF to ON. 2. Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1915 or C1916 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to STC-105, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
STC
I
INFOID:0000000004257995
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK 4WAS REAR ACTUATOR

1. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Measure A and B of 4WAS rear actuator as shown in the figure. Is the differential of A and B 5.8 mm (0.228 in) or less? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace 4WAS rear actuator. Refer to STC-182, "Exploded View".
JSGIA0086ZZ
2.CHECK REAR WHEEL STEERING ANGLE SENSOR (1)

With CONSULT-III Start engine. CAUTION: Check condition with the vehicle stopped. 2. Check DATA MONITOR RR ST ANG-MAI and RR ST ANG-SUB value of 4WAS main control unit. 1.
Monitored item RR ST ANG-MAI RR ST ANG-SUB Straight-ahead Straight-ahead Condition Display value Approx. 2.4 V Approx. 2.6 V

STC-105
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> Replace 4WAS rear actuator. Refer to STC-182, "Exploded View". [WITH 4WAS]

Check the voltage between 4WAS main control unit harness connector terminal and ground.
4WAS main control unit Connector B54 Terminal 15 Ground 7 Ground Voltage (Approx.) 2.4 V 2.6 V
Is the differential between terminal voltage No. 4 and No.7 approximately 1 V or more? YES >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View". NO >> GO TO 4.

5.CHECK REAR WHEEL STEERING ANGLE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT

1. 2. Disconnect 4WAS main control unit harness connector. Check for continuity between 4WAS main control unit harness connector terminal and rear wheel steering angle sensor harness connector terminal.
4WAS main control unit Connector B54 B54 B54 B54 B54 B54 B54 B54 Terminal 15 15 7 7 5 5 4 4 Rear wheel steering angle sensor Connector B58 B58 B58 B58 B58 B58 B58 B58 Terminal 1, 2, 3 4 1, 3, 4 2 1 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 4 3 Not existed Existed Not existed Existed Existed Not existed Not existed Existed
Continuity
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace each harness and connector.

1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Connect 4WAS main control unit harness connector. Connect rear wheel steering angle sensor harness connector. Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis.
STC-106
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is DTC C1915 or C1916 detected? YES >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View". NO >> GO TO 7. [WITH 4WAS]
A
7.CHECK INFORMATION
With CONSULT-III Check the DATA MONITOR value of each DTC detected with the self-diagnosis function. Refer to STC-157, "Reference Value". Is each data standard? YES >> Check pin terminal and connection of each harness connector for non-standard conditions. NO >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View".
INFOID:0000000004257996

STC

INFOID:0000000004257997
STC-107
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004257998
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) RR ST ANGLE SENSOR [OFFSET SIG1] Diagnostic item is detected when... The rear wheel angle sensor signal (main and sub) error is detected. (The output signal value differs temporarily between main and sub.) The rear wheel angle sensor signal (main and sub) error is detected. (The output signal value differs between main and sub.)
INFOID:0000000004257999
Possible cause Rear wheel steering sensor (main and sub) output signal value error signal Rear wheel steering sensor (main and sub) output signal error
C1917
C1918
RR ST ANGLE SENSOR [OFFSET SIG2]
1.RECHECK DTC
With CONSULT-III Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. 2. Perform the active test. 3. Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1917 or C1918 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to STC-108, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END 1.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004258000

1. With CONSULT-III Start engine. CAUTION: Check the condition with the vehicle stopped. 2. Check RR ST ANG-MAI and RR ST ANG-SUB item on DATA MONITOR of 4WAS main control unit.
Monitored item RR ST ANG-MAI RR ST ANG-SUB Straight-ahead Straight-ahead Condition Display value Approx. 2.4 V Approx. 2.6 V

Check the voltage between 4WAS main control unit harness connector terminal and ground.
STC-108
2009 G37 Coupe

4WAS main control unit Connector B54 Terminal 4 Ground 7 Ground
[WITH 4WAS]
A
Voltage (Approx.) 2.4 V 2.6 V
Is the differential between terminal voltage No. 4 and No.7 approximately 1 V or more? YES >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View". NO >> GO TO 3.

E
Resistance (Approx.)
F
1 k 1.2 1.5 k 1.2 1.5 k
STC
4.CHECK REAR WHEEL STEERING ANGLE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT

1. 2. Disconnect 4WAS main control unit harness connector. Check for continuity between 4WAS main control unit harness connector terminal and rear wheel steering angle sensor harness connector terminal.
4WAS main control unit Connector B54 B54 B54 B54 B54 B54 B54 B54 Terminal 15 15 7 7 5 5 4 4 Rear wheel steering angle sensor Connector B58 B58 B58 B58 B58 B58 B58 B58 Terminal 1, 2, 3 4 1, 3, 4 2 1 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 4 3 Not existed Existed Not existed Existed Existed Not existed Not existed Existed
J
Continuity
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair or replace each harness and connector.

With CONSULT-III 1. Connect 4WAS main control unit harness connector. 2. Connect rear wheel steering angle sensor harness connector. 3. Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1917 or C1918 detected? YES >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View". NO >> GO TO 6.
P
STC-109
2009 G37 Coupe

6.CHECK INFORMATION
With CONSULT-III Check the DATA MONITOR value of each DTC detected with the self-diagnosis function. Refer to STC-157, "Reference Value". Is each data standard? YES >> Check the pin terminal and connection of each harness connector for non-standard conditions. NO >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View".
INFOID:0000000004258001


INFOID:0000000004258002
STC-110
2009 G37 Coupe
C1919 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL

A
INFOID:0000000004258003

Description
The vehicle speed signal is transmitted from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) to 4WAS main control unit via CAN communication.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) VEHICLE SPEED SEN [NO SIGNAL] Diagnostic item is detected when... Malfunction is detected in vehicle speed signal that is output from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication. (Improper signal inputs while driving.)
INFOID:0000000004258004
Possible cause
C1919
Vehicle speed signal error
1.RECHECK DTC
STC H
Diagnosis Procedure
I
INFOID:0000000004258005
1.PERFORM ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SELF-DIAGNOSIS

With CONSULT-III Perform ABS actuator and electrical unit (control unit) self-diagnosis. Is any error system detected? YES >> Check the error system. NO >> GO TO 2.

With CONSULT-III Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC U1000 or U1010 detected? YES >> Check the error system. NO >> GO TO 3.

With CONSULT-III Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1919 detected? YES >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View". NO >> GO TO 4.
4.INFORMATION CHECK
With CONSULT-III Check the DATA MONITOR value of each DTC detected with the self-diagnosis function. Refer to STC-157, "Reference Value". Is each data the standard value?
STC-111
2009 G37 Coupe

[WITH 4WAS] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> Check that there is no malfunction in each harness connector pin terminal or disconnection. NO >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View".

INFOID:0000000004258006
STC-112
2009 G37 Coupe
C1920 STEERING ANGLE SEN

A
INFOID:0000000004258007

Description
Steering angle sensor signal is transmitted from steering angle sensor to 4WAS main control unit via CAN communication.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) STEERING ANGLE SEN [NO SIGNAL] Diagnostic item is detected when... Malfunction is detected in steering angle sensor signal that is output from steering angle sensor via CAN communication. (No transmission from the steering angle sensor)
INFOID:0000000004258008
Possible cause
C1920
1.RECHECK DTC
STC H
Diagnosis Procedure
I
INFOID:0000000004258009

With CONSULT-III Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis. Is any error system detected? YES >> Check the error system. NO >> GO TO 2.


4.INFORMATION CHECK
STC-113
2009 G37 Coupe


INFOID:0000000004258010
AFTER REPLACING STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

With CONSULT-III Stop vehicle with front wheels in the straight-ahead position. Turn the ignition switch ON. CAUTION: Never start engine. 3. Select LOCK OPERATION item on ACTIVE of 4WAS front control unit. 4. Perform RELEASE of ACTIVE TEST. CAUTION: Turn steering wheel 90, and then check that front tire does not move. Never turn steering wheel 1 turn or more while performing RELEASE. 5. Place steering wheel in neutral position. 6. Perform LOCK item on ACTIVE TEST of 4WAS front control unit. 7. Steer 30 leftward slowly. Steer 30 rightward and return the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position. 8. Complete active test of 4WAS front control unit. 1. 2. >> GO TO 2.

With CONSULT-III Adjust steering angle sensor neutral position. Refer to BRC-8, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 1. >> GO TO 3.

1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine. CAUTION: Check condition with the vehicle stopped. Turn steering wheel to the left by 90 slowly, and then turn to the right by 90. Again, turn steering wheel to the left by 90 slowly, and then turn to the right by 90 so that it faces straight ahead. Stop vehicle with front wheels in the straight-ahead position after driving vehicle for a short time. (Engine starting) >> GO TO 4.

1. With CONSULT-III Check 4WAS STR ANG item on DATA MONITOR of 4WAS front control unit. CAUTION: Never touch steering wheel while performing.
STC-114
2009 G37 Coupe

4WAS STR ANG : 3.5 3.5deg
[WITH 4WAS]
A

With CONSULT-III Start engine. CAUTION: Check condition with the vehicle stopped. 2. Select SLOW MODE item on ACTIVE TEST of 4WAS front control unit. 3. Perform MODE START of ACTIVE TEST. 4. Turn steering wheel to the left slowly until it stops. 5. Turn steering wheel to the right slowly until it stops. Does OK display on both the left and right sides on SLOW MODE items of the monitor? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Refer to STC-31, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Pattern 4)". 1.

With CONSULT-III Perform 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis. Is malfunction detected? YES >> Check malfunctioning circuit. NO >> GO TO 7.
STC
7.ERASE ERROR RECORD

With CONSULT-III Erase memories of self-diagnosis results for 4WAS front control unit and 4WAS main control unit. >> END
STC-115
2009 G37 Coupe
C1921 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL


Description
The engine speed signal is transmitted to 4WAS main control unit via CAN communication.
INFOID:0000000004258011
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ENG REV SIGNAL Diagnostic item is detected when... Malfunction is detected in engine speed signal that is output from ECM via CAN communication. (Improper signal is input engine speed.)
INFOID:0000000004258012
Possible cause
C1921
1.RECHECK DTC
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004258013
1.PERFORM ECM SELF-DIAGNOSIS

With CONSULT-III Perform ECM self-diagnosis. Is any error system detected? YES >> Check the error system. NO >> GO TO 2.


4.INFORMATION CHECK
With CONSULT-III Check the DATA MONITOR value of each DTC detected with the self-diagnosis function. Refer to STC-157, "Reference Value". Is each data the standard value? YES >> Check that there is no malfunction in each harness connector pin terminal or disconnection. NO >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View".
STC-116
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004258014

STC
STC-117
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004258015
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) Diagnostic item is detected when... Malfunction is detected in steering angle sensor signal that is output from steering angle sensor via CAN communication. [Steering angle sensor input signal error is detected when driving at 60 km/h (37MPH) or more.]
INFOID:0000000004258016
Possible cause
C1923
STEERING ANGLE SEN [NO CHANGE]
1.RECHECK DTC
With CONSULT-III 1. Drive at 60 km/h (38MPH) or more for 3 minutes or more. 2. Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1923 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to STC-118, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004258017

With CONSULT-III Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis. Is any error system detected? YES >> Check the error system. NO >> GO TO 2.


4.INFORMATION CHECK
STC-118
2009 G37 Coupe


INFOID:0000000004258018
E With CONSULT-III 1. Stop vehicle with front wheels in the straight-ahead position. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON. F CAUTION: Never start engine. 3. Select LOCK OPERATION item on ACTIVE of 4WAS front control unit. STC 4. Perform RELEASE of ACTIVE TEST. CAUTION: Turn steering wheel 90, and then check that front tire does not move. Never turn steering wheel 1 turn or more while performing RELEASE. H 5. Place steering wheel in neutral position. 6. Perform LOCK item on ACTIVE TEST of 4WAS front control unit. 7. Steer 30 leftward slowly. Steer 30 rightward and return the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position. I 8. Complete active test of 4WAS front control unit.
>> GO TO 2.


M N

1. With CONSULT-III Check 4WAS STR ANG item on DATA MONITOR of 4WAS front control unit. CAUTION: Never touch steering wheel while performing.
STC-119
2009 G37 Coupe

4WAS STR ANG : 3.5 3.5deg
[WITH 4WAS]



STC-120
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004258019

Description
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) STEERING ANGLE SEN [NO NEUT STATE] Diagnostic item is detected when... Driving continuously at 10 km (6 mile) or more while the steering angle sensor value is not L10 - R10. (Not detected in 4WAS front control unit fail-safe mode)
INFOID:0000000004258020
Possible cause Steering angle sensor input signal error
C1924

F
1.RECHECK DTC
With CONSULT-III 1. Drive continuously for 10 km (6 mile) or more. 2. Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1924 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to STC-121, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
STC
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004258021
1.CHECK DRIVING
Drive for a short time. Does the vehicle drive with front wheels in the straight-ahead position? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Adjust the wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-8, "Inspection".
J K
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)

With CONSULT-III Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis. Is malfunction detected? YES >> Check malfunctioning circuit. NO >> GO TO 3.
L

With CONSULT-III Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC U1000 or U1010 detected? YES >> Check malfunctioning circuit. NO >> GO TO 4.

STC-121
2009 G37 Coupe

5.CHECK INFORMATION
With CONSULT-III Check the DATA MONITOR value of each DTC detected with the self-diagnosis function. Refer to STC-157, "Reference Value". Is each data standard? YES >> Check pin terminal and connection of each harness connector for non-standard conditions. NO >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View".

INFOID:0000000004258022



STC-122
2009 G37 Coupe

A

With CONSULT-III 1. Check 4WAS STR ANG item on DATA MONITOR of 4WAS front control unit. CAUTION: Never touch steering wheel while performing. 4WAS STR ANG : 3.5 3.5deg

E With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine. CAUTION: F Check condition with the vehicle stopped. 2. Select SLOW MODE item on ACTIVE TEST of 4WAS front control unit. 3. Perform MODE START of ACTIVE TEST. 4. Turn steering wheel to the left slowly until it stops. STC 5. Turn steering wheel to the right slowly until it stops. Does OK display on both the left and right sides on SLOW MODE items of the monitor? YES >> GO TO 6. H NO >> Refer to STC-31, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Pattern 4)".


STC-123
2009 G37 Coupe
C1926, C1932 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR


Description
INFOID:0000000004258023
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) Diagnostic item is detected when... Malfunction is detected in steering angle sensor signal that is output from steering angle sensor via CAN communication. (When improper signal inputs to steering angle sensor and steering angle sensor itself detects the malfunction) If the steering angle sensor error is detected. (Steering angle sensor output value is abnormal.)
INFOID:0000000004258024
Possible cause
C1926
STEERING ANGLE SEN
Steering angle sensor error
C1932
STEERING ANGLE SEN
1.RECHECK DTC
With CONSULT-III Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. 2. Turn the steering wheel leftward slowly. Steer until the turning stops. 3. Turn the steering wheel rightward slowly. Steer to the straight-forward position. 4. Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1926 or C1932 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to STC-124, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END 1.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004258025

With CONSULT-III Perform ABS actuator and electrical unit (control unit) self-diagnosis. Is any error system detected? YES >> Check the error system. NO >> GO TO 2.

With CONSULT-III Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis Is DTC U1000 or U1010 detected? YES >> Check the error system. NO >> GO TO 3.

With CONSULT-III Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis Is DTC C1926 or C1932 detected? C1926 >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View".
STC-124
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > C1932 >> Replace steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-105, "Exploded View". NO >> GO TO 4. [WITH 4WAS]
A
4.INFORMATION CHECK
With CONSULT-III Check the DATA MONITOR value of each DTC detected with the self-diagnosis function. Refer to STC-157, "Reference Value". Is each data the standard value? YES >> Check that there is no malfunction in each harness connector pin terminal or disconnection. NO >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View".
B

INFOID:0000000004258026

STC

With CONSULT-III 1. Adjust steering angle sensor neutral position. Refer to BRC-8, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. >> GO TO 3.
M N

1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine. CAUTION: Check condition with the vehicle stopped. Turn steering wheel to the left by 90 slowly, and then turn to the right by 90. Again, turn steering wheel to the left by 90 slowly, and then turn to the right by 90 so that it faces straight ahead. Stop vehicle with front wheels in the straight-ahead position after driving vehicle for a short time. (Engine starting)
STC-125
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > >> GO TO 4. [WITH 4WAS]

1. With CONSULT-III Check 4WAS STR ANG item on DATA MONITOR of 4WAS front control unit. CAUTION: Never touch steering wheel while performing. 4WAS STR ANG : 3.5 3.5deg



STC-126
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004258027

Description
It transmits the value calculated by 4WAS main control unit to 4WAS front control unit via 4WAS communication line (line for 4WAS system only). 4WAS front control unit controls 4WAS front actuator according to the received command value.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004258028
D
DTC C1930 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) 4WAS FRONT ECU Diagnostic item is detected when... An error is detected on 4WAS front control unit side. (4WAS front control unit fail-safe mode) Possible cause 4WAS front control unit fail-safe mode
1.RECHECK DTC
STC
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004258029

With CONSULT-III Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. Is any DTC other than C1930 detected? YES >> Check the error system. NO >> Perform 4WAS front control unit self-diagnosis.
J
STC-127
2009 G37 Coupe
C1931 4WAS FRONT CONTROL UNIT COMMUNICATION


Description
INFOID:0000000004258030
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) Diagnostic item is detected when... 4WAS communication line* data communication error is detected. (An error signal is detected from 4WAS front control unit.)
INFOID:0000000004258031
Possible cause 4WAS communication line*/4WAS front control unit/4WAS main control unit error
C1931
4WAS FRONT ECU COMM
1.RECHECK DTC
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004258032

Continuity

Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.
STC-128
2009 G37 Coupe

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Connector E41 Terminal 25 Ground 45 Ground
[WITH 4WAS]
A
Continuity
Not existed

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Connector E41 Terminal 25 45 Continuity Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace the harnesses and connectors. Refer to STC-178, "Precautions for Harness STC Repair".

Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector. Refer to STC-85, "Component Inspection [ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit)]". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-102, "Exploded View".

Check the continuity between yaw rate/side G sensor connector. Refer to STC-85, "Component Inspection (Yaw Rate/Side G Sensor)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace yaw rate/side G sensor. Refer to BRC-104, "Exploded View".

"CONSULT-III
Function

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect 4WAS front control unit harness connector. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
STC-129
2009 G37 Coupe

[WITH 4WAS] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Check the continuity between 4WAS front control unit harness connector and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
4WAS front control unit Connector M42 Terminal 14 25 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Connector E41 Terminal 25 45 Existed
Continuity
5.

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect 4WAS main control unit harness connector. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. Check the continuity between 4WAS main control unit harness connector and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
4WAS main control unit Connector B54 Terminal 31 32 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Connector E41 Terminal 45 25 Existed
Continuity
5.
INFOID:0000000004258033

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-102, "Exploded View". Check the resistance between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector terminals.
INFOID:0000000004258034

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove yaw rate/side G sensor. Refer to BRC-104, "Exploded View". Check the resistance between yaw rate/side G sensor connector terminals.
STC-130
2009 G37 Coupe

[WITH 4WAS]
A
C
INFOID:0000000004258035


Record the self-diagnosis results (history). CAUTION: STC Never erase the memory (history) of self-diagnosis results when replacing 4WAS main control unit after diagnosis. Erase the memory of the self-diagnosis results (record) after printing out or recording all the valH ues of DATA MONITOR.

I
STC-131
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004258036
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) CAN COMM Diagnostic item is detected when... When 4WAS main control unit is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or more.
INFOID:0000000004258037
Possible cause CAN communication error
U1000
1.RECHECK DTC
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn the ignition switch from OFF to ON. 2. Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC U1000 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to STC-132, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004258038

Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC U1000 detected? YES >> Perform CAN diagnosis. NO >> INSPECTION END

INFOID:0000000004258039
STC-132
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004258040

Description
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Items (CONSULT-III screen terms)
INFOID:0000000004258041
E
Diagnostic item is detected when... Possible cause CAN communication line/ 4WAS main control unit/ ECM/ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) error
U1010
CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN controller of 4WAS main control unit.
STC
1.RECHECK DTC
With CONSULT-III 1. Turn the ignition switch from OFF to ON. 2. Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. Is DTC U1010 detected? YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to STC-133, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
J
INFOID:0000000004258042
Diagnosis Procedure
1.4WAS MAIN CONTROL UNIT

Check that there is no malfunction in 4WAS main control unit harness connector or disconnection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View". NO >> Repair or replace the harnesses and connectors. Refer to STC-178, "Precautions for Harness Repair".

INFOID:0000000004258043
STC-133
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
4WAS system power supply
INFOID:0000000004258044
Diagnosis Procedure (4WAS Front Control Unit)
INFOID:0000000004258045

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect 4WAS front control unit harness connector. Check the voltage between 4WAS front control unit harness connectors and the ground.
Voltage (Approx.) Battery voltage 0V
4. 5.
Turn the ignition switch ON. CAUTION: Never start the engine. Check the voltage between 4WAS front control unit harness connectors and the ground.
Voltage (Approx.)
Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Check the following items. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. 40A fusible link (#I) open - Short among 40A fusible link (#I) connector, 4WAS front control unit harness connector No. 11 terminal and the ground Open between the battery and 4WAS front control unit harness connector No. 11 terminal 10A fuse (#3) open - Short among 10A fuse (#3) connector, 4WAS front control unit harness connector No. 15 terminal and the ground - Short among 10A fuse (#3) connector, unified meter and A/C amp No. 53 terminal and the ground Open between the ignition switch and 4WAS front control unit harness connector No. 15 terminal Battery or ignition switch

Check the continuity between 4WAS front control unit harness connector and the ground.
4WAS front control unit Connector M41 M42 Terminal 12 Ground 18 Ground 34 Ground Existed Continuity
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Repair or replace the harnesses and connectors.
STC-134
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004258046
Diagnosis Procedure (4WAS Main Control Unit)

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect 4WAS main control unit harness connector. Check the voltage between 4WAS main control unit harness connectors and the ground.
C
4. 5.
Turn the ignition switch ON. CAUTION: Never start the engine. Check the voltage between 4WAS main control unit harness connectors and the ground.
STC Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Check the following items. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. H 10A fuse (#45) open - Short among 10A fuse (#45) connector, 4WAS main control unit harness connector No. 27 terminal and the ground Open between the ignition switch and 4WAS main control unit harness connector No. 27 termiI nal Ignition switch

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove 4WAS rear motor relay. Check the continuity between 4WAS rear motor relay harness connector and the ground.
4WAS rear motor relay Connector B53 Terminal 1 Ground 2 Ground
Continuity Not existed Existed

Check the voltage between 4WAS rear motor relay harness connector and the ground.
4WAS rear motor relay Connector B53 Terminal 3 Ground Voltage (Approx.)
P
Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Check the following items. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. 20A fuse (#37) open - Short among 20A fuse (#37) connector, 4WAS rear motor relay harness connector No. 3 terminal and the ground
STC-135
2009 G37 Coupe

[WITH 4WAS] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Open between the battery and 4WAS rear motor relay harness connector No. 3 terminal

1. 2. Remove the noise suppressor. Check continuity between the noise suppressor harness connector and the ground.
Noise suppressor Connector B51 Terminal 3 Ground 5 Ground 1 Ground 2 Ground
Continuity
Not existed Not existed Existed
B52

1. 2. 3. Connect 4WAS main control unit harness connector. Turn the ignition switch ON. CAUTION: Never start the engine. Check the voltage between 4WAS main control unit harness connectors.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View".

1. Apply 12 V to 4WAS rear motor relay connector No. 1 terminal and No. 2 terminal. CAUTION: Never make the terminals short. Connect the fuse between the terminals when applying the voltage. Check the continuity between 4WAS rear motor relay connector terminals.
2.
Continuity
Existed
B53
35
Not existed
3.

STC-136
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> Replace 4WAS rear motor relay. [WITH 4WAS]
A
7.CHECK NOISE SUPPRESSOR

Check continuity between the noise suppressor connector terminals.
Noise suppressor Connector B51 B51 B51 B51 B51 Terminal 3 3 3 5 5 Connector B52 B51 B52 B52 B52 Terminal 1 5 2 2 1 Continuity Existed Not existed Not existed Existed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace the noise suppressor.
8.CHECK 4WAS REAR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Connect 4WAS main control unit harness connector. Install 4WAS rear motor relay. Install the noise suppressor. Turn the ignition switch ON. CAUTION: Never start the engine. Check the voltage between 4WAS main control unit harness connectors and the ground.
STC
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END. NO >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View".
K
INFOID:0000000004258047
Component Inspection (4WAS Rear Motor Relay)

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove 4WAS rear motor relay connector. Apply 12 V to 4WAS rear motor relay connector No. 1 terminal and No. 2 terminal. CAUTION: Never make the terminals short. Connect the fuse between the terminals when applying the voltage. Check the continuity between 4WAS rear motor relay connector terminals.
4.
Continuity
Existed
B53
35
Not existed
5.
STC-137
2009 G37 Coupe

[WITH 4WAS]
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace 4WAS rear motor relay.
Component Inspection (Noise Suppressor)
INFOID:0000000004258048
1.NOISE SUPPRESSOR INSPECTION

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the noise suppressor. Check continuity between the noise suppressor connector terminals.
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace the noise suppressor.
STC-138
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004258049

Description
The power steering oil pressure in the gear housing assembly is controlled.
B
INFOID:0000000004258050
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK POWER STEERING SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL

With CONSULT-III
1. 2.
Start the engine. Check POWER STR SOL item on DATA MONITOR of 4WAS main control unit.
Monitor item POWER STR SOL Condition Vehicle speed: 0 km/h (0 MPH) (Engine is running) Vehicle speed: 100 km/h (62 MPH) Display value Approx. 1.10 A Approx. 0.42 A
Without CONSULT-III
1. 2.
Start the engine. Check the voltage between 4WAS main control unit harness connector and the ground.
4WAS main control unit Connector Terminal Condition Vehicle speed: 0 km/h (0 MPH) (Engine is running) Vehicle speed: 100 km/h (62 MPH) Voltage (Approx.) 4.4 6.6 V 2.4 3.6 V
STC
B54
36 Ground
3. Check that there is no malfunction in 4WAS main control unit harness connector or disconnection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK POWER STEERING SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect 4WAS main control unit harness connector. Disconnect the power steering solenoid valve harness connector. Check the continuity between 4WAS main control unit harness connector and power steering solenoid valve harness connector.
4WAS main control unit Connector B54 Terminal 36 Power steering solenoid valve Connector F45 Terminal 1 Existed
Continuity
5.
Check the continuity between power steering solenoid valve harness connector and the ground.
Power steering solenoid valve Connector F45 Terminal 2 Ground
Continuity Existed
STC-139
2009 G37 Coupe


1. Check the resistance between power steering solenoid valve connector terminals.
Power steering solenoid valve Connector F45 Terminal 12 Resistance (Approx.) 46
2.
Check for click sound (power steering solenoid valve activation sound) when applying approximately 12 V between the power steering solenoid valve connector terminals. CAUTION: Never make the terminals short. Assign the positive terminal to No. 1 terminal, and the negative terminal to No. 2 terminal. Connect the fuse between the terminals when applying the voltage. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Repair the steering gear. Refer to ST-30, "2WD : Exploded View".
INFOID:0000000004258051
1.POWER STEERING SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the power steering solenoid valve harness connector. Check the resistance between power steering solenoid valve connector terminals.
Power steering solenoid valve Connector F45 Terminal 12
4.
Check for click sound (power steering solenoid valve activation sound) when applying approximately 12 V between the power steering solenoid valve connector terminals. CAUTION: Never make the terminals short. Assign the positive terminal to No. 1 terminal, and the negative terminal to No. 2 terminal. Connect the fuse between the terminals when applying the voltage. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Repair the steering gear.ST-30, "2WD : Exploded View".
STC-140
2009 G37 Coupe
4WAS WARNING LAMP

A
INFOID:0000000004258052
4WAS WARNING LAMP

Description
Turn 4WAS warning lamp ON when ignition switch turns ON from OFF. Then, turn 4WAS warning lamp OFF after the engine is started. The check of 4WAS system is performed. 4WAS system stops (error) when turning 4WAS warning lamp ON.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004258053
1.PERFORM UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. SELF-DIAGNOSIS

With CONSULT-III Perform the self-diagnosis of the unified meter and A/C amp. Is any error system detected? YES >> Check the error system. NO >> GO TO 2.

STC
3.PERFORM COMBINATION METER CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector. Disconnect the combination meter harness connector. Check the continuity between the unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector and the combination meter harness connector terminal.
Combination meter Connector M53 M53 Terminal 3 2
Unified meter and A/C amp. Connector M66 M66 Terminal 7 27
Continuity
Existed
4.CHECK 4WAS WARNING LAMP SIGNAL

With CONSULT-III Connect the unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector. Connect the combination meter harness connector. Disconnect 4WAS front control unit harness connector. Turn the ignition switch ON. CAUTION: Never start the engine. 5. Check WARNING LAMP item on DATA MONITOR of 4WAS main control unit. Does the item on DATA MONITOR indicate On? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace 4WAS main control unit. Refer to STC-180, "Exploded View". 1. 2. 3. 4.
5.CHECK COMBINATION METER

With CONSULT-III
STC-141
2009 G37 Coupe
4WAS WARNING LAMP

[WITH 4WAS] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Perform the trouble diagnosis of the combination meter. Refer to MWI-50, "COMBINATION METER : Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace the combination meter. Refer to MWI-125, "Exploded View".

INFOID:0000000004258054
STC-142
2009 G37 Coupe
4WAS FRONT CONTROL UNIT

< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH 4WAS]
A

Reference Value
INFOID:0000000004258055
C
Condition Steering wheel turned right Value/Status Approx. 0 550 deg Approx. 0 deg Approx. 0 550 deg 0 km/h (0 MPH) Approximately equal to the indication on speedometer (Inside of 10%) Approx. 0 1 A Approx. 0 60 A Approx. 0 1 A Approx. 0 60 A Approx. 0 60 deg Approx. 0 deg Approx. 0 60 deg Approx. 0 16 V 40 100C Engine running (idling) Engine stopped. Engine running (idling) Engine stopped. Battery voltage Battery voltage Battery voltage Battery voltage Approx. 0 60 deg Approx. 0 deg Approx. 0 60 deg 0 deg/s Other than 0 deg/s 0 100% 0 100% Engine running (idling) Engine stopped. Engine running (idling) Engine stopped. Engine running (idling) Engine stopped. Approx. 0 20 V 0V Approx. 0 20 V 0V Approx. 0 20 V 0V 40 100C Approx. 0 20 A Approx. 10 10 deg
Monitor item
4WAS STR ANG
Straight-ahead Steering wheel turned left Vehicle stopped
VEHICLE SPEED
Vehicle running CAUTION: Check air pressure of tire under standard conditions. The steering wheel is not steered. The steering wheel is steering. The steering wheel is not steered. The steering wheel is steering. Steering wheel turned to the right (with vehicle stopped).
MOTOR CURRENT
MTR CRNT ESTM
STC
ACTR ROTA ANG
Straight-ahead Steering wheel turned to the left (with vehicle stopped).
LG VOLT THERM TEMP MOTOR VOLT
Engine running (idling) Engine running (idling) Ignition switch: ON
IGN VOLT
Ignition switch: ON
Steering wheel turned to the right (with vehicle stopped). ACTR ANG COMM Straight-ahead Steering wheel turned to the left (with vehicle stopped). ACTR ROTA SPD DUTY COMMAND LOCK DTY COMM MTR U VOLT The steering wheel is not steered. The steering wheel is steering. Engine running (idling) Engine running (idling) Ignition switch: ON
MTR V VOLT
Ignition switch: ON
MTR W VOLT ACT TEMP ESTM MTR PHZ CRNT ACTR DEVI ANG
Ignition switch: ON Engine running (idling)
The steering wheel is steering. The steering wheel is steering.
STC-143
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor item Condition Steer the steering wheel leftward slowly. Steer until the steering stops. Steer the steering wheel rightward slowly. Steer until the steering stops. The steering wheel is not steered. The steering wheel is steering. It displays record of 4WAS system (entire 4WAS system) high load. (It displays time of occurrence before turning ignition switch ON.) It displays record of 4WAS system (4WAS front actuator) overheating. (It displays time of occurrence before turning ignition switch ON.) It displays record of 4WAS system (4WAS front control unit) overheating. (It displays time of occurrence before turning ignition switch ON.) It displays record of 4WAS system (terminal power supply converter of 4WAS front motor) intermittent abnormal. (It displays time of occurrence before turning ignition switch ON.) It displays record of 4WAS system (terminal voltage of 4WAS front motor) intermittent abnormal. (It displays time of occurrence before turning ignition switch ON.) It displays record of 4WAS system (terminal voltage of 4WAS front control unit and 4WAS front actuator) low voltage. (It displays time of occurrence before turning ignition switch ON.) It displays record of 4WAS system (terminal voltage of 4WAS front control unit and 4WAS front actuator) extreme voltage. (It displays time of occurrence before turning ignition switch ON.) 4WAS system (the entire 4WAS system) heavy load condition judgment (Condition detected in past and present.) 4WAS system (the entire 4WAS system) heavy load condition judgment (Condition not detected in past and present.)* 4WAS front actuator overheat condition judgment (Condition detected in past and present.) 4WAS front actuator overheat condition judgment (Condition not detected in past and present.)* 4WAS front control unit overheat condition judgment (Condition detected in past and present.) 4WAS front control unit overheat condition judgment (Condition not detected in past and present.)* 4WAS system (4WAS front motor terminal power supply converter) intermittent error. (Condition detected in past and present.) 4WAS system (4WAS front motor terminal power supply converter) intermittent error. (Condition not detected in past and present.)* 4WAS system (4WAS front motor terminal voltage) intermittent error. (Condition detected in past and present.) 4WAS system (4WAS front motor terminal voltage) intermittent error. (Condition not detected in past and present.)*
[WITH 4WAS]
Value/Status Approx. 0 60 deg Approx. 0 60 deg 0 deg/s Other than 0 deg/s 0 39
ACTR ANGL SUB
STR ANGL SPD
OVRLD JDG TMG
ACT PRTCT TMG
0 39
ECU PRTCT TMG
0 39
DRV TMPO TMG
0 39
MTR PW TMP TM
0 39
LOW VOLT TMG
0 39
HIGH VOLT TMG
0 39
On
OVRLD JDG FLG
Off
On Off On Off
ACT PRTCT FLG
ECU PRTCT FLG
On
DRV TMPO FLG
Off
On
MTR PW TMP FL
Off
STC-144
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor item Condition 4WAS system (4WAS front control unit and 4WAS front actuator terminal voltage) voltage-dropped condition (Condition detected in past and present.) 4WAS system (4WAS front control unit and 4WAS front actuator terminal voltage) voltage-dropped condition (Condition not detected in past and present.)* 4WAS system (4WAS front control unit and 4WAS front actuator terminal voltage) over-voltage condition (Condition detected in past and present.) 4WAS system (4WAS front control unit and 4WAS front actuator terminal voltage) over-voltage condition (Condition not detected in past and present.)* The steering wheel is steering. The steering wheel is steering. The steering wheel is steering. 4WAS main control unit fail-safe mode MAIN ECU FAIL 4WAS system is in the normal condition. (When 4WAS main control unit is the normal condition.) 4WAS main control unit protection function mode M-ECU TMPO FL 4WAS system is in the normal condition. (When 4WAS main control unit is the normal condition.) 4WAS front lock solenoid valve (lock structure) condition Lock released condition Lock condition
[WITH 4WAS]
Value/Status
A
On
LOW VOLT FLG
B
Off
C
On
HIGH VOLT FLG
Off Hi Low Hi Low Hi Low On Off On Off 0 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 On Off On Off Ok
MTR SEN U OUT MTR SEN V OUT MTR SEN W OUT
STC
LOCK MODE
NEUTRAL OUT
4WAS front actuator misaligned angle adjustment control is controlled. 4WAS front actuator misaligned angle adjustment is not controlled.
EX OPERAT
4WAS system enters in the protection function due to the heavy load condition and temporarily abnormal voltage. 4WAS system is in the normal condition.
SLOW MODE
ACTIVE TEST SLOW MODE judgment condition (Steer the steering wheel rightward and leftward slowly. Steer until the turning stops.)
*: Off is indicated if the self-diagnosis result memory is erased.
TERMINAL LAYOUT
M
JSGIA0015ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
STC-145
2009 G37 Coupe

Terminal No. + 1 Wire color G Description Signal name 4WAS front motor V terminal Front wheel angle sensor W terminal voltage 4WAS front lock solenoid valve ground Front wheel angle sensor U terminal voltage 4WAS front motor U terminal 4WAS front motor W terminal Front wheel angle sensor ground Front wheel angle sensor V terminal voltage 4WAS front lock solenoid valve power supply Power supply 4WAS front motor ground BUS-L Ignition switch power supply Ground BUS-H Ground Input/ Output Condition Value (Approx.)
[WITH 4WAS]
Ground
Output
Ignition switch: ON
05V
Ground
Output
Ignition switch: ON
05V
5 6 7
BR L GR
Ground
G/R
Output
Ignition switch: ON Ignition switch: ON
05V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V 0V 0V
10
Ground
Output
Ignition switch: OFF (Wait 10 min. or more.) Ignition switch: ON Ignition switch: OFF Always Ignition switch: ON Ignition switch: OFF Always Always
11 12 14 15 18 25 34 CAUTION:
Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground
R B Y G B SB B
Input Input
When using circuit tester to measure voltage for inspection, never forcibly extend any connector terminals.
STC-146
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004704875
Wiring Diagram - 4WAS SYSTEM -
STC
P
JCGWM0171GB
STC-147
2009 G37 Coupe

JCGWM0172GB
STC-148
2009 G37 Coupe

A
STC
O
JCGWM0173GB
STC-149
2009 G37 Coupe

JCGWM0174GB
STC-150
2009 G37 Coupe

A
STC
O
JCGWM0175GB
STC-151
2009 G37 Coupe

JCGWM0176GB
STC-152
2009 G37 Coupe

A
STC
O
JCGWM0177GB
Fail Safe
4WAS system (front)
P
INFOID:0000000004258057
4WAS system enters in the fail-safe mode (4WAS system is stopped), and 4WAS warning lamp turns ON if an error is detected in 4WAS system (4WAS front control unit and 4WAS main control unit) component part. 4WAS system enters in the protection function mode (4WAS system is temporarily stopped) if 4WAS system continues the heavy load condition and the overheat condition.4WAS system reactivates automatically if the
STC-153
2009 G37 Coupe

[WITH 4WAS] < ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > heavy load condition and the overheat condition are resolved.4WAS warning lamp continues turning OFF in the protection function mode.
Mode Warning lamp TurnOFF Protection function TurnOFF TurnOFF TurnON TurnON TurnON TurnON TurnOFF TurnON TurnON TurnON TurnON Fail-safe TurnON TurnON TurnON TurnON TurnON TurnON DTC Detected area (Error area) Error area and root cause
C1621 C1622 C1627 C1628 C1631 C1632 C1633 C1651 C1652 C1654 C1655 C1661 C1667 C1668 C1669 C1671 C1672 C1684 C1685 U1000 U1002 U1010 C1686
4WAS front control unit 4WAS front actuator 4WAS front control unit 4WAS front actuator 4WAS front actuator Front wheel steering angle sensor 4WAS front control unit 4WAS front control unit 4WAS front control unit 4WAS front control unit 4WAS front control unit 4WAS front control unit 4WAS front lock solenoid valve (lock structure) 4WAS front actuator 4WAS front actuator 4WAS front actuator 4WAS front actuator 4WAS main actuator
4WAS front control unit overheat condition 4WAS front actuator overheat condition 4WAS front control unit heavy load condition 4WAS front control unit or 4WAS front motor error is detected. 4WAS front actuator error Front wheel steering angle sensor error 4WAS front control unit or 4WAS front control unit power supply error is detected. 4WAS front control unit error 4WAS front control unit or the ignition power supply error is detected. 4WAS front control unit or 4WAS front motor power supply error is detected. The main relay power supply inside 4WAS front control unit error is detected. 4WAS front control unit or 4WAS front motor power supply error is detected. 4WAS front control unit or 4WAS front lock solenoid valve error is detected. The inside 4WAS front actuator error is detected. The inside 4WAS front actuator error is detected. The power steering oil pressure or the inside 4WAS front actuator error is detected. 4WAS front actuator adjustment is not performed. 4WAS front actuator adjustment is incomplete.
TurnON
4WAS communication line*/ 4WAS main control unit/4WAS front control unit
4WAS communication line*/4WAS main control unit/4WAS front control unit error
TurnON
4WAS main control unit fail-safe mode
INFOID:0000000004258058
STC-154
2009 G37 Coupe

Priority 1 U1000 CANCOMM CIRCUIT* U1002 SYSTEM COMM(CAN)* U1010 CONTROL UNIT(CAN)* C1671 ACT ADJ NOT PRFRM C1672 INCOMP ACTUATR ADJ C1631 CONTROL UNIT C1632 CONTROL UNIT C1651 IGN POWER SUPPLY C1652 MOTOR POWER SUPPLY C1654 ACTUATOR RELAY C1655 PRE-DRIVER C1621 ACTUATOR C1622 ACTUATOR C1627 ACTUATOR C1628 ACTUATOR C1661 LOCK SOLENOID C1667 LOCK INSERTION C1668 LOCK HLD GAP DETCT C1669 INCOMP LOCK RELEAS Detected items (DTC)
[WITH 4WAS]
A
2 3
6 7
C1684 4WAS MAIN ECU COMM C1685 4WAS MAIN ECU COMM C1686 4WAS MAIN ECU C1633 CONTROL UNIT
STC
*: 4WAS communication line
DTC Index
DTC C1621 C1622 C1627 C1628 C1631 C1632 C1633 C1651 C1652 C1654 C1655 C1661 C1667 C1668 C1669 C1671 C1672 C1684 C1685 C1686 U1000 ACTUATOR ACTUATOR ACTUATOR ACTUATOR CONTROL UNIT CONTROL UNIT CONTROL UNIT IGN POWER SUPPLY MOTOR POWER SUPPLY ACTUATOR RELAY PRE-DRIVER LOCK SOLENOID LOCK INSERTION LOCK HLD GAP DETCT INCOMP LOCK RELEAS ACT ADJ NOT PRFRM INCOMP ACTUATR ADJ 4WAS MAIN ECU COMM 4WAS MAIN ECU COMM 4WAS MAIN ECU CAN COMM CIRCUIT Items (CONSULT-III screen terms)
INFOID:0000000004258059
Reference STC-48, "DTC Logic" STC-48, "DTC Logic" STC-51, "DTC Logic" STC-53, "DTC Logic" STC-56, "DTC Logic" STC-56, "DTC Logic" STC-59, "DTC Logic" STC-61, "DTC Logic" STC-63, "DTC Logic" STC-65, "DTC Logic" STC-67, "DTC Logic" STC-69, "DTC Logic" STC-71, "DTC Logic" STC-73, "DTC Logic" STC-74, "DTC Logic" STC-75, "DTC Logic" STC-77, "DTC Logic" STC-78, "DTC Logic" STC-78, "DTC Logic" STC-82, "DTC Logic" STC-83, "DTC Logic"
STC-155
2009 G37 Coupe

DTC U1002 U1010 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) SYSTEM COMM(CAN) CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
[WITH 4WAS]
Reference STC-83, "DTC Logic" STC-87, "DTC Logic"
STC-156
2009 G37 Coupe
4WAS MAIN CONTROL UNIT

A
INFOID:0000000004258060

Reference Value
B
Condition Value/Status 0 km/h (0 MPH) Approximately equal to the indication on speedometer (Inside of 10%) Approx. 0 R550 Approx. 0 Approx. 0 L550 0 rpm Approximately equal to the indication on tachometer 0 deg/s 1 3,000 deg/s Approx. 1.10 A Approx. 0.42 A Approx. 4.4 V Approx. 2.4 V Approx. 0.4 V Approx. 4.4 V Approx. 2.6 V Approx. 0.4 V Approx. 5 V Battery voltage Battery voltage 0 20 A Approx. 2 2 A Approx. 20 20 A Approx. 0 1 deg Approx. 0 deg Approx. 0 1 deg Approx. 0 R60 Approx. 0 Approx. 0 L60 On Off On On Off On Off
Monitor item Vehicle stopped VHCL SPEED SE
Start the engine. Wait a minute. Drive the vehicle. CAUTION: Check air pressure of tire under standard conditions. Steering wheel turned right
STEERING ANG
Straight-ahead Steering wheel turned left Engine stopped
ENGINE SPEED
Engine running (Engine speed: 400 rpm or more) The steering wheel is not steered. The steering wheel is steering. Vehicle speed: 0 km/h (0 MPH) (Engine is running) Vehicle speed: 100 km/h (62 MPH) 4WAS rear actuator turns right completely
STR ANGL SPD
STC
POWER STR SOL
RR ST ANG-MAI
4WAS rear actuator is neutral 4WAS rear actuator turns left completely 4WAS rear actuator turns right completely
RR ST ANG-SUB
4WAS rear actuator is neutral 4WAS rear actuator turns left completely
RR ST ANG-VOL C/U VOLTAGE MOTOR VOLTAGE MOTOR CURRENT MTR CRNT OPE
Ignition switch: ON Ignition switch: ON Ignition switch: ON 4WAS rear motor running 4WAS rear actuator neutral condition and vehicle straight-ahead position. 4WAS rear motor running 4WAS rear actuator turned right
RR ANGLE OPE
4WAS rear actuator is neutral 4WAS rear actuator turned left Steering wheel turned to the right (with vehicle stopped).
FR ANGLE OPE
Straight-ahead Steering wheel turned to the left (with vehicle stopped).
STOP LAMP SW HICAS RELAY FAIL SAFE
Brake pedal: Depressed Brake pedal: Released Ignition switch: ON Fail-safe condition Normal 4WAS warning lamp: ON 4WAS warning lamp: OFF
WARNING LAMP
STC-157
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor item FRNT ECU FAIL Condition 4WAS front control unit fail-safe mode Normal 4WAS front control unit enters in the protection function mode Normal
[WITH 4WAS]
Value/Status On Off On Off
FRNT ECU EX
TERMINAL LAYOUT
SGIA1449E
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal No. + 1 4 Ground Wire color L BR Description Signal name CAN-H Rear wheel steering angle sensor ground Rear wheel steering angle sensor power supply Input/ Output Condition Always Ignition switch: ON Output Ignition switch: OFF 4WAS rear actuator assembly turns right completely. 7 Ground R Rear wheel steering angle sensor (sub) output voltage Output 4WAS rear actuator assembly is neutral 4WAS rear actuator assembly turns left completely. 8 P CAN-L 4WAS rear actuator assembly turns right completely. 15 Ground G Rear wheel steering angle sensor (main) output voltage Output 4WAS rear actuator assembly is neutral 4WAS rear actuator assembly turns left completely. 22 Ground GR Stop lamp switch 4WAS rear motor relay Ignition switch 4WAS communication-H 4WAS communication-L Input Brake pedal: Depressed Brake pedal: Released Ignition switch: ON Ignition switch: OFF Ignition switch: ON Ignition switch: OFF Value (Approx.) 0V 5V 0V 4.4 V 2.6 V 0.4 V 4.4 V 2.4 V 0.4 V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V
Ground
25
Ground
SB
Input
27 31 32
Ground
V BR Y
Input
STC-158
2009 G37 Coupe

Terminal No. + 34 36 Ground Ground Wire color B LG Description Signal name Ground Power steering solenoid valve 4WAS rear motor power supply 4WAS rear motor output voltage (right) Input/ Output Output Condition Always Vehicle speed: 0 km/h (0 MPH) (Engine is running) Vehicle speed: 100 km/h (62 MPH) Input Ignition switch: ON Ignition switch: OFF While 4WAS rear motor activates rightward While 4WAS rear motor activates leftward While 4WAS rear motor activates rightward While 4WAS rear motor activates leftward Always Value (Approx.) 0V 4.4 6.6 V 2.4 3.6 V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V 0V Battery voltage 0V
[WITH 4WAS]
A
37
Ground
38
Ground
Output
39
Ground
4WAS rear motor output voltage (left) 4WAS rear motor ground
Output
40 CAUTION:
Ground
STC
When using circuit tester to measure voltage for inspection, never forcibly extend any connector terminals.
STC-159
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004258061
Wiring Diagram - 4WAS SYSTEM -
JCGWM0171GB
STC-160
2009 G37 Coupe

A
STC
O
JCGWM0172GB
STC-161
2009 G37 Coupe

JCGWM0173GB
STC-162
2009 G37 Coupe

A
STC
O
JCGWM0174GB
STC-163
2009 G37 Coupe

JCGWM0175GB
STC-164
2009 G37 Coupe

A
STC
O
JCGWM0176GB
STC-165
2009 G37 Coupe

JCGWM0177GB
Fail Safe
4WAS system (Main)
INFOID:0000000004258062
4WAS system enters in the fail-safe mode (4WAS system stopped) and 4WAS warning lamp turns ON if an error is detected in 4WAS system (4WAS main control unit) component part. 4WAS system enters in the protection function mode (4WAS system temporarily stopped) if 4WAS system continues the heavy load condition or the sensor self-check condition. (4WAS system reactivates automatiRevision: 2009 October
STC-166
2009 G37 Coupe

[WITH 4WAS] < ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > cally if the heavy load condition and the self-check condition are resolved.) 4WAS warning lamp stays OFF in the protection function mode.
Mode Warning lamp DTC C1900 C1901 C1905 C1906 C1907 C1908 C1922 C1925 C1927 C1928 C1933 C1902 C1903 C1904 C1910 C1913 C1909 C1911 C1912 C1914 C1915 C1916 C1917 C1918 C1919 C1920 C1923 C1924 C1921 C1926 C1930 Detected area (Error area) Error area and root cause
C
4WAS main control unit 4WAS main control unit error
TurnON
TurnON
4WAS rear motor
TurnON TurnON TurnON TurnON TurnOFF TurnON TurnON TurnON TurnON TurnON TurnON TurnON TurnON TurnON TurnON
4WAS main control unit 4WAS rear motor Rear wheel steering sensor Rear wheel steering sensor Rear wheel steering sensor Rear wheel steering sensor ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Steering angle sensor
4WAS main control unit 4WAS rear motor power supply error
STC
H
Rear wheel steering sensor power supply error Rear wheel steering sensor output voltage error Rear wheel steering sensor (main and sub) output signal value error signal Rear wheel steering sensor (main and sub) output signal error Vehicle speed signal error
Fail-safe
ECM Steering angle sensor 4WAS front control unit 4WAS communication line*/ 4WAS front control unit/4WAS main control unit Steering angle sensor CAN communication line* CAN communication line*/ 4WAS main control unit/ECM/ ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
M
Steering angle sensor error 4WAS front control unit fail-safe mode 4WAS communication line*/4WAS front control unit/4WAS main control unit error Steering angle sensor input signal error CAN communication error
C1931
C1932 U1000
U1010
CAN communication line/4WAS main control unit/ECM/ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) error
STC-167
2009 G37 Coupe

< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > EPS system EPS system (4WAS main control unit) enters the fail-safe mode (that allows the steering force to be controlled without impairing the drive ability) if the input from each sensor is not within the specified range. Then, 4WAS warning lamp turns ON. [WITH 4WAS]
JSGIA0055GB
Mode
Warning lamp TurnON
DTC
Detected area (Error area) ABS actuator and electronic unit (control unit)
Error part and root cause
Fail-safe
C1919
Vehicle speed signal error
INFOID:0000000004258063
Priority 1 U1000 CAN COMM U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) C1900 CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL1] C1901 CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL2] C1905 CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL3] C1906 CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL5] C1907 CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL4] C1908 CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL7] C1909 CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL6] C1922 CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL8] C1925 AD CONVERTER C1927 CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL5] C1928 CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL9] C1933 CONTROL UNIT C1902 MOTOR OUTPUT [REV CURRENT] C1903 MOTOR OUTPUT [NO CURRENT] C1904 MOTOR OUTPUT [OVERCURRENT] C1910 MOTOR OUTPUT [MOTOR LOCK] C1911 MOTOR VOLTAGE [LOW VOLTAGE] C1912 MOTOR VOLTAGE [BAD OBSTRCT] C1913 MOTOR OUTPUT [ABNORML SIG] C1914 RR ST ANGLE SENSOR [ABNORML VOL] C1915 RR ST ANGLE SENSOR [MAIN SIGNAL] C1916 RR ST ANGLE SENSOR [SUB SIGNAL] C1917 RR ST ANGLE SENSOR [OFFSET SIG1] C1918 RR ST ANGLE SENSOR [OFFSET SIG2] C1919 VEHICLE SPEED SEN [NO SIGNAL] C1920 STEERING ANGLE SEN [NO SIGNAL] C1921 ENG REV SIGNAL C1923 STEERING ANGLE SEN [NO CHANGE] C1924 STEERING ANGLE SEN [NO NEUT STATE] C1926 STEERING ANGLE SEN C1932 STEERING ANGLE SEN Detected items (DTC)
C1930 4WAS FRONT ECU C1931 4WAS FRONT ECU COMM
STC-168
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004258064
DTC Index
DTC C1900 C1901 C1902 C1903 C1904 C1905 C1906 C1907 C1908 C1909 C1910 C1911 C1912 C1913 C1914 C1915 C1916 C1917 C1918 C1919 C1920 C1921 C1922 C1923 C1924 CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL1] CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL2] MOTOR OUTPUT [REV CURRENT] MOTOR OUTPUT [NO CURRENT] MOTOR OUTPUT [OVERCURRENT] CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL3] CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL5] CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL4] CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL7] CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL6] MOTOR OUTPUT [MOTOR LOCK] MOTOR VOLTAGE [LOW VOLTAGE] MOTOR VOLTAGE [BAD OBSTRCT] MOTOR OUTPUT [ABNORML SIG] RR ST ANGLE SENSOR [ABNORML VOL] RR ST ANGLE SENSOR [MAIN SIGNAL] RR ST ANGLE SENSOR [SUB SIGNAL] RR ST ANGLE SENSOR [OFFSET SIG1] RR ST ANGLE SENSOR [OFFSET SIG2] VEHICLE SPEED SEN [NO SIGNAL] STEERING ANGLE SEN [NO SIGNAL] ENG REV SIGNAL CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL8] STEERING ANGLE SEN [NO CHANGE] STEERING ANGLE SEN [NO NEUT STATE] Items (CONSULT-III screen terms)
A
Reference
B
STC-88, "DTC Logic" STC-88, "DTC Logic" STC-90, "DTC Logic"
D
F
STC
H
J
L
STC-105, "DTC Logic" STC-105, "DTC Logic" STC-108, "DTC Logic" STC-108, "DTC Logic" STC-111, "DTC Logic" STC-113, "DTC Logic" STC-116, "DTC Logic" STC-93, "DTC Logic" STC-118, "DTC Logic" STC-121, "DTC Logic"
STC-169
2009 G37 Coupe

DTC C1925 C1926 C1927 C1928 C1930 C1931 C1932 C1933 U1000 U1010 AD CONVERTER STEERING ANGLE SEN CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL5] CONTROL UNIT [ABNORMAL9] 4WAS FRONT ECU 4WAS FRONT ECU COMM STEERING ANGLE SEN CONTROL UNIT CAN COMM CONTROL UNIT (CAN) Items (CONSULT-III screen terms)
[WITH 4WAS]
Reference STC-93, "DTC Logic" STC-124, "DTC Logic" STC-88, "DTC Logic" STC-93, "DTC Logic" STC-127, "DTC Logic" STC-128, "DTC Logic" STC-124, "DTC Logic" STC-88, "DTC Logic" STC-132, "DTC Logic" STC-133, "DTC Logic"
STC-170
2009 G37 Coupe
4WAS WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH 4WAS]
A
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
4WAS WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON
Description
4WAS warning lamp does not turn ON when turning ignition switch ON from OFF.
INFOID:0000000004258066
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004258067
1.CHECK 4WAS SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-III Perform the trouble diagnosis of the power supply and ground circuit. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace the specific malfunctioning part.
D E
2.CHECK 4WAS WARNING LAMP

With CONSULT-III Perform the trouble diagnosis of 4WAS warning lamp. Refer to STC-141, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Check that there is no malfunction in each harness connector pin terminal or disconnection. NO >> Repair or replace the specific malfunctioning part.
STC
STC-171
2009 G37 Coupe
4WAS WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF

4WAS WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF

Description
4WAS system stops (error) when turning 4WAS warning lamp ON.
INFOID:0000000004258068
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004258069

With CONSULT-III Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. Is any DTC detected other than C1930 or C1931? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS (4WAS MAIN CONTROL UNIT)

With CONSULT-III 1. Check the error system detected from the self-diagnosis. 2. Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis again after the inspection. Is any error system detected? YES >> Check the error system. NO >> GO TO 3.


With CONSULT-III Perform 4WAS main control unit self-diagnosis. Is any error system detected? YES >> Check the error system. NO >> Check that there is no malfunction in each harness connector pin terminal or disconnection.
STC-172
2009 G37 Coupe
STEERING WHEEL MISS ALIGNMENT

A
INFOID:0000000004258070

Description
The steering wheel position (center) is in the wrong position at driving. 4WAS system stops temporarily. NOTE: The steering wheel position (center) is in the wrong position under the following condition. (4WAS system is in the protection mode. This is normal status.) - When steering frequently - When driving on a rough road - When the assist of power steering is not sufficient - When the battery voltage is weak - When driving under the status that there is a difference in the steering wheel
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004258071
1.CHECK SYMPTOM
F Stop the vehicle in the straight-ahead position after driving for a period of time. Does the steering wheel position (center) misalign? YES >> INSPECTION END (Entered in 4WAS system protection function mode in past. 4WAS system is STC normal at present.) NO >> GO TO 2.
2.4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR INITIALIZATION

1. Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. 2. Steer 90 leftward slowly. Steer 90 rightward and return the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position. Repeat the above 10 times. 3. Stop the vehicle in the straight-ahead position after driving for a period of time. Does the steering wheel position (center) misalign? YES >> INSPECTION END (Entered in 4WAS system protection function mode in past. 4WAS system is normal at present.) NO >> GO TO 3.
3.4WAS SYSTEM CONDITION

With CONSULT-III Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. 2. Check EX OPERAT item on DATA MONITOR of 4WAS front control unit. Does the item on DATA MONITOR indicate On? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 4. 1.
L
4.CHECK STEERING SYSTEM

Check the steering system. Refer to ST-14, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair or replace the specific malfunctioning part.
O
5.CHECK WHEEL ALIGNMENT

Check the wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-8, "Inspection" (front side), RSU-6, "Inspection" (rear side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace the specific malfunctioning part.
STC-173
2009 G37 Coupe

6.PERFORM 4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR ADJUSTMENT

Perform 4WAS front actuator adjustment. Refer to STC-29, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Pattern 3)". 2. Stop the vehicle in the straight-ahead position after driving for a period of time. Does the steering wheel position (center) misalign? YES >> INSPECTION END. NO >> GO TO 7. 1.
7.CHECK 4WAS SYSTEM IGNITION POWER SUPPLY

Perform the trouble diagnosis of the ignition power supply. Refer to STC-61, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair or replace the specific malfunctioning part.
8.CHECK 4WAS SYSTEM 4WAS FRONT MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

Perform the trouble diagnosis of 4WAS front motor power supply. Refer to STC-63, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair or replace the specific malfunctioning part.
9.CHECK 4WAS SYSTEM HISTORY

With CONSULT-III Turn the ignition switch OFF. CAUTION: Wait 30 minutes or more after turning the ignition switch OFF. 2. Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. 3. Check EX OPERAT on 4WAS front control unit DATA MONITOR. 1.
Monitor item EX OPERAT Condition 4WAS system enters in the protection function due to the heavy load condition and temporarily abnormal voltage. Display value On
Is the value of DATA MONITOR On? YES >> Replace 4WAS front control unit. Refer to STC-179, "Exploded View". Perform 4WAS front actuator adjustment after replacing 4WAS front control unit. Refer to STC29, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Pattern 3)". NO >> INSPECTION END
STC-174
2009 G37 Coupe
STEERING SYSTEM VIBRATION AND NOISE

A
INFOID:0000000004258072
STEERING SYSTEM VIBRATION AND NOISE

Description
Vibration or noise occurs in the steering wheel while driving the vehicle. NOTE: Vibration or noise occurs in the steering wheel in the following conditions. (4WAS system is not malfunction.) - 4WAS system starts and ends (when the engine speed is ONOFF). - System protection mode When steering frequently When driving on a rough road When the assist of power steering is not sufficient When the battery voltage is weak
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004258073
1.CHECK 4WAS SYSTEM

F With CONSULT-III 1. Start the engine. CAUTION: Stop the vehicle. STC 2. Check OVRLD JDG FLG, ACT PRTCT FLG, ECU PRTCT FLG,LOW VOLT FLG, HIGH VOLT FLG, EX OPERAT items on DATA MONITOR of 4WAS front control unit. Does all items on DATA MONITOR indicate Off? H YES >> INSPECTION END (Vibration and sound occurs in 4WAS system protection function mode. This is normal.) NO >> GO TO 2. I STOP 4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR CONTROL J
2.
1. 2.
Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect 4WAS front actuator harness connector. CAUTION: Disconnect 4WAS front actuator harness connector 10 minutes after turning the ignition switch OFF. 3. Drive the vehicle for a period of time. Check the symptom. CAUTION: Erase the self-diagnosis memory after the inspection is completed to detect 4WAS front control unit DTC C1661. [Erase the self diagnosis memory of 4WAS main control unit, ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and ICC sensor integrated simultaneously.] Does symptom not occur? YES >> Replace 4WAS front actuator. Refer to STC-181, "Removal and Installation". NO >> Perform the symptom diagnosis for the steering system. Refer to ST-3, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart".
STC-175
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
The steering force does not change smoothly according to the vehicle speed. - The steering force is heavy when steering. - The steering force is light when driving at high speed.
INFOID:0000000004258074
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004258075
1.CHECK 4WAS SYSTEM VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL

Perform the trouble diagnosis of the vehicle speed signal. Refer to STC-111, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace the specific malfunctioning part.
2.CHECK STEERING SYSTEM

Check the steering system. Refer to ST-14, "Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace the specific malfunctioning part.
3.CHECK 4WAS SYSTEM POWER STEERING SOLENOID VALVE

Perform the trouble diagnosis of the power steering solenoid valve. Refer to STC-139, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Check that there is no malfunction in each harness connector pin terminal or disconnection. NO >> Repair or replace the specific malfunctioning part.
STC-176
2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH 4WAS]
A
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
INFOID:0000000004258076
The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along C with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front D air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this Service Manual. WARNING: E To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. F Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS AIR BAG. Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this STC Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. H PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.

INFOID:0000000004258077
OPERATION PROCEDURE
2. 3. 4.
STC-177
2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
[WITH 4WAS] < PRECAUTION > 5. When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turn the push-button ignition switch from ACC position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steering wheel will lock when the push-button ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.) 6. Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Precautions for Removal and Installation of 4WAS Components
INFOID:0000000004258078
Set the vehicle to the straight-ahead position when checking 4WAS and removing each component. Remove the battery terminal 10 minutes after turning the ignition switch OFF from ON and perform the removal of each component when removing the 4WAS front control unit. Perform the neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor after the replacement of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-8, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Repair Requirement". Refer to STC-28, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Description" for the replacement of 4WAS front control unit. Refer to STC-28, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Description" for the replacement of 4WAS front actuator.
Precautions for Harness Repair

4WAS COMMUNICATION LINE
Solder the repaired area and wrap tape around the soldered area. NOTE: A fray of twisted lines must be within 110 mm (4.33 in).
INFOID:0000000004258079
SKIB8766E
Bypass connection is never allowed at the repaired area. NOTE: Bypass connection may cause 4WAS communication error as spliced wires that are separate from the main line or twisted lines lose noise immunity. Replace the applicable harness as an assembly if error is detected on the shield lines of 4WAS communication line.
SKIB8767E
STC-178
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH 4WAS]
A

Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004258080
JSGIA0261ZZ
STC
1.
4WAS front control unit
H
:Vehicle front Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3.
I
INFOID:0000000004258081
4. 5.
Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the instrument driver lower panel. Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View". Disconnect 4WAS front control unit connectors. CAUTION: Disconnect 4WAS front control unit connectors 10 minutes after turning the ignition switch OFF. Remove the bolts of 4WAS front control unit. Remove the 4WAS front control unit (1).
JSGIA0058ZZ
INSTALLATION
Note following, and install in the reverse order of removal. Perform 4WAS front actuator adjustment after replacing 4WAS front control unit. Refer to STC-29, "4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Pattern 3)".
P
STC-179
2009 G37 Coupe


Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004258082
JSGIA0238ZZ
1.
4WAS main control unit :Vehicle front

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
INFOID:0000000004258083
Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the rear wheel house finisher. Refer to INT-27, "Exploded View". Disconnect 4WAS main control unit connectors, 4WAS rear motor relay connector and noise suppressor connectors. Remove the 4WAS main control unit bolt and nuts. Remove the 4WAS main control unit (1).
JSGIA0239ZZ
INSTALLATION
STC-180
2009 G37 Coupe
4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

A
INFOID:0000000004258084
4WAS FRONT ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

Refer to ST section for installation/removal. Refer to ST-26, "WITH 4WAS : Removal and Installation".
STC
STC-181
2009 G37 Coupe
4WAS REAR ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

4WAS REAR ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004258085
JSGIA0488GB
1.
4WAS rear actuator assembly

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. Remove coil spring and lower link. Refer to RSU-8, "Exploded View". Disconnect harness connector from 4WAS rear actuator and rear suspension member. Remove fixing bolts and nuts of 4WAS rear actuator (1), and then remove 4WAS rear actuator from rear suspension member.
INFOID:0000000004258086
JSGIA0005ZZ
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. When installing 4WAS rear actuator to rear suspension member, check the mounting surfaces of 4WAS rear actuator and rear suspension member for oil, dirt, sand, or other foreign materials. Check rear wheel alignment. Refer to RSU-6, "Inspection".
STC-182
2009 G37 Coupe
TRANSMISSION & DRIVELINE
SECTION
TRANSAXLE & TRANSMISSION
TM
TM
CONTENTS
6MT: FS6R31A SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 6 .
M/T SYSTEM ...................................................... 6 .
System Diagram ....................................................... 6 . System Description .................................................. 6 .

REAR OIL SEAL ............................................... 17
Removal and Installation ........................................17 . Inspection ...............................................................17 .
SHIFT CONTROL .............................................. 18

Exploded View ........................................................18 . Removal and Installation ........................................18 . Inspection ...............................................................23 . H
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 8 .

BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH ................................. 8 .
Component Parts Location ....................................... 8 . Component Inspection ............................................. 8 .
AIR BREATHER HOSE .................................... 24

PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH .............. 9 .

Component Parts Location ....................................... 9 . Component Inspection ............................................. 9 .
UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ..... 26 .

TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY .......................... 26
Exploded View ........................................................26 . Removal and Installation ........................................26 . Inspection and Adjustment .....................................29 . K

NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ...........................10 .
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ................................... 10 .
UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY ... 30

TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY .......................... 30
Exploded View ........................................................30 . Disassembly ...........................................................36 . Assembly ................................................................51 . M
PRECAUTION ............................................. 11 .
PRECAUTIONS .................................................11 .
Service Notice or Precautions for Manual Transmission ................................................................... 11 .
PREPARATION .......................................... 12 .
PREPARATION .................................................12 .
Special Service Tools ............................................. 12 . Commercial Service Tools ..................................... 14 .
MAIN DRIVE GEAR .......................................... 73

Exploded View ........................................................73 . Disassembly ...........................................................73 . Assembly ................................................................74 . Inspection ...............................................................75 . O
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ........................ 16 .

GEAR OIL ..........................................................16 .
Draining .................................................................. 16 . Refilling .................................................................. 16 . Inspection ............................................................... 16 .
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR ................................. 77

Exploded View ........................................................77 . Disassembly ...........................................................78 . Assembly ................................................................78 . Inspection ...............................................................84 .
COUNTER SHAFT AND GEAR ........................ 87

Exploded View ........................................................87 .
TM-1
2009 G37 Coupe
Disassembly .......................................................... 88 . Assembly ............................................................... 88 . Inspection .............................................................. 91 .
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEAR ............ 94 .

Exploded View ....................................................... 94 . Disassembly .......................................................... 94 . Assembly ............................................................... 94 . Inspection .............................................................. 95 .
ASC (ADAPTIVE SHIFT CONTROL) : Component Parts Location .............................................. 121 . ASC (ADAPTIVE SHIFT CONTROL) : Component Description ................................................... 123 . MANUAL MODE ..................................................... 123 . MANUAL MODE : System Diagram ..................... 124 . MANUAL MODE : System Description ................ 124 . MANUAL MODE : Component Parts Location ..... 126 . MANUAL MODE : Component Description .......... 128 .
SHIFT FORK AND FORK ROD ........................ 96 .

Exploded View ....................................................... 96 . Disassembly .......................................................... 96 . Assembly ............................................................... 96 . Inspection .............................................................. 97 .
LOCK-UP CONTROL ...................................... 129 .

System Diagram .................................................. 129 . System Description .............................................. 129 . Component Parts Location .................................. 131 . Component Description ....................................... 133 .
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .......................................................... 98 .

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................. 98 .
General Specifications ........................................... 98 . End Play ................................................................ 99 . Baulk Ring Clearance ............................................ 99 . Shift Fork ............................................................... 99 .
SHIFT MECHANISM ........................................ 134 .

Cross-Sectional View ........................................... 134 . System Diagram .................................................. 136 . System Description .............................................. 136 . Component Parts Location .................................. 160 . Component Description ....................................... 162 .
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM .................................... 163 .

System Description .............................................. 163 . Component Parts Location .................................. 164 . Component Description ....................................... 164 .
7AT: RE7R01A BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 100 .

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ..... 100 .
Diagnosis Flow .....................................................100 . Question sheet .....................................................101 .
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ... 165 .

Diagnosis Description .......................................... 165 .
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TCM) .......................... 166 .

CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION) .......... 166 .
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .......................... 103 .

A/T CONTROL SYSTEM ................................ 103 .
System Diagram ...................................................103 . System Description ...............................................104 . Component Parts Location ...................................105 . Component Description ........................................107 .
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 172

U0300 CAN COMMUNICATION DATA .......... 172 .
LINE PRESSURE CONTROL ......................... 108 .

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .......................... 173 .

SHIFT CHANGE CONTROL ........................... 113 .

P0615 STARTER RELAY ................................ 174 .

P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH A .. 176

SHIFT PATTERN CONTROL ......................... 119 .

ASC (ADAPTIVE SHIFT CONTROL) .....................119 . ASC (ADAPTIVE SHIFT CONTROL) : System Diagram ...................................................................119 . ASC (ADAPTIVE SHIFT CONTROL) : System Description ............................................................119 .
P0710 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A ............................................ 177 .

TM-2
2009 G37 Coupe
P0717 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A .................. 179 .

DTC Logic ............................................................. 202 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 202 .
P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID A ............................ 203

Description ............................................................ 203 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 203 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 203 . B
P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ................. 181 .

P0775 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B. 205

P0725 ENGINE SPEED ................................... 183 .

TM
P0780 SHIFT ................................................... 206

Application Notice ................................................. 206 . TYPE 1 .................................................................... 206 . TYPE 1 : Description ............................................ 206 . TYPE 1 : DTC Logic ............................................. 206 . TYPE 1 : Diagnosis Procedure ............................. 207 . TYPE 2 .................................................................... 207 . TYPE 2 : Description ............................................ 207 . TYPE 2 : DTC Logic ............................................. 207 . TYPE 2 : Diagnosis Procedure ............................. 208 . E
P0729 6GR INCORRECT RATIO .................... 185 .

P0730 INCORRECT GEAR RATIO ................. 187 .


P0795 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID C. 209


P1705 TP SENSOR ......................................... 210

Description ............................................................ 210 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 210 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 210 . J

P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL .................. 212


P1730 INTERLOCK ........................................ 214

Description ............................................................ 214 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 214 . Judgment of A/T Interlock ..................................... 214 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 215 . M

P1734 7GR INCORRECT RATIO ................... 216

P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER ....................... 199 .

P1815 M-MODE SWITCH ............................... 218

Description ............................................................ 218 . DTC Logic ............................................................. 218 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 218 . Component Inspection (Manual Mode Switch) ..... 222 . Component Inspection [Paddle Shifter (Shift-up)].. 223 Component Inspection [Paddle Shifter (Shiftdown)] ................................................................... 223 . P
P0744 TORQUE CONVERTER ....................... 201 .

P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A 202 ..

Description ........................................................... 202 .
P2713 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID D. 224

2009 G37 Coupe
TM-3
PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 265 .

Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .............................................................. 265 . General Precautions ............................................ 265 . Service Notice or Precaution ............................... 266 .
P2722 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID E. 225

PREPARATION ......................................... 267

PREPARATION ............................................... 267 .
Commercial Service Tool ..................................... 267 .
P2731 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID F. 226

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 268

A/T FLUID ........................................................ 268 .
Changing .............................................................. 268 . Adjustment ........................................................... 269 .
P2807 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID G. 227

A/T FLUID COOLER ....................................... 271 .

Cleaning ............................................................... 271 . Inspection ............................................................. 273 .
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ................................................................ 228 .

STALL TEST ................................................... 274 .

Inspection and Judgment ..................................... 274 .
SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR CIRCUIT ....... 229 .

Description ............................................................229 . Component Function Check .................................229 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................229 .
A/T POSITION ................................................. 275 .

2WD ........................................................................ 275 . 2WD : Inspection and Adjustment ........................ 275 . AWD ....................................................................... 275 . AWD : Inspection and Adjustment ....................... 275 .
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM ................................... 230 .

Description ............................................................230 . Wiring Diagram - A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM - ....231 . Component Function Check .................................233 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................234 . Component Inspection (Shift Lock Solenoid) .......236 . Component Inspection (Shift Lock Relay) ............236 . Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .........237 .
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 277

A/T SHIFT SELECTOR ................................... 277 .
2WD ........................................................................ 277 . 2WD : Exploded View .......................................... 277 . 2WD : Removal and Installation ........................... 277 . 2WD : Inspection .................................................. 278 . AWD ....................................................................... 278 . AWD : Exploded View .......................................... 279 . AWD : Removal and Installation .......................... 279 . AWD : Inspection ................................................. 280 .
SELECTOR LEVER POSITION INDICATOR . 238

Description ............................................................238 . Component Function Check .................................238 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................238 . Component Inspection (Selector Lever Position Indicator) ...............................................................240 .
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 242 .

TCM ................................................................. 242 .
Reference Value ...................................................242 . Wiring Diagram - A/T CONTROL SYSTEM - ........249 . Fail-Safe ...............................................................254 . Protection Control .................................................257 . DTC Inspection Priority Chart ...............................258 . DTC Index ............................................................258 .
CONTROL ROD .............................................. 281 .

Exploded View ..................................................... 281 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 281 . Inspection ............................................................. 281 .
PADDLE SHIFTER .......................................... 282 .


SYSTEM SYMPTOM ...................................... 260 .
Symptom Table ....................................................260 .
OIL PAN ........................................................... 283 .

Exploded View ..................................................... 283 . Removal and Installation ...................................... 283 . Inspection and Adjustment ................................... 284 .
PRECAUTION ........................................... 265 .

AIR BREATHER HOSE ................................... 286 .

2009 G37 Coupe
TM-4
2WD ........................................................................ 286 . 2WD : Exploded View .......................................... 286 . 2WD : Removal and Installation ........................... 286 . AWD ........................................................................ 287 . AWD : Exploded View .......................................... 287 . AWD : Removal and Installation .......................... 287 .
2WD ......................................................................... 294 . 2WD : Exploded View ........................................... 294 . 2WD : Removal and Installation ........................... 294 . 2WD : Inspection and Adjustment ........................ 296 . AWD ........................................................................ 296 . AWD : Exploded View .......................................... 297 . AWD : Removal and Installation ........................... 297 . AWD : Inspection and Adjustment ........................ 299 .
FLUID COOLER SYSTEM .............................. 289 .

2WD ........................................................................ 289 . 2WD : Exploded View .......................................... 289 . 2WD : Removal and Installation ........................... 289 . 2WD : Inspection and Adjustment ........................ 290 . AWD ........................................................................ 291 . AWD : Exploded View .......................................... 291 . AWD : Removal and Installation .......................... 291 . AWD : Inspection and Adjustment ....................... 293 .
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ......................................................... 300 TM .

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ............................................................... 300
General Specification ........................................... 300 . Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs ..... 300 . Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releases .......................................................................... 301 . Stall Speed ........................................................... 301 . Torque Converter ................................................. 301 . E
UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ... 294 .

TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY ........................ 294 .
TM-5
2009 G37 Coupe
M/T SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [6MT: FS6R31A]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
M/T SYSTEM
System Diagram
INFOID:0000000004256862
JPDIC0027ZZ
1. 4. 7.
Front cover 6th counter gear 3rd counter gear
2. 5. 8.
Main drive gear 2nd counter gear 3rd-4th synchronizer hub
3. 6. 9.
Counter shaft 1st counter gear 3rd-4th coupling sleeve
10. 4th counter gear 13. Reverse idler shaft 16. Rear extension 19. Reverse coupling sleeve 22. 3rd main gear 25. 1st-2nd synchronizer hub 28. Transmission case
11. Adapter plate 14. Reverse counter gear 17. Striking rod 20. Reverse main gear 23. 1st main gear 26. 2nd main gear 29. 5th-6th coupling sleeve
12. Reverse idler gear 15. Mainshaft 18. Reverse synchronizer hub 21. 4th main gear 24. 1st-2nd coupling sleeve 27. 6th main gear 30. 5th-6th synchronizer hub
INFOID:0000000004256863
System Description
DOUBLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER
The 4th gear is equipped with a double-cone synchronizer to reduce the operating force of the control lever.
TRIPLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER
TM-6
2009 G37 Coupe
M/T SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > The 1st, 2nd and 3rd gears are equipped with a triple-cone synchronizer to reduce the operating force of the control lever. [6MT: FS6R31A]
A
C
PCIB1432E
TM
TM-7
2009 G37 Coupe
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [6MT: FS6R31A]
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH
INFOID:0000000004256864
PCIB1384E
INFOID:0000000004256865
1.CHECK BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH

Check continuity between back-up lamp switch terminals with control lever turned to 1st to 6th and reverse position.
Terminal 1 2 Reverse Except reverse Gear position Continuity Existed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace back-up lamp switch. Refer to TM-30, "Exploded View".
TM-8
2009 G37 Coupe
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [6MT: FS6R31A]
A
INFOID:0000000004256866
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH

TM
PCIB1384E
INFOID:0000000004256867
1.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH

Check continuity between park/neutral position (PNP) switch terminals with control lever turned to 1st to 6th and reverse position.
Terminal 1 2 Neutral Except neutral Gear position Continuity Existed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace park/neutral position (PNP) switch. Refer to TM-30, "Exploded View".
TM-9
2009 G37 Coupe

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [6MT: FS6R31A]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
INFOID:0000000004256868
Use the chart below to find the cause of the symptom. The numbers indicate the order of the inspection. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
CHECK PLUG RETURN SPRING AND CHECK BALL (Worn or damaged)
SHIFT CONTROL LINKAGE (Worn)
SUSPECTED PARTS (Possible cause) OIL SEAL (Worn or damaged)
BAULK RING (Worn or damaged) TM-30 2
BEARING (Worn or damaged)
TM-16
TM-30
TM-18
Reference Noise Symptoms Oil leakage Hard to shift or will not shift Jumps out of gear 1
2 3 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2
TM-30
TM-10
2009 G37 Coupe
INSERT SPRING (Damaged) 2
GEAR (Worn or damaged)
GASKET (Damaged)
OIL (Oil level is high)
SHIFT FORK (Worn)
OIL (Oil level is low)
OIL (Wrong oil)
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [6MT: FS6R31A]
A
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Service Notice or Precautions for Manual Transmission
INFOID:0000000004256869
CAUTION: Never reuse CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder) body and CSC tube. Because CSC slides back to the original position every time when removing transmission assembly. At this timing, dust on the slid- C ing parts may damage a seal of CSC and may cause clutch fluid leakage. Refer to CL-15, "Removal and Installation". Never reuse transmission gear oil, once it has been drained. TM Check oil level or replace oil with vehicle on level ground. During removal or installation, keep inside of transmission clear of dust or dirt. Check for the correct installation status prior to removal or disassembly. If matching marks are E required, be certain they never interfere with the function of the parts they are applied. In principle, tighten bolts or nuts gradually in several steps working diagonally from inside to outside. If tightening sequence is specified, observe it. Never damage sliding surfaces and mating surfaces. F Never hold control lever housing to prevent the bushing of control lever housing from deformation when moving transmission assembly.
G
TM-11
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [6MT: FS6R31A]
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
INFOID:0000000004672489
Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name KV381054S0 (J-34286) Puller
Description Removing rear oil seal
ZZA0601D
ST33400001 (J-26082) Drift a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia. b: 47 mm (1.85 in) dia.
Installing rear oil seal
ZZA0814D
ST22490000 (-) Adapter setting plate a: 156 mm (6.14 in) b: 220 mm (8.66 in)
Holding an adapter plate
S-NT407
ST33200000 (J-26082) Drift a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia. b: 44.5 mm (1.752 in) dia.
Installing counter rear bearing
ZZA1002D
KV32103300 (J-46529) Press plate a: 73 mm (2.87 in)
Installing reverse synchronizer hub assembly
PCIB0165J
ST01530000 (-) Drift a: 50 mm (1.97 in) dia. b: 41 mm (1.61 in) dia.
Installing reverse synchronizer hub assembly
ZZA0534D
TM-12
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >
Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name ST23860000 (-) Drift a: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia. b: 33 mm (1.30 in) dia. Description Installing reverse counter gear
[6MT: FS6R31A]
A
C
ZZA0534D
KV38102100 (J-25803-01) Drift a: 44 mm (1.73 in) dia. b: 36 mm (1.42 in) dia. c: 24.5 mm (0.965 in) dia.
Installing front cover oil seal
TM
ZZA1046D
F
Installing striking rod oil seal
ST33061000 (J-8107-2) Drift a: 28.5 mm (1.122 in) dia. b: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia.
H
ZZA1023D
KV32102700 (-) Drift a: 48.6 mm (1.913 in) dia. b: 41.6 mm (1.638 in) dia.
Installing main drive gear bearing
ZZA0534D
K
Installing 5th-6th synchronizer hub assembly Installing mainshaft bearing Installing reverse main gear bushing Installing 3rd gear bushing Installing 3rd-4th synchronizer hub assembly
ST30911000 (-) Inserter a: 98 mm (3.86 in) dia. b: 40.5 mm (1.594 in) dia.
ZZA0920D
ST27861000 (-) Support ring a: 62 mm (2.44 in) dia. b: 52 mm (2.05 in) dia.
Installing 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly Installing 1st gear bushing
O
ZZA0832D
ST30022000 (-) Inserter a: 110 mm (4.33 in) dia. b: 46 mm (1.81 in) dia.
Installing 3rd main gear Installing 4th main gear
ZZA0920D
TM-13
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >
Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name KV40100630 (J-26092) Inserter a: 67.5 mm (2.657 in) dia. b: 38.5 mm (1.516 in) dia. Description Installing 4th counter gear thrust washer
[6MT: FS6R31A]
ZZA0920D
ST30032000 (J-26010-01) Inserter a: 80 mm (3.15 in) dia. b: 31 mm (1.22 in) dia.
Installing counter rear bearing inner race
ZZA0920D
ST30031000 (J-22912-01) Puller
Measuring wear of inner baulk ring
ZZA0537D

Tool name Puller Description
INFOID:0000000004256871
Removing reverse main gear Removing reverse synchronizer hub assembly Removing reverse counter gear
NT077
Puller
Removing each bearing, gear and bushing
ZZB0823D
TM-14
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >
Tool name Pin punch a: 6 mm (0.24 in) dia. Description Removing and installing each retaining pin
[6MT: FS6R31A]
A
NT410
C
Loosening bolts and nuts
Power tool
TM
E
PBIC0190E
TM-15
2009 G37 Coupe
GEAR OIL
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [6MT: FS6R31A]
GEAR OIL
Draining
1. 2. 3. Start the engine and let it run to warm up transmission. Stop the engine. Remove drain plug and then drain gear oil. Set a gasket on drain plug and install it to transmission case. CAUTION: Never reuse gasket. Tighten drain plug to the specified torque. Refer to TM-30, "Exploded View".
INFOID:0000000004256874 INFOID:0000000004256873
4.
Refilling
1. Remove filler plug (1). Fill with new gear oil to transmission as shown in the figure. Oil grade and viscosity : Refer to MA-10, "Fluids and Lubricants". Oil capacity : Refer to TM-98, "General Specifications". 2. 3. After refilling gear oil, check oil level. Refer to TM-16, "Inspection". Set a gasket on filler plug and then install it to transmission case. CAUTION: Never reuse gasket. Tighten filler plug to the specified torque. Refer to TM-30, "Exploded View".
JPDIC0331ZZ
4.
Inspection
LEAKAGE
Make sure that gear oil is not leaking from transmission or around it.
INFOID:0000000004256875
LEVEL
1. 2. Remove filler plug (1). Check oil level from filler plug mounting hole as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Never start engine while checking oil level. Set a gasket on filler plug and then install it to transmission case. CAUTION: Never reuse gasket. Tighten filler plug to the specified torque. Refer to TM-30, "Exploded View".
3.
4.
JPDIC0331ZZ
TM-16
2009 G37 Coupe
REAR OIL SEAL

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [6MT: FS6R31A]
A

REAR OIL SEAL
REMOVAL
1. 2. Separate propeller shaft assembly. Refer to DLN-90, "Removal and Installation". Remove rear oil seal using the puller [SST: KV381054S0 (J34286)]. CAUTION: Never damage rear extension.
INFOID:0000000004613950
TM
F
PCIB0194E
INSTALLATION
1. Apply multi-purpose grease to lip of rear oil seal (1). Drive in rear oil seal to rear extension using the drift (A) [SST: ST33400001 (J-26082)]. Dimension H : 1.2 2.2 mm (0.047 0.087 in)
2.
CAUTION: Never reuse rear oil seal. When installing, never incline rear oil seal. Install propeller shaft assembly. Refer to DLN-90, "Removal and Installation".
M
JPDIC0032ZZ
Inspection
Check oil level. Refer to TM-16, "Inspection".
N
INFOID:0000000004613951
TM-17
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT CONTROL
SHIFT CONTROL
Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004256878
JPDIC0342GB
1. 4. 7.
Shift knob Console finisher assembly Control lever boot B
2. 5. 8.
Insulator Felt Hole insulator
3. 6. 9.
Seat Hole cover Control lever boot A
10. Guide plate 13. Control lever housing : Apply multi-purpose grease.
11. Control lever assembly 14. Control rod
12. Control lever spring
: Apply Genuine Medium Strength Thread Locking Sealant or an equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described on the above.

REMOVAL
1. a.
INFOID:0000000004256879
Remove shift knob with the following procedure. Release metal clips on console finisher assembly. Refer to IP-24, "Removal and Installation".
TM-18
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT CONTROL
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > b. Lift console finisher assembly and then set a suitable pliers to control lever assembly. CAUTION: Put waste cloth (A) between a suitable pliers and control lever assembly to avoid damaging control lever assembly. [6MT: FS6R31A]
A
C
JPDIC0002ZZ
TM
c.
Set a suitable pliers to shift knob. CAUTION: Put waste cloth (A) between a suitable pliers and shift knob to avoid damaging shift knob.
G
JPDIC0003ZZ
d.
e. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Keeping control lever assembly in place with a suitable pliers, loosen shift knob with a suitable pliers. NOTE: Remove shift knob from control lever assembly keeping a suitable pliers in place because a certain power to turn shift knob is still necessary even after adhesive is peeled. Remove shift knob from control lever assembly. Remove insulator and seat from control lever assembly. Remove console finisher assembly. Remove center console assembly. Refer to IP-24, "Removal and Installation". Remove felt.
JPDIC0004ZZ
N
JPDIC0005ZZ
6.
Release boot from control lever housing. Then remove control rod mounting bolt and then separate control lever assembly and control rod.
SCIA2561J
TM-19
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT CONTROL
7. Remove hole cover mounting bolts and then remove hole cover.
[6MT: FS6R31A]
JPDIC0006ZZ
8.
Remove control lever boot B and hole insulator.
JPDIC0007ZZ
9.
Remove control lever boot A.
JPDIC0008ZZ
10. Remove guide plate mounting bolts and then remove guide plate, control lever assembly, and control lever spring from control lever housing. CAUTION: Restrain guide plate while doing this because there is a danger control lever assembly will fly out of control lever housing.
JPDIC0009ZZ
INSTALLATION
1. 2. Apply multi-purpose grease to control lever assembly. Set control lever spring, control lever assembly, and guide plate to control lever housing and then temporarily tightening guide plate mounting bolts. CAUTION: Restrain guide plate while doing this because there is a danger control lever assembly will fly out of control lever housing.
TM-20
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT CONTROL
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 3. Install control lever assembly to control rod and then tighten bolt to the specified torque. 4. Install boot to control lever housing. CAUTION: Fit the boot to the groove on the control lever housing. [6MT: FS6R31A]
A
C
SCIA2561J
TM
5. a. b.
Install guide plate with the following procedure. After shifting control lever assembly into 6th gear, press it toward reverse gear (to the right) until it comes to a stop. At the point where control lever assembly stops, bring guide plate closer until guide plate stopper contacts control lever assembly claw and then temporarily tighten mounting bolt A.
SCIA1665E
c. d.
e.
After shifting control lever assembly into 5th gear, press it toward reverse gear (to the right) until it comes to a stop. At the point where control lever assembly stops, bring guide plate closer until guide plate stopper contacts control lever assembly claw and then tighten mounting bolt C to the specified torque. Tighten guide plate mounting bolts A and B to the specified torque.
SCIA1666E
TM-21
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT CONTROL
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 6. Install control lever boot A. CAUTION: Fit the control lever boot A to the groove on the control lever housing. [6MT: FS6R31A]
JPDIC0008ZZ
7.
Install hole insulator and control lever boot B.
JPDIC0007ZZ
8.
Install hole cover and then tighten hole cover mounting bolts to the specified torque.
JPDIC0006ZZ
9. Install felt. 10. Install center console assembly. Refer to IP-24, "Removal and Installation". 11. Install console finisher assembly. Refer to IP-24, "Removal and Installation".
JPDIC0005ZZ
12. Install seat and insulator to control lever assembly. CAUTION: Be careful with the orientation of seat. Never reuse insulator. 13. Apply thread locking sealant to control lever assembly threads and then install shift knob. Use Genuine Medium Strength Thread Locking Sealant or an equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". CAUTION:
SCIA1771E
TM-22
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT CONTROL
[6MT: FS6R31A] < REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Remove the remaining adhesive on control lever assembly and shift knob threads.
A
14. Put shift knob in the correct position as the following indicates. a. When tightening shift knob, if shift knob comes to the proper position within 1/2 turn from the position at which resistance begins to be felt, tighten it 1 more turn to set it in the proper position.
A B : Proper position : Start position on reaction force : Vehicle front
TM
b.
If it takes more than 1/2 turn from the position at which resistance begins to be felt, tighten it to set it in the proper position. CAUTION: Never adjust shift knob with loosing. After adjusting to the proper position, until 30 minutes pass, never operate the shift intensely such as screwing or turning shift knob to opposite direction since a locking sealant because stiff.
H
JPDIC0010ZZ
Inspection
INFOID:0000000004256880
After installing, confirm the following items: When control lever assembly is shifted to each position, make sure there is no binding or disconnection in each boot. When shifted to each position, make sure there is no noise, binding, and backlash. Especially when control lever assembly is shifted to 5th, 6th without pressing downward, check for binding. When control lever assembly is shifted to 1st-2nd side and 5th-6th side, confirm control lever assembly returns to neutral position smoothly. In any position other than reverse, confirm that control lever assembly can be pressed downward. With control lever assembly pressed downward, confirm that it can be shifted to reverse. When shifted from reverse to neutral position, confirm control lever assembly returns to neutral position smoothly with spring power. Without control lever assembly pressed downward, confirm that it cannot be shifted to reverse.
TM-23
2009 G37 Coupe
AIR BREATHER HOSE

AIR BREATHER HOSE

Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004613952
JPDIC0334ZZ
1.
Air breather tube : Vehicle front
2.
Breather tube
3.
Air breather hose
: For the tightening torque, refer to TM-26, "Removal and Installation".

REMOVAL
Refer to TM-24, "Exploded View" for removal procedure.
INFOID:0000000004613953
INSTALLATION
Refer to TM-24, "Exploded View" for installation procedure. CAUTION: Make sure there are no pinched or restricted areas on the air breather hose caused by bending or winding when installing it. Be sure to insert air breather hose into breather tube until hose end reaches the tube's base.
SCIA2663J
TM-24
2009 G37 Coupe
AIR BREATHER HOSE

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Be sure to insert air breather hose into air breather tube until hose end reaches the radius curve end. [6MT: FS6R31A]
A
C
JPDIC0469ZZ
TM
TM-25
2009 G37 Coupe
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [6MT: FS6R31A]
UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004256883
JPDIC0158GB
1.
Harness bracket
2.
Transmission assembly
: For the bolt mounting positions, refer to TM-26, "Removal and Installation". Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described on the above. CAUTION: Never reuse CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder) body and CSC tube. Because CSC slides back to the original position every time when removing transmission assembly. At this timing, dust on the sliding parts may damage a seal of CSC and may cause clutch fluid leakage. Refer to CL-15, "Removal and Installation".
INFOID:0000000004613954
CAUTION: Never reuse CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder) body and CSC tube. Because CSC slides back to the original position every time when removing transmission assembly. At this timing, dust on the sliding parts may damage a seal of CSC and may cause clutch fluid leakage. Refer to CL-15, "Removal and Installation".
REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Remove exhaust mounting bracket. Refer to EX-6, "Removal and Installation". Remove suspension member stay. Refer to FSU-22, "Removal and Installation". Remove exhaust front tube, center muffler, and main muffler. Refer to EX-6, "Removal and Installation". Separate propeller shaft assembly. Refer to DLN-90, "Removal and Installation". NOTE: Insert a suitable plug into rear oil seal of transmission assembly after separating propeller shaft assembly. Remove control lever assembly with the following procedure.
6.
TM-26
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > a. Remove control rod mounting bolt and then separate control lever assembly from control rod. [6MT: FS6R31A]
A
C
SCIA1364E
TM
b.
Remove console finisher assembly as shown in the figure. Refer to IP-24, "Removal and Installation".
E
G
JPDIC0018ZZ
c.
Remove felt as shown in the figure.
JPDIC0019ZZ
d.
Remove center console assembly to remove hole cover as shown in the figure. Refer to IP-24, "Removal and Installation".
L
N
JPDIC0020ZZ
e. f.
Remove hole cover. Remove control lever boot B, hole insulator, and control lever boot A.
JPDIC0021ZZ
TM-27
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
g. Remove guide plate mounting bolts and then remove guide plate, control lever assembly, and control lever spring from control lever housing. CAUTION: Restrain guide plate while doing this because there is a danger control lever assembly will fly out of control lever housing.
[6MT: FS6R31A]
JPDIC0022ZZ
7.
Remove clutch tube (1), clutch hose (2), and lock plate (3). Refer to CL-14, "Removal and Installation".
: Vehicle front
8.
9. 10. 11. 12.
13.
CAUTION: Keep painted surface on the body or other parts free of clutch fluid. If it spills, wipe up immediately and wash the affected area with water. Never depress clutch pedal during removal procedure. NOTE: Insert a suitable plug into clutch hose and CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder) tube after removing clutch tube. Remove crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-121, "Exploded View". CAUTION: Handle carefully to avoid dropping and shocks. Never disassemble. Never allow metal powder to adhere to magnetic part at sensor tip. Never place sensors in a location where they are exposed to magnetism. Remove starter motor. Refer to STR-16, "Removal and Installation". Remove rear plate cover. Refer to EM-44, "Removal and Installation". Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) switch connector. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) and heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) connectors. Refer to EX-6, "Removal and Installation". Remove harness brackets.
JPDIC0026ZZ
JPDIC0024ZZ
14. Set a suitable jack to the transmission assembly. CAUTION: When setting a suitable jack, be careful so that it does not contact with the switch. 15. Remove engine mounting insulator (rear) mounting nuts. Refer to EM-69, "2WD : Removal and Installation". 16. Remove rear engine mounting member. Refer to EM-69, "2WD : Removal and Installation". 17. Remove engine and transmission mounting bolts with power tool. 18. Lower a suitable jack to the position where the back-up lamp switch connector can be disconnect. Then disconnect back-up lamp switch connector. 19. Remove transmission assembly from the engine. CAUTION:
JPDIC0023ZZ
TM-28
2009 G37 Coupe
[6MT: FS6R31A] < UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Secure transmission assembly to a suitable jack while removing it. The transmission assembly must not interfere with the three way catalyst (right bank) and three A way catalyst (left bank). The transmission assembly must not interfere with the wire harnesses and clutch hose. Never hold control lever housing to prevent the bushing of control lever housing from deformaB tion when moving transmission assembly. 20. Remove CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder) body and CSC tube. Refer to CL-15, "Removal and Installation". C CAUTION: Never reuse CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder) body and CSC tube. Because CSC slides back to the original position every time when removing transmission assembly. At this timing, dust on the sliding parts may damage a seal of CSC and may cause clutch fluid leakage. Refer to CL-15, TM "Removal and Installation". 21. Remove dynamic damper. Refer to EM-69, "2WD : Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. Tighten transmission assembly mounting bolts to the specified torque. The figure is the view from the vehicle forward.
: Transmission to engine : Engine to transmission
Bolt symbol Quantity Bolt length mm (in) Tightening torque Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)
A 8 65 (2.56) 75 (7.7, 55)
B 4 35 (1.38) 46.6 (4.8, 34)

JPDIC0013ZZ
CAUTION: The transmission assembly must not interfere with the three way catalyst (right bank) and three way catalyst (left bank). The transmission assembly must not interfere with the wire harnesses and clutch hose. When installing transmission assembly, never bring main drive gear into contact with clutch cover. Never hold control lever housing to prevent the bushing of control lever housing from deformation when moving transmission assembly. Refer to CL-15, "Removal and Installation" for CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder) body and CSC tube installation procedure. Refer to CL-14, "Removal and Installation" for clutch tube and clutch hose installation procedure. Refer to TM-18, "Removal and Installation" for control lever assembly installation procedure. If flywheel is removed, align dowel pin with the smallest hole of flywheel. Refer to EM-122, "Disassembly and Assembly".
INFOID:0000000004613955
Inspection and Adjustment

Check the shift control. Refer to TM-23, "Inspection". Check oil leakage and oil level. Refer to TM-16, "Inspection". Check clutch fluid leakage and clutch fluid level. Refer to CL-6, "Inspection".
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION

Bleed the air from the clutch hydraulic system. Refer to CL-6, "Air Bleeding Procedure".
TM-29
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: FS6R31A]
UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Exploded View
CASE AND EXTENSION
VIN: Up to JNKCV64E09M605016
INFOID:0000000004613956
PCIB1991E
1. 4. 7.
Breather tube Gasket Front cover
2. 5. 8.
Bracket Front cover oil seal Front cover gasket
3. 6. 9.
Filler plug Sealing bolt Transmission case
10. Drain plug 13. Magnet 16. Mainshaft bearing retainer A. Seal lip : Apply multi-purpose grease.
11. Baffle plate 14. Dowel pin 17. Adapter plate
12. Sliding ball bearing 15. Bushing 18. Oil gutter
: Apply Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". : Apply Genuine Medium Strength Thread Locking Sealant or an equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
TM-30
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
: For the bolt mounting positions, refer to TM-51, "Assembly". Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described on the above.
[6MT: FS6R31A]
A
VIN: From JNKCV64E09M605017

B
TM
JPDIC0738GB
1. 4. 7.
Breather tube Gasket Front cover
2. 5. 8.
Bracket Front cover oil seal Front cover gasket
3. 6. 9.
Filler plug Sealing bolt Transmission case
10. Drain plug 13. Sliding ball bearing 16. Bushing A. Seal lip : Apply multi-purpose grease.
11. Baffle plate 14. Magnet 17. Mainshaft bearing retainer
12. Oil gutter 15. Dowel pin 18. Adapter plate
: Apply Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". : Apply Genuine Medium Strength Thread Locking Sealant or an equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". : For the bolt mounting positions, refer to TM-51, "Assembly". Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described on the above.
TM-31
2009 G37 Coupe
JPDIC0460GB
1. 4. 7.
Rear extension upper cover Sliding ball bearing Bushing
2. 5. 8.
Rear extension upper cover gasket Plunger Rear extension oil gutter
3. 6. 9.
Bracket Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch Cap
10. Rear extension 13. Rear extension dust cover 16. Check select spring A. Seal lip : Apply gear oil. : Apply multi-purpose grease.
11. Back-up lamp switch 14. Striking rod oil seal
12. Rear oil seal 15. Check ball
: Apply Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described on the above.
SHAFT AND GEAR
TM-32
2009 G37 Coupe
A
TM
I
JPDIC0472ZZ
1. 4. 7.
Snap ring Main pilot bearing 5th-6th spread spring
2. 5. 8.
Main drive gear bearing Pilot bearing spacer 5th-6th shifting insert
3. 6. 9.
Main drive gear 5th baulk ring 5th-6th synchronizer hub
10. 5th-6th coupling sleeve 13. 6th needle bearing 16. 2nd needle bearing 19. 2nd outer baulk ring 22. 1st-2nd shifting insert 25. 1st synchronizer cone 28. 1st needle bearing 31. 3rd-4th main spacer 34. Reverse main gear 37. Reverse baulk ring 40. Reverse shifting insert : Replace the parts as a set.
11. 6th baulk ring 14. Mainshaft 17. 2nd inner baulk ring 20. 1st-2nd spread spring 23. 1st-2nd coupling sleeve 26. 1st inner baulk ring 29. 1st gear bushing 32. 4th main gear 35. Reverse main needle bearing 38. Reverse spread spring 41. Reverse coupling sleeve
12. 6th main gear 15. 2nd main gear 18. 2nd synchronizer cone 21. 1st-2nd synchronizer hub 24. 1st outer baulk ring 27. 1st main gear 30. 3rd main gear 33. Mainshaft bearing 36. Reverse main gear bushing 39. Reverse synchronizer hub
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described on the above. Apply gear oil to gears, shafts, synchronizers, and bearings when assembly.
TM-33
2009 G37 Coupe
JPDIC0473ZZ
1. 4. 7.
Counter end bearing Counter rear bearing spacer 4th counter gear thrust washer
2. 5. 8.
Snap ring Counter rear bearing 4th gear bushing
3. 6. 9.
Reverse counter gear Counter rear bearing inner race 4th needle bearing
10. Counter front bearing 13. 3rd needle bearing 16. 3rd synchronizer cone 19. 3rd-4th synchronizer hub 22. 4th outer baulk ring 25. 4th counter gear 28. Reverse idler gear : Replace the parts as a set.
11. Counter shaft 14. 3rd counter gear 17. 3rd outer baulk ring 20. 3rd-4th shifting insert 23. 4th synchronizer cone 26. Reverse idler shaft 29. Reverse idler thrust washer
12. 3rd gear bushing 15. 3rd inner baulk ring 18. 3rd-4th spread spring 21. 3rd-4th coupling sleeve 24. 4th inner baulk ring 27. Reverse idler needle bearing
: Apply lithium-based grease including molybdenum disulphide. Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described on the above. Apply gear oil to gears, shafts, synchronizers, and bearings when assembly.
SHIFT FORK AND FORK ROD
TM-34
2009 G37 Coupe
A
TM
H
PCIB0902E
1. 4. 7.
Check ball plug Interlock pin 3rd-4th fork rod bracket
2. 5. 8.
Check ball spring Retaining pin 3rd-4th fork rod
3. 6. 9.
Check ball Striking lever 3rd-4th fork rod (reversal side)
10. 1st-2nd fork rod 13. 5th-6th shift fork 16. Shifter cap 19. 5th-6th control lever 22. Reverse shift fork 25. Stopper ring
11. 1st-2nd shift fork 14. 5th-6th fork rod (reversal side) 17. 3rd-4th control lever 20. Adapter plate 23. Striking rod 26. Interlock plunger
12. 3rd-4th shift fork 15. 5th-6th fork rod 18. 5th-6th fork rod bracket 21. Reverse fork rod 24. Low/high control lever
TM-35
2009 G37 Coupe
JPDIC0016GB
1. 4. 7.
Control lever housing Return spring plug Rear extension
2. 5. 8.
Check shift pin Return spring plunger Boot
3. 6. 9.
Control bracket Return spring Control rod
10. Retaining pin : Apply gear oil. : Apply Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described on the above.
Disassembly
CASE AND EXTENSION (VIN: Up to JNKCV64E09M605016)
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove drain plug and gasket from transmission case and then drain gear oil. Remove filler plug and gasket from transmission case. Remove rear extension upper cover mounting bolts. Remove rear extension upper cover and rear extension upper cover gasket from rear extension.
INFOID:0000000004613957
PCIB1343E
TM-36
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 5. Remove check select spring and check ball from rear extension. [6MT: FS6R31A]
A
C
PCIB1344E
TM
6. 7.
Remove retaining pin using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] and then remove control rod and boots. Remove park/neutral position (PNP) switch, plunger, and backup lamp switch from rear extension.
G
PCIB1345E
8.
Remove control bracket mounting bolts and then remove check shift pin and control bracket as one unit from rear extension.
PCIB1346E
9.
Remove right and left return spring plugs and then remove return springs and return spring plungers from rear extension. CAUTION: Return spring and return spring plunger have different lengths for right and left sides. Identify right and left side and then store. 10. Remove bracket mounting bolts and then remove brackets from rear extension.
N
PCIB1347E
11. Remove rear oil seal from rear extension using the puller [SST: KV381054S0 (J-34286)]. CAUTION: Never damage rear extension.
PCIB1348E
TM-37
2009 G37 Coupe
12. Remove rear extension mounting bolts and then remove rear extension assembly using a soft hammer. CAUTION: Never hold control lever housing to prevent the bushing of control lever housing from deformation when moving transmission assembly. 13. Remove control lever housing mounting bolts and then remove control lever housing from rear extension. 14. Remove striking rod oil seal from rear extension. CAUTION: Never damage rear extension. 15. Remove rear extension dust cover from rear extension. 16. Remove rear extension oil gutter and cap from rear extension. 17. Remove counter end bearing from rear extension. 18. Remove reverse idler thrust washer, reverse idler gear and reverse idler needle bearing from reverse idler shaft. 19. Remove reverse idler shaft from adapter plate.
[6MT: FS6R31A]
PCIB1349E
PCIB0152E
20. Remove front cover mounting bolts ( ) and sealing bolts (1). 21. Remove front cover and front cover gasket from transmission case.
JPDIC0343ZZ
22. Remove front cover oil seal from front cover using a flat-bladed screwdriver. CAUTION: Never damage front cover mating surface.
SCIA1399E
TM-38
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 23. Remove baffle plate mounting nut from transmission case. [6MT: FS6R31A]
A
C
SCIA1443E
TM
24. Remove snap ring from main drive gear bearing using a snap ring pliers.
E
G
SCIA1532E
25. Using a soft hammer to carefully tap mainshaft and counter shaft from transmission case side and then separate adapter plate and transmission case.
SCIA1687E
26. Remove counter front bearing from transmission case. 27. Remove oil gutter and breather tube from transmission case. 28. Remove bracket mounting bolt and then remove bracket from transmission case.
N
PCIB0436E
CASE AND EXTENSION (VIN: From JNKCV64E09M605017)

1. 2. Remove drain plug and gasket from transmission case and then drain gear oil. Remove filler plug and gasket from transmission case.
TM-39
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 3. Remove rear extension upper cover mounting bolts. 4. Remove rear extension upper cover and rear extension upper cover gasket from rear extension. [6MT: FS6R31A]
PCIB1343E
5.
Remove check select spring and check ball from rear extension.
PCIB1344E
6. 7.
Remove retaining pin using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] and then remove control rod and boots. Remove park/neutral position (PNP) switch, plunger, and backup lamp switch from rear extension.
PCIB1345E
8.
Remove control bracket mounting bolts and then remove check shift pin and control bracket as one unit from rear extension.
PCIB1346E
9.
Remove right and left return spring plugs and then remove return springs and return spring plungers from rear extension. CAUTION: Return spring and return spring plunger have different lengths for right and left sides. Identify right and left side and then store. 10. Remove bracket mounting bolts and then remove brackets from rear extension.
PCIB1347E
TM-40
2009 G37 Coupe
11. Remove rear oil seal from rear extension using the puller [SST: KV381054S0 (J-34286)]. CAUTION: Never damage rear extension.
[6MT: FS6R31A]
A
PCIB1348E
TM
12. Remove rear extension mounting bolts and then remove rear extension assembly using a soft hammer. CAUTION: Never hold control lever housing to prevent the bushing of control lever housing from deformation when moving transmission assembly. 13. Remove control lever housing mounting bolts and then remove control lever housing from rear extension. 14. Remove striking rod oil seal from rear extension. CAUTION: Never damage rear extension. 15. Remove rear extension dust cover from rear extension. 16. Remove rear extension oil gutter and cap from rear extension. 17. Remove counter end bearing from rear extension. 18. Remove reverse idler thrust washer, reverse idler gear and reverse idler needle bearing from reverse idler shaft. 19. Remove reverse idler shaft from adapter plate.
G
PCIB1349E
PCIB0152E
20. Remove front cover mounting bolts ( ) and sealing bolts (1). 21. Remove front cover and front cover gasket from transmission case.
O
JPDIC0343ZZ
TM-41
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 22. Remove front cover oil seal from front cover using a flat-bladed screwdriver. CAUTION: Never damage front cover mating surface. [6MT: FS6R31A]
SCIA1399E
23. Remove baffle plate mounting nut from transmission case.
SCIA1443E
24. Remove snap ring from main drive gear bearing using a snap ring pliers.
SCIA1532E
25. Using a soft hammer to carefully tap mainshaft and counter shaft from transmission case side and then separate adapter plate and transmission case.
SCIA1687E
26. Remove counter front bearing from transmission case. 27. Remove breather tube from transmission case. 28. Remove bracket mounting bolt and then remove bracket from transmission case.
PCIB0436E
TM-42
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > SHIFT FORK AND FORK ROD (VIN: Up to JNKCV64E09M605016) 1. Install adapter setting plate [SST: ST22490000 ( - )] to adapter plate and then fixing in adapter setting plate using a vise. CAUTION: Never directly secure the surface in a vise. [6MT: FS6R31A]
A
PCIB0254E
TM
2.
Remove baffle plate mounting bolts and then remove baffle plate from adapter plate.
G
PCIB0154E
3. 4. 5.
Remove retaining pin using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] and then remove striking lever and striking rod. Remove retaining pin using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] and then remove stopper ring from striking rod. Remove retaining pin using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] and then remove low/high control lever from striking rod.
K
PCIB0414E
6.
Remove check ball plugs and then remove check ball springs and check balls from adapter plate.
PCIB0143E
TM-43
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 7. Remove 3rd-4th control lever mounting bolts and then remove 3rd-4th control lever and shifter cap. CAUTION: Never lose shifter cap. [6MT: FS6R31A]
PCIB0235E
8.
Remove check ball plug and then remove check ball spring and check ball from adapter plate.
PCIB0144E
9.
Remove retaining pin ( ) using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] and then remove 3rd-4th fork rod bracket (2) and 3rd4th fork rod (1).
PCIB2046E
10. Remove retaining pin ( ) using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] and then remove 3rd-4th shift fork (1) and 3rd-4th fork rod (reversal side) (2).
JPDIC0474ZZ
11. Remove check balls and interlock pin from adapter plate.
PCIB0146E
TM-44
2009 G37 Coupe
12. Remove retaining pin using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] and then remove 1st-2nd shift fork and 1st-2nd fork rod.
[6MT: FS6R31A]
A
PCIB0602E
TM
13. Remove interlock plunger and interlock pin from adapter plate.
E
G
PCIB0147E
14. Remove retaining pin using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] and then remove reverse shift fork and reverse fork rod.
SCIA1447E
15. Remove check balls from adapter plate.

L
N
PCIB0148E
16. Remove 5th-6th control lever mounting bolts and then remove 5th-6th control lever from adapter plate. 17. Remove retaining pin using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] and then remove 5th-6th fork rod bracket and 5th-6th fork rod.
PCIB0238E
TM-45
2009 G37 Coupe
18. Remove retaining pin using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] and then remove 5th-6th fork rod (reversal side) and 5th6th shift fork.
[6MT: FS6R31A]
PCIB0412E
SHIFT FORK AND FORK ROD (VIN: From JNKCV64E09M605017)

1. Install adapter setting plate [SST: ST22490000 ( - )] to adapter plate and then fixing in adapter setting plate using a vise. CAUTION: Never directly secure the surface in a vise. Remove baffle plate and oil gutter from adapter plate.
2.
PCIB0254E
3. 4. 5.
Remove retaining pin using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] and then remove striking lever and striking rod. Remove retaining pin using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] and then remove stopper ring from striking rod. Remove retaining pin using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] and then remove low/high control lever from striking rod.
PCIB0414E
6.
Remove check ball plugs and then remove check ball springs and check balls from adapter plate.
PCIB0143E
TM-46
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 7. Remove 3rd-4th control lever mounting bolts and then remove 3rd-4th control lever and shifter cap. CAUTION: Never lose shifter cap. [6MT: FS6R31A]
A
C
PCIB0235E
TM
8.
Remove check ball plug and then remove check ball spring and check ball from adapter plate.
E
G
PCIB0144E
9.
Remove retaining pin ( ) using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] and then remove 3rd-4th fork rod bracket (2) and 3rd4th fork rod (1).
PCIB2046E
10. Remove retaining pin ( ) using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] and then remove 3rd-4th shift fork (1) and 3rd-4th fork rod (reversal side) (2).
N
JPDIC0474ZZ
11. Remove check balls and interlock pin from adapter plate.
PCIB0146E
TM-47
2009 G37 Coupe
12. Remove retaining pin using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] and then remove 1st-2nd shift fork and 1st-2nd fork rod.
[6MT: FS6R31A]
PCIB0602E
13. Remove interlock plunger and interlock pin from adapter plate.
PCIB0147E
14. Remove retaining pin using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] and then remove reverse shift fork and reverse fork rod.
SCIA1447E
15. Remove check balls from adapter plate.
PCIB0148E
16. Remove 5th-6th control lever mounting bolts and then remove 5th-6th control lever from adapter plate. 17. Remove retaining pin using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] and then remove 5th-6th fork rod bracket and 5th-6th fork rod.
PCIB0238E
TM-48
2009 G37 Coupe
18. Remove retaining pin using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] and then remove 5th-6th fork rod (reversal side) and 5th6th shift fork.
[6MT: FS6R31A]
A
PCIB0412E
TM
SHAFT AND GEAR

1. Before disassembly, measure end play for each position. If the end play is outside the specifications, disassemble and inspect. Mainshaft End play standard value : Refer to TM-99, "End Play".
E
H
PCIB0722E
Counter shaft End play standard value : Refer to TM-99, "End Play".
PCIB0723E
2. 3. 4.
Remove snap ring from mainshaft. Remove snap ring from reverse synchronizer hub. Remove reverse spread springs, reverse shifting inserts, and reverse coupling sleeve from reverse synchronizer hub.
PCIB1237E
TM-49
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 5. Remove reverse main gear, reverse baulk ring, and reverse synchronizer hub assembly using a puller [Commercial service tool]. 6. Remove reverse main needle bearing. [6MT: FS6R31A]
SCIA1683E
7.
After removing snap ring, using a puller [Commercial service tool] to remove reverse counter gear and counter rear bearing spacer.
SCIA1682E
8.
Remove mainshaft bearing retainer mounting bolts and then remove mainshaft bearing retainer.
PCIB1238E
9.
Remove snap ring from mainshaft bearing.
SCIA1691E
10. Carefully tap mainshaft with a plastic hammer and then remove mainshaft assembly, main drive gear assembly and counter shaft assembly from adapter plate.
SCIA1456E
TM-50
2009 G37 Coupe
11. Remove counter rear bearing from adapter plate. 12. Remove magnet from adapter plate.
[6MT: FS6R31A]
A
PCIB0244E
Assembly
SHAFT AND GEAR
1. Install main drive gear assembly, mainshaft assembly, and counter shaft assembly combined in one unit to adapter plate using a brass bar.
TM
INFOID:0000000004613958
H
PCIB0151E
2.
3.
Install the adapter setting plate [SST] to adapter plate and then fixing in adapter setting plate using a vise. CAUTION: Never directly secure the surface in a vise. Install magnet to adapter plate.
PCIB1266E
4.
5.
Install snap ring to mainshaft bearing. CAUTION: Never reuse snap ring. Apply recommended grease to counter rear bearing.
O
SCIA1691E
TM-51
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 6. Install counter rear bearing onto adapter plate using the drift [SST]. CAUTION: Replace counter rear bearing inner race, counter rear bearing and counter rear bearing spacer as a set. [6MT: FS6R31A]
PCIB1375E
7.
8.
Apply thread locking sealant to the end of bolts (first 3 to 4 threads). Use Genuine Medium Strength Thread Locking Sealant or an equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". CAUTION: Remove old sealant and oil adhering to threads. Install mainshaft bearing retainer to adapter plate and tighten bolts to the specified torque.
PCIB1238E
9.
Install reverse coupling sleeve and reverse shifting inserts into reverse synchronizer hub. CAUTION: Be careful with the orientation of reverse coupling sleeve.
: Reverse main gear side
Never reuse reverse coupling sleeve and reverse synchronizer hub. Replace reverse coupling sleeve and reverse synchronizer hub as a set.
JPDIC0569ZZ
Be careful with the orientation of reverse synchronizer hub.

A B : Reverse main gear side : Snap ring side
JPDIC0570ZZ
TM-52
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > Be careful with the shape of 1st-2nd, 3rd-4th and 5th-6th shifting insert to avoid misassembly. [6MT: FS6R31A]
A
C
PCIB0608E
TM
10. Install reverse spread springs to reverse shifting inserts. CAUTION: Never install reverse spread spring hook onto the same reverse shifting insert.
SCIA1600E
11. Install snap ring to reverse synchronizer hub. CAUTION: Never align snap ring notch with synchronizer hub groove when assembling. Never reuse snap ring. 12. Apply gear oil to reverse main needle bearing and reverse baulk ring.
PCIB1237E
TM-53
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 13. After installing reverse main gear bushing, reverse main needle bearing, reverse main gear and reverse baulk ring onto mainshaft using the press plate (A) [SST: KV32103300 (J-46529)], the drift (B) [SST: ST01530000 ( - )], and a press to press-fit reverse synchronizer hub assembly (1).
2 3 4 : Collar of mainshaft : 6th main gear : 2nd main gear
[6MT: FS6R31A]
JPDIC0571ZZ
CAUTION: Be careful with the orientation of reverse coupling sleeve.

: Reverse main gear side
JPDIC0569ZZ
NOTE: Reverse baulk ring has three spaces that two gear teeth are missing, and each space has small ditch for identification as shown in the figure.
PCIB0168E
TM-54
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 14. Select and install a snap ring so that the end play comes within the standard value.
End play standard value : Refer to TM-99, "End Play". CAUTION: Never reuse snap ring.
B
[6MT: FS6R31A]
A
C
PCIB0225E
TM
15. After installing counter rear bearing spacer, press and fit reverse counter gear onto counter shaft with drift [SST: ST23860000 ( )] and press. CAUTION: Never reuse reverse counter gear. Replace counter rear bearing inner race, counter rear bearing and counter rear bearing spacer as a set.
G
PCIB0411E
Be careful with the orientation of counter rear bearing spacer.

: Counter rear bearing side
JPDIC0577ZZ
Be careful with the orientation of reverse counter gear.

L
: Counter rear bearing side
N
JPDIC0585ZZ
16. Select and install a snap ring so that the end play comes within the standard value. End play standard value : Refer to TM-99, "End Play". CAUTION: Never reuse snap ring.
PCIB0226E
TM-55
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > SHIFT FORK AND FORK ROD (VIN: Up to JNKCV64E09M605016) 1. Install 5th-6th shift fork to 5th-6th coupling sleeve. 2. Install 5th-6th fork rod (reversal side) to 5th-6th shift fork. 3. Using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] to tap retaining pin into 5th-6th shift fork. CAUTION: Never reuse retaining pin. [6MT: FS6R31A]
PCIB0412E
4. 5. 6.
Install 5th-6th fork rod to adapter plate. Install 5th-6th fork rod bracket to 5th-6th fork rod. Using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] to tap retaining pin into 5th-6th fork rod bracket. CAUTION: Never reuse retaining pin.
PCIB0238E
7.
Install 5th-6th control lever to adapter plate and then tighten mounting bolts to the specified torque. CAUTION: Set the projection upward.
PCIB0172E
8.
Apply recommended grease check balls and then install check balls to adapter plate.
PCIB0148E
TM-56
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 9. Install reverse shift fork to reverse coupling sleeve. 10. Install reverse fork rod to reverse shift fork. 11. Using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] to tap retaining pin into reverse shift fork. CAUTION: Never reuse retaining pin. [6MT: FS6R31A]
A
C
SCIA1447E
TM
12. Apply recommended grease to interlock pin and interlock plunger. 13. Install interlock pin and interlock plunger to adapter plate.
G
PCIB0147E
14. Install 1st-2nd shift fork to 1st-2nd coupling sleeve. 15. Install 1st-2nd fork rod to 1st-2nd shift fork. 16. Using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] to tap retaining pin into 1st-2nd shift fork. CAUTION: Never reuse retaining pin.
PCIB0602E
17. Install 3rd-4th shift fork (1) to 3rd-4th coupling sleeve. 18. Install 3rd-4th fork rod (reversal side) (2) to 3rd-4th shift fork. 19. Using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] to tap retaining pin ( ) into 3rd-4th shift fork (reversal side). CAUTION: Never reuse retaining pin.
N
JPDIC0474ZZ
20. Apply recommended grease to interlock pin and check balls. 21. Install interlock pin and check balls to adapter plate.
PCIB0146E
TM-57
2009 G37 Coupe
22. Install 3rd-4th fork rod (1) to adapter plate. 23. Install 3rd-4th fork rod bracket (2) to 3rd-4th fork rod. 24. Using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] to tap retaining pin ( ) into 3rd-4th fork rod bracket. CAUTION: Never reuse retaining pin.
[6MT: FS6R31A]
PCIB2046E
25. Apply recommended grease to check ball and then install check ball and check ball spring into adapter plate. 26. Apply recommended sealant to threads of check ball plugs and then tighten check ball plug to the specified torque. Use Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". CAUTION: Remove old sealant and oil adhering to threads.
PCIB0144E
27. Install shifter cap to 3rd-4th control lever. 28. Install 3rd-4th control lever to adapter plate and then tighten mounting bolts to the specified torque. CAUTION: Make sure the top and bottom are oriented correctly. Never drop shifter cap.
PCIB1352E
29. Apply recommended grease to check ball and then install check balls and check ball springs into adapter plate. 30. Apply recommended sealant to threads of check ball plugs and then tighten check ball plugs to the specified torque. Use Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". CAUTION: Remove old sealant and oil adhering to threads.
PCIB0143E
31. Install low/high control lever to striking rod. 32. Using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] to tap retaining pin into low/high control lever. CAUTION: Never reuse retaining pin. 33. Install stopper ring to striking rod. 34. Using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] to tap retaining pin into stopper ring. CAUTION: Never reuse retaining pin.
TM-58
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 35. Install striking rod to adapter plate. 36. Install striking lever to striking rod. 37. Using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] to tap retaining pin into striking lever. CAUTION: Never reuse retaining pin. [6MT: FS6R31A]
A
C
PCIB0414E
TM
38. Install baffle plate to adapter plate and then tighten mounting bolts to the specified torque.
E
G
PCIB0154E
SHIFT FORK AND FORK ROD (VIN: From JNKCV64E09M605017)

1. 2. 3. Install 5th-6th shift fork to 5th-6th coupling sleeve. Install 5th-6th fork rod (reversal side) to 5th-6th shift fork. Using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] to tap retaining pin into 5th-6th shift fork. CAUTION: Never reuse retaining pin.
H
K
PCIB0412E
4. 5. 6.
Install 5th-6th fork rod to adapter plate. Install 5th-6th fork rod bracket to 5th-6th fork rod. Using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] to tap retaining pin into 5th-6th fork rod bracket. CAUTION: Never reuse retaining pin.
PCIB0238E
TM-59
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 7. Install 5th-6th control lever to adapter plate and then tighten mounting bolts to the specified torque. CAUTION: Set the projection upward. [6MT: FS6R31A]
PCIB0172E
8.
Apply recommended grease check balls and then install check balls to adapter plate.
PCIB0148E
9. Install reverse shift fork to reverse coupling sleeve. 10. Install reverse fork rod to reverse shift fork. 11. Using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] to tap retaining pin into reverse shift fork. CAUTION: Never reuse retaining pin.
SCIA1447E
12. Apply recommended grease to interlock pin and interlock plunger. 13. Install interlock pin and interlock plunger to adapter plate.
PCIB0147E
14. Install 1st-2nd shift fork to 1st-2nd coupling sleeve. 15. Install 1st-2nd fork rod to 1st-2nd shift fork. 16. Using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] to tap retaining pin into 1st-2nd shift fork. CAUTION: Never reuse retaining pin.
PCIB0602E
TM-60
2009 G37 Coupe
17. Install 3rd-4th shift fork (1) to 3rd-4th coupling sleeve. 18. Install 3rd-4th fork rod (reversal side) (2) to 3rd-4th shift fork. 19. Using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] to tap retaining pin ( ) into 3rd-4th shift fork (reversal side). CAUTION: Never reuse retaining pin.
[6MT: FS6R31A]
A
JPDIC0474ZZ
TM
20. Apply recommended grease to interlock pin and check balls. 21. Install interlock pin and check balls to adapter plate.
E
G
PCIB0146E
22. Install 3rd-4th fork rod (1) to adapter plate. 23. Install 3rd-4th fork rod bracket (2) to 3rd-4th fork rod. 24. Using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] to tap retaining pin ( ) into 3rd-4th fork rod bracket. CAUTION: Never reuse retaining pin.
PCIB2046E
25. Apply recommended grease to check ball and then install check ball and check ball spring into adapter plate. 26. Apply recommended sealant to threads of check ball plugs and then tighten check ball plug to the specified torque. Use Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". CAUTION: Remove old sealant and oil adhering to threads.
N
PCIB0144E
27. Install shifter cap to 3rd-4th control lever. 28. Install 3rd-4th control lever to adapter plate and then tighten mounting bolts to the specified torque. CAUTION: Make sure the top and bottom are oriented correctly. Never drop shifter cap.
PCIB1352E
TM-61
2009 G37 Coupe
29. Apply recommended grease to check ball and then install check balls and check ball springs into adapter plate. 30. Apply recommended sealant to threads of check ball plugs and then tighten check ball plugs to the specified torque. Use Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". CAUTION: Remove old sealant and oil adhering to threads.
[6MT: FS6R31A]
PCIB0143E
31. Install low/high control lever to striking rod. 32. Using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] to tap retaining pin into low/high control lever. CAUTION: Never reuse retaining pin. 33. Install stopper ring to striking rod. 34. Using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] to tap retaining pin into stopper ring. CAUTION: Never reuse retaining pin. 35. Install striking rod to adapter plate. 36. Install striking lever to striking rod. 37. Using a pin punch [Commercial service tool] to tap retaining pin into striking lever. CAUTION: Never reuse retaining pin.
PCIB0414E
38. Install baffle plate with the following procedure. a. Insert baffle plate (1) until its projection contacts groove (A) of oil gutter (2).
JPDIC0538ZZ
b.
Align baffle plate hole to adapter plate dowel pin (
).
JPDIC0540ZZ
TM-62
2009 G37 Coupe
c. Install baffle plate mounting bolt ( ) to adapter plate and then tighten baffle plate mounting bolt to the specified torque.
[6MT: FS6R31A]
A
C
JPDIC0539ZZ
CASE AND EXTENSION (VIN: Up to JNKCV64E09M605016)

1. 2. 3. 4. Apply recommended grease to roller of counter front bearing. Install counter front bearing to transmission case. Install oil gutter to transmission case. Install breather tube to transmission case. CAUTION: Never reuse breather tube.
TM
PCIB0436E
5.
Apply recommended sealant to transmission case adapter plate mounting surface as shown in the figure. Use Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". CAUTION: Remove old sealant adhering to the mounting surfaces. Also remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering to both mounting surfaces.
K
PCIB1373E
6.
Place adapter plate in transmission case using a soft hammer to tap adapter plate to install it into transmission case.
SCIA1436E
TM-63
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 7. Install snap ring to main drive gear bearing using a snap ring pliers. CAUTION: Never reuse snap ring. [6MT: FS6R31A]
SCIA1532E
8. 9.
Tighten baffle plate mounting nut to the specified torque. Apply multi-purpose grease to lip of front cover oil seal.
SCIA1443E
10. Install front cover oil seal (1) to front cover using the drift (A) [SST: KV38102100 (J-25803-01)]. Dimension H : 8.55 9.55 mm (0.3366 0.3760 in)
CAUTION: Never reuse front cover oil seal. When installing, never incline front cover oil seal. 11. Install front cover according to the following. a. Install front cover gasket and front cover to transmission case. CAUTION: Never reuse front cover gasket. Never damage front cover oil seal. Remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering to both mating surfaces.
JPDIC0028ZZ
b.
Temporary tightening mounting bolt (
) and sealing bolt (1).
JPDIC0344ZZ
TM-64
2009 G37 Coupe
c. Temporary tightening remaining mounting bolts ( bolts (1). ) and sealing
A
[6MT: FS6R31A]
C
JPDIC0343ZZ
TM
d. 12. 13.
14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19.
20.
21.
Tighten mounting bolts ( ) and sealing bolts (1) to the specified torque in order as shown on the figure. Apply gear oil to counter end bearing. Install counter end bearing to rear extension. CAUTION: Never reuse counter end bearing. Install rear extension oil gutter and cap to rear extension and then tighten mounting bolt to specified torque. Install rear extension dust cover to rear extension. Install bracket to transmission case and then tighten mounting JPDIC0345ZZ bolt to specified torque. Apply gear oil to reverse idler needle bearing. Install reverse idler shaft, reverse idler needle bearing, reverse idler gear and reverse idler thrust washer to adapter plate. Apply multi-purpose grease to striking rod oil seal lip. CAUTION: Never reuse striking rod oil seal. Install striking rod oil seal to rear extension using the drift [SST: ST33061000 (J-8107-2)]. CAUTION: When installing, never incline striking rod oil seal. Apply multi-purpose grease to lip of rear oil seal. CAUTION: Never reuse rear oil seal.
PCIB0213E
22. Install rear oil seal (1) to rear extension using the drift [SST: ST33400001 (J-26082)]. Dimension H : 1.2 2.2 mm (0.047 0.087 in)
CAUTION: When installing, never incline rear oil seal.
P
JPDIC0033ZZ
TM-65
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 23. Apply recommended sealant to adapter plate rear extension mounting surface as shown in the figure. Use Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". CAUTION: Remove old sealant adhering to the mounting surfaces. Also remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering to both mounting surfaces. [6MT: FS6R31A]
PCIB1374E
24. Install rear extension to adapter plate and then tighten mounting bolts to the specified torque in order as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Never damage rear oil seal and striking rod oil seal. 25. Install control lever housing to rear extension and then tighten mounting bolts to the specified torque. CAUTION: Never hold control lever housing to prevent the bushing of control lever housing from deformation when moving transmission assembly.
JPDIC0575ZZ
26. Apply gear oil to return spring plungers. 27. Install return spring plungers and return springs into rear extension.
Region RH LH Return spring identification mark Brown Blue Plunger groove No Yes
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
CAUTION: The right and left return springs and return spring plungers SCIA1607E are different, so make sure they are installed correctly. Apply recommended sealant to threads of return spring plugs and then tighten return spring plugs to the specified torque. Use Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". CAUTION: Remove old sealant and oil adhering to threads. Install check shift pin as a one unit with control bracket to rear extension and then tighten mounting bolts to the specified torque. Install plunger to rear extension and then screwing park/neutral position (PNP) switch and back-up lamp switch to rear extension with 1 - 2 pitches. Apply recommended sealant to threads of switches and tighten switches to the specified torque. Use Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". PCIB1346E CAUTION: Remove old sealant and oil adhering to threads. Install brackets to rear extension and then tighten bracket mounting bolts to the specified torque.
TM-66
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 33. Install boot and control rod to striking rod. 34. Install the retaining pin into the control rod using a pin punch [Commercial service tool]. Then fit the boot to the striking rod oil seal and the groove on the control rod. CAUTION: Never reuse retaining pin. 35. Install boot to control rod. CAUTION: Fit the boot to the groove on the control rod. [6MT: FS6R31A]
A
C
PCIB1345E
TM
36. Apply gear oil to check ball. 37. Install check ball and check select spring into rear extension. 38. Install rear extension upper cover gasket and rear extension upper cover to rear extension. CAUTION: Never reuse rear extension upper cover gasket. Avoid tangling check select spring.
G
PCIB1344E
39. Tighten rear extension upper cover bolts to the specified torque in order as shown on the figure. 40. Install gasket to drain plug and then install it to transmission case. Tighten drain plug to the specified torque. CAUTION: Never reuse gasket. 41. Install gasket to filler plug and then install it to transmission case. Tighten filler plug to the specified torque. CAUTION: Never reuse gasket. After oil is filled, tighten filler plug to specified torque.
K
JPDIC0576ZZ
CASE AND EXTENSION (VIN: From JNKCV64E09M605017)

1. 2. 3. Apply recommended grease to roller of counter front bearing. Install counter front bearing to transmission case. Install breather tube to transmission case. CAUTION: Never reuse breather tube.
L
O
PCIB0436E
TM-67
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 4. Apply recommended sealant to transmission case adapter plate mounting surface as shown in the figure. Use Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". CAUTION: Remove old sealant adhering to the mounting surfaces. Also remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering to both mounting surfaces. [6MT: FS6R31A]
PCIB1373E
5.
Place adapter plate in transmission case using a soft hammer to tap adapter plate to install it into transmission case.
SCIA1436E
6.
Install snap ring to main drive gear bearing using a snap ring pliers. CAUTION: Never reuse snap ring.
SCIA1532E
7. a.
Install baffle plate with the following procedure. Tighten baffle plate mounting nut ( ) to the specified torque.
SCIA1443E
TM-68
2009 G37 Coupe
b. 8. Install baffle plate mounting bolt ( ) to adapter plate and then tighten baffle plate mounting bolt to the specified torque. Apply multi-purpose grease to lip of front cover oil seal.
[6MT: FS6R31A]
A
C
JPDIC0652ZZ
TM
9.
Install front cover oil seal (1) to front cover using the drift (A) [SST: KV38102100 (J-25803-01)]. Dimension H : 8.55 9.55 mm (0.3366 0.3760 in)
E
CAUTION: Never reuse front cover oil seal. When installing, never incline front cover oil seal. 10. Install front cover according to the following. a. Install front cover gasket and front cover to transmission case. CAUTION: Never reuse front cover gasket. Never damage front cover oil seal. Remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering to both mating surfaces.
JPDIC0028ZZ
b.
Temporary tightening mounting bolt (
) and sealing bolt (1).

L
N
JPDIC0344ZZ
c.
Temporary tightening remaining mounting bolts ( bolts (1).
) and sealing
JPDIC0343ZZ
TM-69
2009 G37 Coupe
d. 11. 12.
[6MT: FS6R31A]
13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.
19.
20.
Tighten mounting bolts ( ) and sealing bolts (1) to the specified torque in order as shown on the figure. Apply gear oil to counter end bearing. Install counter end bearing to rear extension. CAUTION: Never reuse counter end bearing. Install rear extension oil gutter and cap to rear extension and then tighten mounting bolt to specified torque. Install rear extension dust cover to rear extension. Install bracket to transmission case and then tighten mounting JPDIC0345ZZ bolt to specified torque. Apply gear oil to reverse idler needle bearing. Install reverse idler shaft, reverse idler needle bearing, reverse idler gear and reverse idler thrust washer to adapter plate. Apply multi-purpose grease to striking rod oil seal lip. CAUTION: Never reuse striking rod oil seal. Install striking rod oil seal to rear extension using the drift [SST: ST33061000 (J-8107-2)]. CAUTION: When installing, never incline striking rod oil seal. Apply multi-purpose grease to lip of rear oil seal. CAUTION: Never reuse rear oil seal.
PCIB0213E
21. Install rear oil seal (1) to rear extension using the drift [SST: ST33400001 (J-26082)]. Dimension H : 1.2 2.2 mm (0.047 0.087 in)
CAUTION: When installing, never incline rear oil seal.
JPDIC0033ZZ
22. Apply recommended sealant to adapter plate rear extension mounting surface as shown in the figure. Use Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". CAUTION: Remove old sealant adhering to the mounting surfaces. Also remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering to both mounting surfaces.
PCIB1374E
TM-70
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 23. Install rear extension to adapter plate and then tighten mounting bolts to the specified torque in order as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Never damage rear oil seal and striking rod oil seal. 24. Install control lever housing to rear extension and then tighten mounting bolts to the specified torque. CAUTION: Never hold control lever housing to prevent the bushing of control lever housing from deformation when moving transmission assembly.
25. Apply gear oil to return spring plungers. 26. Install return spring plungers and return springs into rear extension.
Region RH LH Return spring identification mark Brown Blue Plunger groove No Yes
[6MT: FS6R31A]
A
C
JPDIC0575ZZ
TM
27.
28.
29.
30.
31. 32. 33.
34.
CAUTION: The right and left return springs and return spring plungers SCIA1607E are different, so make sure they are installed correctly. Apply recommended sealant to threads of return spring plugs and then tighten return spring plugs to the specified torque. Use Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI-17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". CAUTION: Remove old sealant and oil adhering to threads. Install check shift pin as a one unit with control bracket to rear extension and then tighten mounting bolts to the specified torque. Install plunger to rear extension and then screwing park/neutral position (PNP) switch and back-up lamp switch to rear extension with 1 - 2 pitches. Apply recommended sealant to threads of switches and tighten switches to the specified torque. Use Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI17, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants". PCIB1346E CAUTION: Remove old sealant and oil adhering to threads. Install brackets to rear extension and then tighten bracket mounting bolts to the specified torque. Install boot and control rod to striking rod. Install the retaining pin into the control rod using a pin punch [Commercial service tool]. Then fit the boot to the striking rod oil seal and the groove on the control rod. CAUTION: Never reuse retaining pin. Install boot to control rod. CAUTION: Fit the boot to the groove on the control rod.
PCIB1345E
35. Apply gear oil to check ball.
TM-71
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 36. Install check ball and check select spring into rear extension. 37. Install rear extension upper cover gasket and rear extension upper cover to rear extension. CAUTION: Never reuse rear extension upper cover gasket. Avoid tangling check select spring. [6MT: FS6R31A]
PCIB1344E
38. Tighten rear extension upper cover bolts to the specified torque in order as shown on the figure. 39. Install gasket to drain plug and then install it to transmission case. Tighten drain plug to the specified torque. CAUTION: Never reuse gasket. 40. Install gasket to filler plug and then install it to transmission case. Tighten filler plug to the specified torque. CAUTION: Never reuse gasket. After oil is filled, tighten filler plug to specified torque.
JPDIC0576ZZ
TM-72
2009 G37 Coupe
MAIN DRIVE GEAR

A
INFOID:0000000005782669
MAIN DRIVE GEAR

Exploded View
TM
J
JPDIC0472ZZ
1. 4. 7.
2. 5. 8.
3. 6. 9.
Disassembly
1. Remove 5th baulk ring, pilot bearing spacer, and main pilot bearing from main drive gear.
INFOID:0000000004613960
TM-73
2009 G37 Coupe
MAIN DRIVE GEAR

< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 2. Remove snap ring from main drive gear using a snap ring pliers. [6MT: FS6R31A]
PCIB0729E
3.
Set a puller [Commercial service tool] on main drive gear bearing, and remove main drive gear bearing from main drive gear using a press.
SCIA1533E
Assembly
1. Using the drift [SST: KV32102700 ( - )] and a press to press- fit main drive gear bearing onto main drive gear.
INFOID:0000000004613961
PCIB0215E
2.
Select and install a snap ring to main drive gear so that the end play comes within the standard value. End play standard value : Refer to TM-99, "End Play". CAUTION: Never reuse snap ring. Apply gear oil to main pilot bearing and 5th baulk ring.
3.
PCIB0484E
4.
Install main pilot bearing, pilot bearing spacer, and 5th baulk ring to main drive gear. NOTE:
TM-74
2009 G37 Coupe
MAIN DRIVE GEAR

< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 5th and 6th baulk rings have three spaces that four gear teeth are missing as shown in the figure. [6MT: FS6R31A]
A
C
PCIB1309J
Inspection
INSPECTION BEFORE DISASSEMBLY
Before disassembly, measure end play. If the end play is outside the specifications, disassemble and inspect. End play standard value : Refer to TM-99, "End Play".
TM
INFOID:0000000004613962
H
PCIB0721E

Gear If the contact surface on main drive gear, etc. has damage, peeling, abrasion, dent, bent, or any other damage, replace the components. I
L
JPDIC0029ZZ
Baulk Ring If the cam surface on baulk ring or contact surface on insert has damage or excessive wear, replace with a new one.
P
SCIA0608J
Baulk Ring Clearance for Single Cone Synchronizer (5th)
TM-75
2009 G37 Coupe
MAIN DRIVE GEAR

< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > Press baulk ring on the cone, and measure the clearance between baulk ring and cone. If the measurement is below limit, replace it with a new one.
Clearance Standard value Limit value
[6MT: FS6R31A]
: Refer to TM-99, "Baulk Ring Clearance". : Refer to TM-99, "Baulk Ring Clearance".
PCIB1328E
Bearing If the bearing does not rotate smoothly or the contact surface on ball or race is damaged or peeled, replace with new ones.
SMT418A
TM-76
2009 G37 Coupe
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR

A
INFOID:0000000005782670
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR

Exploded View
TM
J
JPDIC0472ZZ
1. 4. 7.
2. 5. 8.
3. 6. 9.
TM-77
2009 G37 Coupe
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR

INFOID:0000000004613964
Disassembly
1. 2. Using a press to remove reverse main gear bushing, mainshaft bearing, and 4th main gear. Remove 3rd-4th main spacer.
SCIA1386E
3.
4.
Using a press to remove 1st main gear and 3rd main gear. CAUTION: Never damage baulk ring. Remove 1st outer baulk ring, 1st synchronizer cone, 1st inner baulk ring, and 1st needle bearing.
SCIA1458E
5.
6. 7. 8. 9.
Using a press to remove 1st gear bushing, 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly, 2nd outer baulk ring, 2nd synchronizer cone, 2nd inner baulk ring, and 2nd main gear. CAUTION: Be aware that when using the press, if mainshaft gear positioner catches on the V-block, etc., mainshaft could be damaged. Remove 2nd needle bearing. Remove 1st-2nd spread springs, 1st-2nd shifting inserts, 1st2nd coupling sleeve from 1st-2nd synchronizer hub. Remove snap ring from mainshaft.
SCIA1459E
Using a press to remove 6th main gear, 6th baulk ring, and 5th6th synchronizer hub assembly. 10. Remove 6th needle bearing. 11. Remove 5th-6th spread springs, 5th-6th shifting inserts, and 5th6th coupling sleeve from 5th-6th synchronizer hub.
SCIA1460E
Assembly
1. Install 5th-6th coupling sleeve and 5th-6th shifting inserts to 5th-6th synchronizer hub. CAUTION:
INFOID:0000000004613965
TM-78
2009 G37 Coupe
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR

< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > Be careful with the orientation of 5th-6th coupling sleeve.
: 6th main gear side
[6MT: FS6R31A]
A
Never reuse 5th-6th coupling sleeve and 5th-6th synchronizer hub. Replace 5th-6th coupling sleeve and 5th-6th synchronizer hub as a set.
C
JPDIC0549ZZ
TM
Be careful with the orientation of 5th-6th synchronizer hub.

E
A B : 5th main gear side : 6th main gear side
G
JPDIC0554ZZ
Be careful with the shape of reverse shifting insert to avoid misassembly.
PCIB0608E
2.
Install 5th-6th spread springs to 5th-6th shifting inserts. CAUTION: Never install 5th-6th spread spring hook onto the same 5th6th shifting insert.
O
SCIA1600E
TM-79
2009 G37 Coupe
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR

< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 3. Apply gear oil to 6th needle bearing and 6th baulk ring. 4. Install 6th needle bearing, 6th main gear, and 6th baulk ring on mainshaft and then using the inserter [SST: ST30911000 ( - )] and a press to press-fit 5th-6th synchronizer hub assembly. [6MT: FS6R31A]
PCIB0219E
CAUTION: Be careful with the orientation of 5th-6th coupling sleeve.

: 6th main gear side
JPDIC0549ZZ
NOTE: 5th and 6th baulk rings have three spaces that four gear teeth are missing as shown in the figure.
PCIB1309J
5.
Select and install a snap ring so that the end play comes within the standard value. End play standard value CAUTION: Never reuse snap ring. : Refer to TM-99, "End Play".
PCIB0609E
6.
Install 1st-2nd coupling sleeve and 1st-2nd shifting inserts to 1st-2nd synchronizer hub. CAUTION:
TM-80
2009 G37 Coupe
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR

< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > Be careful with the orientation of 1st-2nd coupling sleeve.
: 2nd main gear side
[6MT: FS6R31A]
A
Never reuse 1st-2nd coupling sleeve and 1st-2nd synchronizer hub. Replace 1st-2nd coupling sleeve and 1st-2nd synchronizer hub as a set.
C
JPDIC0557ZZ
TM
Be careful with the orientation of 1st-2nd synchronizer hub.

E
A B : 2nd main gear side : 1st main gear side
G
JPDIC0558ZZ
Be careful with the shape of reverse shifting insert to avoid misassembly.
PCIB0608E
7.
Install 1st-2nd spread springs to 1st-2nd shifting inserts. CAUTION: Never install 1st-2nd spread spring hook onto the same 1st2nd shifting insert.
O
SCIA1600E
TM-81
2009 G37 Coupe
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR

< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 8. Apply gear oil to 2nd needle bearing, 2nd inner baulk ring, 2nd synchronizer cone, and 2nd outer baulk ring. 9. Install 2nd main gear, 2nd needle bearing, 2nd inner baulk ring, 2nd synchronizer cone, and 2nd outer baulk ring on mainshaft and then using the support ring [SST: ST27861000 ( - )] and a press to press-fit 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly. CAUTION: Replace 2nd inner baulk ring, 2nd synchronizer cone and 2nd outer baulk ring as a set. [6MT: FS6R31A]
PCIB0202E
Be careful with the orientation of 1st-2nd coupling sleeve.

: 2nd main gear side
JPDIC0557ZZ
NOTE: 1st outer baulk ring has three spaces that four gear tooth is missing and 2nd outer baulk ring has three spaces that two gear teeth are missing.
A B : 1st outer baulk ring : 2nd outer baulk ring
JPDIC0600ZZ
10. Using the support ring [SST: ST27861000 ( - )] and a press to press-fit 1st gear bushing. 11. Apply gear oil to 1st needle bearing, 1st outer baulk ring, 1st synchronizer cone and 1st inner baulk ring.
PCIB0203E
TM-82
2009 G37 Coupe
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR

< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 12. Install 1st outer baulk ring, 1st synchronizer cone, 1st inner baulk ring, 1st needle bearing and 1st main gear (1) on mainshaft and then using the inserter (A) [SST: ST30022000 ( - )] and a press to press-fit 3rd main gear (2). CAUTION: Replace 1st outer baulk ring, 1st synchronizer cone and 1st inner baulk ring as a set. [6MT: FS6R31A]
A
C
JPDIC0634ZZ
TM
Be careful with the orientation of 3rd main gear.

: 1st main gear side
G
JPDIC0560ZZ
NOTE: 1st outer baulk ring has three spaces that four gear tooth is missing and 2nd outer baulk ring has three spaces that two gear teeth are missing.
A B : 1st outer baulk ring : 2nd outer baulk ring
K
JPDIC0600ZZ
13. Install 3rd-4th main spacer (1) on mainshaft and then using the inserter (A) [SST: ST30022000 ( - )] and a press to press-fit 4th main gear (2).
JPDIC0563ZZ
CAUTION:
P
TM-83
2009 G37 Coupe
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR

< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > Be careful with the orientation of 4th main gear.
: 3rd-4th main spacer side
[6MT: FS6R31A]
JPDIC0562ZZ
14. Using the inserter [SST] and a press to press-fit mainshaft bearing onto mainshaft.
PCIB1257E
15. Using the inserter [SST: ST30911000 ( - )] and a press to pressfit reverse main gear bushing onto mainshaft.
PCIB0206E
Inspection
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR
If the contact surface on each gear and mainshaft. has damage, peeling, abrasion, dent, bent, or any other damage, replace the components.
INFOID:0000000004613966
SCIA1680E
SYNCHRONIZER
Synchronizer Hub and Coupling Sleeve
TM-84
2009 G37 Coupe
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR

< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > If the contact surface on coupling sleeve, synchronizer hub and shifting insert has damage or abrasion, replace the components. Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub shall move smoothly. [6MT: FS6R31A]
A
C
SMT387A
Baulk Ring and Spread Spring If the cam surface on baulk ring or contact surface on insert has damage or excessive wear, replace with a new one. If spread spring is damaged, replace with a new one.
TM
G
SCIA0608J
Baulk Ring Clearance for Single Cone Synchronizer (6th and Reverse) Press baulk ring on the cone and measure the clearance between baulk ring and cone. If the measurement is below limit, replace it with a new one.
Clearance Standard value Limit value
PCIB1328E
Baulk Ring Clearance for Triple Cone Synchronizer (1st and 2nd) Check the clearance between outer baulk ring (1), synchronizer cone (2), and inner baulk ring (3) as follows. CAUTION: The clearances A, B and C are controlled with outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone, and inner baulk ring as a set. Replace them as a set if the clearances are outside the limit value.
JPDIC0308ZZ
TM-85
2009 G37 Coupe
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR

< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 1. Measure the clearance A at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a feeler gauge (B) when pressing outer baulk ring (1), synchronizer cone (2), and inner baulk ring (3) toward gear taper cone (C). And then calculate mean value.
Clearance A Standard value Limit value
[6MT: FS6R31A]
JPDIC0034ZZ
2.
Measure the clearance B at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a feeler gauge (A). And then calculate mean value.
1 2 : Outer baulk ring : Synchronizer cone
Clearance B Standard value Limit value
JPDIC0307ZZ
3.
Measure the clearance C at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a feeler gauge (A) when pressing outer baulk ring (1), synchronizer cone (2), and inner baulk ring (3) toward gear taper cone (B). And then calculate mean value. Clearance C Standard value Limit value
JPDIC0035ZZ
Bearing
If the bearing does not rotate smoothly or the contact surface on ball or race is damaged or peeled, replace with new ones.
SMT418A
TM-86
2009 G37 Coupe
COUNTER SHAFT AND GEAR

A
INFOID:0000000005782671

Exploded View
TM
I
JPDIC0473ZZ
1. 4. 7.
2. 5. 8.
3. 6. 9.
TM-87
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004613968
Disassembly
1. Using a press to remove 3rd counter gear, 3rd outer baulk ring, 3rd synchronizer cone, 3rd inner baulk ring, 3rd-4th synchronizer hub assembly, 4th outer baulk ring, 4th synchronizer cone, 4th inner baulk ring, 4th counter gear, 4th needle bearing, 4th gear bushing, 4th counter gear thrust washer, and counter rear bearing inner race. Remove 3rd needle bearing. Remove 3rd-4th spread springs, 3rd-4th shifting inserts, and 3rd-4th coupling sleeve from 3rd-4th synchronizer hub.
2. 3.
SCIA1389E
4.
Using a press to remove 3rd gear bushing. CAUTION: Never use oil hole of 3rd gear bushing when press out.
PCIB1327E
Assembly
1. Using the inserter [SST: ST30911000 ( - )] and a press to pressfit 3rd gear bushing onto counter shaft.
INFOID:0000000004613969
PCIB0406E
CAUTION: Be careful with the orientation of 3rd gear bushing.

: 4th counter gear side
JPDIC0584ZZ
2.
Install 3rd-4th coupling sleeve and 3rd-4th shifting inserts into 3rd-4th synchronizer hub. CAUTION:
TM-88
2009 G37 Coupe

< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > Be careful with the shape of reverse shifting insert to avoid misassembly. Never reuse 3rd-4th coupling sleeve and 3rd-4th synchronizer hub. Replace 3rd-4th coupling sleeve and 3rd-4th synchronizer hub as a set. [6MT: FS6R31A]
A
C
PCIB0608E
TM
3.
4. 5.
Install 3rd-4th spread springs to 3rd-4th shifting inserts. CAUTION: Never install 3rd-4th spread spring hook onto the same 3rd4th shifting insert. Apply gear oil to 3rd needle bearing, 3rd inner baulk ring, 3rd synchronizer cone and 3rd outer baulk ring. Apply gear oil to the hole spline press fitting side of 3rd-4th synchronizer hub.
SCIA1600E
6.
Install 3rd needle bearing, 3rd counter gear (1), 3rd inner baulk ring, 3rd synchronizer cone and 3rd outer baulk ring on counter shaft and then using the inserter (A) [SST: ST30911000 ( - )] and a press to press-fit 3rd-4th synchronizer hub assembly (2). CAUTION: Replace 3rd inner baulk ring, 3rd synchronizer cone and 3rd outer baulk ring as a set.
K
JPDIC0633ZZ
Be careful with the orientation of 3rd-4th coupling sleeve.

: 3rd counter gear side
O
JPDIC0566ZZ
NOTE:
TM-89
2009 G37 Coupe

< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 4th outer baulk ring has three spaces that one gear tooth is missing but 3rd outer baulk ring doesn't.
A B : 3rd outer baulk ring : 4th outer baulk ring
[6MT: FS6R31A]
7.
Apply gear oil to 4th needle bearing, 4th outer baulk ring, 4th synchronizer cone and 4th inner baulk ring.
JPDIC0601ZZ
8.
Install 4th outer baulk ring, 4th synchronizer cone, 4th inner baulk ring, 4th needle bearing and 4th counter gear (1) onto counter shaft and then using the inserter (A) [SST: KV40100630 (J-26092)] and a press to press-fit 4th gear bushing and 4th counter gear thrust washer (2). CAUTION: Replace 4th outer baulk ring, 4th synchronizer cone and 4th inner baulk ring as a set.
PCIB1948J
Be careful with the orientation of 4th counter gear thrust washer.

JPDIC0583ZZ
9.
Using the inserter (A) [SST: ST30032000 (J-26010-01)] and a press to press-fit counter rear bearing inner race (1) onto counter shaft. CAUTION: Replace counter rear bearing inner race, counter rear bearing and counter rear bearing spacer as a set.
JPDIC0390ZZ
Be careful with the orientation of counter rear bearing inner race.

JPDIC0582ZZ
TM-90
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004613970
Inspection
If the contact surface on each gear and counter shaft. has damage, peeling, abrasion, dent, bent, or any other damage, replace the components.
TM
JPDIC0392ZZ
SYNCHRONIZER
Synchronizer Hub and Coupling Sleeve If the contact surface on coupling sleeve, synchronizer hub, and shifting insert has damage or abrasion, replace the components. Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub shall move smoothly. F
I
SMT387A
Baulk Ring and Spread Spring If the cam surface on baulk ring or contact surface on insert has damage or excessive wear, replace with a new one. If spread spring is damaged, replace with a new one.
SCIA0608J
Baulk Ring Clearance for Double Cone Synchronizer (4th) Check the clearance between outer baulk ring (1), synchronizer cone (2), and inner baulk ring (3) as follows. CAUTION: The clearances A and B are controlled with outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone, and inner baulk ring as a set. Replace them as a set if the clearances are outside the limit value.
P
JPDIC0305ZZ
TM-91
2009 G37 Coupe

< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 1. Measure the clearance A at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a dial indicator (B) and the puller (C) [SST: ST30031000 (J-22912-01)]. And then calculate mean value.
1 2 : Inner baulk ring : Synchronizer cone
[6MT: FS6R31A]
Clearance A Standard value Limit value
JPDIC0306ZZ
2.
Measure the clearance B at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a feeler gauge (A). And then calculate mean value.
JPDIC0307ZZ
Baulk Ring Clearance for Triple Cone Synchronizer (3rd) Check the clearance between outer baulk ring (1), synchronizer cone (2), and inner baulk ring (3) as follows. CAUTION: The clearances A, B and C are controlled with outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone, and inner baulk ring as a set. Replace them as a set if the clearances are outside the limit value.
JPDIC0308ZZ
1.
Measure the clearance A at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a feeler gauge (B) when pressing outer baulk ring (1), synchronizer cone (2), and inner baulk ring (3) toward gear taper cone (C). And then calculate mean value. Clearance A Standard value Limit value
JPDIC0034ZZ
TM-92
2009 G37 Coupe

< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > 2. Measure the clearance B at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a feeler gauge (A). And then calculate mean value.
[6MT: FS6R31A]
A
C
JPDIC0307ZZ
TM
3.
Measure the clearance C at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a feeler gauge (A) when pressing outer baulk ring (1), synchronizer cone (2), and inner baulk ring (3) toward gear taper cone (B). And then calculate mean value. Clearance C Standard value Limit value
G
JPDIC0035ZZ
BEARING
If the bearing does not rotate smoothly or the contact surface on ball or race is damaged or peeled, replace with new ones.
I
K
SMT418A
TM-93
2009 G37 Coupe
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEAR


Exploded View
INFOID:0000000005782672
JPDIC0473ZZ
1. 4. 7.
2. 5. 8.
3. 6. 9.
Disassembly
Refer to TM-36, "Disassembly" for disassembly procedure.
INFOID:0000000004613972
Assembly
Note the following, and refer to TM-51, "Assembly" for assembly procedure. CAUTION: Apply gear oil to reverse idler needle bearing.
INFOID:0000000004613973
TM-94
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004613974
Inspection
If the contact surface on reverse idler gear and reverse idler shaft has damage, peeling, abrasion, dent, bent, or any other damage, replace the components.
BEARING
If the bearing does not rotate smoothly or the contact surface on roller or race is damaged or peeled, replace with new ones.
C
TM
TM-95
2009 G37 Coupe


Exploded View
INFOID:0000000005782673
PCIB0902E
1. 4. 7.
Check ball plug Interlock pin 3rd-4th fork rod bracket
2. 5. 8.
Check ball spring Retaining pin 3rd-4th fork rod
3. 6. 9.
Check ball Striking lever 3rd-4th fork rod (reversal side)
10. 1st-2nd fork rod 13. 5th-6th shift fork 16. Shifter cap 19. 5th-6th control lever 22. Reverse shift fork 25. Stopper ring
11. 1st-2nd shift fork 14. 5th-6th fork rod (reversal side) 17. 3rd-4th control lever 20. Adapter plate 23. Striking rod 26. Interlock plunger
12. 3rd-4th shift fork 15. 5th-6th fork rod 18. 5th-6th fork rod bracket 21. Reverse fork rod 24. Low/high control lever
Disassembly
Refer to TM-36, "Disassembly" for disassembly procedure.
INFOID:0000000004613976
Assembly
Refer to TM-51, "Assembly" for assembly procedure.
INFOID:0000000004613977
TM-96
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000005782837
Inspection
Check the contact surface of each forks, rods, levers, and brackets for excessive wear, uneven wear, bend, and damage. Replace if necessary.
TM
SCIA1681E
Check if the width of shift fork hook (sliding area with coupling sleeve) is within allowable specification below. One-side wear specification Sliding width of new part : Refer to TM-99, "Shift Fork". : Refer to TM-99, "Shift Fork".
K
SMT801D
TM-97
2009 G37 Coupe

< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [6MT: FS6R31A]

General Specifications
Transmission type Engine type Axle type VIN Number of speed Shift pattern UP to JNKCV64E09M605016 6 FS6R31A VQ37VHR 2WD From JNKCV64E09M605017
INFOID:0000000004256908
SCIA0955E
Synchromesh type Gear ratio 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th Reverse Number of teeth Main gear Drive 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 6th Reverse Counter gear Drive 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 6th Reverse Reverse idler gear Oil capacity Remarks Reverse synchronizer Double cone synchronizer Triple cone synchronizer (US pt, Imp pt)
Warner 3.794 2.324 1.624 1.271 1.000 0.794 3.446 26 37 34 33 31 31 42 32 12 18 25 30 48 15 26 Approx. 2.93 (6-1/4, 5-1/8) Installed 4th 1st, 2nd, and 3rd Approx. 2.83 (6, 5)
TM-98
2009 G37 Coupe

< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [6MT: FS6R31A]
INFOID:0000000004256909
End Play
Item Counter shaft Main drive gear Mainshaft Standard value 0 0.1 (0 0.004) 0 0.1 (0 0.004) 0 0.1 (0 0.004)
A
Unit: mm (in)
C
INFOID:0000000004256910
Baulk Ring Clearance

Measurement point 4th (Double-cone synchronizer) Clearance between synchronizer cone and inner baulk ring end face A Clearance between outer baulk ring pawl and synchronizer cone B Standard value 0.50 0.70 (0.020 0.028) 0.85 1.35 (0.033 0.053)
Unit: mm (in)
TM
Limit value 0.3 (0.012) 0.7 (0.028)
PCIB0249E
G
Clearance between synchronizer cone and clutch gear end face A Clearance between outer baulk ring pawl and synchronizer cone B Clearance between inner baulk ring and clutch gear end face C 1st: 0.65 1.25 (0.026 0.049) 2nd: 0.60 1.30 (0.024 0.051) 3rd: 0.60 1.30 (0.024 0.051) 0.85 1.35 (0.033 0.053) 1st: 0.80 1.2 (0.031 0.047) 2nd: 0.75 1.25 (0.030 0.049) 3rd: 0.75 1.25 (0.030 0.049) 0.70 1.35 (0.028 0.053) 0.75 1.20 (0.030 0.047) 0.3 (0.012) 0.3 (0.012) 0.3 (0.012) 0.7 (0.028) 0.3 (0.012) 0.3 (0.012) 0.3 (0.012) 0.5 (0.020) 0.5 (0.020)
INFOID:0000000005782836
1st, 2nd, and 3rd (Triple-cone synchronizer)
PCIB0835J
5th and 6th Reverse
Shift Fork
Measurement point 1st-2nd 3rd-4th 5th-6th Reverse One-side wear specification 0.2 (0.008) 0.2 (0.008) 0.2 (0.008) 0.2 (0.008)
Unit: mm (in)
Sliding width of new part 7.80 7.93 (0.3071 0.3122) 7.80 7.93 (0.3071 0.3122) 7.80 7.93 (0.3071 0.3122) 7.80 7.93 (0.3071 0.3122)
O
SMT801D
TM-99
2009 G37 Coupe

< BASIC INSPECTION > [7AT: RE7R01A]
BASIC INSPECTION
Diagnosis Flow
INFOID:0000000004263169
1.OBTAIN INFORMATION ABOUT SYMPTOM

1. 2. Refer to TM-101, "Question sheet" and interview the customer to obtain the malfunction information (conditions and environment when the malfunction occurred) as much as possible when the customer brings in the vehicle. Check the following: Service history Harnesses and connectors malfunction. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
Before checking the malfunction, check whether any DTC exists. If DTC exists, perform the following operations. Record the DTC and freeze frame data. (Print out the data using CONSULT-III and affix them to the Work Order Sheet.) Erase DTCs. Check the relationship between the cause that is clarified with DTC and the malfunction information described by the customer. TM-260, "Symptom Table" is effective. 3. Check the information of related service bulletins and others also. Do malfunction information and DTC exist? Malfunction information and DTC exists. >>GO TO 3. Malfunction information exists, but no DTC. >>GO TO 4. No malfunction information, but DTC exists. >>GO TO 5. 1. 2. -
3.REPRODUCE MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM

Check any malfunction described by a customer, except those with DTC on the vehicle. Also investigate whether the symptom is a fail-safe or normal operation. Refer to TM-254, "Fail-Safe". When a malfunction symptom is reproduced, the question sheet is effective. Refer to TM-101, "Question sheet". Verify the relationship between the symptom and the conditions in which the malfunction described by the customer occurs. >> GO TO 5.
4.REPRODUCE MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM

Check the malfunction described by the customer on the vehicle. Also investigate whether the symptom is a fail-safe or normal operation. Refer to TM-254, "Fail-Safe". When a malfunction symptom is reproduced, the question sheet is effective. Refer to TM-101, "Question sheet". Verify the relationship between the symptom and the conditions in which the malfunction described by the customer occurs. >> GO TO 6.

Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE of the appropriate DTC to check if DTC is detected again. Refer to TM-258, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" when multiple DTCs are detected, and then determine the order for performing the diagnosis. NOTE: If no DTC is detected, refer to the freeze frame data. Is any DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 7.
TM-100
2009 G37 Coupe

< BASIC INSPECTION > NO >> Check according to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". [7AT: RE7R01A]
A
6.IDENTIFY MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM WITH DIAGNOSIS CHART BY SYMPTOM

Use TM-260, "Symptom Table" from the symptom inspection result in step 4. Then identify where to start performing the diagnosis based on possible causes and symptoms. >> GO TO 8.
7.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS

Repair or replace the detected malfunctioning parts. Reconnect parts or connector after repairing or replacing, and then erase DTC if necessary.
TM
>> GO TO 8.
8.FINAL CHECK
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again to make sure that the repair is correctly performed. Check that malfunctions are not reproduced when obtaining the malfunction information from the customer, referring to the symptom inspection result in step 3 or 4. Is DTC or malfunction symptom reproduced? YES-1 >> DTC is reproduced: GO TO 5. YES-2 >> Malfunction symptom is reproduced: GO TO 6. NO >> Before delivering the vehicle to the customer, make sure that DTC is erased.
Question sheet
DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that may cause a malfunction of the transmission parts. By understanding those conditions properly, a quick and exact diagnosis can be achieved. In general, customers have their own criteria for a problem. Therefore, it is important to understand the symptom and status well enough by asking the customer about the concerns carefully. In order to systemize all the information for the diagnosis, prepare the question sheet referring to the question points.
INFOID:0000000004263170
K
SEF907L
WORKSHEET SAMPLE
Question Sheet Customer name MR/MS Engine # Incident Date Model & Year Trans. Manuf. Date VIN In Service Date Mileage km / Mile
TM-101
2009 G37 Coupe

Question Sheet Symptoms Vehicle does not move ( Any position Particular position 3GR 4GR 5GR 4GR 4GR 5GR 4GR 3GR ) 5GR 3GR
[7AT: RE7R01A]
No up-shift ( 1GR 2GR 6GR 6GR 7GR) No down-shift ( 7GR 6GR 2GR 2GR 1GR) Lock-up malfunction Shift point too high or too low Shift shock or slip Noise or vibration No kick down No pattern select Others
2GR 3GR 6GR 5GR
Frequency Weather conditions Weather Temp. Humidity Transmission conditions
All the time Not affected Fine Hot High Not affected Cold Engine speed (
Under certain conditions
Sometimes (
times a day)
Clouding Warm Middle
Raining Cool Low
Snowing Cold
Other ( Temp. [Approx. F)] C (
During warm-up rpm)
After warm-up
Road conditions
Not affected In town In suburbs Freeway Off road (Up / Down)
Driving conditions
Not affected At starting While idling While engine racing While decelerating km/h ( MPH)] At racing While cruising
While accelerating Vehicle speed [ Other conditions
While turning (Right / Left)
TM-102
2009 G37 Coupe
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [7AT: RE7R01A]
A
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
System Diagram
Without Paddle Shifter
INFOID:0000000004263175
TM
JSDIA1377GB
With Paddle Shifter

K
JSDIA1378GB
TM-103
2009 G37 Coupe
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

INFOID:0000000004263176
System Description
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor (or signal) Transmission range switch Accelerator pedal position signal Closed throttle position signal Wide open throttle position signal Engine speed signal A/T fluid temperature sensor Output speed sensor Vehicle speed signal Manual mode switch signal Stop lamp switch signal Side G sensor signal Input speed sensor 1, 2 TCM function Line pressure control (TM-108) Shift change control (TM-113) Shift pattern control ASC (Adaptive shift control) (TM-119) Manual mode (TM-124) Lock-up control (TM-129) Fail-safe control (TM-254) Self-diagnosis (TM-166) CONSULT-III communication line (TM166) CAN communication line (TM-173) Actuator
Input clutch solenoid valve Direct clutch solenoid valve Front brake solenoid valve High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve Low brake solenoid valve Torque converter clutch solenoid valve Line pressure solenoid valve Anti-interlock solenoid valve 2346 brake solenoid valve A/T CHECK indicator lamp Back-up lamp relay Starter relay
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The A/T senses vehicle operating conditions through various sensors or signals. It always controls the optimum shift position and reduces shifting and lock-up shocks. Receive input signals transmitted from various switches and sensors. Determine required line pressure, shifting point, lock-up operation, etc. Transmit required output signals to the respective solenoids.
TM-104
2009 G37 Coupe
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

INFOID:0000000004263177

TM
JSDIA0938ZZ
1. 4. 7. A. D.
Selector lever position indicator Manual mode indicator A/T assembly connector Center console A/T assembly
2. 5. 8. B.
A/T shift selector assembly Shift position indicator Control valve with TCM* Accelerator pedal
3. 6. C.
Accelerator pedal position sensor A/T CHECK indicator lamp
M
Combination meter
*: Control valve with TCM is included in A/T assembly. NOTE: The following components are included in A/T shift selector assembly (2). - Manual mode select switch - Manual mode position select switch - Shift position switch The following components are included in control valve with TCM (8). - TCM - Input speed sensor 1, 2 - Output speed sensor - A/T fluid temperature sensor - Transmission range switch - Direct clutch solenoid valve
TM-105
2009 G37 Coupe
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

- High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve - Input clutch solenoid valve - Front brake solenoid valve - Low brake solenoid valve - Anti-interlock solenoid valve - 2346 brake solenoid valve - Line pressure solenoid valve - Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
[7AT: RE7R01A]
With Paddle Shifter
JSDIA0939ZZ
1. 4. 7. A. D.
Paddle shifter (shift-down) A/T shift selector assembly Shift position indicator Steering wheel Combination meter
2. 5. 8. B. E.
Paddle shifter (shift-up) Accelerator pedal position sensor A/T CHECK indicator lamp Center console A/T assembly
3. 6. 9. C.
Selector lever position indicator Manual mode indicator A/T assembly connector Accelerator pedal
10. Control valve with TCM*
*: Control valve with TCM is included in A/T assembly. NOTE: The following components are included in A/T shift selector assembly (4). - Manual mode select switch - Manual mode position select switch - Shift position switch
TM-106
2009 G37 Coupe
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

The following components are included in control valve with TCM (10). - TCM - Input speed sensor 1, 2 - Output speed sensor - A/T fluid temperature sensor - Transmission range switch - Direct clutch solenoid valve - High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve - Input clutch solenoid valve - Front brake solenoid valve - Low brake solenoid valve - Anti-interlock solenoid valve - 2346 brake solenoid valve - Line pressure solenoid valve - Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
[7AT: RE7R01A]
A
TM
E
INFOID:0000000004263178
Name TCM Transmission range switch Output speed sensor Input speed sensor 1 Input speed sensor 2 A/T fluid temperature sensor Input clutch solenoid valve Front brake solenoid valve Direct clutch solenoid valve High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve Low brake solenoid valve Anti-interlock solenoid valve 2346 brake solenoid valve Torque converter clutch solenoid valve Line pressure solenoid valve Accelerator pedal position sensor Throttle position sensor Manual mode switch Paddle shifter Starter relay A/T CHECK indicator lamp Stop lamp switch ECM BCM Unified meter and A/C amp. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor Yaw rate/side G sensor Function
The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The TCM controls the A/T. TM-176, "Description" TM-181, "Description" TM-179, "Description"
I
TM-177, "Description" TM-205, "Description" TM-209, "Description" TM-227, "Description" TM-224, "Description" TM-225, "Description" TM-203, "Description" TM-226, "Description" TM-199, "Description" TM-202, "Description"
M
TM-210, "Description" TM-218, "Description" TM-218, "Description" TM-174, "Description" When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position, the light comes on for 2 seconds. TM-230, "Description" EC-25, "System Description" BCS-4, "System Description" MWI-6, "METER SYSTEM : System Description" BRC-18, "System Diagram" BRC-31, "Description" BRC-61, "Description"
TM-107
2009 G37 Coupe
LINE PRESSURE CONTROL


System Diagram
INFOID:0000000004263179
JSDIA1345GB
System Description
Sensor Input speed sensor 1, 2 Output speed sensor A/T fluid temperature sensor Input signal to TCM Input speed Vehicle speed ATF temperature Engine speed signal* ECM Accelerator pedal position signal* Engine and A/T integrated control signal (Engine torque)* *: This signal is transmitted via CAN communication line. Line pressure control TCM function
INFOID:0000000004263180
Actuator
Line pressure solenoid valve Pressure regulator valve
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
When an engine and A/T integrated control signal (engine torque) equivalent to the engine drive force is transmitted from the ECM to the TCM, the TCM controls the line pressure solenoid valve. This line pressure solenoid controls the pressure regulator valve as the signal pressure and adjusts the pressure of the operating oil discharged from the oil pump to the line pressure most appropriate to the driving state. The TCM has stored in memory a number of patterns for the optimum line pressure characteristic for the driving state. In order to obtain the most appropriate line pressure characteristic to meet the current driving state, the TCM controls the line pressure solenoid current value and thus controls the line pressure.
Normal Control
TM-108
2009 G37 Coupe

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > Each clutch is adjusted to the necessary pressure to match the engine drive force. [7AT: RE7R01A]
A
C
PCIA0008E
Back-up Control (Engine Brake) When the select operation is performed during driving and the A/T is shifted down, the line pressure is set according to the vehicle speed.
TM
G
PCIA0009E
During Shift Change The necessary and adequate line pressure for shift change is set. For this reason, line pressure pattern setting corresponds to engine torque and gearshift selection. Also, line pressure characteristic corresponds to engine speed, during engine brake operation.
N
PCIA0010E
At Low Fluid Temperature
TM-109
2009 G37 Coupe

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > When the A/T fluid temperature drops below the prescribed temperature, in order to speed up the action of each friction element, the line pressure is set higher than the normal line pressure characteristic. [7AT: RE7R01A]
PCIA0011E

INFOID:0000000004267737
JSDIA0938ZZ
1. 4. 7. A. D.
2. 5. 8. B.
3. 6. C.
Accelerator pedal position sensor A/T CHECK indicator lamp Combination meter
*: Control valve with TCM is included in A/T assembly. NOTE: The following components are included in A/T shift selector assembly (2).
TM-110
2009 G37 Coupe

- Manual mode select switch - Manual mode position select switch - Shift position switch The following components are included in control valve with TCM (8). - TCM - Input speed sensor 1, 2 - Output speed sensor - A/T fluid temperature sensor - Transmission range switch - Direct clutch solenoid valve - High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve - Input clutch solenoid valve - Front brake solenoid valve - Low brake solenoid valve - Anti-interlock solenoid valve - 2346 brake solenoid valve - Line pressure solenoid valve - Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
[7AT: RE7R01A]
A
TM
With Paddle Shifter

G
JSDIA0939ZZ
1. 4.
Paddle shifter (shift-down) A/T shift selector assembly
2. 5.
Paddle shifter (shift-up) Accelerator pedal position sensor
3. 6.
Selector lever position indicator Manual mode indicator
TM-111
2009 G37 Coupe

7. A. D. Shift position indicator Steering wheel Combination meter 8. B. E. A/T CHECK indicator lamp Center console A/T assembly 9. C. 10. Control valve with TCM* Accelerator pedal
[7AT: RE7R01A]
A/T assembly connector
*: Control valve with TCM is included in A/T assembly. NOTE: The following components are included in A/T shift selector assembly (4). - Manual mode select switch - Manual mode position select switch - Shift position switch The following components are included in control valve with TCM (10). - TCM - Input speed sensor 1, 2 - Output speed sensor - A/T fluid temperature sensor - Transmission range switch - Direct clutch solenoid valve - High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve - Input clutch solenoid valve - Front brake solenoid valve - Low brake solenoid valve - Anti-interlock solenoid valve - 2346 brake solenoid valve - Line pressure solenoid valve - Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
Name TCM Output speed sensor Input speed sensor 1 Input speed sensor 2 A/T fluid temperature sensor Line pressure solenoid valve Pressure regulator valve ECM Function
INFOID:0000000004263182
The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The TCM controls the A/T. TM-181, "Description" TM-179, "Description" TM-177, "Description" TM-202, "Description" Adjusts the oil discharged from the oil pump to the optimum pressure (line pressure) for the driving state. EC-25, "System Description"
TM-112
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT CHANGE CONTROL

A
INFOID:0000000004263183

System Diagram
TM
JSDIA1346GB
System Description
Sensor Input speed sensor 1, 2 Output speed sensor A/T fluid temperature sensor Input signal to TCM Input speed Vehicle speed ATF temperature Engine speed signal* Accelerator pedal position signal* ECM Closed throttle position signal* Engine and A/T integrated control signal (Engine torque)* BCM Stop lamp switch signal* Shift change control TCM function
INFOID:0000000004263184
Actuator High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve Direct clutch solenoid valve Input clutch solenoid valve Low brake solenoid valve 2346 brake solenoid valve Front brake solenoid valve Torque converter clutch solenoid valve Line pressure solenoid valve Anti-interlock solenoid valve
*: This signal is transmitted via communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The clutch pressure control solenoid is controlled by the signals from the switches and sensors. Thus, the clutch pressure is adjusted to be appropriate to the engine load state and vehicle driving state. It becomes
P
TM-113
2009 G37 Coupe

[7AT: RE7R01A] < SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > possible to finely control the clutch hydraulic pressure with high precision and a smoother shift change characteristic is attained.
PCIA0012E
Shift Change The clutch is controlled with the optimum timing and oil pressure by the engine speed, engine torque information, etc.
Shift Change System Diagram
PCIA0013E
*1: Full phase real-time feedback control monitors movement of gear ratio at gear change, and controls oil pressure in real-time to achieve the best gear ratio.
Blipping Control This system makes transmission clutch engage readily by controlling (synchronizing) engine revolution according to the (calculation of) engine revolution after shifting down. BLIPPING CONTROL functions. - When downshifting by accelerator pedal depression. - When downshifting by the manual mode.
JSDIA0826GB
TM-114
2009 G37 Coupe

[7AT: RE7R01A] < SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > TCM selects BLIPPING CONTROL or NORMAL SHIFT CONTROL according to the gear position, the selector lever position, the engine torque and the speed when accelerating by pedal depression. Engine speed control demand signal is transmitted from TCM to ECM under BLIPPING CONTROL. ECM synchronizes the engine speed according to the engine speed control demand signal. Downshifting by accelerator pedal depression
TM
G
JSDIA0815GB
Downshifting by the manual mode

H
JSDIA0817GB
TM-115
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004267738

JSDIA0938ZZ
1. 4. 7. A. D.
2. 5. 8. B.
3. 6. C.
TM-116
2009 G37 Coupe

[7AT: RE7R01A]
A
With Paddle Shifter

TM
JSDIA0939ZZ
1. 4. 7. A. D.
2. 5. 8. B. E.
3. 6. 9. C.
TM-117
2009 G37 Coupe

[7AT: RE7R01A]
Name TCM Output speed sensor Input speed sensor 1 Input speed sensor 2 A/T fluid temperature sensor Input clutch solenoid valve Front brake solenoid valve Direct clutch solenoid valve High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve Low brake solenoid valve Anti-interlock solenoid valve 2346 brake solenoid valve Line pressure solenoid valve Torque converter clutch solenoid valve ECM BCM Function
INFOID:0000000004263186
The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The TCM controls the A/T. TM-181, "Description" TM-179, "Description" TM-177, "Description" TM-205, "Description" TM-209, "Description" TM-227, "Description" TM-224, "Description" TM-225, "Description" TM-203, "Description" TM-226, "Description" TM-202, "Description" TM-199, "Description" EC-25, "System Description" BCS-4, "System Description"
TM-118
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT PATTERN CONTROL

A
INFOID:0000000004263191

ASC (ADAPTIVE SHIFT CONTROL)
ASC (ADAPTIVE SHIFT CONTROL) : System Diagram
TM
I
JSDIA1348GB
ASC (ADAPTIVE SHIFT CONTROL) : System Description

INFOID:0000000004263192
K
Sensor Input speed sensor 1, 2 Output speed sensor A/T fluid temperature sensor Input signal to TCM Input speed Vehicle speed ATF temperature Engine speed signal* Accelerator pedal position signal* ECM Closed throttle position signal* Engine and A/T integrated control signal (engine torque)* ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) BCM Side G sensor signal* Stop lamp switch signal* Shift pattern control TCM function Actuator High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve Direct clutch solenoid valve Input clutch solenoid valve Low brake solenoid valve 2346 brake solenoid valve Front brake solenoid valve Torque converter clutch solenoid valve Line pressure solenoid valve Anti-interlock solenoid valve
*: This signal is transmitted via CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
It automatically selects the shift pattern (such as road environment and driving style) suitable for the various situations so as to allow the vehicle to be driven efficiently and smoothly.
For example.....
When driving on an up/down slope ASC judges up/down slope according to engine torque data transmitted from the ECM and vehicle speed. Fixing at 4GR, 5GR or 6GR on an up-slope prevents shift hunting and controls the vehicle to gain optimum
TM-119
2009 G37 Coupe

[7AT: RE7R01A] < SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > driving force. On a down-slope, automatic shift-down to 4GR, 5GR or 6GR controls to gain optimum engine brake. When driving on a curve TCM receives the side G sensor signal from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). It locks to 4GR, 5GR or 6GR position in moderate cornering or to 3GR position in sharp cornering based on this signal. This prevents any upshift and kickdown during cornering, maintaining smooth vehicle travel.
JSDIA1362GB
DS Mode
Changes to the shift schedule that mainly utilizes the high engine speed zone when ASC is active. DS mode can be switched according to the following method. - When the selector lever is in the D position, shifting the selector lever to manual shift gate enables switching to DS mode. - When in DS mode, shifting the selector lever to the main gate enables to cancel DS mode. - After switching to manual mode with paddle shifter, switching to DS mode can not be enabled even when the selector lever is shifted to the manual gate. (With paddle shifter)
TM-120
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004267739
ASC (ADAPTIVE SHIFT CONTROL) : Component Parts Location

TM
JSDIA0938ZZ
1. 4. 7. A. D.
2. 5. 8. B.
3. 6. C.
M
Combination meter
TM-121
2009 G37 Coupe

[7AT: RE7R01A]
With Paddle Shifter
JSDIA0939ZZ
1. 4. 7. A. D.
2. 5. 8. B. E.
3. 6. 9. C.
TM-122
2009 G37 Coupe

[7AT: RE7R01A]
A
TM
E
INFOID:0000000004263194
ASC (ADAPTIVE SHIFT CONTROL) : Component Description

Name TCM Output speed sensor Input speed sensor 1 Input speed sensor 2 A/T fluid temperature sensor Input clutch solenoid valve Front brake solenoid valve Direct clutch solenoid valve High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve Low brake solenoid valve Anti-interlock solenoid valve 2346 brake solenoid valve Line pressure solenoid valve Torque converter clutch solenoid valve ECM BCM ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Function
The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The TCM controls the A/T. TM-181, "Description"
H
TM-179, "Description" TM-177, "Description" TM-205, "Description" TM-209, "Description" TM-227, "Description" TM-224, "Description" TM-225, "Description" TM-203, "Description" TM-226, "Description" TM-202, "Description" TM-199, "Description" EC-25, "System Description" BCS-4, "System Description" BRC-18, "System Description"
MANUAL MODE
TM-123
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004263195
MANUAL MODE : System Diagram

JSDIA1379GB
With Paddle Shifter
JSDIA1380GB
MANUAL MODE : System Description

INFOID:0000000004263196
TM-124
2009 G37 Coupe

Sensor Output speed sensor A/T fluid temperature sensor Input signal to TCM Vehicle speed ATF temperature Engine speed signal*1 ECM Accelerator pedal position signal*1 Manual mode signal
*1
[7AT: RE7R01A]
TCM function Actuator
B
High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve Direct clutch solenoid valve Input clutch solenoid valve Low brake solenoid valve 2346 brake solenoid valve Front brake solenoid valve Torque converter clutch solenoid valve Line pressure solenoid valve Anti-interlock solenoid valve
Not manual mode signal*1 Manual mode shift up Unified meter and A/C amp. nal*1 Paddle shifter shift up
*2
Shift pattern control
signal*1
TM
Manual mode shift down sigsignal*1,
Paddle shifter shift down signal*1, *2 *1: This signal is transmitted via CAN communication line. *2: With paddle shifter
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The TCM receives the manual mode signal, not manual mode signal, manual mode shift up signal, manual mode shift down signal, paddle shifter shift up signal* and paddle shifter shift down signal* from unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communication line. The TCM shifts shift pattern control to the manual mode based on these signals, and then shifts the A/T by operating each solenoid valve according to the shift operation of the driver. *: With paddle shifter The TCM prohibits the manual mode while being in fail-safe mode due to an A/T malfunction, etc. Refer to TM-254, "Fail-Safe".
H
TM-125
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004267740
MANUAL MODE : Component Parts Location

JSDIA0938ZZ
1. 4. 7. A. D.
2. 5. 8. B.
3. 6. C.
TM-126
2009 G37 Coupe

[7AT: RE7R01A]
A
With Paddle Shifter

TM
JSDIA0939ZZ
1. 4. 7. A. D.
2. 5. 8. B. E.
3. 6. 9. C.
TM-127
2009 G37 Coupe

[7AT: RE7R01A]
MANUAL MODE : Component Description

Name TCM Output speed sensor A/T fluid temperature sensor Input clutch solenoid valve Front brake solenoid valve Direct clutch solenoid valve High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve Low brake solenoid valve Anti-interlock solenoid valve 2346 brake solenoid valve Line pressure solenoid valve Torque converter clutch solenoid valve ECM Unified meter and A/C amp. Function
INFOID:0000000004263198
The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The TCM controls the A/T. TM-181, "Description" TM-177, "Description" TM-205, "Description" TM-209, "Description" TM-227, "Description" TM-224, "Description" TM-225, "Description" TM-203, "Description" TM-226, "Description" TM-202, "Description" TM-199, "Description" EC-25, "System Description" MWI-6, "METER SYSTEM : System Description"
TM-128
2009 G37 Coupe
LOCK-UP CONTROL
A
INFOID:0000000004263199
LOCK-UP CONTROL
System Diagram
TM
F
JSDIA1350GB
System Description
Sensor Input speed sensor 1, 2 Output speed sensor A/T fluid temperature sensor Input signal to TCM Input speed Vehicle speed ATF temperature Engine speed signal* Accelerator pedal position signal* ECM Closed throttle position signal* Engine and A/T integrated control signal (Engine torque)* *: This signal is transmitted via CAN communication line. Lock-up control TCM function
INFOID:0000000004263200
H
Actuator
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve Torque converter clutch control valve
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The torque converter clutch piston in the torque converter is engaged to eliminate torque converter slip to increase power transmission efficiency. The torque converter clutch control valve operation is controlled by the torque converter clutch solenoid valve, which is controlled by a signal from TCM, and the torque converter clutch control valve engages or releases the torque converter clutch piston.
Lock-up operation condition table
Selector lever Gear position Lock-up Slip lock-up 7 6
D position 5 4 3 2 7 6
M position 5 4 3 2
Torque Converter Clutch Control Valve Control Lock-up control system diagram
TM-129
2009 G37 Coupe
LOCK-UP CONTROL
JSDIA0847GB
Lock-up released
In the lock-up released state, the torque converter clutch control valve is set into the unlocked state by the torque converter clutch solenoid and the lock-up apply pressure is drained. in this way, the torque converter clutch piston is not coupled.
Lock-up Applied
In the lock-up applied state, the torque converter clutch control valve is set into the locked state by the torque converter clutch solenoid and lock-up apply pressure is generated. In this way, the torque converter clutch piston is pressed and coupled.
Smooth Lock-up Control When shifting from the lock-up released state to the lock-up applied state, the current output to the torque converter clutch solenoid is controlled with the TCM. In this way, when shifting to the lock-up applied state, the torque converter clutch is temporarily set to the half-clutched state to reduce the shock.
Half-clutched State
The current output from the TCM to the torque converter clutch solenoid is varied to steadily increase the torque converter clutch solenoid pressure. In this way, the lock-up apply pressure gradually rises and while the torque converter clutch piston is put into half-clutched states, the torque converter clutch piston operating pressure is increased and the coupling is completed smoothly.
Slip Lock-up Control
In the slip region, the torque converter clutch solenoid current is controlled with the TCM to put it into the half-clutched state. This absorbs the engine torque fluctuation and lock-up operates from low speed. This raises the fuel efficiency for 2GR, 3GR, 4GR 5GR, 6GR and 7GR.
TM-130
2009 G37 Coupe
LOCK-UP CONTROL
INFOID:0000000004267741

TM
JSDIA0938ZZ
1. 4. 7. A. D.
2. 5. 8. B.
3. 6. C.
M
Combination meter
TM-131
2009 G37 Coupe
LOCK-UP CONTROL
[7AT: RE7R01A]
With Paddle Shifter
JSDIA0939ZZ
1. 4. 7. A. D.
2. 5. 8. B. E.
3. 6. 9. C.
TM-132
2009 G37 Coupe
LOCK-UP CONTROL
[7AT: RE7R01A]
A
TM
E
INFOID:0000000004263202
Name TCM Output speed sensor Input speed sensor 1 Input speed sensor 2 A/T fluid temperature sensor Torque converter clutch solenoid valve Torque converter clutch control valve ECM Function
The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The TCM controls the A/T. TM-181, "Description"
H
TM-179, "Description" TM-177, "Description" TM-199, "Description" Switches the lock-up to operating or released. Also, by performing the lock-up operation transiently, lock-up smoothly. EC-25, "System Description"
TM-133
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
SHIFT MECHANISM
Cross-Sectional View
2WD MODELS
INFOID:0000000004263203
JSDIA0768ZZ
1. 4. 7. 10. 13. 16. 19.*3 22.*1 25. 28.

*3
Low brake High and low reverse clutch Mid carrier Front carrier Front brake Torque converter Under drive internal gear Mid internal gear High and low reverse clutch hub Rear extension
2. 5. 8. 11. 14. 17. 20.*4 23. 26. 29.
Reverse brake 2nd one-way clutch Input clutch Under drive carrier 2346 brake Oil pump Front internal gear Rear sun gear Control valve with TCM Output shaft
3. 6.*1 9.
*2
Direct clutch Rear carrier Front sun gear 1st one-way clutch Input shaft Under drive sun gear Mid sun gear Rear internal gear Parking gear
12. 15.*4 18.

*2
21. 24. 27.
*1: 6 and 22 are one unit. *2: 9 and 18 are one unit. *3: 10 and 19 are one unit. *4: 15 and 20 are one unit.
AWD MODELS
TM-134
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
A
TM
H
JSDIA0771ZZ
1. 4. 7.
Low brake High and low reverse clutch Mid carrier
2. 5. 8. 11. 14. 17.
Reverse brake 2nd one-way clutch Input clutch Under drive carrier 2346 brake Oil pump
3. 6.
*1
Direct clutch Rear carrier Front sun gear 1st one-way clutch
9.*2 12.
10.*3 Front carrier 13. 16. Front brake Torque converter
15.*4 Input shaft 18.*2 Under drive sun gear 21. 24. 27. Mid sun gear Rear internal gear Parking gear
19.*3 Under drive internal gear 22.*1 Mid internal gear 25. 28. High and low reverse clutch hub Adapter case
20.*4 Front internal gear 23. 26. 29. Rear sun gear Control valve with TCM Output shaft
*1: 6 and 22 are one unit. *2: 9 and 18 are one unit. *3: 10 and 19 are one unit. *4: 15 and 20 are one unit.
TM-135
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
INFOID:0000000004263204
System Diagram
JSDIA0877GB
System Description
DESCRIPTION
INFOID:0000000004263205
TM-136
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
[7AT: RE7R01A] < SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > With the use of 4 sets of planetary gears, A/T enables 7-speed transmission for forward and 1-speed transmission for backward, depending on the combination of 3 sets of multiple-disc clutches, 4 sets of multiple-disc brakes and 2 sets of one-way clutches.
CLUTCH AND BAND CHART

B
TM
L
JSDIA1458GB
POWER TRANSMISSION
N Position
TM-137
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
JSDIA0880GB
Since the low brake is released, torque from the input shaft drive is not transmitted to the output shaft.
P Position
TM-138
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
A
TM
O
JSDIA0876GB
The same as for the N position, since the low brake is released, so torque from the input shaft drive is not transmitted to the output shaft. The parking pawl linked with the selector lever meshes with the parking gear and fastens the output shaft mechanically.
D1 and DS1 Positions
TM-139
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
JSDIA0866GB
The 1st one-way clutch regulates counterclockwise rotation of the under drive carrier. The 2nd one-way clutch regulates counterclockwise rotation of the rear sun gear. The mid sun gear is fixed by the low brake. Each planetary gear enters the state described below.
TM-140
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
Front planetary gear
[7AT: RE7R01A]
Front carrier Output Clockwise revolution Deceleration from front internal gear Front internal gear Input Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the input shaft
Name Condition Direction of rotation Number of revolutions

Under drive planetary gear
Front sun gear Counterclockwise revolution Deceleration from front internal gear

Rear planetary gear
Under drive sun gear Counterclockwise revolution Acceleration from under drive internal gear
Under drive carrier Fixed
Under drive internal gear Input/Output Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the front carrier
TM
E
Rear sun gear Fixed Rear carrier Output Clockwise revolution Deceleration from rear internal gear Rear internal gear Input Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the under drive internal gear

Mid planetary gear
G
Mid sun gear Fixed Mid carrier Output Clockwise revolution Deceleration from mid internal gear Mid internal gear Input Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the rear carrier
M1 Position J
TM-141
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
JSDIA0867GB
The 1st one-way clutch and the front brake regulate counterclockwise rotation of the under drive carrier. NOTE: The front brake operates only while coasting. The 2nd one-way clutch and the high and low reverse clutch regulate counterclockwise rotation of the rear sun gear. NOTE: The high and low reverse clutch operates only while coasting. The mid sun gear is fixed by the low brake.
TM-142
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > Each planetary gear enters the state described below.
[7AT: RE7R01A]
A

Front carrier Output Clockwise revolution Deceleration from front internal gear
Front internal gear Input Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the input shaft

Rear planetary gear
TM

Mid planetary gear
Rear sun gear Fixed
Rear carrier Output Clockwise revolution Deceleration from rear internal gear
Rear internal gear Input Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the under drive internal gear
Mid sun gear Fixed
Mid carrier Output Clockwise revolution Deceleration from mid internal gear
Mid internal gear Input Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the rear carrier
D2 and DS2 Positions
TM-143
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
JSDIA0868GB
The front sun gear and the under drive sun gear are fixed by the 2346 brake. The 2nd one-way clutch regulates counterclockwise rotation of the rear sun gear. The mid sun gear is fixed by the low brake. Each planetary gear enters the state described below.
TM-144
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
[7AT: RE7R01A]

Front sun gear Fixed

Rear planetary gear
Under drive sun gear Fixed
Under drive carrier Clockwise revolution Deceleration from under drive internal gear
TM
E

Mid planetary gear
G
M2 Position J
TM-145
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
JSDIA0869GB
The front sun gear and the under drive sun gear are fixed by the 2346 brake. The 2nd one-way clutch and the high and low reverse clutch regulate counterclockwise rotation of the rear sun gear. NOTE: The high and low reverse clutch operates only while coasting. The mid sun gear is fixed by the low brake. Each planetary gear enters the state described below.
TM-146
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
[7AT: RE7R01A]


Rear planetary gear
TM
E

Mid planetary gear
G
D3, DS3 and M3 Positions J
TM-147
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
JSDIA0870GB
The front sun gear and the under drive sun gear are fixed by the 2346 brake. The direct clutch gets engaged and connects the rear sun gear with the rear carrier. The mid sun gear is fixed by the low brake. Each planetary gear enters the state described below.
TM-148
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
[7AT: RE7R01A]


Rear planetary gear
TM
E
Rear sun gear Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the rear internal gear Rear carrier Output Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the rear internal gear Rear internal gear Input Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the under drive internal gear

Mid planetary gear
G
TM-149
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
JSDIA0871GB
The front sun gear and the under drive sun gear are fixed by the 2346 brake. The direct clutch gets engaged and connects the rear sun gear with the rear carrier. The high and low reverse clutch gets engaged and connects the rear sun gear with the mid sun gear. Each planetary gear enters the state described below.
TM-150
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
[7AT: RE7R01A]


Rear planetary gear
TM
E
Rear sun gear Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the rear internal gear Rear carrier Output Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the rear internal gear Rear internal gear Input Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the under drive internal gear

Mid planetary gear
G
Mid sun gear Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the mid internal gear Mid carrier Output Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the mid internal gear Mid internal gear Input Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the rear carrier
TM-151
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
JSDIA0872GB
The input clutch gets engaged and connects the mid internal gear with the rear carrier. The direct clutch gets engaged and connects the rear sun gear with the rear carrier. The high and low reverse clutch gets engaged and connects the rear sun gear with the mid sun gear. Each planetary gear enters the state described below.
TM-152
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
Rear planetary gear
[7AT: RE7R01A]
Rear carrier input/Output Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the input shaft Rear internal gear Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the rear carrier

Mid planetary gear
Rear sun gear Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the rear carrier
Mid sun gear Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the mid internal gear
Mid carrier Output Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the mid internal gear
Mid internal gear Input Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the input shaft
TM
D6, DS6 and M6 Positions
TM-153
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
JSDIA0873GB
The front sun gear and the under drive sun gear are fixed by the 2346 brake. The input clutch gets engaged and connects the mid internal gear with the rear carrier. The high and low reverse clutch gets engaged and connects the rear sun gear with the mid sun gear. Each planetary gear enters the state described below.
TM-154
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
[7AT: RE7R01A]

Rear planetary gear

Mid planetary gear
Rear sun gear Clockwise revolution Acceleration from rear carrier
Rear carrier Input/Output Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the input shaft
Rear internal gear Input Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the front carrier
TM
E
Mid sun gear Clockwise revolution Acceleration from mid internal gear Mid carrier Output Clockwise revolution Acceleration from mid internal gear Mid internal gear Input Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the input shaft
D7, DS7 and M7 Positions
TM-155
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
JSDIA0874GB
The under drive carrier is fixed by the front brake. The input clutch gets engaged and connects the mid internal gear with the rear carrier. The high and low reverse clutch gets engaged and connects the rear sun gear with the mid sun gear. Each planetary gear enters state described below.
TM-156
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
[7AT: RE7R01A]


Rear planetary gear
TM
E
Rear sun gear Clockwise revolution Acceleration from rear carrier Rear carrier Input/Output Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the input shaft Rear internal gear Input Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the under drive internal gear

Mid planetary gear
G
Mid sun gear Clockwise revolution Acceleration from mid internal gear Mid carrier Output Clockwise revolution Acceleration from mid internal gear Mid internal gear Input Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the input shaft
R Position J
TM-157
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
JSDIA0875GB
The 1st one-way clutch and the front brake regulate counterclockwise rotation of the under drive carrier. NOTE: The front brake operates at the fixed speed or less. The rear carrier and the mid internal gear are fixed by the reverse brake. The mid sun gear rotates at the same speed as the rear sun gear by operation of the 2nd one-way clutch and the high and low reverse clutch. NOTE: The high and low reverse clutch operates at the fixed speed or less.
TM-158
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > Each planetary gear enters the state described below.
[7AT: RE7R01A]
A

Front carrier Output Clockwise revolution Deceleration from front internal gear
Front internal gear Input Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the input shaft

Rear planetary gear
TM

Mid planetary gear
Rear sun gear Output Counterclockwise revolution Acceleration from rear internal gear
Rear carrier Fixed
Rear internal gear Input Clockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the under drive internal gear
Mid sun gear Input Counterclockwise revolution Same number of revolution as the rear sun gear
Mid carrier Output Counterclockwise revolution Deceleration from mid sun gear
Mid internal gear Fixed
TM-159
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
INFOID:0000000004267742

JSDIA0938ZZ
1. 4. 7. A. D.
2. 5. 8. B.
3. 6. C.
TM-160
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
[7AT: RE7R01A]
A
With Paddle Shifter

TM
JSDIA0939ZZ
1. 4. 7. A. D.
2. 5. 8. B. E.
3. 6. 9. C.
TM-161
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT MECHANISM
[7AT: RE7R01A]
Name of the Part (Abbreviation) Front brake (FR/B) Input clutch (I/C) Direct clutch (D/C) High and low reverse clutch (HLR/C) Reverse brake (R/B) Low brake (L/B) 2346 brake (2346/B) 1st one-way clutch (1st OWC) 2nd one-way clutch (2nd OWC) Torque converter Oil pump Fastens the under drive carrier. Connects the input shaft, the mid internal gear and the rear carrier. Connects the rear carrier and the rear sun gear. Connects the rear sun gear and the mid sun gear. Fastens the rear carrier. Fastens the mid sun gear. Fastens the under drive sun gear. Function
INFOID:0000000004263207
Allows the under drive carrier to turn freely in the forward direction but fastens it for reverse rotation. Allows the rear sun gear to turn freely in the forward direction but fastens it for reverse rotation. Amplifies driving force the engine, and transmits it to transmission input shaft. Driven by the engine, oil pump supplies oil to torque converter, control valve assembly, and each lubricating system.
TM-162
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

A
INFOID:0000000004263208
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

System Description
The selector lever cannot be shifted from the P position unless the brake pedal is depressed while the ignition switch is ON. The shift lock is unlocked by the shift lock unit that is activated when the ignition switch is ON and the stop lamp switch is turned ON (brake pedal is depressed). Therefore, the shift lock unit receives no ON signal and the shift lock remains locked if the above conditions are not fulfilled. (However, a shift operation is allowed if the shift lock release button is pressed.)
SHIFT LOCK OPERATION AT P POSITION

When Brake Pedal Is Not Depressed (No Shift Operation Allowed) The shift lock solenoid (A) inside the shift lock unit is not energized if the brake pedal is not depressed while the ignition switch is ON. The lock plate (B) lowers according to the downward movement of the position pin (C) when the selector button (D) is pressed, and presses only slider B (E) into the shift lock unit. Slider A (F) located below the lock plate prevents the downward movement of the lock plate with the spring force. The selector lever cannot be shifted from the P position for this reason. However, slider A is forcibly pressed into the shift lock unit, allowing the selector lever to shift if the shift lock release button is pressed.
JSDIA0119ZZ
TM
When Brake Pedal Is Depressed (Shift Operation Allowed) The shift lock solenoid (A) inside the shift lock unit is energized and the relative positions of sliders A (B) and B (C) are maintained when the brake pedal is depressed while the ignition switch is ON. The lock plate (D) lowers according to the downward movement of the position pin (E), thrusting away sliders A and B, when the selector button (F) is pressed. The position pin lowers to the position that allows shift operation for this reason. As a result, the selector lever can be shifted out of the P position.
JSDIA0120ZZ
OPERATION AT OTHER THAN P POSITION

The shift lock function will not operate at any position other than P because the lock plate (A) is only set for the P position. Accordingly, the selector lever can be shifted to any position regardless of the brake operation. The position pin (B) enters the P position thrusting away the lock plate when the selector lever is shifted to the P position. Then, the shift mechanism is locked when the selector button (C) is released.
O
JSDIA0121ZZ
P POSITION RETAINING MECHANISM (IGNITION SWITCH LOCK)

When ignition switch is not in the ON position, power is not applied to the shift lock solenoid in the shift lock unit. This causes shift lock state, and then P position is retained. When an actuating system in the shift lock unit has a malfunction, selector lever is unable to operate from the P position even when pressing the brake pedal with the ignition switch ON. However, when pressing the shift lock release button, slider A is forcibly pressed into the shift lock unit. This allows shift lock to be released and selector lever enables the select operation from the P position. CAUTION: Never use the shift lock release button except when the select lever is inoperative even when pressing the brake pedal with the ignition switch ON.
P
TM-163
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

INFOID:0000000004263209
JSDIA0904ZZ
1. 4. 7. A. D.
Position pin Slider A Slider B A/T shift selector assembly Center console
2. 5. 8. B.
Shift lock unit Shift lock relay Engine room LH
3. 9. C.
Shift lock solenoid Lock plate Stop lamp switch Brake pedal, upper
A/T shift selector harness connector 6.
10. Brake pedal
11. Shift lock cover *
*: Shift lock release button becomes operative by removing shift lock cover.
Component Shift lock solenoid Lock plate Function
INFOID:0000000004263210
TM-230, "Description" The lock plate restricts the position pin stroke by selector button operation according to the shift lock unit status. Pressing the shift lock release button cancels the shift lock forcibly. The position pin, linking with the selector button, restricts the selector lever movement. TM-230, "Description" TM-230, "Description"
A/T shift selector assembly
Shift lock unit
Shift lock release button Position pin
Shift lock relay Stop lamp switch
TM-164
2009 G37 Coupe
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

A
INFOID:0000000004263211
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

The A/T system has two self-diagnostic systems. The first is the emission-related on board diagnostic system (OBD-II) performed by the TCM in combination with the ECM. A malfunction is indicated by the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) and is stored as a DTC in the ECM memory and in the TCM memory. The second is the TCM original self-diagnosis indicated by the TCM. A malfunction history is stored in the TCM memory. The detected items are overlapped with OBD-II self-diagnostic items. For details, refer to EC564, "DTC Index".
OBD FUNCTION
The ECM provides emission-related on board diagnostic (OBD-II) functions for the A/T system. One function is to receive a signal from the TCM used with OBD-related parts of the A/T system. The signal is sent to the ECM when a malfunction occurs in the corresponding OBD-related part. The other function is to indicate a diagnostic result by means of the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) on the instrument panel. Sensors, switches and solenoid valves are used as sensing elements. The MIL automatically illuminates in One or Two Trip Detection Logic when a malfunction is sensed in relation to A/T system parts. For details, refer to EC-112, "Diagnosis Description".
TM
TM-165
2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TCM)


CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)
CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS
Diagnostic test mode Self Diagnostic Results Data Monitor CAN Diagnosis CAN Diagnostic Support Monitor DTC & SRT confirmation ECU Identification Function Test* Special Function* Function Retrieve DTC from ECU and display diagnostic items. Monitor the input/output signal of the control unit in real time. This mode displays a network diagnosis result about CAN by a diagram. It monitors the starts of CAN communication. The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed. Display the ECU identification number (part number etc.) of the selected system. This mode can show results of self-diagnosis of ECU with either OK or NG. For engine, more practical tests regarding sensors/switches and/or actuators are available. Other results or histories, etc. that are recorded in ECU are displayed.
INFOID:0000000004263212
*: Although Function Test and Special Function are selectable, do not use its.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

Refer to TM-258, "DTC Index".
DATA MONITOR
X: Standard, : Not applicable, : Option
Monitor Item Selection Monitored item (Unit) ECU INPUT SIGNALS X X X X X X X MAIN SIGNALS SELECTION FROM ITEM Remarks
VHCL/S SE-A/T ESTM VSP SIG OUTPUT REV INPUT SPEED F SUN GR REV F CARR GR REV ENGINE SPEED TC SLIP SPEED ACCELE POSI THROTTLE POSI
(km/h) (km/h) (rpm) (rpm) (rpm) (rpm) (rpm) (rpm) (0.0/8) (0.0/8)
X X X X X X
Displays the vehicle speed calculated by the TCM from the output shaft revolution. Displays the vehicle speed signal received via CAN communication. Displays the output shaft revolution calculated from the pulse signal of output speed sensor. Displays the input speed calculated from front sun gear revolution and front carrier revolution. Displays the front sun gear revolution calculated from the pulse signal of input speed sensor 1. Displays the front carrier gear revolution calculated from the pulse signal of input speed sensor 2. Displays the engine speed received via CAN communication. Displays the revolution difference between input speed and engine speed. Displays the accelerator position estimated value received via CAN communication. Displays the throttle position received via CAN communication. Displays the ATF temperature of oil pan calculated from the signal voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor.
ATF TEMP 1
(C)
TM-166
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor Item Selection Monitored item (Unit) ECU INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS SELECTION FROM ITEM
[7AT: RE7R01A]
A
Remarks
B
Displays the ATF temperature estimated value of torque converter outlet calculated from the signal voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor. Displays the signal voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor. Displays the power supply voltage of TCM. Displays the command current from TCM to the line pressure solenoid. Displays the command current from TCM to the torque converter clutch solenoid. Displays the command current from TCM to the low brake solenoid. Displays the command current from TCM to the front brake solenoid. Displays the command current from TCM to the high and low reverse clutch solenoid. Displays the command current from TCM to the input clutch solenoid. Displays the command current from TCM to the direct clutch solenoid. Displays the command current from TCM to the 2346 brake solenoid. Monitors the command current from TCM to the line pressure solenoid, and displays the monitor value. Monitors the command current from TCM to the torque converter clutch solenoid, and displays the monitor value. Monitors the command current from TCM to the low brake solenoid, and displays the monitor value. Monitors the command current from TCM to the front brake solenoid, and displays the monitor value. Monitors the command current from TCM to the high and low reverse clutch solenoid, and displays the monitor value. Monitors the command current from TCM to the input clutch solenoid, and displays the monitor value. Monitors the command current from TCM to the direct clutch solenoid, and displays the monitor value. Monitors the command current from TCM to the 2346 brake solenoid, and displays the monitor value. Displays the gear ratio calculated from input speed and output revolution. Displays the engine torque estimated value received via CAN communication.
ATF TEMP 2
(C)
ATF TEMP SE 1 BATTERY VOLT LINE PRES SOL TCC SOLENOID L/B SOLENOID FR/B SOLENOID HLR/C SOL I/C SOLENOID D/C SOLENOID 2346/B SOL
(V) (V) (A) (A) (A) (A) (A) (A) (A) (A)
X X X X X X X X
TM
L/P SOL MON
(A)
TCC SOL MON
(A)
L/B SOL MON
(A)
FR/B SOL MON
(A)
HLR/C SOL MON
(A)
I/C SOL MON
(A)
D/C SOL MON
(A)
2346/B SOL MON
(A)
GEAR RATIO ENGINE TORQUE (Nm)
TM-167
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor Item Selection Monitored item (Unit) ECU INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS SELECTION FROM ITEM Remarks
[7AT: RE7R01A]
ENG TORQUE D
(Nm)
Displays the engine torque estimated value reflected the requested torque of each control unit received via CAN communication. Displays the input torque using for the oil pressure calculation process of shift change control. Displays the input torque using for the oil pressure calculation process of line pressure control. Displays the target oil pressure value of torque converter clutch solenoid valve calculated by the oil pressure calculation process of lock-up control. Displays the target oil pressure value of torque converter clutch solenoid valve calculated by the oil pressure calculation process of shift change control. Displays the target oil pressure value of low brake solenoid valve calculated by the oil pressure calculation process of shift change control. Displays the target oil pressure value of front brake solenoid valve calculated by the oil pressure calculation process of shift change control. Displays the target oil pressure value of high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve calculated by the oil pressure calculation process of shift change control. Displays the target oil pressure value of input clutch solenoid valve calculated by the oil pressure calculation process of shift change control. Displays the target oil pressure value of direct clutch solenoid valve calculated by the oil pressure calculation process of shift change control. Displays the target oil pressure value of 2346 brake solenoid valve calculated by the oil pressure calculation process of shift change control. Displays the gear change data using the shift pattern control. Displays the vehicle speed for control using the control of TCM. Displays the operation status of transmission range switch 4. Displays the operation status of transmission range switch 3. Displays the operation status of transmission range switch 2. Displays the operation status of transmission range switch 1. Displays the operation status of paddle shifter (down switch). Displays the operation status of paddle shifter (up switch). Displays the operation status of selector lever (down switch).
INPUT TRQ S INPUT TRQ L/P
(Nm) (Nm)
TRGT PRES L/P
(kPa)
TRGT PRES TCC
(kPa)
TRGT PRES L/B
(kPa)
TRGT PRE FR/B
(kPa)
TRG PRE HLR/C
(kPa)
TRGT PRES I/C
(kPa)
TRGT PRES D/C
(kPa)
TRG PRE 2346/B
(kPa)
SHIFT PATTERN VEHICLE SPEED RANGE SW 4 RANGE SW 3 RANGE SW 2 RANGE SW 1 SFT DWN ST SW SFT UP ST SW DOWN SW LEVER (km/h) (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF)
X X X X X X X
TM-168
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor Item Selection Monitored item (Unit) ECU INPUT SIGNALS X X X MAIN SIGNALS SELECTION FROM ITEM
[7AT: RE7R01A]
A
Remarks
B
Displays the operation status of selector lever (up switch). Displays whether the selector lever is in any position other than manual shift gate position. Displays whether the selector lever is in the manual shift gate position. Displays whether it is the DS mode. Displays the reception status of 1 position switch signal received via CAN communication. Not mounted but displayed. Displays the reception status of overdrive control switch signal received via CAN communication. Not mounted but displayed. Displays the reception status of stop lamp switch signal received via CAN communication. Displays the reception status of POWER mode signal received via CAN communication. Not mounted but displayed. Displays the reception status of ASCD OD cancel request signal received via CAN communication. Displays the reception status of ASCD operation signal received via CAN communication. Displays the reception status of ABS operation signal received via CAN communication. Displays the reception status of TCS gear keep request signal received via CAN communication. Displays whether the reception value of A/T shift schedule change demand signal received via CAN communication is cold. Displays whether the reception value of A/T shift schedule change demand signal received via CAN communication is warm. Displays whether the identified malfunction point judged by TCM is the related parts of low brake. Displays whether the identified malfunction point judged by TCM is the related parts of high and low reversed clutch, input clutch or front brake. Displays whether the identified malfunction point judged by TCM is the related parts of input clutch or front brake. Displays whether the identified malfunction point judged by TCM is the related parts of high and low reversed clutch. Displays the kickdown condition signal status received via CAN communication. Displays the idling status signal status received via CAN communication.
UP SW LEVER NON M-MODE SW MANU MODE SW DS RANGE
(ON/OFF) (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF)
TM
1 POSITION SW
(ON/OFF)
OD CONT SW
(ON/OFF)
BRAKESW
(ON/OFF)
POWERSHIFT SW
(ON/OFF)
ASCD-OD CUT
(ON/OFF)
ASCD-CRUISE ABS SIGNAL TCS GR/P KEEP
(ON/OFF) (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF)
X X X
TCS SIGNAL 2
(ON/OFF)
TCS SIGNAL 1
(ON/OFF)
LOW/B PARTS
(FAIL/NOTFAIL)
HC/IC/FRB PARTS
(FAIL/NOTFAIL)
IC/FRB PARTS
(FAIL/NOTFAIL)
HLR/C PARTS
(FAIL/NOTFAIL)
W/O THL POS CLSD THL POS
(ON/OFF) (ON/OFF)
X X
TM-169
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor Item Selection Monitored item (Unit) ECU INPUT SIGNALS (ON/OFF) MAIN SIGNALS SELECTION FROM ITEM Remarks
[7AT: RE7R01A]
DRV CST JUDGE SHIFT IND SIGNAL STARTER RELAY
(DRIVE/COAST)
Displays the judgment results of driving or coasting judged by TCM. Displays the transmission value of shift position signal transmitted via CAN communication. Displays the command status from TCM to starter relay. Displays the transmission status of A/T CHECK indicator lamp signal transmitted via CAN communication. Displays the transmission status of ATF temperature signal transmitted via CAN communication. Not mounted but displayed. Displays the transmission status of manual mode signal transmitted via CAN communication. Monitors the command value from TCM to the anti-interlock solenoid, and displays the monitor status. Monitors the command value from TCM to the starter relay, and displays the monitor status. Displays the command status from TCM to antiinterlock solenoid. Displays the shift positions recognized by TCM. Displays the current transmission gear position recognized by TCM. Displays the target gear position of gear change that is calculated based on the vehicle speed information and throttle information. Displays the transmission driving mode recognized by TCM. Displays whether the identified malfunction point judged by TCM is the related parts of direct clutch. Displays whether the identified malfunction point judged by TCM is the related parts of front brake. Displays whether the identified malfunction point judged by TCM is the related parts of 2346 brake. Displays whether the identified malfunction point judged by TCM is the related parts of 2346 brake or direct clutch.
F-SAFE IND/L
(ON/OFF)
ATF WARN LAMP
(ON/OFF)
MANU MODE IND
(ON/OFF)
ON OFF SOL MON
(ON/OFF)
START RLY MON ON OFF SOL SLCT LVR POSI GEAR
(ON/OFF) (ON/OFF)
X X
NEXT GR POSI
SHIFT MODE
D/C PARTS
(FAIL/NOTFAIL)
FR/B PARTS 2346/B PARTS
(FAIL/NOTFAIL) (FAIL/NOTFAIL)
2346B/DC PARTS
(FAIL/NOTFAIL)
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION
TM-170
2009 G37 Coupe

Item 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 Description Following items for 1GR incorrect ratio can be confirmed. Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being performed or not) Self-diagnostic results (OK or NG) Following items for 2GR incorrect ration can be confirmed. Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being performed or not) Self-diagnostic results (OK or NG) Following items for 3GR incorrect ratio can be confirmed. Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being performed or not) Self-diagnostic results (OK or NG) Following items for 4GR incorrect ratio can be confirmed. Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being performed or not) Self-diagnostic results (OK or NG) Following items for 5GR incorrect ratio can be confirmed. Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being performed or not) Self-diagnostic results (OK or NG) Following items for 6GR incorrect ratio can be confirmed. Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being performed or not) Self-diagnostic results (OK or NG) Following items for 7GR incorrect ratio can be confirmed. Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being performed or not) Self-diagnostic results (OK or NG)
[7AT: RE7R01A]
Check item
2ND GR FNCTN P0732
3RD GR FNCTN P0733
4TH GR FNCTN P0734
5TH GR FNCTN P0735
6TH GR FNCTN P0729
Input clutch solenoid valve Front brake solenoid valve Direct clutch solenoid valve High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve Low brake solenoid valve 2346 brake solenoid valve Anti-interlock solenoid valve Each clutch and brake Output speed sensor Input speed sensor 1, 2 Hydraulic control circuit
TM
7TH GR FNCTN P1734
TCC SOL FUNCTN CHECK
Following items for TCC solenoid function can be confirmed. Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being performed or not) Self-diagnostic results (OK or NG)
Harness or connectors Torque converter clutch solenoid valve Torque converter Input speed sensor 1, 2 Hydraulic control circuit
IGN COUNTER
IGN counter indicates the number of items that ignition switch is turned ON after DTC is detected. The number is 0 when a malfunction is detected now. The number increases like 1 2 3...38 39 after returning to the normal condition whenever ignition switch OFF ON. The number is fixed to 39 until the self-diagnosis results are erased if it is over 39.
K
TM-171
2009 G37 Coupe
U0300 CAN COMMUNICATION DATA

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [7AT: RE7R01A]
U0300 CAN COMMUNICATION DATA
Description
The amount of data transmitted from each control unit is read.
INFOID:0000000005774642
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Trouble diagnosis name Internal Control Module Software Incompatibility DTC is detected if... When the amount of data transmitted from each control unit is smaller than the specified amount.
INFOID:0000000005774643
Possible cause
U0300
Control units other than TCM.
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 2 seconds or more. 2. Perform Self Diagnostic Results in TRANSMISSION. Is U0300 detected? YES >> Go to TM-172, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005774644
1.CHECK CONTROL UNIT

Check the number of control units replaced before detecting U0300. Is the number of replaced control units one? YES >> Since the replaced control unit may be out of specifications, check the part number and specifications. NO >> GO TO 2.
2.INSPECTION CONTROL UNIT

With CONSULT-III 1. Remove one of the replaced control units. 2. Install the previous control unit mounted before replacement. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 2 seconds or more. 4. Perform Self Diagnostic Results in TRANSMISSION. Is U0300 detected? YES >> Turn OFF the ignition switch to check the other control units in the same method. NO >> Since the removed control unit may be out of specifications, check the part number and specifications.
TM-172
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004263213

Description
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real-time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent malfunction detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independently). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC is detected if... TCM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or more.
INFOID:0000000004263214
TM
Possible cause Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted.) TCM
U1000
CAN Communication Line
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. >> GO TO 2.

1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start the engine. Run engine for at least 2 consecutive seconds at idle speed. Perform Self Diagnostic Results in TRANSMISSION. With GST Follow the procedure With CONSULT-III Is U1000 detected? YES >> Go to TM-173, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
INFOID:0000000004263215
Diagnosis Procedure
Go to LAN-18, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
TM-173
2009 G37 Coupe
P0615 STARTER RELAY

P0615 STARTER RELAY

Description
TCM prohibits cranking other than at P or N position.
INFOID:0000000004263216
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC is detected if... The starter monitor value is OFF when the ignition switch is ON at the P and N positions.
INFOID:0000000004263217
Possible cause Harness or connectors (Starter relay and TCM circuit is open or shorted.) Starter relay circuit
P0615
Starter Relay Circuit
1.PRECONDITIONING

With CONSULT-III 1. Shift the selector lever to P and N positions. 2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 2 seconds or more. 3. Perform Self Diagnostic Results in TRANSMISSION. Is P0615 detected? YES >> Go to TM-174, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004263218
1.CHECK STARTER RELAY SIGNAL

1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between IPDM E/R connector terminal and ground.
IPDM E/R connector Connector Terminal Ground E5 30 Condition Selector lever in P and N positions. Selector lever in other positions. Voltage (Approx.) Battery voltage 0V
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Check starter relay circuit. Refer to STR-9, "Wiring Diagram - STARTING SYSTEM -". NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN A/T ASSEMBLY AND IPDM E/R (PART 1)

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/T assembly connector and IPDM E/R connector. Check continuity between A/T assembly vehicle side harness connector terminal and IPDM E/R vehicle side harness connector terminal.
TM-174
2009 G37 Coupe
P0615 STARTER RELAY

A/T assembly vehicle side harness connector Connector F51 Terminal 9 IPDM E/R vehicle side harness connector Connector E5 Terminal 30
[7AT: RE7R01A]
A
Continuity Existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN A/T ASSEMBLY AND IPDM E/R (PART 2)

Check continuity between A/T assembly vehicle side harness connector terminal and ground.
A/T assembly vehicle side harness connector Connector F51 Terminal 9 Ground Continuity Not existed
TM

Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace A/T assembly. Refer to TM-294, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), TM-297, "AWD : Exploded View" (AWD). NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
G
TM-175
2009 G37 Coupe
P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH A

P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH A

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC is detected if... Possible cause Harness or connectors (Transmission range switches 1, 2, 3, 4 and TCM circuit is open or shorted.) Transmission range switches 1, 2, 3 and 4
INFOID:0000000004263219
The transmission range switch detects the selector lever position and transmits a signal to the TCM.
INFOID:0000000004263220
P0705
Transmission Range Sensor A Circuit (PRNDL Input)
Transmission range switch signals input with impossible pattern.
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start the engine. Select ACCELE POSI and VHCL/S SE-A/T in Data Monitor in TRANSMISSION. Shift the selector lever throughout the entire shift position from P to D. (Hold the selector lever at each position for 2 seconds or more) 4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for 2 seconds or more.
ACCELE POSI VHCL/S SE-A/T : More than 1.0/8 : 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more
5.
Perform Self Diagnostic Results in TRANSMISSION. With GST Follow the procedure With CONSULT-III. Is P0705 detected? YES >> Go to TM-176, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004263221

TM-176
2009 G37 Coupe
P0710 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A

A
INFOID:0000000004263222

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC is detected if... The A/T fluid temperature sensor is 40C (40F) or less for 5 seconds while driving the vehicle at the vehicle speed 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more. Possible cause Harness or connectors (Sensor circuit is open.) A/T fluid temperature sensor Harness or connectors (Sensor circuit is short.) A/T fluid temperature sensor
The A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature and transmits a signal to the TCM.
INFOID:0000000004263223
TM
The A/T fluid temperature sensor is 180C (356F) or more for 5 seconds. The A/T fluid temperature sensor is in the following conditions while driving the vehicle at the vehicle speed 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more. : 15C 20C (59F 68F) For 4 minutes : 10C 15C (50F 59F) : 5C 10C (41F 50F) : 0C 5C (32F 41F) : 5C 0C (23F 32F) For 7 minutes : 10C 5C (14F 23F) : 15C 10C (5F 14F) : 20C 15C (4F 5F) For 14 minutes : 40C 20C (40F 4F)
P0710
Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor A Circuit
Harness or connectors (Sensor circuit is stuck.) A/T fluid temperature sensor

CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start the engine. Select SLCT LVR POSI and VHCL/S SE-A/T in Data Monitor in TRANSMISSION. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for 14 minutes or more.
SLCT LVR POSI VHCL/S SE-A/T :D : 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more
4.
Perform Self Diagnostic Results in TRANSMISSION. With GST Follow the procedure With CONSULT-III. Is P0710 detected? YES >> Go to TM-178, "Diagnosis Procedure".
TM-177
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> INSPECTION END [7AT: RE7R01A]
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004263224

TM-178
2009 G37 Coupe
P0717 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A

A
INFOID:0000000004263225

Description
The input speed sensor detects input shaft rpm (revolutions per minute). It is located on the input side of the A/ T. Monitors revolution of sensor 1 and sensor 2 for non-standard conditions.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Trouble diagnosis name Input/Turbine Speed Sensor A Circuit No Signal DTC is detected if... The revolution of input speed sensor 1 and/or 2 is 270 rpm or less.
INFOID:0000000004263226
Possible cause Harness or connectors (Sensor circuit is open.) Input speed sensor 1 and/or 2
TM
P0717

F
1.PRECONDITIONING

With CONSULT-III 1. Start the engine. 2. Select SLCT LVR POSI, GEAR, VHCL/S SE-A/T, CLSD THL POS and ENGINE SPEED in Data Monitor in TRANSMISSION. 3. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for 5 seconds or more. CAUTION: Keep the same gear position. NOTE: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
SLCT LVR POSI GEAR VHCL/S SE-A/T CLSD THL POS ENGINE SPEED :D : 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th or 6th : More than 40 km/h (25 MPH) : OFF : More than 1,500 rpm
4.
INFOID:0000000004263227
Diagnosis Procedure

Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal?
TM-179
2009 G37 Coupe

[7AT: RE7R01A] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> Replace A/T assembly. Refer to TM-294, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), TM-297, "AWD : Exploded View" (AWD). NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
TM-180
2009 G37 Coupe
P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR

A
INFOID:0000000004263228

Description
The output speed sensor detects the revolution of the parking gear and emits a pulse signal. The pulse signal is transmitted to the TCM which converts it into vehicle speed.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC is detected if... The vehicle speed detected by the output speed sensor is 5 km/h (3MPH) or less when the vehicle speed transmitted from the unified meter and A/ C amp. to TCM is 20 km/h or more. (Only when starts after the ignition switch is turned ON.) The vehicle speed transmitted from the unified meter and A/C amp. to TCM does not decrease despite the 36 km/h (23 MPH) or more of deceleration in vehicle speed detected by the output speed sensor. when the vehicle speed detected by the output speed sensor is 36 km/h (23 MPH) or more and the vehicle speed transmitted from the unified meter and A/C amp. to TCM is 24 (15 MPH) or more.
INFOID:0000000004263229
Possible cause
TM
P0720
Output Speed Sensor Circuit
Harness or connectors (Sensor circuit is open.) Output speed sensor

CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer.
K
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start the engine. Select ESTM VSP SIG in Data Monitor in TRANSMISSION. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for 60 seconds or more.
ESTM VSP SIG : 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more
4.
TM-181
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004263230
Diagnosis Procedure

TM-182
2009 G37 Coupe
P0725 ENGINE SPEED

A
INFOID:0000000004263231
P0725 ENGINE SPEED

Description
The engine speed signal is transmitted from the ECM to the TCM via CAN communication line.
B
INFOID:0000000004263232
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC is detected if... TCM does not receive the CAN communication signal from the ECM. The engine speed is more less 150 rpm even if the vehicle speed is more than 10 km/ h (7 MPH).
C
Possible cause
TM
Harness or connectors (ECM to TCM circuit is open or shorted.)
P0725
Engine Speed Input Circuit

1.PRECONDITIONING

1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start the engine. Select SLCT LVR POSI and VHCL/S SE-A/T in Data Monitor in TRANSMISSION. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for 5 seconds or more.
SLCT LVR POSI VHCL/S SE-A/T :D : More than 10 km/h (7 MPH)
4.
INFOID:0000000004263233
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK DTC OF ECM

With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Perform Self Diagnostic Results in ENGINE. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Check DTC detected item. Refer to EC-564, "DTC Index". NO >> GO TO 2.
O
2.CHECK DTC OF TCM

With CONSULT-III Perform Self Diagnostic Results in TRANSMISSION. Is any DTC other than P0725 detected?
TM-183
2009 G37 Coupe
P0725 ENGINE SPEED

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> Check DTC detected item. Refer to TM-258, "DTC Index". NO >> GO TO 3. [7AT: RE7R01A]

TM-184
2009 G37 Coupe
P0729 6GR INCORRECT RATIO

A
INFOID:0000000004263234

Description
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into 6GR position as instructed by TCM. This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004263235
TM
DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC is detected if... Possible cause Input clutch solenoid valve Direct clutch solenoid valve High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve Front brake solenoid valve Low brake solenoid valve 2346 brake solenoid valve Anti-interlock solenoid valve Each clutch and brake Output speed sensor Input speed sensor 1, 2 Hydraulic control circuit
P0729
Gear 6 Incorrect Ratio
The gear ratio is: 0.914 or more 0.810 or less

CAUTION: TM-186, "Diagnosis Procedure" must be performed before starting DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. Never perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE before completing the repair, which may cause secondary malfunction. Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
1.PRECONDITIONING
2.CHECK ATF TEMPERATURE

1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start the engine. Select ATF TEMP 1 in Data Monitor in TRANSMISSION. Check ATF temperature is in the following range.
ATF TEMP 1 : 20C (68F) 140C (284F)
With GST 1. Start the engine. 2. Drive vehicle for approximately 5 minutes in urban areas. Is ATF temperature within specified range? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Drive vehicle to warm ATF or stop engine to cool ATF.
3.CHECK SYMPTOM (PART 1)

1. 2. With CONSULT-III Select 6TH GR FNCTN P0729 in DTC & SRT confirmation in TRANSMISSION. Drive vehicle with manual mode and maintain the following conditions.
TM-185
2009 G37 Coupe

GEAR ACCELE POSI VEHICLE SPEED : 6th : 0.7/8 or more : 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more
[7AT: RE7R01A]
Keep the current driving status for 2 seconds or more if CONSULT-III screen changes from OUT OF CONDITION to TESTING. CAUTION: When TESTING is not indicated on CONSULT-III for a long time, check Self Diagnostic Results in TRANSMISSION. When a DTC other than P0729 is detected, check the DTC. Refer to TM258, "DTC Index". With GST 1. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for 2 seconds or more.
Selector lever Gear position Accelerator pedal opening Vehicle speed : M position : 6th : 0.7/8 or more : 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more
3.
2. Check DTC. Is OUT OF CONDITION, STOP VEHICLE or COMPLETED RESULT NG displayed? / Is P0729 detected? YES-1 >> OUT OF CONDITION: Perform Step 3 again. YES-2 >> STOP VEHICLE: GO TO 4. YES-3 >> COMPLETED RESULT NG: Go to TM-186, "Diagnosis Procedure". YES-4 >> P0729 is detected: Go to TM-186, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 4.

1. 2. With CONSULT-III Stop vehicle. Drive vehicle in D position allowing it to shift from 1GR to 7GR and check shift timing and shift shock. >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004263236

TM-186
2009 G37 Coupe
P0730 INCORRECT GEAR RATIO

A
INFOID:0000000004263237

Description
TCM detects a high-rpm state of the under drive sun gear. The number of revolutions of the under drive sun gear is calculated with the input speed sensor 1 and 2.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC is detected if... The revolution of under drive sun gear is 8,000 rpm or more. NOTE: Not detected when in P or N position and during a shift to P or N position.
INFOID:0000000004263238
Possible cause
TM
P0730
Incorrect Gear Ratio
2346 brake solenoid valve Front brake solenoid valve Input speed sensor 1, 2

1.PRECONDITIONING
I

1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start the engine. Select Self Diagnostic Results in ENGINE. Drive vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 minutes. Refer to the table below. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
Same value as the Freeze Frame Data. Same value as the Freeze Frame Data. Same value as the Freeze Frame Data.
ENGINE SPEED VEHICLE SPEED B/FUEL SCHDL
4.
Check 1st trip DTC. With GST Follow the procedure With CONSULT-III. Is 1st trip DTC detected? YES >> Go to TM-187, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
P
INFOID:0000000004263239

Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal?
TM-187
2009 G37 Coupe

[7AT: RE7R01A] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> Replace A/T assembly. Refer to TM-294, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), TM-297, "AWD : Exploded View" (AWD). NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
TM-188
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004263240

Description
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004263241
TM
P0731

1.PRECONDITIONING

ATF TEMP 1 : 20C (68F) 140C (284F)

1. 2. With CONSULT-III Select 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 in DTC & SRT confirmation in TRANSMISSION. Drive vehicle with manual mode and maintain the following conditions.
TM-189
2009 G37 Coupe

GEAR ACCELE POSI VEHICLE SPEED : 1st : 0.7/8 or more : 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more
[7AT: RE7R01A]
Selector lever Gear position Accelerator pedal opening Vehicle speed : M position : 1st : 0.7/8 or more : 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more
3.

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004263242

TM-190
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004263243

Description
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004263244
TM
P0732

1.PRECONDITIONING

ATF TEMP 1 : 20C (68F) 140C (284F)

1. 2. With CONSULT-III Select 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 in DTC & SRT confirmation in TRANSMISSION. Drive vehicle with manual mode and maintain the following conditions.
TM-191
2009 G37 Coupe

GEAR ACCELE POSI VEHICLE SPEED : 2nd : 0.7/8 or more : 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more
[7AT: RE7R01A]
Selector lever Gear position Accelerator pedal opening Vehicle speed : M position : 2nd : 0.7/8 or more : 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more
3.

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004263245

TM-192
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004263246

Description
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004263247
TM
P0733

1.PRECONDITIONING

ATF TEMP 1 : 20C (68F) 140C (284F)

1. 2. With CONSULT-III Select 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 in DTC & SRT confirmation in TRANSMISSION. Drive vehicle with manual mode and maintain the following conditions.
TM-193
2009 G37 Coupe

GEAR ACCELE POSI VEHICLE SPEED : 3rd : 0.7/8 or more : 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more
[7AT: RE7R01A]
Selector lever Gear position Accelerator pedal opening Vehicle speed : M position : 3rd : 0.7/8 or more : 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more
3.

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004263248

TM-194
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004263249

Description
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004263250
TM
P0734

1.PRECONDITIONING

ATF TEMP 1 : 20C (68F) 140C (284F)

TM-195
2009 G37 Coupe

[7AT: RE7R01A]
3.

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004263251

TM-196
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004263252

Description
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004263253
TM
P0735

1.PRECONDITIONING

ATF TEMP 1 : 20C (68F) 140C (284F)

TM-197
2009 G37 Coupe

[7AT: RE7R01A]
3.

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004263254

Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace A/T assembly. Refer to TM-294, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD). TM-297, "AWD : Exploded View" (AWD). NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
TM-198
2009 G37 Coupe
P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER

A
INFOID:0000000004263255

Description
The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is activated, with the gear in D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, M2, M3, M4, M5, M6 and M7 by the TCM in response to signals transmitted from the output speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Torque converter clutch piston operation will then be controlled. Lock-up operation, however, is prohibited when A/T fluid temperature is too low. When the accelerator pedal is depressed (less than 1.0/8) in lock-up condition, the engine speed should not change abruptly. If there is a big jump in engine speed, there is no lock-up.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC is detected if... The torque converter clutch solenoid valve monitor value is 0.4 A or less when the torque converter clutch solenoid valve command value is more than 0.75 A.
INFOID:0000000004263256
TM
E
Possible cause Harness or connectors (Solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
P0740
Torque Converter Clutch Circuit/Open

H
1.PRECONDITIONING
I J

With CONSULT-III 1. Start the engine. 2. Select BATTERY VOLT, MANU MODE SW, GEAR and VEHICLE SPEED in Data Monitor in TRANSMISSION. 3. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for 30 seconds or more. NOTE: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
BATTERY VOLT MANU MODE SW GEAR VEHICLE SPEED : 9 V or more : ON : 2nd : 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more
4.
INFOID:0000000004263257
Diagnosis Procedure

TM-199
2009 G37 Coupe

[7AT: RE7R01A] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace A/T assembly. Refer to TM-294, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), TM-297, "AWD : Exploded View" (AWD). NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
TM-200
2009 G37 Coupe

A
INFOID:0000000004263258

Description
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not lock-up. This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004263259
TM
DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC is detected if... Possible cause Harness or connectors Torque converter clutch solenoid valve Torque converter Input speed sensor 1, 2 Hydraulic control circuit
P0744
Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Intermittent
The lock-up is not performed in spite of within the lock-up area.

G
1.PRECONDITIONING
H

1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start the engine. Select MANU MODE SW, GEAR and VEHICLE SPEED in Data Monitor in TRANSMISSION. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for 10 seconds or more. NOTE: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
MANU MODE SW GEAR VEHICLE SPEED : ON : 2nd : 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more
4.
INFOID:0000000004263260
Diagnosis Procedure

TM-201
2009 G37 Coupe
P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A

P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A

Description
INFOID:0000000004263261
The line pressure solenoid valve regulates the oil pump discharge pressure to suit the driving condition in response to a signal transmitted from the TCM.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC is detected if... The line pressure solenoid valve monitor value is 0.4 A or less when the line pressure solenoid valve command value is more than 0.75 A.
INFOID:0000000004263262
Possible cause Harness or connectors (Sensor valve circuit is open or shorted.) Line pressure solenoid valve
P0745
Pressure Control Solenoid A
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. 2. 3. 4. With CONSULT-III Start the engine. Select BATTERY VOLT and SLCT LVR POSI in Data Monitor in TRANSMISSION. Shift the selector lever to N position. Maintain the following conditions for 5 seconds or more.
BATTERY VOLT SLCT LVR POSI : 9 V or more : N/P
5.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004263263

TM-202
2009 G37 Coupe
P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID A

A
INFOID:0000000004263264

Description
Anti-interlock solenoid valve prevents the simultaneous activation of the input clutch and the low brake. The anti-interlock solenoid valve is an ON/OFF type solenoid valve.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC is detected if... The anti-interlock solenoid valve monitor value is ON when the anti-interlock solenoid valve command value is OFF. The anti-interlock solenoid valve monitor value is OFF when the anti-interlock solenoid valve command value is ON.
INFOID:0000000004263265
Possible cause
TM
P0750
Shift Solenoid A
Harness or connectors (Solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) Anti-interlock solenoid valve

1.PRECONDITIONING

With CONSULT-III Start the engine. Select BATTERY VOLT, MANU MODE SW, GEAR and VHCL/S SE-A/T in Data Monitor in TRANSMISSION. 3. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for 5 seconds or more. 1. 2.
BATTERY VOLT MANU MODE SW GEAR VHCL/S SE-A/T : 9 V or more : ON : 1st : 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more
4.
INFOID:0000000004263266
Diagnosis Procedure

Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace A/T assembly. Refer to TM-294, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), TM-297, "AWD : Exploded View" (AWD).
TM-203
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts. [7AT: RE7R01A]
TM-204
2009 G37 Coupe
P0775 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B

A
INFOID:0000000004263267
P0775 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B

Description
The Input clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals transmitted from the transmission range switch, output speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the optimum position. The Input clutch solenoid valve controls the input clutch control valve in response to a signal transmitted from the TCM.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC is detected if... The input clutch solenoid valve monitor value is 0.4 A or less when the input clutch solenoid valve command value is more than 0.75 A.
INFOID:0000000004263268
TM
Possible cause Harness or connectors (Solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) Input clutch solenoid valve
P0775
Pressure Control Solenoid B

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

With CONSULT-III 1. Start the engine. 2. Select BATTERY VOLT, MANU MODE SW, GEAR and VHCL/S SE-A/T in Data Monitor in TRANSMISSION. 3. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for 5 seconds or more.
4.
INFOID:0000000004263269
Diagnosis Procedure

TM-205
2009 G37 Coupe
P0780 SHIFT
P0780 SHIFT
Application Notice
INFOID:0000000005803364
Check the TCM part number in ECU Identification in TRANSMISSION with CONSULT-III to confirm the service information in P0780 SHIFT.
TCM part number 31039-1XJ4E, 31039-1XJ5A Other than the above Service information TYPE 1 TYPE 2 Reference TM-206, "TYPE 1 : DTC Logic" TM-207, "TYPE 2 : DTC Logic"
TYPE 1
TYPE 1 : Description
INFOID:0000000004263270
TCM detects the malfunction of low brake solenoid valve. TCM measures the downshift time from 4GR to 3GR during D position, and detects the malfunction if the shifting time is excessively short.
TYPE 1 : DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000004263271
CAUTION: Since DTC DETECTION LOGIC and DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE depend on TCM part number, Check TCM part number before starting diagnosis. Refer to TM-206, "Application Notice".
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC P0780 Trouble diagnosis name Shift Error DTC is detected if... The shift change time from 4GR to 3GR is 0.2 second or less. Possible cause Anti-interlock solenoid valve Low brake solenoid valve Hydraulic control circuit

1.PRECONDITIONING

With CONSULT-III Start the engine. Select GEAR in Data Monitor in TRANSMISSION. Shift the selector lever to D position. Accelerate until 4th appears on GEAR, then release the accelerator pedal. Decelerate until 3rd appears on GEAR by depressing the brake pedal gradually. CAUTION: The brake pedal must be depressed slowly. 6. Then repeat steps 4 to 5 three more times. 7. Stop the vehicle, and then turn the ignition switch OFF. 8. Perform steps 1 to 7 again. 9. Perform Self Diagnostic Results in TRANSMISSION. With GST Follow the procedure With CONSULT-III. Is P0780 detected? YES >> Go to TM-207, "TYPE 1 : Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
TM-206
2009 G37 Coupe
P0780 SHIFT
INFOID:0000000004263272
TYPE 1 : Diagnosis Procedure

TYPE 2
TYPE 2 : Description
INFOID:0000000005803365
TM
The TCM detects the malfunction of low brake solenoid valve. This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
TYPE 2 : DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000005803366
CAUTION: Since DTC DETECTION LOGIC and DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE depend on TCM part number, Check TCM part number before starting diagnosis. Refer to TM-206, "Application Notice".
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC is detected if... TCM judges that the gear ratio is not switched to that of 4GR (1.412) while shifting from 3GR to 4GR in D position. TCM judges that the engine speed is more than the specified one while shifting from 5GR to 6GR or from 6GR to 7GR in D position. Possible cause
I
Anti-interlock solenoid valve Low brake solenoid valve Hydraulic control circuit
P0780
Shift Error

CAUTION: TM-208, "TYPE 2 : Diagnosis Procedure" must be performed before starting DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. Never perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE before completing the repair, which may cause secondary malfunction. Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
1.PRECONDITIONING
N

1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start the engine. Select SLCT LVR POSI, ACCELE POSI and GEAR in Data Monitor in TRANSMISSION. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions.
SLCT LVR POSI ACCELE POSI GEAR :D : More than 1.0/8 : 3rd 4th
TM-207
2009 G37 Coupe
P0780 SHIFT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Perform Self Diagnostic Results in TRANSMISSION. With GST Follow the procedure With CONSULT-III. Is P0780 detected? YES >> Go to TM-208, "TYPE 2 : Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END [7AT: RE7R01A]
TYPE 2 : Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000005803368

TM-208
2009 G37 Coupe
P0795 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID C

A
INFOID:0000000004263273
P0795 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID C

Description
The front brake solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals transmitted from the transmission range switch, output speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the optimum position. The front brake solenoid valve controls the front brake control valve in response to a signal transmitted from the TCM.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC is detected if... The front brake solenoid valve monitor value is 0.4 A or less when the front brake solenoid valve command value is more than 0.75 A.
INFOID:0000000004263274
TM
Possible cause Harness or connectors (Solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) Front brake solenoid valve
P0795
Pressure Control Solenoid C

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.

BATTERY VOLT MANU MODE SW GEAR VHCL/S SE-A/T : 9 V or more : ON : 7th : 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more
4.
INFOID:0000000004263275
Diagnosis Procedure

TM-209
2009 G37 Coupe
P1705 TP SENSOR
P1705 TP SENSOR
Description
INFOID:0000000004263280
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, accelerator pedal position sensor, throttle position sensor, etc. The actuator transmits a signal to the ECM, and ECM transmits signals to TCM via CAN communication.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Trouble diagnosis name Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Signal Circuit DTC is detected if... TCM detects the difference between two accelerator pedal position signals received from ECM via CAN communication.
INFOID:0000000004263281
Possible cause Harness or connectors (Sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P1705
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start the engine. Select SLCT LVR POSI and VHCL/S SE-A/T in Data Monitor in TRANSMISSION. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for 5 seconds or more.
SLCT LVR POSI VHCL/S SE-A/T :D : 5 km/h (3 MPH) or more
4. Perform Self Diagnostic Results in TRANSMISSION. Is P1705 detected? YES >> Go to TM-210, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004263282
1.CHECK DTC OF ECM

With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Perform Self Diagnostic Results in ENGINE. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Check DTC detected item. Refer to EC-564, "DTC Index". NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC OF TCM

With CONSULT-III Perform Self Diagnostic Results in TRANSMISSION. Is any DTC other than P1705 detected? YES >> Check DTC detected item. Refer to TM-258, "DTC Index". NO >> GO TO 3.

TM-210
2009 G37 Coupe
P1705 TP SENSOR
[7AT: RE7R01A] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace A/T assembly. Refer to TM-294, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), TM-297, "AWD : Exploded View" (AWD). NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
TM
TM-211
2009 G37 Coupe
P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL


Description
INFOID:0000000004263283
The vehicle speed signal is transmitted from unified meter and A/C amp. to TCM via CAN communication line. The signal functions as an auxiliary device to the output speed sensor when it is malfunctioning. The TCM will then use the vehicle speed signal.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC is detected if...
INFOID:0000000004263284
Possible cause
P1721
Vehicle Speed Signal Circuit
The vehicle speed transmitted from the unified meter and A/C amp. to TCM is 5 km/ h (3MPH) or less when the vehicle speed detected by the output speed sensor is 20 km/h or more. (Only when starts after the ignition switch is turned ON.) The vehicle speed detected Harness or connectors by the output speed sensor (Sensor circuit is open or shortdoes not decrease despite ed.) the 36 km/h (23 MPH) or more of deceleration in vehicle speed received from the unified meter and A/C amp. when the vehicle speed transmitted from the unified meter and A/C amp. to TCM is 36 km/h (23 MPH) or more and the vehicle speed detected by the output speed sensor is 24 (15 MPH) or more.

CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer.
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start the engine. Select ESTM VSP SIG in Data Monitor in TRANSMISSION. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for 60 seconds or more.
ESTM VSP SIG : 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more
TM-212
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004263285
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK DTC OF ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT).

With CONSULT-III Perform Self Diagnostic Results in ABS. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Check DTC detected item. Refer to BRC-88, "DTC No. Index". NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC OF UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.

With CONSULT-III Perform Self Diagnostic Results in METER/M&A. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Check DTC detected item. Refer to MWI-99, "DTC Index". NO >> GO TO 3.
TM
3.CHECK DTC OF TCM

With CONSULT-III Perform Self Diagnostic Results in TRANSMISSION. Is any DTC other than P1721 detected? YES >> Check DTC detected item. Refer to TM-258, "DTC Index". NO >> GO TO 4.

TM-213
2009 G37 Coupe
P1730 INTERLOCK
P1730 INTERLOCK
Description
Fail-safe function to detect interlock conditions.
INFOID:0000000004263286
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004263287
Possible cause Harness or connectors (Solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) Input clutch solenoid valve Direct clutch solenoid valve High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve Front brake solenoid valve Low brake solenoid valve 2346 brake solenoid valve Anti-interlock solenoid valve Each clutch and brake Hydraulic control circuit
P1730
Interlock
The output speed sensor sensor detects the deceleration of 12 km/h (7 MPH) or more for 1 second.
NOTE: When the vehicle is driven fixed in 2GR, a input speed sensor malfunction is displayed, but this is not a input speed sensor malfunction.

1.PRECONDITIONING

1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start the engine. Select SLCT LVR POSI and GEAR in Data Monitor in TRANSMISSION. Drive vehicle the following condition.
SLCT LVR POSI GEAR :D : 1st through 7th
4.
Judgment of A/T Interlock

Refer to TM-254, "Fail-Safe".
INFOID:0000000004263288
TM-214
2009 G37 Coupe
P1730 INTERLOCK
INFOID:0000000004263289
Diagnosis Procedure

TM
TM-215
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004263290
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
INFOID:0000000004263291
Possible cause Input clutch solenoid valve Direct clutch solenoid valve High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve Front brake solenoid valve Low brake solenoid valve 2346 brake solenoid valve Anti-interlock solenoid valve Each clutch and brake Output speed sensor Input speed sensor 1, 2 Hydraulic control circuit
P1734

1.PRECONDITIONING

ATF TEMP 1 : 20C (68F) 140C (284F)

TM-216
2009 G37 Coupe

GEAR ACCELE POSI VEHICLE SPEED :7 : 0.7/8 or more : 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more
[7AT: RE7R01A]
A
3.
Keep the current driving status for 2 seconds or more if CONSULT-III screen changes from OUT OF B CONDITION to TESTING. CAUTION: When TESTING is not indicated on CONSULT-III for a long time, check Self Diagnostic Results C in TRANSMISSION. When a DTC other than P1734 is detected, check the DTC. Refer to TM258, "DTC Index". With GST TM 1. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for 2 seconds or more.

With CONSULT-III 1. Stop vehicle. 2. Drive vehicle in D position allowing it to shift from 1GR to 7GR and check shift timing and shift shock. >> INSPECTION END
I J
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004263292

L M
TM-217
2009 G37 Coupe
P1815 M-MODE SWITCH

P1815 M-MODE SWITCH

Description
INFOID:0000000004263293
Manual mode switch is installed in A/T shift selector assembly. It transmits manual mode switch, shift up and shift down switch signals to unified meter and A/C amp. Then unified meter and A/C amp. transmits signals to TCM via CAN communication. Paddle shifter transmits shift up and shift down switch signals to unified meter and A/C amp. Then unified meter and A/C amp. transmits signals to TCM via CAN communication. (With paddle shifter) TCM transmits the switch signals to unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communication line. Then manual mode switch position is indicated on the shift position indicator. For inspection, refer to TM-229.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC is detected if... TCM monitors manual mode, non manual mode, up or down switch signal, and detects as irregular when impossible input pattern occurs 2 second or more. Shift up/down signal of paddle shifter continuously remains ON for 60 seconds.*
INFOID:0000000004263294
Possible cause Harness or connectors (These switches circuit is open or shorted.) Manual mode select switch (Into A/T shift selector assembly) Manual mode position select switch (Into A/T shift selector assembly) Paddle shifter*
P1815
Manual Mode Switch Circuit
*: With paddle shifter
1.PRECONDITIONING

1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select SLCT LVR POSI and MANU MODE SW in Data Monitor in TRANSMISSION. Maintain the following each conditions more than 60 seconds.
SLCT LVR POSI MANU MODE SW :D : ON
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004263295
1.CHECK MANUAL MODE SWITCH CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select MANU MODE SW, NON M MODE SW, UP SW LEVER, DOWN SW LEVER, SFT UP ST SW* and SFT DWN ST SW* in Data Monitor in TRANSMISSION. 3. Check the ON/OFF operations of each monitor item. 1. 2.
TM-218
2009 G37 Coupe
P1815 M-MODE SWITCH

Item Monitor Item MANU MODE SW Condition Selector lever is shifted to manual shift gate side Other than the above Selector lever is shifted to manual shift gate side Other than the above Selector lever is shifted to + side Other than the above Selector lever is shifted to side Other than the above Paddle shifter (shift-up) is pulled Other than the above Paddle shifter (shift-down) is pulled Other than the above
[7AT: RE7R01A]
Status ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF
NON M-MODE SW Manual mode switch UP SW LEVER
DOWN SW LEVER
TM
SFT UP ST SW Paddle shifter* SFT DWN ST SW *: With paddle shifter
Without CONSULT-III Drive the vehicle in the manual mode, and then check that the indication of the shift position indicator matches with the actual gear position. 1. Shift the selector lever to UP side, and then accelerate from 1GR to 7GR. 2. Shift the selector lever to DOWN side, and then decelerate from 7GR to 1GR. 3. *Shift the paddle shifter to UP side, and then accelerate from 1GR to 7GR. 4. *Shift the paddle shifter to DOWN side, and then decelerate from 7GR to 1GR. *: With paddle shifter Which item is abnormal? Manual mode switch>>GO TO 2. Paddle shifter>>GO TO 8.
2.CHECK MANUAL MODE SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/T shift selector connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between A/T shift selector vehicle side harness connector terminals.
A/T shift selector vehicle side harness connector Connector Terminal + 1 M137 2 3 5 4 Battery voltage Voltage (Approx.)
3.CHECK MANUAL MODE SWITCH

Check manual mode switch. Refer to TM-222, "Component Inspection (Manual Mode Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4.CHECK MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

TM-219
2009 G37 Coupe
P1815 M-MODE SWITCH

[7AT: RE7R01A] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Check the following. Check terminals of A/T shift selector harness connector and harness cladding for damage. Check connector for loose connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Check continuity between A/T shift selector vehicle side harness connector terminal and ground.
A/T shift selector vehicle side harness connector Connector M137 Terminal 4 Ground Continuity Existed
6.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN A/T SHIFT SELECTOR AND UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. (PART 1)
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect unified meter and A/C amp. connector. Check continuity between A/T shift selector vehicle side harness connector terminals and unified meter and A/C amp. vehicle side harness connector terminals.
A/T shift selector vehicle side harness connector Connector Terminal 1 M137 2 3 5 M66 Unified meter and A/C amp. vehicle side harness connector Connector Terminal 10 25 5 11 Existed
Continuity
7.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN A/T SHIFT SELECTOR AND UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. (PART 2)
Check continuity between A/T shift selector vehicle side harness connector terminals and ground.
A/T shift selector vehicle side harness connector Connector Terminal 1 M137 2 3 5 Ground Not existed Continuity
8.CHECK PADDLE SHIFTER CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect paddle shifter connectors. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between paddle shifter vehicle side harness connector terminals.
TM-220
2009 G37 Coupe
P1815 M-MODE SWITCH

Paddle shifter vehicle side harness connector Connector M32 M39 Terminal + 3 3 1 1 Voltage (Approx.)
[7AT: RE7R01A]
A
B
Battery voltage
9.CHECK PADDLE SHIFTER

Check paddle shifter. Refer to TM-223, "Component Inspection [Paddle Shifter (Shift-up)]", TM-223, "Component Inspection [Paddle Shifter (Shift-down)]". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
TM

Check the following. Check terminals of paddle shifter connector for damage. Check connector for loose connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Check continuity between paddle shifter vehicle side harness connector terminals and ground.
Paddle shifter vehicle side harness connector Connector M32 M39 Terminal 1 1 Ground Existed Continuity
12.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN PADDLE SHIFTER AND UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. (PART 1)
1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect unified meter and A/C amp. connector. Check continuity between paddle shifter vehicle side harness connector terminals and unified meter and A/C amp. vehicle side harness connector terminals.
Paddle shifter vehicle side harness connector Connector M32 M39 Terminal 3 3 Unified meter and A/C amp. vehicle side harness connector Connector M66 M66 Terminal 26 6 Existed
N
Continuity
13.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN PADDLE SHIFTER AND UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. (PART 2)
Check continuity between paddle shifter vehicle side harness connector terminals and ground.
TM-221
2009 G37 Coupe
P1815 M-MODE SWITCH

Paddle shifter vehicle side harness connector Connector M32 M39 Terminal 3 3 Ground Not existed
[7AT: RE7R01A]
Continuity

Check the following. Check terminals of unified meter and A/C amp. connector for damage. Check connector for loose connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
15.CHECK UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.

1. 2. 3. Reconnect all the connectors. Turn ignition switch ON. Select M RANGE SW, NM RANGE SW, AT SFT UP SW, AT SFT DWN SW, ST SFT UP SW* and ST SFT DWN SW* in Data Monitor in METER/M&A, and check the ON/OFF operations of each monitor item. Refer to MWI-82, "Reference Value". *: With paddle shifter Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 16. NO >> Replace unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to MWI-127, "Exploded View".

Component Inspection (Manual Mode Switch)
INFOID:0000000004263296
1.CHECK MANUAL MODE SWITCH

Check continuity between A/T shift selector harness connector terminals.
A/T shift selector harness connector Connector 1 Terminal Condition Selector lever is shifted to manual shift gate side Other than the above 2 M137 3 4 Selector lever is shifted to side Other than the above Selector lever is shifted to+ side Other than the above Selector lever is shifted to manual shift gate side Other than the above Continuity Existed Not existed Existed Not existed Existed Not existed Not existed Existed

TM-222
2009 G37 Coupe
P1815 M-MODE SWITCH

[7AT: RE7R01A] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to TM-277, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), TM-279, "AWD : Exploded View" (AWD).
Component Inspection [Paddle Shifter (Shift-up)]
INFOID:0000000004292401

Check continuity between paddle shifter (shift-up) connector terminals.
Paddle shifter (shift-up) connector Connector M39 1 Terminal 3 Condition Paddle shifter (shift-up) is pulled. Other than the above Continuity
TM
Existed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace damaged parts. Refer to TM-282, "Exploded View".
F
INFOID:0000000004263297
Component Inspection [Paddle Shifter (Shift-down)]

Check continuity between paddle shifter (shift-down) connector terminals.
Paddle shifter (shift-down) connector Connector M32 1 Terminal 3 Condition Paddle shifter (shift-down) is pulled. Other than the above Continuity Existed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace damaged parts. Refer to TM-282, "Exploded View".
TM-223
2009 G37 Coupe
P2713 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID D

P2713 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID D

Description
INFOID:0000000004263298
The high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals transmitted from the transmission range switch, output speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the optimum position. The high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve controls the high and low reverse clutch control valve in response to a signal transmitted from the TCM.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC is detected if... The high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve monitor value is 0.4 A or less when the high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve command value is more than 0.75 A.
INFOID:0000000004263299
Possible cause Harness or connectors (Solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve
P2713
Pressure Control Solenoid D

1.PRECONDITIONING

With CONSULT-III Start the engine. Select BATTERY VOLT, MANU MODE SW, GEAR and VHCL/S SE-A/T in Data Monitor in TRANSMISSION. 3. Drive the vehicle and maintain the following conditions for 5 seconds or more. 1. 2.
BATTERY VOLT MANU MODE SW GEAR VHCL/S SE-A/T : 9 V or more : ON : 3rd : 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more
4.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004263300

TM-224
2009 G37 Coupe
P2722 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID E

A
INFOID:0000000004263301
P2722 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID E

Description
The low brake solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals transmitted from the transmission range switch, output speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the optimum position. The low brake solenoid valve controls the low brake control valve in response to a signal transmitted from the TCM.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC is detected if... The low brake solenoid valve monitor value is 0.4 A or less when the low brake solenoid valve command value is more than 0.75 A.
INFOID:0000000004263302
TM
Possible cause Harness or connectors (Solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) Low brake solenoid valve
P2722
Pressure Control Solenoid E

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.

4.
INFOID:0000000004263303
Diagnosis Procedure

TM-225
2009 G37 Coupe
P2731 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID F

P2731 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID F

Description
INFOID:0000000004263304
The 2346 brake solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals transmitted from the transmission range switch, output speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the optimum position. The 2346 brake solenoid valve controls the 2346 brake control valve in response to a signal transmitted from the TCM.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC is detected if... The 2346 brake solenoid valve monitor value is 0.4 A or less when the 2346 brake solenoid valve command value is more than 0.75 A.
INFOID:0000000004263305
Possible cause Harness or connectors (Solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) 2346 brake solenoid valve
P2731
Pressure Control Solenoid F

1.PRECONDITIONING

With CONSULT-III Start the engine. Select BATTERY VOLT, MANU MODE SW, GEAR and VHCL/S SE-A/T in Data Monitor in TRANSMISSION. 3. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for 5 seconds or more. 1. 2.
BATTERY VOLT MANU MODE SW GEAR VHCL/S SE-A/T : 9 V or more : ON : 2nd : 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more
4.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004263306

TM-226
2009 G37 Coupe
P2807 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID G

A
INFOID:0000000004263307
P2807 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID G

Description
The direct clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals transmitted from the transmission range switch, output speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the optimum position. The direct clutch solenoid valve controls the direct clutch control valve in response to a signal transmitted from the TCM.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC is detected is... The direct clutch solenoid valve monitor value is 0.4 A or less when the direct clutch solenoid valve command value is more than 0.75 A.
INFOID:0000000004263308
TM
Possible cause Harness or connectors (Solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) Direct clutch solenoid valve
P2807
Pressure Control Solenoid G

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.

4.
INFOID:0000000004263309
Diagnosis Procedure

TM-227
2009 G37 Coupe
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Description
Supply power to TCM.
INFOID:0000000004263310
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004263311
1.CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/T assembly connector. Check voltage between A/T assembly vehicle side harness connector terminals and ground.
A/T assembly vehicle side harness connector Connector Terminal 1, 6 2 Ground Condition Turn ignition switch ON Turn ignition switch OFF Always Voltage (Approx.) Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage
F51
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Check the following. If NG, repair or replace damaged parts. Harness for short or open between battery and A/T assembly vehicle side harness connector terminal 2. Harness for short or open between push-button ignition switch and IPDM E/R. Harness for short or open between IPDM E/R vehicle side harness connector terminal 58 and A/ T assembly vehicle side harness connector terminal 1, 6. 10A fuse (No. 36, located in the fuse, fusible link and relay box) 10A fuse (No. 43, located in the IPDM E/R) Push-button ignition switch.
2.CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT

Check continuity between A/T assembly vehicle side harness connector terminals and ground.
A/T assembly vehicle side harness connector Connector F51 Terminal 5 10 Ground Existed Continuity
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following. Check terminals of A/T assembly connector for damage. Check connector for loose connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
TM-228
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR CIRCUIT

A
INFOID:0000000004263312
SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR CIRCUIT

Description
TCM transmit the switch signals to unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communication line. Then manual mode switch position is indicated on the shift position indicator.
INFOID:0000000004263313
1.CHECK A/T INDICATOR
Diagnosis Procedure
CAUTION: TM Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 1. Start the engine. 2. Check the actual selector lever position (P, R, N, D and DS) and the indication of the shift position indicator mutually coincide. E 3. Drive vehicle in the manual mode, and then check that the actual gear position and the indication of the shift position indicator mutually coincide when the selector lever is shifted to UP (+ side) or DOWN ( side) side (1GR 7GR). F Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to TM-229, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
INFOID:0000000004263314
1.CHECK INPUT SIGNALS

With CONSULT-III Start the engine. Select SLCT LVR POSI in Data Monitor in TRANSMISSION. Check the actual selector lever position (P, R, N, D and DS) and the indication of the SLCT LVR POSI mutually coincide. Refer to TM-242, "Reference Value". 4. Drive vehicle in the manual mode, and then check that the actual gear position and the indication of the SLCT LVR POSI mutually coincide when the selector lever is shifted to the UP (+ side) or DOWN ( side) side (1GR 7GR). Refer to TM-242, "Reference Value". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO-1 >> The actual gear position does not change, or shifting into the manual mode is not possible (no gear shifting in the manual mode possible). Or the shift position indicator is not indicated. Check manual mode switch. Refer to TM-222, "Component Inspection (Manual Mode Switch)". Check A/T main system (Fail-safe function actuated). - Perform Self Diagnostic Results in TRANSMISSION. Refer to TM-258, "DTC Index". NO-2 >> The actual gear position changes, but the shift position indicator is not indicated. Perform Self Diagnostic Results in TRANSMISSION. Refer to TM-258, "DTC Index". NO-3 >> The actual gear position and the indication on the shift position indicator do not coincide. Perform Self Diagnostic Results in TRANSMISSION. Refer to TM-258, "DTC Index". NO-4 >> Only a specific position or positions is/are not indicated on the shift position indicator. Check the unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to MWI-4, "Work flow". 1. 2. 3.
TM-229
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

Description
Shift lock system circuit consists of the following part.
Component Shift lock solenoid Shift lock relay Stop lamp switch Function Activated by the ignition switch and stop lamp signals, it holds the relative positions of sliders A and B. Current flow to stop lamp switch allows shift lock relay contact ON, and then power is applied to shift lock solenoid. Depressing the brake pedal turns ON the stop lamp switch and energizes the shift lock solenoid.
INFOID:0000000004263315
TM-230
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

INFOID:0000000004263316
Wiring Diagram - A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM -
TM
P
JCDWM0464GB
TM-231
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

JCDWM0465GB
TM-232
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

A
TM
O
JCDWM0466GB
P
INFOID:0000000004263317
1.CHECK A/T SHIFT LOCK OPERATION (PART 1)

1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Shift the selector lever to P position. 3. Attempt to shift the selector lever to any other position with the brake pedal released. Can the selector lever be shifted to any other position?
TM-233
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> Go to TM-234, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> GO TO 2. [7AT: RE7R01A]
2.CHECK A/T SHIFT LOCK OPERATION (PART 2)

Attempt to shift the selector lever to any other position with the brake pedal depressed. Can the selector lever be shifted to any other position? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to TM-234, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004263318
1.CHECK SELECTOR LEVER POSITION

Check the selector lever position for damage. Refer to TM-275, "2WD : Inspection and Adjustment" (2WD), TM-275, "AWD : Inspection and Adjustment" (AWD). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to TM-275, "2WD : Inspection and Adjustment" (2WD), TM-275, "AWD : Inspection and Adjustment" (AWD).
2.CHECK POWER SOURCE

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect shift lock relay. Check voltage between shift lock relay harness connector terminal and ground.
Shift lock relay harness connector Connector E52 Terminal 2 Ground Condition Depressed brake pedal. Released brake pedal. Voltage (Approx.) Battery voltage 0V
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 7. NO-1 >> When pressing the brake pedal, the voltage is 0 V: GO TO 3. NO-2 >> When releasing the brake pedal, the voltage is battery voltage: GO TO 5.

1. 2. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector. Check voltage between stop lamp switch vehicle side harness connector terminal and ground.
Stop lamp switch vehicle side harness connector Connector E110 Terminal 1 Ground Voltage (Approx.) Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Check the following. If NG, repair or replace damaged parts. 10A fuse [No. 7, located in the fuse block (J/B)] Harness for short to ground or open between battery and fuse block (J/B). Harness for short to ground or open between fuse block (J/B) vehicle side harness connector terminal 8F and stop lamp switch vehicle side harness connector terminal 1. Harness for short to ground between fuse block (J/B) vehicle side harness connector terminal 8F and ICC brake hold relay vehicle side harness connector terminal 3. [With ICC (Full Speed Range) System]

Check stop lamp switch. Refer to TM-237, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Check the following. If NG, repair or replace damaged parts.
TM-234
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

[7AT: RE7R01A] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Harness for short to ground or open between stop lamp switch vehicle side harness connector terminal 2 and shift lock relay vehicle side harness connector terminal 2. Harness for short to ground between ICC brake hold relay vehicle side harness connector terminal 5 and shift lock relay vehicle side harness connector 2. [With ICC (Full Speed Range) System] NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Check stop lamp switch. Refer to TM-237, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)". C Is the inspection result normal? YES-1 >> Without ICC (Full Speed Range) System: Repair or replace harness between stop lamp switch TM and shift lock relay. YES-2 >> With ICC (Full Speed Range) System: GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6.CHECK DTC WITH ICC (FULL SPEED RANGE) SYSTEM

With CONSULT-III Perform Self Diagnostic Results in ICC. Is any malfunction detected? YES >> Check the DTC detected item. Refer to CCS-113, "DTC Index". NO >> Repair or replace harness between stop lamp switch and shift lock relay.

Check continuity between shift lock relay vehicle side harness connector terminal and ground.
Shift lock relay vehicle side harness connector Connector E52 Terminal 1 Ground Continuity Existed
8.CHECK SHIFT LOCK RELAY

Check shift lock relay. Refer to TM-236, "Component Inspection (Shift Lock Relay)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
K

1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between shift lock relay vehicle side harness connector terminal and ground.
Shift lock relay vehicle side harness connector Connector E52 Terminal 5 Ground Voltage (Approx.) Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Check the following. If NG, repair or replace damaged parts. 10A fuse [No. 3, located in the fuse block (J/B)] Harness for short to ground or open between push-button ignition switch and fuse block (J/B). Harness for short to ground or open between fuse block (J/B) vehicle side harness connector terminal 4F and shift lock relay vehicle side harness connector terminal 5.

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/T shift selector connector. Check continuity between A/T shift selector vehicle side harness connector terminal and ground.
TM-235
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

A/T shift selector vehicle side harness connector Connector M137 Terminal 4 Ground
[7AT: RE7R01A]
Continuity Existed
11.CHECK SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID

Check shift lock solenoid. Refer to TM-236, "Component Inspection (Shift Lock Solenoid)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Check the following. If NG, repair or replace damaged parts. Harness for short to ground, short to power or open between shift lock relay vehicle side harness connector terminal 3 and A/T shift selector vehicle side harness connector terminal 8. Harness for short to ground, short to power or open between A/T shift selector harness connector terminal 8 and shift lock unit harness connector terminal 3. Harness for open between A/T shift selector harness connector terminal 4 and shift lock unit harness connector terminal 4. NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Component Inspection (Shift Lock Solenoid)
INFOID:0000000004263319
1.CHECK SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID

1. 2. Remove shift lock unit. Refer to TM-277, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), TM-279, "AWD : Exploded View" (AWD). Apply voltage to terminals 3 and 4 of shift lock unit connector, and then check that shift lock solenoid is activated. CAUTION: Connect the fuse between the terminals when applying the voltage.
Shift lock unit connector Connector Terminal + (fuse) 3 4 Apply 12 V direct current between terminals 3 and 4. Shift lock solenoid operates Condition Status
M222
Can the lock plate be moved up and down? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace shift lock unit. Refer to TM-277, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), TM-279, "AWD : Exploded View" (AWD).
Component Inspection (Shift Lock Relay)
INFOID:0000000004263320
1.CHECK SHIFT LOCK RELAY

Check continuity between shift lock relay terminals. CAUTION: Connect the fuse between the terminals when applying the voltage.
Shift lock relay connector Connector Terminal Condition Apply 12 V direct current between terminals 1 and 2. OFF Continuity
E52
Existed Not existed

TM-236
2009 G37 Coupe
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace shift lock relay. [7AT: RE7R01A]
A
INFOID:0000000004263321
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)

Check continuity between stop lamp switch connector terminals.
Stop lamp switch connector Connector E110 1 Terminal 2 Condition Depressed brake pedal. Released brake pedal. Continuity Existed Not existed
TM
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-19, "Exploded View".
TM-237
2009 G37 Coupe
SELECTOR LEVER POSITION INDICATOR


Description
Indicates selector lever position.
INFOID:0000000004263322
INFOID:0000000004263323
1.CHECK SELECTOR LEVER POSITION INDICATOR (PART 1)

1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check that each position indicator lamp of the selector lever position indicator turns on when shifting the selector lever from P to M position. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to TM-238, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK SELECTOR LEVER POSITION INDICATOR (PART 2)

Check that the night illumination of the selector lever position indicator turns on when setting the lighting switch in 1st position. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Go to TM-238, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004263324

Which item is abnormal? Position indicator lamp>> GO TO 2. Illumination lamp>> GO TO 10.

A/T shift selector vehicle side harness connector Connector M137 Terminal + 10 4 Battery voltage Voltage (Approx.)

1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check continuity between A/T shift selector vehicle side harness connector terminal and ground.
A/T shift selector vehicle side harness connector Connector M137 Terminal 4 Ground Continuity Existed
TM-238
2009 G37 Coupe

A
4.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN A/T SHIFT SELECTOR AND BCM (PART 1)

1. 2. Disconnect BCM connector. Check continuity between A/T shift selector vehicle side harness connector terminal and BCM vehicle side harness connector terminal.
A/T shift selector vehicle side harness connector Connector M137 Terminal 10 BCM vehicle side harness connector Connector M122 Terminal 96 Continuity
C
Existed
TM
5.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN A/T SHIFT SELECTOR AND BCM (PART 2)

Check continuity between A/T shift selector vehicle side harness connector terminal and ground.
A/T shift selector vehicle side harness connector Connector M137 Terminal 10 Ground Continuity Not existed

Check the following. Check terminals of BCM connector and A/T shift selector connector for damage. Check connector for loose connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Check BCM input/output signal. Refer to BCS-44, "Reference Value". NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7.CHECK SHIFT POSITION SWITCH

1. 2. Disconnect selector lever position indicator connector. Check continuity between A/T shift selector harness connector terminals and selector lever position indicator connector terminals.
A/T shift selector harness connector Connector Terminal Selector lever position indicator connector Connector Terminal 7 4 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 11 9 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 11 2, 6 M137 M221 3, 4, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 3, 6 2, 4, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 4, 6 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 5, 6 2, 3, 4, 7, 9, 10, 11 Condition Selector lever in D position. Selector lever in M position. Selector lever in N and M position. Selector lever in D position. Selector lever in R position. Selector lever in P position. Continuity Existed Not existed Existed Not existed Existed Not existed Existed Not existed Existed Not existed Existed Not existed
10

TM-239
2009 G37 Coupe

[7AT: RE7R01A] < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to TM-277, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), TM-279, "AWD : Exploded View" (AWD).
8.CHECK SELECTOR LEVER POSITION INDICATOR

Check selector lever position indicator. Refer to TM-240, "Component Inspection (Selector Lever Position Indicator)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Replace damaged parts.

Check the following. Check terminals of A/T shift selector connector, shift position switch connector and selector lever position indicator connector for damage. Check connector for loose connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

A/T shift selector vehicle side harness connector Connector M137 Terminal + 7 9 Lighting switch 1ST Battery voltage Condition Voltage (Approx.)
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Check illumination circuit. Refer to INL-37, "Wiring Diagram - ILLUMINATION -".
11.CHECK SHIFT POSITION SWITCH

1. 2. Disconnect selector lever position indicator connector. Check continuity between A/T shift selector harness connector terminals and selector lever position indicator connector terminals.
A/T shift selector harness connector Connector Terminal 7 M137 9 M221 Selector lever position indicator connector Connector Terminal 10 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 11 11 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10 Continuity Existed Not existed Existed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to TM-277, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), TM-279, "AWD : Exploded View" (AWD).
Component Inspection (Selector Lever Position Indicator)
INFOID:0000000004263325
1.CHECK SELECTOR LEVER POSITION INDICATOR

Check that selector lever position indicator lamps turn on. CAUTION: Connect the fuse between the terminals when applying the voltage.
TM-240
2009 G37 Coupe

Selector lever position indicator connector Connector Terminal + (fuse) 2 3 7 4 M221 5 6 10 9 11 Apply 12 V direct current between terminals 2 and 7. Apply 12 V direct current between terminals 3 and 7. Apply 12 V direct current between terminals 4 and 7. Apply 12 V direct current between terminals 5 and 7. Apply 12 V direct current between terminals 6 and 9. Apply 12 V direct current between terminals 10 and 11. N position indicator lamp turns on. D position indicator lamp turns on. R position indicator lamp turns on. P position indicator lamp turns on. M mode indicator lamp turns on. Illumination lamp turns on. Condition Status
[7AT: RE7R01A]
A
TM
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace the selector lever position indicator. Refer to TM-277, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), TM-279, "AWD : Exploded View" (AWD).
TM-241
2009 G37 Coupe
TCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [7AT: RE7R01A]

TCM
Reference Value
VALUES ON DIAGNOSIS TOOL
NOTE: 1. The CONSULT-III electrically displays shift timing and lock-up timing (that is, operation timing of each solenoid). Check for time difference between actual shift timing and the CONSULT-III display. If the difference is noticeable, mechanical parts (except solenoids, sensors, etc.) may be malfunctioning. Check mechanical parts in accordance with the specified diagnostic procedures. 2. Shift schedule (that implies gear position) on CONSULT-III may slightly differ from that is described in Service Manual. This occurs because of the reasons as per the following: Actual shift schedule has more or less tolerance or allowance Shift schedule in Service Manual refers to the point where shifting starts Gear position on CONSULT-III indicates the point where shifting completes 3. Display of solenoid valves on CONSULT-III changes at the start of shifting, while gear position is displayed upon completion of shifting (which is computed by TCM).
INFOID:0000000004263326
Item name VHCL/S SE-A/T ESTM VSP SIG OUTPUT REV INPUT SPEED F SUN GR REV F CARR GR REV ENGINE SPEED TC SLIP SPEED ACCELE POSI During driving During driving
Condition
Value / Status (Approx.) Approximately equals the speedometer reading. Approximately equals the speedometer reading. Tachometer / Gear ratio Approximately equals the engine speed. Revolution of front sun gear is indicated. Revolution of front carrier is indicated. Closely equals the tachometer reading. Engine speed Input speed 0.0/8 8.0/8 0.0/8 8.0/8 Temperature of ATF in the oil pan is indicated. Temperature of ATF at the exit of torque converter. 3.3 2.7 0.9 V Battery voltage (11 V 14 V) 0.2 0.6 A 0.2 0.8 A 0.8 A 0A 0.6 0.8 A 0 0.05 A
During driving (lock-up ON) During driving (lock-up ON) During driving During driving Engine running During driving Accelerator pedal is released Accelerator pedal is fully depressed Accelerator pedal is released Accelerator pedal is fully depressed Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON 0C (32 F) 20C (68F) 80C (176F) Ignition switch ON During driving Slip lock-up is active
THROTTLE POSI ATF TEMP 1 ATF TEMP 2 ATF TEMP SE 1 BATTERY VOLT LINE PRES SOL
TCC SOLENOID
Lock-up is active Other than the above
L/B SOLENOID
Low brake is engaged Low brake is disengaged
TM-242
2009 G37 Coupe
TCM
Item name FR/B SOLENOID Front brake is engaged Front brake is disengaged High and low reverse clutch is disengaged High and low reverse clutch is engaged Input clutch is disengaged Input clutch is engaged Direct clutch is disengaged Direct clutch is engaged 2346 brake is engaged 2346 brake is disengaged During driving Slip lock-up is active TCC SOL MON Lock-up is active Other than the above L/B SOL MON Low brake is engaged Low brake is disengaged Front brake is engaged Front brake is disengaged High and low reverse clutch is disengaged High and low reverse clutch is engaged Input clutch is disengaged Input clutch is engaged Direct clutch is disengaged Direct clutch is engaged 2346 brake is engaged 2346 brake is disengaged Driving with 1GR Driving with 2GR Driving with 3GR GEAR RATIO Driving with 4GR Driving with 5GR Driving with 6GR Driving with 7GR ENGINE TORQUE ENG TORQUE D INPUT TRQ S INPUT TRQ L/P TRGT PRES L/P During driving During driving During driving During driving Selector lever in P and N positions Other than the above Slip lock-up is active TRGT PRES TCC Lock-up is active Other than the above Condition
[7AT: RE7R01A]
Value / Status (Approx.) 0.6 0.8 A 0 0.05 A 0.6 0.8 A 0 0.05 A 0.6 0.8 A 0 0.05 A 0.6 0.8 A 0 0.05 A 0.6 0.8 A 0 0.05 A 0.2 0.6 A 0.2 0.8 A 0.8 A 0A 0.6 0.8 A 0 0.05 A 0.6 0.8 A 0 0.05 A 0.6 0.8 A 0 0.05 A 0.6 0.8 A 0 0.05 A 0.6 0.8 A 0 0.05 A 0.6 0.8 A 0 0.05 A 4.924 3.194 2.043 1.412 1.000 0.862 0.772 Changes the value according to the acceleration or deceleration. Changes the value according to the acceleration or deceleration. Changes the value according to the acceleration or deceleration. Changes the value according to the acceleration or deceleration. 490 kPa 490 1370 kPa 0 600 kPa 600 kPa 0 kPa
HLR/C SOL
I/C SOLENOID
D/C SOLENOID
TM
2346/B SOL L/P SOL MON
FR/B SOL MON
HLR/C SOL MON
I/C SOL MON
D/C SOL MON
2346/B SOL MON
TM-243
2009 G37 Coupe
TCM
Item name TRGT PRES L/B Low brake is engaged Low brake is disengaged Front brake is engaged Front brake is disengaged High and low reverse clutch is disengaged High and low reverse clutch is engaged Input clutch is disengaged Input clutch is engaged Direct clutch is disengaged Direct clutch is engaged 2346 brake is engaged 2346 brake is disengaged During normal driving (without shift changes) During driving Selector lever in P and N positions Other than the above Selector lever in P, R and N positions Other than the above Selector lever in P and R positions Other than the above Selector lever in P position Other than the above Paddle shifter (shift-down) is pulled. Other than the above Paddle shifter (shift-up) is pulled. Other than the above Selector lever is shifted to side Other than the above Selector lever is shifted to + side Other than the above Selector lever is shifted to manual shift gate side Other than the above Selector lever is shifted to manual shift gate side Other than the above Driving with DS mode Other than the above Selector lever in 1 position Other than the above When overdrive control switch is depressed When overdrive control switch is released Brake pedal is depressed Brake pedal is released Power mode Other than the above Condition
[7AT: RE7R01A]
Value / Status (Approx.) 1370 kPa 0 kPa 1370 kPa 0 kPa 1370 kPa 0 kPa 1370 kPa 0 kPa 1370 kPa 0 kPa 1370 kPa 0 kPa FF Approximately equals the speedometer reading. OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF
TRGT PRES FR/B
TRG PRE HLR/C
TRGT PRES I/C
TRGT PRES D/C
TRG PRE 2346/B SHIFT PATTERN VEHICLE SPEED RANGE SW 4
RANGE SW 3
RANGE SW 2
RANGE SW 1
SFT DWN ST SW
SFT UP ST SW
DOWN SW LEVER
UP SW LEVER
NON M-MODE SW
MANU MODE SW
DS RANGE
1 POSITION SW* OD CONT SW*
BRAKESW
POWERSHIFT SW*
TM-244
2009 G37 Coupe
TCM
Item name ASCD-OD CUT Condition When TCM receives ASCD OD cancel request signal Other than the above ASCD operate Other than the above ABS operate Other than the above When TCM receives TCS gear keep request signal Other than the above When the reception value of A/T shift schedule change demand signal is cold Other than the above TCS SIGNAL 1 When the reception value of A/T shift schedule change demand signal is warm Other than the above LOW/B PARTS At 4 - 5 - 6 gear shift control Other than the above At 1 - 2 - 3 gear shift control Other than the above At 4 - 5 - 6 gear shift control Other than the above At 4 - 5 - 6 gear shift control Other than the above Accelerator pedal is fully depressed Accelerator pedal is released Accelerator pedal is released Accelerator pedal is fully depressed Accelerator pedal is depressed Accelerator pedal is released
[7AT: RE7R01A]
Value / Status (Approx.) ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF FAIL NOTFAIL FAIL NOTFAIL FAIL NOTFAIL FAIL NOTFAIL ON OFF ON OFF DRIVE COAST
ASCD-CRUISE
ABS SIGNAL
TCS GR/P KEEP
TM
TCS SIGNAL 2
HC/IC/FRB PARTS
IC/FRB PARTS
HLR/C PARTS
W/O THL POS
CLSD THL POS
DRV CST JUDGE
TM-245
2009 G37 Coupe
TCM
Item name Condition When the selector lever is positioned in between each position. Selector lever in P position Selector lever in R position Selector lever in N position Selector lever in D position Selector lever in D position: 7GR Selector lever in D position: 6GR Selector lever in D position: 5GR Selector lever in D position: 4GR SHIFT IND SIGNAL Selector lever in D position: 3GR Selector lever in D position: 2GR Selector lever in D position: 1GR Selector lever in M position: 1GR Selector lever in M position: 2GR Selector lever in M position: 3GR Selector lever in M position: 4GR Selector lever in M position: 5GR Selector lever in M position: 6GR Selector lever in M position: 7GR Driving with DS mode STARTER RELAY Selector lever in P and N positions Other than the above For 2 seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON Other than the above When TCM transmits the ATF indicator lamp signal Other than the above Driving with manual mode Other than the above Selector lever in P and N positions ON OFF SOL MON Driving with 1GR to 3GR Other than the above START RLY MON Selector lever in P and N positions Other than the above Selector lever in P and N positions ON OFF SOL Driving with 1GR to 3GR Other than the above
[7AT: RE7R01A]
Value / Status (Approx.) OFF P R N D 6 5 4 3 2 1 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 DS ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF
F-SAFE IND/L
ATF WARN LAMP*
MANU MODE IND
TM-246
2009 G37 Coupe
TCM
Item name Condition Selector lever in N and P positions Selector lever in R position Selector lever in D and DS positions Selector lever in M position: 7GR SLCT LVR POSI Selector lever in M position: 6GR Selector lever in M position: 5GR Selector lever in M position: 4GR Selector lever in M position: 3GR Selector lever in M position: 2GR Selector lever in M position: 1GR GEAR NEXT GR POSI SHIFT MODE During driving During driving Driving with the D position Driving with the manual mode At 1 - 2 gear shift control Other than the above At control fixed to 1GR Other than the above At control fixed to 1GR Other than the above At 2 - 3 - 4 gear shift control Other than the above
[7AT: RE7R01A]
Value / Status (Approx.) N/P R D 6 5 4 3 2 1 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th 0 or 3 4 or 8 FAIL NOTFAIL FAIL NOTFAIL FAIL NOTFAIL FAIL NOTFAIL
TM
D/C PARTS
FR/B PARTS
2346/B PARTS
2346B/DC PARTS
*: Not mounted but always display as OFF
TERMINAL LAYOUT
M
SCIA1658E
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal (Wire color) + 1 (Y) 2 (R) 3 (L) Ground Ground Description Signal name Power supply Power supply (Memory back-up) CAN-H Input/ Output Input Input Input/ Output Condition Value (Approx.)
Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF Always
Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage
TM-247
2009 G37 Coupe
TCM
Terminal (Wire color) + 4 (V) 5 (B) 6 (G) 7 (R) 8 (P) 9 (GR) 10 (B) Ground Ground Description Signal name K-line Ground Power supply Input/ Output Input/ Output Output Input Condition Value (Approx.)
[7AT: RE7R01A]
Always Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF Selector lever in R position. Ignition switch ON
0V Battery voltage 0V 0V Battery voltage Battery voltage 0V 0V
Ground
Back-up lamp relay
Input Input/ Output
Selector lever in other than above. Selector lever in N and P positions. Selector lever in other than above. Always
CAN-L
Ground
Starter relay
Output
Ignition switch ON
Ground
Ground
Output
TM-248
2009 G37 Coupe
TCM
INFOID:0000000004263327
Wiring Diagram - A/T CONTROL SYSTEM -
TM
P
JCDWM0458GB
TM-249
2009 G37 Coupe
TCM
JCDWM0459GB
TM-250
2009 G37 Coupe
TCM
A
TM
O
JCDWM0460GB
TM-251
2009 G37 Coupe
TCM
JCDWM0461GB
TM-252
2009 G37 Coupe
TCM
A
TM
O
JCDWM0462GB
TM-253
2009 G37 Coupe
TCM
JCDWM0463GB
Fail-Safe
INFOID:0000000004263328
TCM has the electrical fail-safe mode. The mode is divided into a maximum of 3 phases (1st fail-safe, 2nd failsafe and final fail-safe) and functions so that the operation can be continued even if the signal circuit of the main electronically controlled input/output parts is damaged. Even if the electronic circuit is normal, the fail-safe mode may start under special conditions (such as when the brake pedal is depressed suddenly from a hard wheel spin status to stop the rotation of wheels). In this case, turn the ignition switch OFF and back to ON after 5 seconds to resume the normal shift pattern.
TM-254
2009 G37 Coupe
TCM
[7AT: RE7R01A] < ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > Consequently, the customer's vehicle may already return to the normal condition. Refer to TM-100, "Diagnosis Flow".
1st fail-safe 2nd fail-safe The mode that the vehicle can stop safely, to prompt the driver to stop if the malfunction occurs and to shift to 2nd fail-safe early. It shifts to 2nd fail-safe or final fail-safe after the vehicle stopped. The mode that the vehicle shifts to final fail-safe without changing the behavior, by identifying the malfunctioning parts in the condition that the driving force required for the driving is secured. Selects the shifting pattern that the malfunctioning parts identified at 1st and 2nd fail-safe are not used, and then secure the driving force that is required for the driving. The mode that the shifting performance does not decrease by normal shift control.
Final fail-safe
FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION
DTC P0615 Vehicle condition Vehicle behavior for 1st fail-safe Starter is disabled Fixed in the D position (The shifting can be performed) 30 km/h (19MPH) or less Lock-up is prohibited The shifting between the gears of 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 can be performed Manual mode is prohibited Shift position indicator is switched OFF Starter relay is switched OFF (starter is disabled) Back-up lamp is OFF Large shift shock The shifting between the gears of 1 - 2 - 3 can be performed Manual mode is prohibited Fix the gear while driving Manual mode is prohibited The shifting between the gears of 1 - 2 - 3 can be performed Manual mode is prohibited Fix the gear while driving Manual mode is prohibited Only downshift can be performed Manual mode is prohibited Treat the vehicle speed that the vehicle speed signal receives as positive Fix the gear at driving Manual mode is prohibited Treat the vehicle speed that the vehicle speed signal receives as positive Vehicle behavior for 2nd fail-safe Vehicle behavior for final fail-safe
TM
E
Starter is disabled Fixed in the D position (The shifting can be performed) 30 km/h (19 MPH) or less Lock-up is prohibited The shifting between the gears of 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 can be performed Manual mode is prohibited Shift position indicator is switched OFF Starter relay is switched OFF (starter is disabled) Back-up lamp is OFF Large shift shock
P0705
P0710
Between the gears of 1-2-3 Between the gears of 4-5-6-7 Between the gears of 1-2-3 Between the gears of 4-5-6-7
The shifting between the gears of 1 - 2 - 3 can be performed Manual mode is prohibited
K
P0717
M
Between the gears of 1-2-3 P0720 Between the gears of 4-5-6-7
TM-255
2009 G37 Coupe
TCM
DTC Vehicle condition Neutral malfunction between the gears of 1 - 2 - 3 and 7 Between the gears of 3-4-5-67 Vehicle behavior for 1st fail-safe Vehicle behavior for 2nd fail-safe
[7AT: RE7R01A]
Vehicle behavior for final fail-safe Locks in 1GR The shifting between the gears of 1 - 2 can be performed The shifting between the gears of 1 - 2 - 3 can be performed The shifting between the gears of 4 - 5 - 6 can be performed Manual mode is prohibited Locks in 1GR The shifting between the gears of 1 - 2 can be performed The shifting between the gears of 2 - 3 - 4 can be performed The shifting between the gears of 3 - 4 can be performed The shifting between the gears of 4 - 5 - 6 can be performed Manual mode is prohibited Locks in 1GR The shifting between the gears of 1 - 2 can be performed The shifting between the gears of 1 - 2 - 3 can be performed Manual mode is prohibited Lock-up is prohibited Slip lock-up is prohibited Lock-up is prohibited Slip lock-up is prohibited Locks in 1GR The shifting between the gears of 1 - 2 - 3 can be performed The shifting between the gears of 3 - 4 - 5 can be performed The shifting between the gears of 4 - 5 - 6 can be performed The shifting between the gears of 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 can be performed Manual mode is prohibited The shifting between the gears of 1 - 2 - 3 can be performed Manual mode is prohibited Downshift when accelerator pedal is depressed is prohibited Upshift when accelerator pedal is released is prohibited Manual mode is prohibited Locks in 1GR The shifting between the gears of 2 - 3 - 4 can be performed The shifting between the gears of 3 - 4 can be performed The shifting between the gears of 4 - 5 - 6 can be performed Manual mode is prohibited
Locks in 4GR Manual mode is prohibited Neutral
P0729 P0731 P0732 P0733 P0734 P0735 P1734
Fix the gear while driving Manual mode is prohibited Driving with the gear ratio between 2GR and 3GR Locks in 3GR Manual mode is prohibited Neutral The shifting between the gears of 1 - 2 - 3 can be performed Manual mode is prohibited
Other than the above
P0730
Manual mode is prohibited Neutral
P0740 P0744
Lock-up is prohibited Slip lock-up is prohibited Lock-up is prohibited Slip lock-up is prohibited
P0750 P0775 P0795 P2713 P2722 P2731 P2807
Locks in 2GR, 3GR, 4GR, 5GR, 6GR or 7GR Manual mode is prohibited
P0780
Manual mode is prohibited Downshift when accelerator pedal is depressed is prohibited Upshift when accelerator pedal is released is prohibited Manual mode is prohibited
Downshift when accelerator pedal is depressed is prohibited Upshift when accelerator pedal is released is prohibited Manual mode is prohibited
P1705
P1730
Neutral Driving with the gear ratio between 2GR and 3GR Locks in 5GR, 6GR or 7GR Manual mode is prohibited
TM-256
2009 G37 Coupe
TCM
DTC Vehicle condition Gate switch malfunction Paddle switch malfunction Malfunction of both switches Between the gears of 1-2-3 Between the gears of 4-5-6-7 Vehicle behavior for 1st fail-safe Only the gate switch is prohibited Only the paddle switch is prohibited Vehicle behavior for 2nd fail-safe
[7AT: RE7R01A]
Vehicle behavior for final fail-safe Only the gate switch is prohibited
B
Only the paddle switch is prohibited
P1815
C
Manual mode is prohibited The shifting between the gears of 1 - 2 - 3 can be performed Manual mode is prohibited Fix the gear at driving Manual mode is prohibited Manual mode is prohibited
U0300 U1000
The shifting between the gears of 1 - 2 - 3 can be performed Line pressure is set to the maximum hydraulic pressure Manual mode is prohibited
TM
P0720 and P1721
Locks in 5GR
Locks in 5GR
Protection Control
INFOID:0000000004263329
The TCM becomes the protection control status temporarily to protect the safety when the safety of TCM and transmission is lost. It automatically returns to the normal status if the safety is secured. The TCM has the following protection control.
REVERSE INHIBIT CONTROL

Intercepts the torque transmission and shift to the neutral status if the selector lever is shifted to R position while the vehicle moves forward at the vehicle speed 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more.
Malfunction detection condition Control at malfunction Normal return condition Vehicle speed: 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more Neutral Vehicle speed: 8 km/h (5 MPH) or less and Engine speed: 2,200 rpm or less The torque transmission cannot be performed There is a shock just before a vehicle stop
Vehicle behavior
1ST ENGINE BRAKE PROTECTION CONTROL

Controls the engine brake so as not to make effective by turning the front brake solenoid output to OFF when each solenoid becomes the electricity pattern of 1st engine brake during driving at the vehicle speed 25 km/h or more in any positions other than R position and 1GR.
Select lever and gear: Any position other than R position and 1GR and Vehicle speed: More than 25 km/h (16 MPH) Front brake solenoid output signal; OFF Other than detection condition of malfunction Does not exist
Malfunction detection condition Control at malfunction Normal return condition Vehicle behavior
TCM HIGH TEMPERATURE PROTECTION CONTROL

Limit the accelerator opening and forcibly control the vehicle to the low torque driving when the electronic substrate in TCM reaches the high temperature.
TM-257
2009 G37 Coupe
TCM
TCM electronic substrate temperature 145C (293F) and 120 seconds or 150C (302F) Accelerator opening: 0.5/8 or less TCM electronic substrate temperature: Less than 140C (284F) and Vehicle speed: 5 km/h (3 MPH) or less Accelerator opening: output torque of approximately 0.5/8
INFOID:0000000004263330
[7AT: RE7R01A]
Malfunction detection condition
Control at malfunction Normal return condition Vehicle behavior
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the priority as per the following list.
Priority 1 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT P0615 STARTER RELAY P0705 T/M RANGE SWITCH A P0710 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A P0717 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER P0745 PC SOLENOID A P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID A P0775 PC SOLENOID B P0795 PC SOLENOID C P2713 PC SOLENOID D P2722 PC SOLENOID E P2731 PC SOLENOID F P2807 PC SOLENOID G P0729 6GR INCORRECT RATIO P0730 INCORRECT GR RATIO P0731 1GR INCORRECT RATIO P0732 2GR INCORRECT RATIO P0733 3GR INCORRECT RATIO P0734 4GR INCORRECT RATIO P0735 5GR INCORRECT RATIO P0744 TORQUE CONVERTER P0780 SHIFT P1730 INTERLOCK P1734 7GR INCORRECT RATIO U0300 CAN COMM DATA P0725 ENGINE SPEED P1705 TP SENSOR P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL P1815 M-MODE SWITCH
INFOID:0000000004263331
Detected items (DTC)
DTC Index
NOTE: If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the priority as per the following list. Refer to TM-258, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart".
Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) STARTER RELAY T/M RANGE SWITCH A DTC*2 MIL*1, ENGINE with CONSULT-III or GST P0705 CONSULT-III only TRANSMISSION P0615 P0705 Reference
TM-174, "DTC Logic" TM-176, "DTC Logic"
TM-258
2009 G37 Coupe
TCM
Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) FLUID TEMP SENSOR A INPUT SPEED SENSOR A OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ENGINE SPEED 6GR INCORRECT RATIO INCORRECT GR RATIO 1GR INCORRECT RATIO 2 GR INCORRECT RATIO 3GR INCORRECT RATIO 4GR INCORRECT RATIO 5GR INCORRECT RATIO TORQUE CONVERTER TORQUE CONVERTER PC SOLENOID A SHIFT SOLENOID A PC SOLENOID B DTC*2 MIL*1, ENGINE with CONSULT-III or GST P0710 P0717 P0720 P0729 P0730 P0731 P0732 P0733 P0734 P0735 P0740 P0744 P0745 P0750 P0775 CONSULT-III only TRANSMISSION P0710 P0717 P0720 P0725 P0729 P0730 P0731 P0732 P0733 P0734 P0735 P0740 P0744 P0745 P0750 P0775 Reference
[7AT: RE7R01A]
A
TM-177, "DTC Logic" TM-179, "DTC Logic" TM-181, "DTC Logic" TM-183, "DTC Logic" TM-185, "DTC Logic" TM-187, "DTC Logic" TM-189, "DTC Logic" TM-191, "DTC Logic" TM-193, "DTC Logic" TM-195, "DTC Logic" TM-197, "DTC Logic" TM-199, "DTC Logic" TM-201, "DTC Logic" TM-202, "DTC Logic" TM-203, "DTC Logic" TM-205, "DTC Logic" TM-206, "TYPE 1 : DTC Logic"
TM
SHIFT
P0780
P0780
(TYPE 1) *3 TM-207, "TYPE 2 : DTC Logic" (TYPE 2) *3
PC SOLENOID C TP SENSOR VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL INTERLOCK 7 GR INCORRECT RATIO M-MODE SWITCH PC SOLENOID D PC SOLENOID E PC SOLENOID F PC SOLENOID G CAN COMM DATA CAN COMM CIRCUIT *1: Refer to TM-165, "Diagnosis Description". *2: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.
P0795 P1730 P1734 P2713 P2722 P2731 P2807 U1000
P0795 P1705 P1721 P1730 P1734 P1815 P2713 P2722 P2731 P2807 U0300 U1000
TM-209, "DTC Logic" TM-210, "DTC Logic" TM-212, "DTC Logic" TM-214, "DTC Logic" TM-216, "DTC Logic" TM-218, "DTC Logic" TM-224, "DTC Logic" TM-225, "DTC Logic" TM-226, "DTC Logic" TM-227, "DTC Logic" TM-172, "DTC Logic" TM-173, "DTC Logic"
*3: Since DTC Logic depend on TCM part number, check TCM part number before starting diagnosis. Refer to TM-206, "Application Notice".
TM-259
2009 G37 Coupe
SYSTEM SYMPTOM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [7AT: RE7R01A]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
SYSTEM SYMPTOM
Symptom Table
The diagnostics item numbers show the sequence for inspection. Inspect in order from item 1. CAUTION: If any malfunction occurs in the RE7R01A transmission, replace the A/T assembly.
Diagnostic item High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve
INFOID:0000000004263332
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Torque converter solenoid valve
Line pressure solenoid valve
A/T fluid temperature sensor
Anti-interlock solenoid valve TM-203 2
Direct clutch solenoid valve
Transmission range switch
Front brake solenoid valve
Input clutch solenoid valve
2346 brake solenoid valve
Low brake solenoid valve
Output speed sensor
Vehicle speed signal
TM-275 (2WD) TM-275 (AWD) TM-181
Control linkage
Symptom
TM-212
TM-210
TM-183
TM-179
TM-177
TM-176
TM-202
TM-199
TM-225
TM-209
TM-224
TM-205
TM-227
TM-226
Shift point is high in D position. Shift point is low in D position. D position R position 1GR 2GR 2GR 3GR 3GR 4GR Driving performance Poor performance Large shock When shifting gears 4GR 5GR 5GR 6GR 6GR 7GR Downshift when accelerator pedal is depressed Upshift when accelerator pedal is released Lock-up Judder Lock-up In R position Strange noise In N position In D position Engine at idle 3 3
1 1
2 2 6 6 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 2
5 5 3 3 3 3 3 3 2
4 4
2 2
1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 3 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 3
1 1 2
4 3 1 1 1 1 1
2 3 1
2 3 4 2 3
2 2 2 2
TM-260
2009 G37 Coupe
TM-173 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 4
CAN communication
Engine speed signal
Input speed sensor
Function trouble Gear does no change

D position M position Symptom 1GR 2GR 2GR 1GR 3GR 2GR 4GR 3GR 5GR 4GR 6GR 7GR 5GR 6GR 4GR 5GR 2GR 3GR 3GR 4GR 6GR 7GR 5GR 6GR 4GR 5GR 3GR 4GR 2GR 3GR 1GR 2GR Locks in 5GR Locks in 1GR 1 TM-181 TM-183 TM-179 TM-177 1 TM-228 TM-176 TM-218 TM-237 TM-202 TM-199 TM-225 1 1 1 TM-209 1 1 1 1 TM-224 1 1 1 1 TM-205 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TM-227 2 1 TM-226 2 2 1 1 1 1 TM-203 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 TM-173 2 2 1 1 1 Does not lock-up 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 Output speed sensor Engine speed signal Input speed sensor A/T fluid temperature sensor Battery voltage Transmission range switch Manual mode switch Stop lamp switch Line pressure solenoid valve Torque converter solenoid valve Low brake solenoid valve Front brake solenoid valve High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve Input clutch solenoid valve Direct clutch solenoid valve 2346 brake solenoid valve Anti-interlock solenoid valve CAN communication 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 Diagnostic item 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
SYSTEM SYMPTOM
TM-261
I J L K N H G M
[7AT: RE7R01A]
2009 G37 Coupe
TM
Function trouble Poor shifting Slip Engine brake does not work

Symptom When shifting gears M position D position M position 2GR 1GR 3GR 2GR 6GR 7GR 5GR 6GR 4GR 3GR 4GR 5GR 3GR 4GR 5GR 4GR 2GR 3GR 1GR 2GR 6GR 5GR 7GR 6GR TM-275 (2WD) TM-275 (AWD) 4 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 3 4 4 3 4 TM-181 3 3 TM-183 3 3 TM-179 3 4 4 4 TM-177 4 TM-176 TM-218 1 1 1 1 1 1 TM-202 2 TM-199 2 1 TM-225 1 2 TM-209 1 TM-224 2 2 1 TM-205 1 2 1 2 TM-227 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 TM-226 2 1 TM-203 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 TM-173 Control linkage Output speed sensor Engine speed signal Input speed sensor A/T fluid temperature sensor Transmission range switch Manual mode switch Line pressure solenoid valve Torque converter clutch solenoid valve Low brake solenoid valve Front brake solenoid valve High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve Input clutch solenoid valve Direct clutch solenoid valve 2346 brake solenoid valve Anti-interlock solenoid valve CAN communication 4 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 4 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 5 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 Diagnostic item 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
SYSTEM SYMPTOM
TM-262
[7AT: RE7R01A]
2009 G37 Coupe
SYSTEM SYMPTOM
[7AT: RE7R01A]
A
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
B
Anti-interlock solenoid valve Direct clutch solenoid valve Input clutch solenoid valve 2346 brake solenoid valve
A/T fluid temperature sensor
Output speed sensor
C
CAN communication TM-173 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Control linkage
Symptom
Manual mode switch
Engine speed signal
Input speed sensor
TM
TM-275 (2WD) TM-275 (AWD)
TM-183
TM-179
TM-177
TM-176
TM-218
TM-202
TM-199
TM-225
TM-209
TM-224
TM-205
TM-227
TM-226
TM-181
TM-203
With selector lever in D position, acceleration is extremely poor. With selector lever in R position, acceleration is extremely poor. Poor power transmission Function trouble While starting off by accelerating in 1GR, engine races. While accelerating in 2GR, engine races. While accelerating in 3GR, engine races. While accelerating in 4GR, engine races. While accelerating in 5GR, engine races. While accelerating in 6GR, engine races. Poor power transmission While accelerating in 7GR, engine races. Slip Lock-up No creep at all. Extremely large creep.
G
5 3 3 3 4 1 1 1
H
5 3 3 3 4 1 1 1
Slip
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1
1 1 1 1
TM-263
2009 G37 Coupe
SYSTEM SYMPTOM
[7AT: RE7R01A]
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Control linkage
Battery voltage
Symptom
Anti-interlock solenoid valve TM-203 1 1 1
Direct clutch solenoid valve
Input clutch solenoid valve
2346 brake solenoid valve TM-226 1 1
Output speed sensor
Engine speed signal
Stop lamp switch
TM-275 (2WD) TM-275 (AWD)
TM-210
TM-183
TM-228
TM-176
TM-237
TM-202
TM-199
TM-225
TM-209
TM-224
TM-205
TM-227
Vehicle cannot run in all position. Driving is not possible in D position. Driving is not possible in R position. Power transmission cannot be performed Engine stall Engine stalls when selector lever shifted N D or R. Engine does not start in N or P position. Function trouble Engine starts in position other than N or P. Vehicle does not enter parking condition. Parking condition is not cancelled. Vehicle runs with A/T in P position. Poor operation Vehicle moves forward with the R position. Vehicle runs with A/T in P position. Vehicle moves backward with the D position.
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 4 4 1 5
TM-181
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1 1
1 1 1 1
TM-264
2009 G37 Coupe
TM-174
Starter relay
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [7AT: RE7R01A]
A
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
INFOID:0000000004519562
The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along C with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front TM air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this Service Manual. WARNING: E To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. F Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS AIR BAG. Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this G Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. H PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
General Precautions
Turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal before connecting or disconnecting the A/T assembly connector. Because battery voltage is applied to TCM even if ignition switch is turned OFF.
INFOID:0000000004263334
N
SEF289H
Perform DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE after performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS. If the repair is completed DTC should not be displayed in the DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. Always use the specified brand of ATF. Refer to MA-10, "Fluids and Lubricants". Use lint-free paper not cloth rags during work. Dispose of the waste oil using the methods prescribed by law, ordinance, etc. after replacing the ATF. Before proceeding with disassembly, thoroughly clean the outside of the transmission. It is important to prevent the internal parts from becoming contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter.
SEF217U
TM-265
2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
[7AT: RE7R01A] < PRECAUTION > Disassembly should be done in a clean work area. Use lint-free paper or towels for wiping parts clean. Common shop rags can leave fibers that could interfere with the operation of the transmission. Place disassembled parts in order for easier and proper assembly. All parts should be carefully cleaned with a general purpose, non-flammable solvent before inspection or reassembly. Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced any time the A/T is disassembled. It is very important to perform functional tests whenever they are indicated. The valve body contains precision parts and requires extreme care when parts are removed and serviced. Place disassembled valve body parts in order for easier and proper assembly. Care will also prevent springs and small parts from becoming scattered or lost. Properly installed valves, sleeves, plugs, etc. will slide along bores in valve body under their own weight. Before assembly, apply a coat of recommended ATF to all parts. Apply petroleum jelly to protect O-rings and seals, or hold bearings and washers in place during assembly. Never use grease. Extreme care should be taken to avoid damage to O-rings, seals and gaskets when assembling. Clean or replace ATF cooler if excessive foreign material is found in oil pan or clogging strainer. Refer to TM266, "Service Notice or Precaution". When the A/T drain plug is removed, only some of the ATF is drained. Old ATF will remain in torque converter and ATF cooling system. Always follow the procedures under Changing when changing ATF. Refer to TM-268, "Changing". Occasionally, the parking gear may be locked with the torque insufficiently released, when stopping the vehicle by shifting the selector lever from D or R to P position with the brake pedal depressed. In this case, the shock with a thud caused by the abrupt release of torque may occur when shifting the selector lever from P position to other positions. However, this symptom is not a malfunction which results in the damage of parts.
Service Notice or Precaution

ATF COOLER SERVICE
INFOID:0000000004263766
If ATF contains frictional material (clutches, bands, etc.), or if an A/T is repaired, overhauled, or replaced, inspect and clean the A/T fluid cooler mounted in the radiator or replace the radiator. Flush cooler lines using cleaning solvent and compressed air after repair. For A/T fluid cooler cleaning procedure, refer to TM-271, "Cleaning". For radiator replacement, refer to CO-13, "Exploded View".
TM-266
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [7AT: RE7R01A]
A
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tool
Tool number Tool name 1. 2. 315268E000* O-ring 310811EA5A* Charging pipe Description A/T fluid changing and adjustment
INFOID:0000000004263335
TM
E
JSDIA1332ZZ
Power tool
Loosening bolts and nuts
PBIC0190E
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
TM-267
2009 G37 Coupe
A/T FLUID
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [7AT: RE7R01A]
A/T FLUID
Changing
ATF Fluid capacity : Refer to TM-300, "General Specification". : Refer to TM-300, "General Specification".
INFOID:0000000004263336
CAUTION: Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF. Never mix with other ATF. Using ATF other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and A/T durability, and may damage the A/T, which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty. When filling ATF, be careful not to scatter heat generating parts such as exhaust. 1. Step 1 a. Install the O-ring (315268E000) (A) to the charging pipe (310811EA5A) (B).
JSDIA1334ZZ
2. a. b. c. d.
e. f.
g.
h. i.
j. k. l. 3. a. 4.
Step 2 Use CONSULT-III to check that the ATF temperature is 40C (104F) or less. Lift up the vehicle. Remove the drain plug from the oil pan, and then drain the ATF. When the ATF starts to drip, temporarily tighten the drain plug to the oil pan. NOTE: Never replace drain plug and drain plug gasket with new ones yet. Remove overflow plug from oil pan. Install the charging pipe (A) to the overflow plug hole. CAUTION: Tighten the charging pipe by hand. Install the bucket pump hose (B) to the charging pipe. CAUTION: Insert the bucket pump hose all the way to the end of the charging pipe. Fill approximately 3 liters (3-1/8 US qt, 2-5/8 lmp qt) of the ATF. Remove the bucket pump hose to remove the charging pipe, and then temporarily tighten the overflow plug to the oil pan. CAUTION: Quickly perform the procedure to avoid ATF leakage from the oil pan. Lift down the vehicle. Start the engine and wait for approximately 3 minutes. Stop the engine. Step 3 Repeat Step 2. Final Step
JSDIA1335ZZ
TM-268
2009 G37 Coupe
A/T FLUID
[7AT: RE7R01A] < PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > a. Use CONSULT-III to check that the ATF temperature is 40C (104F) or less. A b. Lift up the vehicle. c. Remove the drain plug from the oil pan, and then drain the ATF. d. When the ATF starts to drop, tighten the drain plug to the oil pan to the specified torque. Refer to TM-283, B "Exploded View". CAUTION: Never reuse drain plug and drain plug gasket. C e. Remove overflow plug from oil pan. f. Install the charging pipe (A) to the overflow plug hole. CAUTION: Tighten the charging pipe by hand. TM g. Install the bucket pump hose (B) to the charging pipe. CAUTION: Insert the bucket pump hose all the way to the end of the E charging pipe. h. Fill approximately 3 liters (3-1/8 US qt, 2-5/8 lmp qt) of the ATF. i. Remove the bucket pump hose to remove the charging pipe, F and then temporarily tighten the overflow plug to the oil pan. JSDIA1335ZZ CAUTION: Quickly perform the procedure to avoid ATF leakage from G the oil pan. j. Lift down the vehicle. k. Start the engine. H l. Make the ATF temperature approximately 40C (104F). NOTE: The ATF level is greatly affected by the temperature. Always check the ATF temperature on ATF TEMP I 1 of Data Monitor using CONSULT-III. m. Park vehicle on level surface and set parking brake. n. Shift the selector lever through each gear position. Leave selector lever in P position. J o. Lift up the vehicle when the ATF temperature reaches 40C (104F), and then remove the overflow plug from the oil pan. p. When the ATF starts to drop, tighten the overflow plug to the oil pan to the specified torque. Refer to TMK 283, "Exploded View". CAUTION: Never reuse overflow plug.
Adjustment
ATF Fluid capacity : Refer to TM-300, "General Specification". : Refer to TM-300, "General Specification".
L
INFOID:0000000004267796
CAUTION: Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF. Never mix with other ATF. Using ATF other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and A/T durability, and may damage the A/T, which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty. When filling ATF, be careful not to scatter heat generating parts such as exhaust. Always maintain the ATF temperature within between 35C (95F) and 45C (113F) while checking with CONSULT-III when the ATF level adjustment is performed.
TM-269
2009 G37 Coupe
A/T FLUID
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > 1. Install the O-ring (315268E000) (A) to the charging pipe (310811EA5A) (B). 2. Start the engine. 3. Make the ATF temperature approximately 40C (104F). NOTE: The ATF level is greatly affected by the temperature. Always check the ATF temperature on ATF TEMP 1 of Data Monitor using CONSULT-III. 4. Park vehicle on level surface and set parking brake. 5. Shift the selector lever through each gear position. Leave selector lever in P position. 6. Lift up the vehicle. 7. Check the ATF leakage from transmission. 8. Remove overflow plug from oil pan. 9. Install the charging pipe (A) to the overflow plug hole. CAUTION: Tighten the charging pipe by hand. 10. Install the bucket pump hose (B) to the charging pipe. CAUTION: Insert the bucket pump hose all the way to the end of the charging pipe. 11. Fill approximately 0.5 liters (1/2 US qt, 1/2 lmp qt) of the ATF. 12. Check that the ATF leaks when removing the charging pipe and the bucket pump hose. If the ATF does not leak, refill the ATF. 13. When the ATF starts to drop, tighten the overflow plug to the oil pan to the specified torque. Refer to TM-283, "Exploded View". CAUTION: Never reuse overflow plug. [7AT: RE7R01A]
JSDIA1334ZZ
JSDIA1335ZZ
TM-270
2009 G37 Coupe
A/T FLUID COOLER

A
INFOID:0000000004263770
A/T FLUID COOLER

Cleaning
Whenever an A/T is replaced, the A/T fluid cooler mounted in the radiator must be inspected and cleaned. Metal debris and friction material, if present, can become trapped in the A/T fluid cooler. This debris can contaminate the newly serviced A/T or, in severe cases, can block or restrict the flow of ATF. In either case, malfunction of the newly serviced A/T may result. Debris, if present, may build up as ATF enters the cooler inlet. It will be necessary to back flush the cooler through the cooler outlet in order to flush out any built up debris.
CLEANING PROCEDURE
1. 2. 3. Position an oil pan under the A/T inlet and outlet cooler hoses. Identify the inlet and outlet fluid cooler hoses. Disconnect the A/T fluid cooler inlet and outlet rubber hoses from the steel cooler tubes or by-pass valve. NOTE: Replace the cooler hoses if rubber material from the hose remains on the tube fitting. Allow any ATF that remains in the cooler hoses to drain into the oil pan.
TM
4.
JPDIA0711GB
5.
6.
7. 8. 9.
Insert the extension adapter hose of a can of Transmission Cooler Cleaner (Nissan P/N 999MP-AM006) into the cooler outlet hose. CAUTION: Wear safety glasses and rubber gloves when spraying the Transmission Cooler Cleaner. Spray Transmission Cooler Cleaner only with adequate ventilation. Avoid contact with eyes and skin. Never breathe vapors or spray mist. Hold the hose and can as high as possible and spray Transmission Cooler Cleaner in a continuous stream into the cooler outlet hose until ATF flows out of the cooler inlet hose for 5 seconds. Insert the tip of an air gun into the end of the cooler outlet hose. Wrap a shop rag around the air gun tip and of the cooler outlet hose. Blow compressed air regulated to 5 to 9 kg/cm2 (71 to 128 psi) through the cooler outlet hose for 10 seconds to force out any remaining ATF. Repeat steps 5 through 9 three additional times. Position an oil pan under the banjo bolts that connect the A/T fluid cooler steel lines to the A/T. Remove the banjo bolts. Flush each steel line from the cooler side back toward the A/T by spraying Transmission Cooler Cleaner in a continuous stream for 5 seconds.
K
JPDIA0712GB
10. 11. 12. 13.
O
JPDIA0713GB
14. Blow compressed air regulated to 5 to 9 kg/cm2 (71 to 128 psi) through each steel line from the cooler side back toward the A/T for 10 seconds to force out any remaining ATF. 15. Ensure all debris is removed from the steel cooler lines. 16. Ensure all debris is removed from the banjo bolts and fittings. 17. Perform DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE.
TM-271
2009 G37 Coupe
A/T FLUID COOLER

[7AT: RE7R01A] < PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE NOTE: Insufficient cleaning of the cooler inlet hose exterior may lead to inaccurate debris identification. 1. Position an oil pan under the A/T inlet and outlet cooler hoses. 2. Clean the exterior and tip of the cooler inlet hose. 3. Insert the extension adapter hose of a can of Transmission Cooler Cleaner (Nissan P/N 999MP-AM006) into the cooler outlet hose. CAUTION: Wear safety glasses and rubber gloves when spraying the Transmission Cooler Cleaner. Spray Transmission Cooler Cleaner only with adequate ventilation. Avoid contact with eyes and skin. Never breathe vapors or spray mist. 4. Hold the hose and can as high as possible and spray TransmisJPDIA0712GB sion Cooler Cleaner in a continuous stream into the cooler outlet hose until ATF flows out of the cooler inlet hose for 5 seconds. 5. Tie a common white, basket-type coffee filter to the end of the cooler inlet hose.
JPDIA0714GB
6. 7. 8.
Insert the tip of an air gun into the end of the cooler outlet hose. Wrap a shop rag around the air gun tip and end of cooler outlet hose.
Blow compressed air regulated to 5 to 9 kg/cm2 (71 to 128 psi) through the cooler outlet hose to force any remaining ATF into the coffee filter. 9. Remove the coffee filter from the end of the cooler inlet hose. 10. Perform INSPECTION PROCEDURE.
JPDIA0715GB
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. a. Inspect the coffee filter for debris. If small metal debris less than 1 mm (0.040 in) in size or metal powder is found in the coffee filter, this is normal. If normal debris is found, the A/T fluid cooler/radiator can be re-used and the procedure is ended.
SCIA2967E
TM-272
2009 G37 Coupe
A/T FLUID COOLER

< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > b. If one or more pieces of debris are found that are over 1 mm (0.040 in) in size and/or peeled clutch facing material is found in the coffee filter, the A/T fluid cooler is not serviceable. The A/T fluid cooler/radiator must be replaced and the inspection procedure is ended. Refer to CO-13, "Exploded View". [7AT: RE7R01A]
A
C
SCIA7031E
Inspection
After performing all procedures, ensure that all remaining oil is cleaned from all components.
TM
INFOID:0000000004263771
TM-273
2009 G37 Coupe
STALL TEST
STALL TEST
Inspection and Judgment
INSPECTION
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Inspect the amount of engine oil. Replenish the engine oil if necessary. Drive for about 10 minutes to warm up the vehicle so that the A/T fluid temperature is 50 to 80C (122 to 176F). Inspect the amount of ATF. Replenish if necessary. Securely engage the parking brake so that the tires do not turn. Start the engine, apply foot brake, and place selector lever in D position. Gradually press down the accelerator pedal while holding down the foot brake. Quickly read off the stall speed, and then quickly remove your foot from the accelerator pedal. CAUTION: Never hold down the accelerator pedal for more than 5 seconds during this test. Stall speed 7. 8. : Refer to TM-301, "Stall Speed".
INFOID:0000000004263337
9.
Shift the selector lever to N position. Cool down the ATF. CAUTION: Run the engine at idle for at least 1 minute. Repeat steps 5 through 8 with selector lever in R position.
JUDGMENT OF STALL TEST

Selector lever position D and M H R O Low brake 1st one-way clutch 2nd one-way clutch Reverse brake 1st one-way clutch 2nd one-way clutch Engine and torque converter one-way clutch Line pressure low Possible location of malfunction
Stall speed
O L H
H L H
O: Stall speed within standard value position H: Stall speed higher than standard value L: Stall speed lower than standard value
Stall test standard value position
Does not shift-up D or M position 1 2 Does not shift-up D or M position 2 3 Does not shift-up D or M position 3 4 Does not shift-up D or M position 4 5 Does not shift-up D or M position 5 6 Does not shift-up D or M position 6 7
Slipping in 2GR, 3GR 4GR or 6GR Slipping in 3GR, 4GR or 5GR Slipping in 4GR, 5GR, 6GR or 7GR Slipping in 5GR, 6GR or 7GR Slipping in 2GR, 3GR, 4GR or 6GR Slipping in 7GR
2346 brake slippage Direct clutch slippage High and low reverse clutch slippage Input clutch slippage 2346 brake slippage Front brake slippage
TM-274
2009 G37 Coupe
A/T POSITION
A
INFOID:0000000004263338
A/T POSITION
2WD
2WD : Inspection and Adjustment
INSPECTION
1. 2.
ADJUSTMENT
1. 2. 3.
Place selector lever in P position, and turn ignition switch ON (engine stop). C Check that selector lever can be shifted to other than P position when brake pedal is depressed. Also check that selector lever can be shifted from P position only when brake pedal is depressed. 3. Shift the selector lever and check for excessive effort, sticking, noise or rattle. TM 4. Confirm that the selector lever stops at each position by feeling the engagement when it is moved through all the positions. Check whether or not the actual position the selector lever matches the position shown by the shift position indicator and the A/T body. E 5. The method of operating the lever to individual positions correctly is shown in the figure. 6. When selector button is pressed in P, R, or N position withF out applying forward/backward force to selector lever, check button operation for sticking. 7. Confirm that the back-up lamps illuminate only when lever is G placed in the R position. Confirm that the back-up lamps do not illuminate when selector lever is pushed against R position in the P or N position. H 8. Confirm that the engine can only be started with the selector JSDIA0790GB lever in the P and N positions. (With selector lever in the P position, engine can be started even when selector lever is moved forward and backward.) I 9. Make sure that A/T is locked completely in P position. 10. DS mode must be indicated on the combination meter when the selector lever is shifted to the manual shift gate. When the selector lever is shifted to the + or side in the DS mode, manual mode should be J indicated on the combination meter. In addition, a set shift position must be changed when the selector lever is shifted to the + or side in the manual mode. (Only while driving.) K
Loosen nut ( ). Place manual lever and selector lever in P position. While pressing lower lever (A) toward rear of vehicle (in P position direction), tighten nut to specified torque. Refer to TM-277, "2WD : Exploded View". CAUTION: Be careful not to touch the control rod while pressing lower lever of A/T shift selector assembly. NOTE: Press lower lever of A/T shift selector assembly with a force of approximately 1 kg (9.8 N).
N
JSDIA0906ZZ
AWD
AWD : Inspection and Adjustment
INSPECTION
1. 2. 3. Place selector lever in P position, and turn ignition switch ON (engine stop). Check that selector lever can be shifted to other than P position when brake pedal is depressed. Also check that selector lever can be shifted from P position only when brake pedal is depressed. Shift the selector lever and check for excessive effort, sticking, noise or rattle.
INFOID:0000000004263339
TM-275
2009 G37 Coupe
A/T POSITION
[7AT: RE7R01A] < PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > 4. Confirm that the selector lever stops at each position by feeling the engagement when it is moved through all the positions. Check whether or not the actual position the selector lever matches the position shown by the shift position indicator and the A/T body. 5. The method of operating the lever to individual positions correctly is shown in the figure. 6. When selector button is pressed in P, R, or N position without applying forward/backward force to selector lever, check button operation for sticking. 7. Confirm that the back-up lamps illuminate only when lever is placed in the R position. Confirm that the back-up lamps do not illuminate when selector lever is pushed against R position in the P or N position. 8. Confirm that the engine can only be started with the selector JSDIA0790GB lever in the P and N positions. (With selector lever in the P position, engine can be started even when selector lever is moved forward and backward.) 9. Make sure that A/T is locked completely in P position. 10. DS mode must be indicated on the combination meter when the selector lever is shifted to the manual shift gate. When the selector lever is shifted to the + or side in the DS mode, manual mode should be indicated on the combination meter. In addition, a set shift position must be changed when the selector lever is shifted to the + or side in the manual mode. (Only while driving.)
ADJUSTMENT
1. 2. 3. Loosen nut ( ). Place manual lever and selector lever in P position. While pressing lower lever (A) toward rear of vehicle (in P position direction), tighten nut to specified torque. Refer to TM-279, "AWD : Exploded View". CAUTION: Be careful not to touch the control rod while pressing lower lever of A/T shift selector assembly. NOTE: Press lower lever of A/T shift selector assembly with a force of approximately 1 kg (9.8 N).
JSDIA0907ZZ
TM-276
2009 G37 Coupe
A/T SHIFT SELECTOR

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [7AT: RE7R01A]
A

A/T SHIFT SELECTOR
2WD
2WD : Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004263340
TM
M
JPDIA0001GB
1. 4. 7. 10. 13.
Selector lever knob Selector lever position indicator Dust cover Collar Insulator
2. 5. 8. 11. 14.
Lock pin Insert finisher Snap pin Control rod Shift lock unit
3. 6. 9. 12. 15.
Console finisher Dust cover plate Washer Pivot pin A/T shift selector assembly

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. Shift the selector lever to P position. Remove control rod from A/T shift selector assembly. Shift the selector lever to N position.
P
INFOID:0000000004263341
TM-277
2009 G37 Coupe
A/T SHIFT SELECTOR

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 4. Remove knob cover (A) below selector lever downward. 5. Pull lock pin (1) out of selector lever knob (2). 6. Remove selector lever knob. 7. Remove center console assembly. Refer to IP-23, "Exploded View". CAUTION: When disconnecting selector lever position indicator connector from shift position switch, never twist or apply an excessive load to the connector. 8. Disconnect A/T shift selector connector and harness clips. 9. Move passengers seat to the end. 10. Shift the selector lever to P position. 11. Remove A/T shift selector assembly mounting bolts. 12. Slightly lift the A/T shift selector assembly (1) and slide it rightward. Then pull it out in the diagonally right direction. 13. Remove snap pin, washers, insulator, collar and pivot pin from A/T shift selector assembly. 14. Remove dust cover and dust cover plate from A/T shift selector assembly. 15. Remove dust cover from dust cover plate. 16. Remove shift lock unit from A/T shift selector assembly. [7AT: RE7R01A]
JPDIA0002ZZ
JPDIA0055ZZ
17. Remove selector lever position indicator from console finisher assembly. 1. Remove cigarette lighter connector (A) from the console finisher assembly.
: Screw
2. 3.
Remove insert finisher (1) from console finisher assembly. Remove selector lever position indicator.
JPDIA0050ZZ
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. Refer to the followings when installing selector lever knob to A/T shift selector assembly. 1. Insert lock pin to selector lever knob. 2. Install selector lever knob over selector lever until a click is felt. CAUTION: Install it straight, and never tap or apply any shock to install it. Never press selector button. When installing control rod to A/T shift selector assembly, refer to ADJUSTMENT. Refer to TM-275, "2WD : Inspection and Adjustment".
2WD : Inspection
Check A/T positions. Refer to TM-275, "2WD : Inspection and Adjustment".
INFOID:0000000004263342
AWD
TM-278
2009 G37 Coupe
A/T SHIFT SELECTOR

INFOID:0000000004263343
AWD : Exploded View
TM
K
JPDIA0003GB
L
1. 4. 7. 10. 13. Selector lever knob Selector lever position indicator Dust cover Washer Insulator 2. 5. 8. 11. 14. Lock pin Insert finisher Dust cover plate Collar Shift lock unit 3. 6. 9. 12. 15. Console finisher Control rod Snap pin Pivot pin A/T shift selector assembly
N
INFOID:0000000004263344

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. Shift the selector lever to P position. Remove control rod from A/T shift selector assembly. Shift the selector lever to N position.
TM-279
2009 G37 Coupe
A/T SHIFT SELECTOR

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 4. Remove knob cover (A) below selector lever downward. 5. Pull lock pin (1) out of selector lever knob (2). 6. Remove selector lever knob. 7. Remove center console assembly. Refer to IP-23, "Exploded View". CAUTION: When disconnecting selector lever position indicator connector from shift position switch, never twist or apply an excessive load to the connector. 8. Disconnect A/T shift selector connector and harness clips. 9. Move passengers seat to the end. 10. Shift the selector lever to P position. 11. Remove A/T shift selector assembly mounting bolts. 12. Slightly lift the A/T shift selector assembly (1) and slide it rightward. Then pull it out in the diagonally right direction. 13. Remove snap pin, washers, insulator, collar and pivot pin from A/T shift selector assembly. 14. Remove dust cover and dust cover plate from A/T shift selector assembly. 15. Remove dust cover from dust cover plate. 16. Remove shift lock unit from A/T shift selector assembly. [7AT: RE7R01A]
JPDIA0002ZZ
JPDIA0055ZZ
17. Remove selector lever position indicator from console finisher assembly. 1. Remove cigarette lighter connector (A) from the console finisher assembly.
: Screw
2. 3.
Remove insert finisher (1) from console finisher assembly. Remove selector lever position indicator.
JPDIA0050ZZ
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. Refer to the followings when installing selector lever knob to A/T shift selector assembly. 1. Insert lock pin to selector lever knob. 2. Install selector lever knob over selector lever until a click is felt. CAUTION: Install it straight, and never tap or apply any shock to install it. Never press selector button. When installing control rod to A/T shift selector assembly, refer to ADJUSTMENT. Refer to TM-275, "AWD : Inspection and Adjustment".
AWD : Inspection
Check A/T positions. Refer to TM-275, "AWD : Inspection and Adjustment".
INFOID:0000000004263345
TM-280
2009 G37 Coupe
CONTROL ROD
A
INFOID:0000000004263346
CONTROL ROD
Exploded View
TM
G
JPDIA0859GB
1. 4. 7.
A/T assembly Control rod Collar
2. 5. 8.
Manual lever Washer Conical washer
3. 6. 9.
Lock washer Insulator Snap pin

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4.
INFOID:0000000004263347
Shift the selector lever to P position. Remove control rod from A/T shift selector assembly. Refer to TM-277, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), TM-279, "AWD : Exploded View" (AWD). Remove manual lever from A/T assembly. Remove control rod from manual lever.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. When installing control rod to A/T shift selector assembly, refer to ADJUSTMENT. Refer to TM-275, "2WD : Inspection and Adjustment" (2WD), TM-275, "AWD : Inspection and Adjustment" (AWD).
Inspection
INFOID:0000000004263348
Check A/T positions. Refer to TM-275, "2WD : Inspection and Adjustment" (2WD), TM-275, "AWD : Inspection and Adjustment" (AWD).
TM-281
2009 G37 Coupe
PADDLE SHIFTER
PADDLE SHIFTER
Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004263349
JPDIA0051GB
1.
Steering column assembly
2.
Paddle shifter (shift-down)
3.
Paddle shifter (shift-up)

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove column cover. Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View". Disconnect paddle shifter connectors from each paddle shifter. Remove paddle shifter mounting bolts and nuts. Remove each paddle shifter from steering column assembly.
INFOID:0000000004263350
INSTALLATION
TM-282
2009 G37 Coupe
OIL PAN
A
INFOID:0000000004263353
OIL PAN
Exploded View
TM
J
JPDIA0853GB
1. 4. 7.
A/T Clip Drain plug
2. 5. 8.
Oil pan gasket Oil pan mounting bolt Drain plug gasket
3. 6. 9.
Oil pan Overflow plug Magnet
L
INFOID:0000000004263354

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. Drain ATF through drain plug. Remove exhaust mounting bracket with a power tool. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 connectors (A).
: Vehicle front : Bolt
4. 5.
Remove heated oxygen sensor 2 harness (B) from clips (1). Remove bracket (2) from A/T assembly. Refer to TM-294, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), TM-297, "AWD : Exploded View" (AWD).
SCIA8269E
TM-283
2009 G37 Coupe
OIL PAN
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 6. Remove clips (1).
: Vehicle front : Oil pan mounting bolt
[7AT: RE7R01A]
7. 8.
Remove oil pan (2) and oil pan gasket. Remove magnets from oil pan.
JSDIA0793ZZ
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Never reuse drain plug and drain plug gasket. Clean foreign materials (gear wear particles) that adhere on the inside of the oil pan and on the magnet, and then assembly. Refer to the followings when installing oil pan (2) (with oil pan gasket) and clips (1) to transmission case.
: Vehicle front : Oil pan mounting bolt
CAUTION: Never reuse oil pan gasket and oil pan mounting bolts. Completely remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc. from oil pan gasket mounting surface of transmission case and oil pan. Install oil pan gasket in the direction to align hole position. - Tighten oil pan mounting bolts to the specified torque in the numerical order as shown in the figure after temporarily tightening them.
: Vehicle front
JSDIA0793ZZ
JSDIA0794ZZ

Check foreign materials in oil pan to help determine causes of malfunction. If the ATF is very dark, smells burned, or contains foreign particles, the frictional material (clutches, band) may need replacement. A tacky film that will not wipe clean indicates varnish build up. Varnish can cause valves, servo, and clutches to stick and can inhibit pump pressure. If frictional material is detected, perform A/T fluid cooler cleaning. Refer to TM-271, "Cleaning".
INFOID:0000000004263355
SCIA5199E

Adjust A/T fluid level. Refer to TM-269, "Adjustment".

TM-284
2009 G37 Coupe
OIL PAN
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Check A/T fluid leakage. [7AT: RE7R01A]
A
TM
TM-285
2009 G37 Coupe
AIR BREATHER HOSE

AIR BREATHER HOSE

2WD
2WD : Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004263356
JPDIA0992GB
1. 4.
Bracket Clip
2. 5.
A/T assembly Air breather hose
3. 6.
Air breather tube Air breather box

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
INFOID:0000000004263357
Remove clips from brackets. Remove air breather box from bracket. Remove air breather box from air breather hose. Remove air breather hose. Separate propeller shaft assembly (rear). Refer to DLN-97, "Exploded View". Remove control rod from A/T shift selector assembly. Refer to TM-277, "2WD : Exploded View". Support A/T assembly with a transmission jack. CAUTION: When setting the transmission jack, be careful not to allow it to collide against the drain plug and overflow plug. 8. Remove rear engine mounting member with a power tool. Refer to EM-69, "2WD : Exploded View". 9. Remove bolt fixing A/T assembly to engine assembly with a power tool. 10. Remove bracket.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: When installing air breather hose, be careful not to be crushed or blocked by folding or bending the hose. When inserting air breather hose to air breather tube, be sure to insert it fully until its end reaches the radius curve end. When inserting air breather hose to air breather box, be sure to insert it fully until its end reaches the stop. Install air breather hose to air breather box so that the paint mark is facing backward. Ensure clips are securely installed to brackets when installing air breather hose to brackets.
TM-286
2009 G37 Coupe
AIR BREATHER HOSE

A
AWD
AWD : Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004263358
TM
G
JPDIA0932GB
1. 4.
Air breather vent Clip
2. 5.
A/T assembly Air breather tube
3.
Air breather hose

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
INFOID:0000000004263359
6. 7. 8.
Separate propeller shaft assembly (front). Refer to DLN-83, "Exploded View". Remove air breather hose. Separate propeller shaft assembly (rear). Refer to DLN-105, "Exploded View". Remove control rod from A/T shift selector assembly. Refer to TM-279, "AWD : Exploded View". Support A/T assembly with a transmission jack. CAUTION: When setting the transmission jack, be careful not to allow it to collide against the drain plug and overflow plug. Remove rear engine mounting member with a power tool. Refer to EM-73, "AWD : Exploded View". Remove bolt fixing A/T assembly to engine assembly with a power tool. Remove air breather vent.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: When installing air breather hose, be careful not to be crushed or blocked by folding or bending the hose. When inserting air breather hose to air breather tube, be sure to insert it fully until its end reaches the radius curve end.
TM-287
2009 G37 Coupe
AIR BREATHER HOSE

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > When inserting air breather hose to air breather vent (for A/T) (1), be sure to insert it fully until its end reaches the radius curve end.
2 : Air breather vent (for transfer)
[7AT: RE7R01A]
Install air breather hose to air breather vent (for A/T) so that the paint mark is facing upward. Ensure clips are securely installed to brackets when installing air breather hose to brackets.
JPDIA0931ZZ
TM-288
2009 G37 Coupe
FLUID COOLER SYSTEM

A
INFOID:0000000004263360
FLUID COOLER SYSTEM

2WD
2WD : Exploded View
TM
JPDIA0856GB
1. 4. 7. A.
A/T assembly A/T fluid cooler tube Hose clamp To radiator
2. 5. 8.
Copper washer Clip A/T fluid cooler hose B
3. 6. 9.
A/T fluid cooler tube Bracket A/T fluid cooler hose A

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove air cleaner case (LH). Refer to EM-27, "Exploded View". Remove engine lower cover with a power tool. Refer to EXT-29, "Exploded View". Remove A/T fluid cooler hose A and A/T fluid cooler hose B. Remove front suspension member. Refer to FSU-21, "Exploded View". Remove A/T fluid cooler tubes from A/T assembly and engine assembly. CAUTION: Be careful not to bend A/T fluid cooler tubes. Plug up opening such as the A/T fluid cooler tube holes. Remove clips and brackets.
INFOID:0000000004263361
6. 7.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Never reuse copper washers. Refer to the following when installing A/T fluid cooler hoses.
TM-289
2009 G37 Coupe
FLUID COOLER SYSTEM

Hose name A/T fluid cooler hose A Hose end Radiator assembly side A/T fluid cooler tube side Radiator assembly side A/T fluid cooler tube side Paint mark Facing backward Facing downward Facing downward Facing downward
[7AT: RE7R01A]
Position of hose clamp* A B C B
A/T fluid cooler hose B
*: Refer to the illustrations for the specific position each hose clamp tab.
- The illustrations indicate the view from the hose ends.

D E : Vehicle front : Vehicle upper
- When installing hose clamps center line of each hose clamp tab should be positioned as shown in the figure.
JPDIA0965ZZ
- Insert A/T fluid cooler hoses according to dimension (L) described below.
(1) A/T fluid cooler hose A (2) Radiator assembly side A/T fluid cooler tube side Radiator assembly side A/T fluid cooler hose B A/T fluid cooler tube side Tube type A B C B Dimension (L) End reaches the radius curve end. 30 mm (1.18 in) [End reaches the 2-stage bulge (D).] Insert the hose until the hose touches the radiator. 30 mm (1.18 in) [End reaches the 2-stage bulge (D).]
JSDIA0882ZZ
- Set hose clamps (1) at the both ends of A/T fluid cooler hoses (2) with dimension (A) from the hose edge. Dimension A : 5 9 mm (0.20 0.35 in)
- Hose clamp should not interfere with the bulge of fluid cooler tube.
SCIA8123E

INFOID:0000000004263362
TM-290
2009 G37 Coupe
FLUID COOLER SYSTEM

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION Check A/T fluid leakage. [7AT: RE7R01A]
A
AWD
AWD : Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004263363
TM
JPDIA0854GB
1. 4. 7. A.
A/T assembly A/T fluid cooler tube Bracket To radiator
2. 5. 8.
Copper washer Clip Hose clamp
3. 6. 9.
A/T fluid cooler tube Bracket A/T fluid cooler hose B
10. A/T fluid cooler hose A

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove air cleaner case (LH). Refer to EM-27, "Exploded View". Remove engine lower cover with a power tool. Refer to EXT-29, "Exploded View". Remove A/T fluid cooler hose A and A/T fluid cooler hose B. Remove front propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-83, "Exploded View". Remove front suspension member. Refer to FSU-43, "Exploded View". Remove A/T fluid cooler tubes from A/T assembly and engine assembly. CAUTION: Be careful not to bend A/T fluid cooler tubes. Plug up opening such as the A/T fluid cooler tube holes. Remove clips and brackets.
INFOID:0000000004263364
7. 8.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION:
TM-291
2009 G37 Coupe
FLUID COOLER SYSTEM

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Never reuse copper washers. Refer to the following when installing A/T fluid cooler hoses.
Hose name A/T fluid cooler hose A Hose end Radiator assembly side A/T fluid cooler tube side Radiator assembly side A/T fluid cooler tube side Paint mark Facing backward Facing downward Facing downward Facing downward
[7AT: RE7R01A]
Position of hose clamp* A B C B
A/T fluid cooler hose B
*: Refer to the illustrations for the specific position each hose clamp tab.
- The illustrations indicate the view from the hose ends.

D E : Vehicle front : Vehicle upper
- When installing hose clamps center line of each hose clamp tab should be positioned as shown in the figure.
JPDIA0965ZZ
- Insert A/T fluid cooler hose according to dimension (L) described below.
(1) A/T fluid cooler hose A (2) Radiator assembly side A/T fluid cooler tube side Radiator assembly side A/T fluid cooler hose B A/T fluid cooler tube side Tube type A B C B Dimension (L) End reaches the radius curve end. 30 mm (1.18 in) [End reaches the 2-stage bulge (D).] Insert the hose until the hose touches the radiator. 30 mm (1.18 in) [End reaches the 2-stage bulge (D).]
JSDIA0882ZZ
- Set hose clamps (1) at the both ends of A/T fluid cooler hoses (2) with dimension (A) from the hose edge. Dimension A : 5 9 mm (0.20 0.35 in)
- Hose clamp should not interfere with the bulge of fluid cooler tube.
SCIA8123E
TM-292
2009 G37 Coupe
FLUID COOLER SYSTEM

INFOID:0000000004263365


Check A/T fluid leakage.
TM
TM-293
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [7AT: RE7R01A]
UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

2WD
2WD : Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004263366
JPDIA0850GB
1. 4. A.
A/T assembly Harness bracket
2. 5.
Harness bracket Harness bracket
3.
Harness bracket
For tightening torque, Refer to TM-294, "2WD : Removal and Installation".

REMOVAL
INFOID:0000000004263367
CAUTION: When removing the A/T assembly from engine, first remove the crankshaft position sensor (POS) from the A/T assembly. Be careful not to damage sensor edge. 1. Shift the selector lever to P position, and then release the parking brake. 2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. 3. Remove manual lever. Refer to TM-281, "Exploded View". 4. Separate propeller shaft assembly. Refer to DLN-97, "Exploded View". 5. Remove engine lower cover with a power tool. Refer to EXT-29, "Exploded View". 6. Remove suspension member stay. Refer to FSU-21, "Exploded View". 7. Remove crankshaft position sensor (POS) from A/T assembly. Refer to EM-121, "Exploded View". CAUTION: Never subject it to impact by dropping or hitting it. Never disassemble. Never allow metal filings, etc. to get on the sensor's front edge magnetic area.
TM-294
2009 G37 Coupe
[7AT: RE7R01A] < UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Never place in an area affected by magnetism. A 8. Remove starter motor. Refer to STR-15, "Exploded View". 9. Remove rear plate cover. Refer to EM-43, "Exploded View (2WD)". 10. Turn crankshaft, and remove the four tightening bolts for drive plate and torque converter. B CAUTION: When turning the crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from the front of the engine. 11. Remove A/T fluid cooler tubes from A/T assembly. Refer to TM-289, "2WD : Exploded View". C 12. Plug up openings such as the A/T fluid cooler tube hole. 13. Support A/T assembly with a transmission jack. CAUTION: When setting the transmission jack, be careful not to allow it to collide against the drain plug and TM overflow plug. 14. Remove rear engine mounting member and engine mounting insulator (rear) with a power tool. Refer to EM-69, "2WD : Exploded View". E 15. Disconnect A/T assembly connector. 16. Remove harness and harness brackets. F 17. Remove bolts fixing A/T assembly to engine assembly with a power tool. 18. Remove air breather hose, air breather box and bracket. Refer to TM-286, "2WD : Exploded View". 19. Remove A/T assembly from the vehicle. G CAUTION: Secure torque converter to prevent it from dropping. Secure A/T assembly to a transmission jack. H 20. Remove dynamic damper. Refer to EM-69, "2WD : Exploded View".
I
SCIA0499E
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Check fitting of dowel pin ( ) when installing A/T assembly to engine assembly.
K
N
JPDIA0900ZZ
When installing A/T assembly to the engine assembly, be sure to check dimension (A) to ensure it is within the reference value limit.
B C : Scale : Straightedge
Dimension (A)
: Refer to TM-301, "Torque Converter".
JPDIA0042ZZ
TM-295
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > When installing A/T assembly to the engine assembly, attach the fixing bolts in accordance with the following standard.
Bolt symbol Insertion direction Number of bolts Bolt length (L) mm (in) Tightening torque Nm (kg-m, ft-lb) A A/T assembly to engine assembly 8 65 (2.56) 75 (7.7, 55) B Engine assembly to A/T assembly 4 35 (1.38)
JPDIA0979ZZ
[7AT: RE7R01A]
46.6 (4.8, 34)
*: Tightening the bolt with bracket.
Align the positions of tightening bolts for drive plate with those of the torque converter, and temporarily tighten the bolts. Then, tighten the bolts with the specified torque. CAUTION: When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from the front of the engine. When tightening the tightening bolts for the torque converter after fixing the crankshaft pulley bolts, be sure to confirm the tightening torque of the crankshaft pulley mounting bolts. Refer to EM-50, "Exploded View". Rotate crankshaft several turns and check to be sure that A/T rotates freely without binding after converter is installed to drive plate.

INFOID:0000000004263368

Check the following items. A/T fluid leakage. A/T position. Refer to TM-275, "2WD : Inspection and Adjustment".
AWD
TM-296
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [7AT: RE7R01A]
INFOID:0000000004263369
AWD : Exploded View
TM
JPDIA0849GB
I
1. 4. A. A/T assembly Harness bracket 2. 5. Harness bracket Harness bracket 3. Harness bracket
For tightening torque, Refer to TM-297, "AWD : Removal and Installation".

REMOVAL
INFOID:0000000004263370
CAUTION: When removing the A/T assembly from engine, first remove the crankshaft position sensor (POS) from the A/T assembly. Be careful not to damage sensor edge. 1. Shift the selector lever to P position, and then release the parking brake. 2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. 3. Remove manual lever. Refer to TM-279, "AWD : Exploded View". 4. Separate propeller shaft assembly (rear). Refer to DLN-105, "Exploded View". 5. Separate propeller shaft assembly (front). Refer to DLN-83, "Exploded View". 6. Remove crankshaft position sensor (POS) from A/T assembly. Refer to EM-121, "Exploded View". CAUTION: Never subject it to impact by dropping or hitting it. Never disassemble. Never allow metal filings, etc. to get on the sensor's front edge magnetic area. Never place in an area affected by magnetism. 7. Remove starter motor. Refer to STR-15, "Exploded View". 8. Remove rear plate cover. Refer to EM-44, "Exploded View (AWD)". 9. Turn crankshaft, and remove the four tightening bolts for drive plate and torque converter. CAUTION: When turning the crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from the front of the engine.
TM-297
2009 G37 Coupe
[7AT: RE7R01A] < UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 10. Remove A/T fluid cooler tubes from A/T assembly. Refer to TM-291, "AWD : Exploded View". 11. Plug up openings such as the A/T fluid cooler tube hole. 12. Support A/T assembly with a transmission jack. CAUTION: When setting the transmission jack, be careful not to allow it to collide against the drain plug and overflow plug. 13. Remove rear engine mounting member and engine mounting insulator (rear) with a power tool. Refer to EM-73, "AWD : Exploded View". 14. Disconnect A/T assembly connector and AWD solenoid connector. 15. Remove harness and harness brackets. 16. Remove bolts fixing A/T assembly to engine assembly with a power tool. 17. Remove air breather hose and air breather vent. Refer to TM-287, "AWD : Exploded View". 18. Remove A/T assembly with transfer assembly from the vehicle. CAUTION: Secure torque converter to prevent it from dropping. Secure A/T assembly to a transmission jack. 19. Remove transfer assembly from A/T assembly with a power tool. Refer to DLN-58, "Exploded View".
SCIA2203E
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Check fitting of dowel pin ( ) when installing A/T assembly to engine assembly.
JPDIA0900ZZ
When installing A/T assembly to the engine assembly, be sure to check dimension (A) to ensure it is within the reference value limit.
B C : Scale : Straightedge
Dimension (A)
: Refer to TM-301, "Torque Converter".
JPDIA0042ZZ
TM-298
2009 G37 Coupe
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > When installing A/T assembly to the engine assembly, attach the fixing bolts in accordance with the following standard.
Bolt symbol Insertion direction Number of bolts Bolt length (L) mm (in) Tightening torque Nm (kg-m, ft-lb) A A/T assembly to engine assembly 8 65 (2.56) 75 (7.7, 55) B Engine assembly to A/T assembly 4
[7AT: RE7R01A]
A
C
35 (1.38)
JPDIA0979ZZ
46.6 (4.8, 34)
TM
*: Tightening the bolt with air breather vent.
Align the positions of tightening bolts for drive plate with those of the torque converter, and temporarily tighten the bolts. Then, tighten the bolts with the specified torque. CAUTION: When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from the front of the engine. When tightening the tightening bolts for the torque converter after fixing the crankshaft pulley bolts, be sure to confirm the tightening torque of the crankshaft pulley mounting bolts. Refer to EM-50, "Exploded View". Rotate crankshaft several turns and check to be sure that A/T rotates freely without binding after converter is installed to drive plate.

INFOID:0000000004263371

Check the following items. A/T fluid leakage. A/T position. Refer to TM-275, "AWD : Inspection and Adjustment".
TM-299
2009 G37 Coupe

< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [7AT: RE7R01A]

General Specification
Applied model Transmission model code number Stall torque ratio 1st 2nd 3rd Transmission gear ratio 4th 5th 6th 7th Reverse Recommended fluid Fluid capacity 2WD 1XJ4E, 3RX1A 1.92 : 1 4.924 3.194 2.043 1.412 1.000 0.862 0.772 3.972 Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF*1 9.2 liter (9-3/4 US qt, 8-1/8 Imp qt)*2
INFOID:0000000004263372
AWD 1XJ5A, 3RX1B
CAUTION: Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF. Never mix with other ATF. Using ATF other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause deterioration driveability and A/T durability, and may damage the A/T, which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty. *1: Refer to MA-10, "Fluids and Lubricants". *2: The fluid capacity is the reference value.
Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs

Throttle position Full throttle 51 55 (32 34) 80 88 (50 54) 126 136 (79 84) 184 194 (115 120) 250 260 (156 161) 250 260 (156 161) 240 250 (150 155) 240 250 (150 155) 158 168 (99 104) 111 121 (69 75) 53 61 (33 37) 7 11 (5 6)
INFOID:0000000004263373
Unit: km/h (MPH)
Gear position D1 D2 D2 D3 D3 D4 D4 D5 D5 D6 D6 D7 D7 D6 D6 D5 D5 D4 D4 D3 D3 D2 D2 D1
Half throttle 42 46 (27 28) 62 70 (39 43) 97 107 (61 66) 141 151 (88 93) 179 189 (112 117) 215 225 (134 139) 114 124 (71 77) 114 124 (71 77) 69 79 (43 49) 39 49 (25 30) 14 18 (9 11) 7 11 (5 6)
At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.
TM-300
2009 G37 Coupe

< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [7AT: RE7R01A]
INFOID:0000000004263374
Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releases

Vehicle speed Lock-up ON 48 56 (30 34) 58 66 (37 41) km/h (MPH) Lock-up OFF 45 53 (28 32) 55 63 (35 39)
A
Throttle position Closed throttle Half throttle
At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition. (Closed throttle position signal OFF) At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.
Stall Speed
Stall speed 2,475 2,775 rpm
INFOID:0000000004263375
TM
E
INFOID:0000000004263376
Torque Converter
Dimension between end of converter housing and torque converter
F
25.0 mm (0.98 in)
TM-301
2009 G37 Coupe
VENTILATION, HEATER & AIR CONDITIONER
SECTION
VENTILATION SYSTEM
VTL
CONTENTS
SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTION ................................................................... 3 .
WITHOUT LEFT AND RIGHT VENTILATION TEMPERATURE SEPARATELY CONTROL SYSTEM ...... 3 WITHOUT LEFT AND RIGHT VENTILATION TEMPERATURE SEPARATELY CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description ................................ 3 . WITH LEFT AND RIGHT VENTILATION TEMPERATURE SEPARATELY CONTROL SYSTEM ............ 3 . WITH LEFT AND RIGHT VENTILATION TEMPERATURE SEPARATELY CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description ................................................ 3 .
DUCT AND GRILLE .......................................... 10

Exploded View ........................................................10 . CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLE ..............................11 . CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLE : Removal and Installation ..............................................................11 . SIDE VENTILATOR GRILLE ....................................11 . SIDE VENTILATOR GRILLE : Removal and Installation .................................................................11 . FRONT DEFROSTER GRILLE .................................12 . FRONT DEFROSTER GRILLE : Removal and Installation .................................................................12 . FRONT DEFROSTER NOZZLE, SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLE AND VENTILATOR DUCT ..................12 . FRONT DEFROSTER NOZZLE, SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLE AND VENTILATOR DUCT : Removal and Installation ........................................12 . SIDE DEFROSTER DUCT ........................................12 . SIDE DEFROSTER DUCT : Removal and Installation .......................................................................12 . REAR FLOOR DUCT 1 .............................................13 . REAR FLOOR DUCT 1 : Removal and Installation ....13 FOOT GRILLE ..........................................................13 . FOOT GRILLE : Removal and Installation .............13 . HEATER DUCT .........................................................13 . HEATER DUCT : Removal and Installation ............14 . FOOT DUCT ..............................................................14 . FOOT DUCT : Removal and Installation ................14 .
VTL
AIR DISTRIBUTION ........................................... 5 .

System Description .................................................. 5 .
PRECAUTION .............................................. 6 .
PRECAUTIONS .................................................. 6 .
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .................................................................. 6 . Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect .................................... 6 . Precaution for Battery Service ................................. 7 .
PREPARATION ........................................... 8 .
PREPARATION .................................................. 8 .
Commercial Service Tool ......................................... 8 .
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ......................... 9 .

IN-CABIN MICROFILTER .................................. 9 .
Exploded View ......................................................... 9 . Removal and Installation .......................................... 9 . Replacement ............................................................ 9 .
BLOWER UNIT ................................................. 16

Exploded View ........................................................16 . . BLOWER UNIT .........................................................17 BLOWER UNIT : Removal and Installation ............17 .

VTL-1
2009 G37 Coupe
BLOWER MOTOR ................................................... 18 .
BLOWER MOTOR : Removal and Installation ....... 18 .
VTL-2
2009 G37 Coupe
SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTION

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
WITHOUT LEFT AND RIGHT VENTILATION TEMPERATURE SEPARATELY CONTROL SYSTEM
WITHOUT LEFT AND RIGHT VENTILATION TEMPERATURE SEPARATELY CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description
INFOID:0000000004647782
VTL
J
JSIIA0662GB
P
JSIIA1104GB
WITH LEFT AND RIGHT VENTILATION TEMPERATURE SEPARATELY CONTROL SYSTEM

WITH LEFT AND RIGHT VENTILATION TEMPERATURE SEPARATELY CONTROL
VTL-3
2009 G37 Coupe

SYSTEM : System Description
INFOID:0000000004647783
JSIIA0664GB
JSIIA1105GB
VTL-4
2009 G37 Coupe
AIR DISTRIBUTION
AIR DISTRIBUTION
System Description
INFOID:0000000004494967
WITHOUT LEFT AND RIGHT VENTILATION TENPERATURE SEPARATELY CONTROL SYSTEM

Discharge air flow Air outlet/distribution Mode position indication VENT 100% 53% 11% 9% 16% FOOT Front 29% 39% 33% Rear 18% 24% 21% DEF
D
26% 37% 84%
WITH LEFT AND RIGHT VENTILATION TENPERATURE SEPARATELY CONTROL SYSTEM

G
Discharge air flow Air outlet/distribution Mode position indication Condition VENT 100% 53% DUAL switch: OFF 11% 9% 16% FOOT Front 29% 39% 33% Rear 18% 24% 21%
H
DEF 26% 37% 84%
VTL
VTL-5
2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
INFOID:0000000004703534


INFOID:0000000004703535
OPERATION PROCEDURE
2. 3. 4.
VTL-6
2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
INFOID:0000000004703536
VTL
VTL-7
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Tool name
INFOID:0000000004494970
Description
Remover tool
Remove clips, pawls, metal clips
PIIB7923J
VTL-8
2009 G37 Coupe
IN-CABIN MICROFILTER
IN-CABIN MICROFILTER
Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004648041
G
JSIIA1183ZZ
H
1. 4. 7. Blower unit Blower motor assembly Intake door lever 1 2. 5. 8. In-cabin microfilter Intake door motor Intake door lever 2
INFOID:0000000004648042
3. 6.
Filter cover Intake door link
VTL

REMOVAL
1. 2. Remove instrument lower panel RH. Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View". Remove filter cover, and then remove in-cabin microfilter.
INSTALLATION
Installation is basically the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: If the filter is deformed/damaged when removing, replace it with a new one. Deformed/damaged filter may deteriorate the duct collecting performance. When installing, handle the filter with extreme care to avoid deforming/damaging.
L
Replacement
Replace in-cabin microfilter. Refer to MA-6, "Schedule 1" and MA-8, "Schedule 2". Affix a caution label inside the glove box when replacing filter.
INFOID:0000000004648043
VTL-9
2009 G37 Coupe
DUCT AND GRILLE


DUCT AND GRILLE
Exploded View
FRONT
INFOID:0000000004640943
JPIIA1369ZZ
1. 4. 7.
Side defroster duct (front pillar garnish) (right) Side defroster duct (front pillar garnish) (left) Heater duct
2. 5. 8.
Side defroster nozzle (right) Side defroster nozzle (left) Foot grille (left)
3. 6. 9.
Defroster nozzle Heater & cooling unit assembly Foot duct (left)
10. Ventilator duct 13. Side ventilator grille (left) 16. Center ventilator grille (right) 19. Foot grille (right)
11. Front defroster grille (left) 14. Center ventilator grille (left) 17. Side ventilator grille (right) 20. Foot duct (right)
12. Instrument panel assembly 15. Cluster lid D 18. Front defroster grille (right)
REAR
VTL-10
2009 G37 Coupe
DUCT AND GRILLE

A
JSIIA0659ZZ
1.
Rear floor duct 1
2.
Rear floor duct 2 (left)
3.
Rear floor duct 2 (right)
CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLE

CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLE : Removal and Installation
REMOVAL
1. 2. Remove cluster lid D. Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View". Disengage the pawls, and then remove center ventilator grille (1).
: pawl
INFOID:0000000004640931
VTL
JPIIA1370ZZ
INSTALLATION
Installation is basically the reverse order of removal.
SIDE VENTILATOR GRILLE

SIDE VENTILATOR GRILLE : Removal and Installation
REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. Remove the instrument side finisher. Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View". Remove the mounting screw (A). Remove side ventilator grille pawls using remover tool (B), and then remove side ventilator grille (1).
: pawl
INFOID:0000000004640932
JPIIA1371ZZ
VTL-11
2009 G37 Coupe
DUCT AND GRILLE

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > INSTALLATION Installation is basically the reverse order of removal.
FRONT DEFROSTER GRILLE

FRONT DEFROSTER GRILLE : Removal and Installation
REMOVAL
Remove front defroster grilles (1), using remover tools (A).
INFOID:0000000004640933
JSIIA1395ZZ
INSTALLATION
FRONT DEFROSTER NOZZLE, SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLE AND VENTILATOR DUCT

FRONT DEFROSTER NOZZLE, SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLE AND VENTILATOR DUCT : Removal and Installation
REMOVAL
1. 2. Remove instrument panel assembly. Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View". Remove mounting screw (A).
INFOID:0000000004640934
JSIIA1396ZZ
3.
Remove clips (B), and then remove defroster nozzle (1), side defroster nozzle (2) and ventilator duct (3).
INSTALLATION
SIDE DEFROSTER DUCT

SIDE DEFROSTER DUCT : Removal and Installation
REMOVAL
Remove front pillar garnish. Refer to INT-14, "Exploded View".
INFOID:0000000004640935
VTL-12
2009 G37 Coupe
DUCT AND GRILLE

REAR FLOOR DUCT 1

REAR FLOOR DUCT 1 : Removal and Installation
REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. Remove center console assembly. Refer to IP-23, "Exploded View". Remove Instrument side panel RH. Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View". Remove AV control unit. Refer to AV-111, "Exploded View" (BASE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION), AV348, "Exploded View" (BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION) or AV-616, "Exploded View" (BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION). Remove mounting clip (A). Remove mounting clips (B), and then peel back floor carpet to a point where rear floor duct 1 (1) is visible. Remove rear floor duct 1 to rightward.
C
INFOID:0000000004640941
4. 5. 6.
G
JSIIA1400ZZ
INSTALLATION
FOOT GRILLE
FOOT GRILLE : Removal and Installation
REMOVAL
1. Remove mounting clips (A), and then remove foot grille (left) (1).
INFOID:0000000004640937
VTL
M
JSIIA1398ZZ
2.
Remove mounting clips (A), and then remove foot grille (right) (1).
JSIIA1399ZZ
INSTALLATION
HEATER DUCT
VTL-13
2009 G37 Coupe
DUCT AND GRILLE

HEATER DUCT : Removal and Installation

REMOVAL
Remove mounting screw (A), and then remove heater duct (1) from heater & cooling unit assembly (2).
: Vehicle front
INFOID:0000000004640946
JSIIA1177ZZ
INSTALLATION
FOOT DUCT
FOOT DUCT : Removal and Installation
REMOVAL
Driver Side
INFOID:0000000004640938
1. 2. 3.
Remove heater & cooling unit assembly. Refer to HA-50, "Exploded View". Remove mounting screws (A), and then remove heater pipe cover (1). Remove mounting screws (B), and then remove foot duct (left) (2).
JSIIA1114ZZ
Passenger Side
1.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Set the temperature at 18.0C (60F). CAUTION: The angle may be out, when installing the air mix door motor to the air mix door, unless the above procedure is performed. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Remove heater & cooling unit assembly. Refer to HA-50, "Exploded View". Remove air mix door motor (passenger side). Refer to HAC-120, "Exploded View". Remove mode door motor and links. Refer to HAC-120, "Exploded View". Remove mounting screws (A), and then remove evaporator cover (1). Remove mounting screws (B), and then remove foot duct (right) (2).
JSIIA1115ZZ
VTL-14
2009 G37 Coupe
DUCT AND GRILLE

VTL
VTL-15
2009 G37 Coupe
BLOWER UNIT
BLOWER UNIT
Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004494986
JSIIA1408GB
1. 4.
Blower unit Instrument stay (left)
2. 5.
Heater & cooling unit assembly Instrument panel assembly
3. 6.
Steering member Instrument stay (right)
DISASSEMBLY
VTL-16
2009 G37 Coupe
BLOWER UNIT
A
H
JSIIA0009ZZ
1. 4. 7.
Adapter Intake door motor Filter cover
2. 5. 8. 11.
Intake box (right) Intake door link Air conditioner filter Blower motor assembly
3. 6. 9.
Intake door lever 2 Intake door lever 1 Intake upper case
VTL
10. Intake lower case 13. Intake box (left)
12. Seal 15. Intake door 2
14. Intake door 1
BLOWER UNIT
BLOWER UNIT : Removal and Installation
REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove instrument lower panel RH. Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View". Disconnect ECM (1) connectors. Remove mounting nuts (A), and then remove ECM with bracket attached. Remove power steering control unit (WITHOUT 4WAS). Refer to STC-25, "Exploded View". Disconnect intake door motor (2) connector and blower motor (3) connector. Remove mounting bolt (B) and screw (C), from blower unit (4). Remove blower unit. CAUTION: Move blower unit rightward, and remove locating pin (1 part) and joint. Then remove blower unit downward.
K
INFOID:0000000004640831
O
JSIIA0855ZZ
INSTALLATION
VTL-17
2009 G37 Coupe
BLOWER UNIT
: Vehicle front
CAUTION: Check locating pin (A) and joint (B) are securely inserted.
JSIIA0008ZZ
BLOWER MOTOR
BLOWER MOTOR : Removal and Installation
REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. Remove instrument lower cover. Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View". Disconnect blower motor connector (A). Remove mounting screws (B), and then remove blower motor assembly (1).
INFOID:0000000004640832
JSIIA0033ZZ
INSTALLATION
VTL-18
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVER INFORMATION & MULTIMEDIA
SECTION
WARNING CHIME SYSTEM
WCS
CONTENTS
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ......... 3 .
Work Flow ................................................................ 3 . PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : System Description ...............................................11 . PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : Component Parts Location ...................................12 . PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : Component Description ........................................12 .

WARNING CHIME SYSTEM .............................. 5 .
WARNING CHIME SYSTEM ...................................... 5 . WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : System Diagram ...... 5 WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : System Description ...... 5 WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : Component Parts Location .................................................................... 6 . WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : Component Description .................................................................... 6 . LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME ...................... 7 . LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : System Diagram .................................................................... 7 . LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : System Description ............................................................... 7 . LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : Component Parts Location .................................................. 8 . LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : Component Description ....................................................... 8 . SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME ................................. 8 . SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : System Diagram ...... 9 SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : System Description ........................................................................... 9 . SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : Component Parts Location ........................................................ 10 . SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : Component Description .................................................................. 10 . PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME .... 10 PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : System Diagram ................................................... 11 .
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.) ......................................................... 13

CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A) ...................13 .
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) ........................... 17

COMMON ITEM ........................................................17 . COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM COMMON ITEM) ....................................................17 . BUZZER ....................................................................18 . BUZZER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - BUZZER) .........................................................................18 .

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 20
COMBINATION METER ...........................................20 . COMBINATION METER : Diagnosis Procedure ....20 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. .............................20 . UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure .....................................................................20 . BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) .........................21 . BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) : Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................................21 .
WCS
METER BUZZER CIRCUIT ............................... 23

Description ..............................................................23 . Component Function Check ...................................23 . Diagnosis Procedure .............................................23 .
SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT .................................................................. 24

2009 G37 Coupe
WCS-1
Description ............................................................. 24 . Component Function Check ................................ 24 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 24 . Component Inspection ........................................... 25 .
DTC Index ............................................................. 95 .
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 98

THE PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CONTINUES SOUNDING, OR DOES NOT SOUND ............................................................. 98 .
WARNING CHIME SYSTEM ............................ 26 .

Wiring Diagram - WARNING CHIME - ................... 26 .

COMBINATION METER ................................... 30 .
Reference Value .................................................... 30 . Wiring Diagram - METER - .................................... 33 . Fail-safe ................................................................. 42 . DTC Index ............................................................. 43 .
THE LIGHT REMINDER WARNING DOES NOT SOUND ..................................................... 99 .

UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. .................... 44 .

Reference Value .................................................... 44 . Wiring Diagram - METER - .................................... 51 . Fail-safe ................................................................. 60 . DTC Index ............................................................. 61 .
THE SEAT BELT WARNING CONTINUES SOUNDING, OR DOES NOT SOUND ............. 100 .
PRECAUTION ........................................... 101

PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 101 .
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .............................................................. 101 .
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) ................. 63 .

Reference Value .................................................... 63 . Wiring Diagram - BCM - ........................................ 86 . Fail-safe ................................................................. 91 . DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................. 93 .
WCS-2
2009 G37 Coupe

BASIC INSPECTION
Work Flow
OVERALL SEQUENCE
INFOID:0000000004246479
JSNIA0733GB
DETAILED FLOW
1.OBTAIN INFORMATION ABOUT SYMPTOM

Interview the customer to obtain as much information as possible about the conditions and environment under which the malfunction occurred.
WCS
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check the symptom based on the information obtained from the customer. Check that any other malfunctions are present. >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CONSULT-III SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS

WCS-3
2009 G37 Coupe

< BASIC INSPECTION > Connect CONSULT-III and perform Self Diagnostic Result of METER/M&A. Refer to MWI-37, "CONSULTIII Function (METER/M&A)". Are self-diagnosis results normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 5.
4.NARROW DOWN MALFUNCTIONING PARTS BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS

Perform symptom diagnosis and narrow down the malfunctioning parts. >> GO TO 5.
5.REPAIR OR REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS

Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. NOTE: If DTC is displayed, erase DTC after repair or replace malfunctioning parts. >> GO TO 6.
6.FINAL CHECK
Check that the warning buzzer in the combination meter operates normally. Does it operate normally? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 1.
WCS-4
2009 G37 Coupe

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : System Diagram
INFOID:0000000004246480
JSNIA0619GB
WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : System Description

COMBINATION METER
The buzzer (1) for warning chime system is installed in the combination meter. The buzzer sounds when the combination meter receives buzzer output signal from each unit through unified meter and A/C amp.
INFOID:0000000004246481
K
JSNIA0037GB
UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.

The unified meter and A/C amp. transmits the buzzer output signal received from BCM with CAN communication line to the combination meter.
BCM
BCM receives signals from various units and transmits a buzzer output signal to the unified meter and A/C amp. with CAN communication line if it judges that the warning buzzer should be activated. WCS
BCM warning function list
Warning functions Light reminder warning chime Seat belt warning chime
Signal name Lighting switch position signal Driver side door switch signal Ignition switch signal Seat belt buckle switch (driver side) signal
WCS-5
2009 G37 Coupe

WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : Component Parts Location
INFOID:0000000004246482
JPNIA0502ZZ
1. 4. 7. A.
BCM Combination switch (Lighting switch) Seat belt buckle switch (driver side) Dash side lower (passenger side)
2. 5. 8. B.
Parking brake switch (A/T models) Unified meter and A/C amp. Parking brake switch (M/T models) Behind cluster lid C (back)
3. 6.
Combination meter Front driver side door switch
WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : Component Description

Unit Description
INFOID:0000000004246483
Combination meter
Receives a buzzer output signal from the unified meter and A/C amp. and sounds the buzzer. Judges whether the parking brake is released from the vehicle speed signal received from the unified meter and A/C amp. with CAN communication line and the parking brake switch signal from the parking brake switch, and sounds the buzzer if necessary. Receives the seat belt buckle switch signal from the seat belt buckle switch and transmits it to BCM with CAN communication line. Receives a buzzer output signal from BCM with CAN communication line and transmits it to the combination meter by means of communication line. Transmits signals provided by various units to the unified meter and A/C amp. with CAN communication line. Transmits the vehicle speed signal to BCM with CAN communication line. Transmits a seat belt buckle switch (driver side) signal to the unified meter and A/C amp. Transmits the lighting switch position signal to BCM.
Unified meter and A/C amp.
BCM ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Seat belt buckle switch (driver side) Combination switch (Lighting switch)
WCS-6
2009 G37 Coupe

Unit Front driver side door switch Parking brake switch Description Transmits the front driver side door switch signal to BCM. Refer to MWI-60, "Description".
LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME

LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : System Diagram
INFOID:0000000004246484
E
JSNIA0620GB
LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : System Description

DESCRIPTION
F
INFOID:0000000004246485
With ignition switch in OFF or ACC position, front driver side door open, and lighting switch in 1ST or 2ND position, the light warning chime will sound. BCM detects ignition switch in OFF or ACC position, driver side door switch ON, and lighting switch in 1st or 2nd position. And then transmits buzzer output signal (light reminder warning chime) to unified meter and A/ C amp. with CAN communication line. Unified meter and A/C amp. transmits buzzer output signal (light reminder warning chime) to combination meter with communication line. When combination meter receives buzzer output signal (light reminder warning chime), it sounds the buzzer.
WARNING OPERATION CONDITIONS

If all of the following conditions are fulfilled. Lighting switch is at 1st or 2nd position Ignition switch is at OFF or ACC Front driver side door switch is ON
WARNING CANCEL CONDITIONS

Warning is canceled if any of the following conditions is fulfilled. Lighting switch OFF Ignition switch ON Front driver side door switch is OFF
L
WCS
WCS-7
2009 G37 Coupe

LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : Component Parts Location
INFOID:0000000004246486
JPNIA0502ZZ
1. 4. 7. A.
2. 5. 8. B.
3. 6.
LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : Component Description

Unit Combination meter Unified meter and A/C amp. Description
INFOID:0000000004246487
Receives a buzzer output signal from the unified meter and A/C amp. and sounds the buzzer. Receives a buzzer output signal from BCM via CAN communication line and transmits it to the combination meter by means of communication line. Judges the light warning chime conditions from the signals provided by various switches and transmits a buzzer output signal to the unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communication line if necessary. Transmits the lighting switch position signal to BCM. Transmits the front driver side door switch signal to BCM.
BCM Combination switch (Lighting switch) Front driver side door switch
SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME
WCS-8
2009 G37 Coupe

SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : System Diagram
INFOID:0000000004246488
C
JSNIA0621GB
SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : System Description

DESCRIPTION
INFOID:0000000004246489
With ignition switch turned ON and driver seat belt unfastened, seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 6 seconds. BCM receives seat belt buckle switch signal from unified meter and A/C amp. with CAN communication line. BCM detects ignition switch turned ON and seat belt buckle switch (driver side) ON. And then transmits buzzer output signal (seat belt warning chime) to unified meter and A/C amp. with CAN communication line. Unified meter and A/C amp. transmits buzzer output signal (seat belt warning chime) to combination meter with communication line. When combination meter receives buzzer output signal (seat belt warning chime), it sounds the buzzer.

If all of the following conditions are fulfilled. Ignition switch OFFON Seat buckle switch (driver side) is ON (driver seat belt unfastened)

Warning is canceled if any of the following conditions is fulfilled. Ignition switch OFF Seat buckle switch (driver side) is OFF (driver seat belt fastened)
J
WCS
WCS-9
2009 G37 Coupe

SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : Component Parts Location
INFOID:0000000004246490
JPNIA0502ZZ
1. 4. 7. A.
2. 5. 8. B.
3. 6.
SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : Component Description

Unit Combination meter Description
INFOID:0000000004246491
Receives a buzzer output signal from the unified meter and A/C amp. and sounds the buzzer. Receives the seat belt buckle switch (driver side) signal from the seat belt buckle switch (driver side) and transmits it to BCM via CAN communication line. Receives a buzzer output signal from BCM via CAN communication line and transmits it to the combination meter by means of communication line. Judges the seat belt warning chime condition from the seat belt buckle switch signal received from the unified meter and A/C amp. and transmits a buzzer output signal to the unified meter and A/C amp via CAN communication line if necessary. Refer to WCS-24, "Description".
Unified meter and A/C amp.
BCM Seat belt buckle switch (driver side)
PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME
WCS-10
2009 G37 Coupe

PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : System Diagram
INFOID:0000000004246492
C
JSNIA0622GB
PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : System Description

DESCRIPTION
INFOID:0000000004246493
The unified meter and A/C amp. receives the vehicle speed signal from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication line and transmits it to the combination meter by means of communication line. The combination meter judges whether the parking brake is released from the vehicle speed signal received from the unified meter and A/C amp. and the parking brake switch signal from the parking brake switch, and sounds the warning buzzer if necessary.

If all of the following conditions are fulfilled. Vehicle speed is 7 km/h (4.3 MPH) or higher Parking brake switch ON
H

Warning is canceled if any of the following conditions is fulfilled. Vehicle speed is approximately 3 km/h (1.9 MPH) or less Parking brake switch OFF
I
WCS
WCS-11
2009 G37 Coupe

PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : Component Parts Location

INFOID:0000000004246494
JPNIA0502ZZ
1. 4. 7. A.
2. 5. 8. B.
3. 6.
PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : Component Description

Unit Combination meter Description
INFOID:0000000004246495
Judges whether the parking brake is released from the vehicle speed signal received from the unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communication line and the parking brake switch signal from the parking brake switch, and sounds the buzzer if necessary. Receives a vehicle speed signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication line and transmits it to the combination meter by means of communication line. Transmits the vehicle speed signal to combination meter via CAN communication line. Refer to MWI-60, "Description".
Unified meter and A/C amp. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Parking brake switch
WCS-12
2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.)


CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)
CONSULT-III can perform the following diagnosis modes with CAN communication with the unified meter and A/C amp.
INFOID:0000000004704649
C
System METER/M&A Diagnosis mode Self Diagnostic Result Data Monitor Description Unified meter and A/C amp. checks the conditions and displays memorized error. Displays unified meter and A/C amp. input/output data in real time.
SELF DIAG RESULT

Refer to MWI-99, "DTC Index".
E
DATA MONITOR
Display Item List
X: Applicable
Display item [Unit]
MAIN SIGNALS
Description Value of vehicle speed signal received from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) with CAN communication line. NOTE: 655.35 is displayed when the malfunction signal is received. Vehicle speed signal value transmitted to other units with CAN communication line. NOTE: 655.35 is displayed when the malfunction signal is received. Odometer signal value transmitted to other units with CAN communication line. Value of the engine speed signal received from ECM with CAN communication line. NOTE: 8191.875 is displayed when the malfunction signal is received. Fuel level indicated on combination meter. Value of engine coolant temperature signal received from ECM with CAN communication line. NOTE: 215 is displayed when the malfunction signal is input. Status of ABS warning lamp judged from ABS warning lamp signal received from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) with CAN communication line. Status of VDC OFF indicator lamp judged from VDC OFF indicator lamp signal received from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) with CAN communication line. Status of SLIP indicator lamp judged from slip indicator lamp signal received from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) with CAN communication line. Status of brake warning lamp judged from brake warning lamp signal received from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) with CAN communication line. NOTE: Displays Off if the brake warning lamp is illuminated when the valve check starts, the parking brake switch is turned ON or the brake fluid level switch is turned ON. Status of door warning judged from door switch signal received from BCM with CAN communication line. Status of trunk warning judged from trunk switch signal received from BCM with CAN communication line.
SPEED METER [km/h]
SPEED OUTPUT [km/h] ODO OUTPUT [km] TACHO METER [rpm] FUEL METER [L] W TEMP METER [C] ABS W/L [On/Off] VDC/TCS IND [On/Off] SLIP IND [On/Off]
WCS
BRAKE W/L [On/Off]
DOOR W/L [On/Off] TRUNK/GLAS-H [On/Off]
WCS-13
2009 G37 Coupe

Display item [Unit] HI-BEAM IND [On/Off] TURN IND [On/Off] FR FOG IND [On/Off] RR FOG IND [Off] LIGHT IND [On/Off] OIL W/L [On/Off] MIL [On/Off] GLOW IND [On/Off] C-ENG2 W/L [On/Off] CRUISE IND [On/Off] SET IND [On/Off] CRUISE W/L [On/Off] BA W/L [Off] ATC/T-AMT W/L [On/Off] 4WD W/L [On/Off] 4WD LOCK IND [Off] FUEL W/L [On/Off] WASHER W/L [On/Off] AIR PRES W/L [On/Off] KEY G/Y W/L [On/Off] AFS OFF IND [On/Off] 4WAS/RAS W/L [On/Off] DDS W/L [On/Off] LANE W/L [On/Off] LDP IND [On/Off] MAIN SIGNALS Description Status of high beam indicator lamp judged from high beam request signal received from BCM with CAN communication line. Status of turn indicator lamp judged from turn indicator signal received from BCM with CAN communication line. This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored. This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored. Status of light indicator lamp judged from position light request signal received from BCM with CAN communication line. Status of oil pressure warning lamp judged from oil pressure switch signal received from IPDM E/R with CAN communication line. Status of malfunction indicator lamp judged from malfunctioning indicator lamp signal received from ECM with CAN communication line. This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored. This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored. Status of CRUISE indicator judged from ASCD status signal received from ECM with CAN communication line. Status of SET indicator judged from ASCD SET indicator signal received from ECM with CAN communication line. Status of CRUISE warning lamp judged from ASCD status signal received from ECM with CAN communication line. This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored. Status of A/T check warning lamp judged from A/T check indicator signal received from TCM with CAN communication line. Status of AWD warning lamp judged from AWD warning lamp signal received from AWD control unit with CAN communication line. This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored. Low-fuel warning lamp status judged by the identified fuel level. Status of washer warning lamp judged from washer level switch input to combination meter. Status of low tire pressure warning lamp judged from tire pressure signal received from BCM with CAN communication line. Status of key warning lamp (G/Y) judged from key warning signal received from BCM with CAN communication line. Status of AFS OFF indicator lamp judged from AFS OFF indicator lamp signal received from AFS control unit with CAN communication line. Status of 4WAS warning lamp judged from 4WAS warning lamp signal received from 4WAS main control unit with CAN communication line. This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored. This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored. This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored.
WCS-14
2009 G37 Coupe

Display item [Unit] LCD [B&P N, B&P I, ID NG, ROTAT, SFT P, INSRT, BATT, NO KY,OUTKY, LK WN, C&P N, C&P I] ACC TARGET [On/Off] ACC DISTANCE [Off, SHOR, MID, LONG] ACC OWN VHL [On/Off] ACC SET SPEED ACC UNIT [On/Off] O/D OFF SW [On/Off] SHIFT IND [P, R, N, D, M1, M2, M3, M4, M5, M6, M7] AT S MODE SW [On/Off] AT P MODE SW [On/Off] M RANGE SW [On/Off] NM RANGE SW [On/Off] AT SFT UP SW [On/Off] AT SFT DWN SW [On/Off] ST SFT UP SW [On/Off] ST SFT DWN SW [On/Off] COMP F/B SIG [On/Off] 4WD LOCK SW [Off] PKB SW [On/Off] BUCKLE SW [On/Off] BRAKE OIL SW [On/Off] DISTANCE [km] MAIN SIGNALS Description
Displays status of Intelligent Key system warning judged from meter display signal received from BCM with CAN communication line. Status of vehicle ahead detection indicator judged from meter display signal received from ICC sensor integrated unit with CAN communication line. Status of set distance indicator judged from meter display signal received from ICC sensor integrated unit with CAN communication line. Status of own vehicle indicator judged from meter display signal received from ICC sensor integrated unit with CAN communication line. Display ICC set vehicle speed from meter display signal received from ICC sensor integrated unit with CAN communication line. Status of display unit judged from meter display signal received from ICC sensor integrated unit with CAN communication line. This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored. Status of shift position indicator judged from shift position signal and manual mode indicator signal received from TCM with CAN communication line. Status of snow mode switch.
H
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored. Status of manual mode switch. Status of not manual mode switch. Status of A/T shift up switch. Status of A/T shift down switch. Status of paddle shifter up switch. Status of paddle shifter down switch. A/C compressor activation condition that ECM judges according to the water temperature and the acceleration degree. This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored. Status of parking brake switch. Status of seat belt buckle switch.
WCS
O
Status of brake fluid level switch. Value of possible driving distance calculated by unified meter and A/C amp. Ambient air temperature value converted from ambient sensor signal received from ambient sensor. NOTE: This may not match with the temperature value indicated on the information display. (Because the information display value is a corrected value from the ambient sensor input value.)
OUTSIDE TEMP [C or F]
WCS-15
2009 G37 Coupe

Display item [Unit] FUEL LOW SIG [On/Off] BUZZER [On/Off] NOTE: Some items are not available according to vehicle specification. X MAIN SIGNALS Description Status of fuel level low warning signal to output to AV control unit with CAN communication line. Buzzer status (in the combination meter) is judged with the buzzer output signal received from each unit with CAN communication line and the warning output condition of the combination meter.
WCS-16
2009 G37 Coupe


COMMON ITEM
APPLICATION ITEM
INFOID:0000000004704608
C
SYSTEM APPLICATION
: Applicable item
Sub system selection item DOOR LOCK REAR DEFOGGER BUZZER INT LAMP HEAD LAMP WIPER FLASHER AIR CONDITONER* INTELLIGENT KEY COMB SW BCM IMMU BATTERY SAVER TRUNK THEFT ALM RETAINED PWR* SIGNAL BUFFER TPMS (AIR PRESSURE MONITOR)
WCS

WCS-17
2009 G37 Coupe

IGN Counter
0 - 39
BUZZER
BUZZER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - BUZZER)
Test item BUZZER Diagnosis mode Data Monitor Active Test Displays BCM input data in real time. Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending driving signal to them. Description
INFOID:0000000004246498
DATA MONITOR
WCS-18
2009 G37 Coupe

Display item [Unit] VEH SPEED 1 [Km/h] PUSH SW [On/Off] UNLK SEN-DR [On/Off] KEY SW-SLOT [On/Off] TAIL LAMP SW [On/Off] FR FOG SW [On/Off] DOOR SW-DR [On/Off] Description Value of vehicle speed signal received from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) with CAN communication line. Status of push button ignition switch judged by BCM. Status of unlock sensor judged by BCM. Status of key slot judged by BCM.
D
Status of each switch judged by BCM using the combination switch readout function. Status of front fog lamp switch judged by BCM. Status of driver side door switch judged by BCM.
ACTIVE TEST
Display item [Unit] IGN KEY WARN ALM SEAT BELT WARN TEST ID REGIST WARNING LIGHT WARN ALM RUN FLAT/T WARN BUZZER Description The key warning chime operation can be checked by operating the relevant function (On/Off). The seat belt warning chime operation can be checked by operating the relevant function (On/Off). The ID regist warning chime operation can be checked by operating the relevant function (On/Off). The light warning chime operation can be checked by operating the relevant function (On/Off). The run-flat tire warning chime operation can be checked by operating the relevant function (On/Off).
WCS
WCS-19
2009 G37 Coupe

COMBINATION METER
COMBINATION METER : Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004704609
1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.
Power source Battery Ignition switch ON or START Fuse No. 11 4
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.

Check voltage between combination meter harness connector terminal and ground.
Terminals (+) Combination meter Connector M53 Terminals 1 21 Ground OFF ON Battery voltage () Ignition switch Voltage (Approx.)
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Check harness between combination meter and fuse.

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect combination meter connector. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector terminal and ground.
Combination meter Connector Terminals 5 M53 15 22 Ground Existed
Continuity
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Repair harness or connector.

UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004704610
1.CHECK FUSE
WCS-20
2009 G37 Coupe

Power source Battery Ignition switch ACC or ON Ignition switch ON or START Fuse No. 11 19 3
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.

Check voltage between unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector terminal and ground.
Terminals (+) Unified meter and A/C amp. Connector Terminals 54 M67 41 53 Ground OFF ACC ON Battery voltage () Ignition switch Voltage (Approx.)
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Check harness between unified meter and A/C amp. and fuse.

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect unified meter and A/C amp. connector. Check continuity between unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector terminal and ground.
Unified meter and A/C amp. Connector M67 Terminals 55 71 Ground Existed
J
Continuity

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) : Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004704625

WCS

WCS-21
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect BCM connectors. 3. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

WCS-22
2009 G37 Coupe
METER BUZZER CIRCUIT

METER BUZZER CIRCUIT

Description
INFOID:0000000004246502
The buzzer for warning chime system is installed in the combination meter. The combination meter sounds the alarm buzzer based on the signals transmitted from various units.
INFOID:0000000004246503
1.CHECK OPERATION OF METER BUZZER

1. Connect the CONSULT-III. 2. Perform LIGHT WARN ALM in ACTIVE TEST of BCM (BUZZER). Does meter buzzer beep? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. INPUT SIGNAL

Select the Data Monitor of METER/M&A and check the BUZZER monitor value.
BUZZER Under the condition of buzzer input Except above : On : Off
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace combination meter. NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Removal and Installation".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004246504
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF COMBINATION METER

Check power supply of combination meter. Refer to MWI-50, "COMBINATION METER : Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair power supply circuit of combination meter.
J
2.CHECK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY OF UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.

Check battery power supply of unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to MWI-50, "UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Repair power supply circuit of unified meter and A/C amp.
L
WCS
WCS-23
2009 G37 Coupe
SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT


Description
Transmits a seat belt buckle switch signal to the unified meter and A/C amp.
INFOID:0000000004246505
INFOID:0000000004246506

1. 2. Connect the CONSULT-III. Select the Data Monitor of the METER/M&A and check the BUCKLE SW monitor value.
BUCKLE SW When seat belt is fastened When seat belt is unfastened : Off : On
>> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004246507

1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector terminal and ground.
Terminal (+) Combination meter Connector M66 Terminal 9 Ground When seat belt is fastened When seat belt is unfastened 12 V 0V () Condition Voltage (Approx.)
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace unified meter and A/C amp. NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH (DRIVER SIDE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect unified meter and A/C amp. connector and seat belt buckle switch (driver side) connector. Check continuity between unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector terminal and seat belt buckle switch (driver side) harness connector terminal.
Unified meter and A/C amp. Connector M66 Terminal 9 Seat belt buckle switch (driver side) Connector B13 Terminal 1
Continuity Existed
4.
Check harness continuity between unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector terminal and ground.
Unified meter and A/C amp. Connector M66 Terminal 9 Ground
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH (DRIVER SIDE) GROUND CIRCUIT

WCS-24
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Check harness continuity between seat belt buckle switch (driver side) harness connector terminal and ground.
Seat belt buckle switch (driver side) Connector B13 Terminal 2 Ground
Continuity Existed
INFOID:0000000004246508
1.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH (DRIVER SIDE)

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the seat belt buckle switch (driver side) connector. Check continuity between terminals 1 and 2.
Terminal 1 2 Seat belt buckle switch (driver side) When seat belt is fastened When seat belt is unfastened Continuity Not existed Existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace the seat belt buckle switch (driver side). Refer to SB-13, "SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Removal and Installation".
WCS
WCS-25
2009 G37 Coupe


Wiring Diagram - WARNING CHIME INFOID:0000000004246509
JCNWM1763GB
WCS-26
2009 G37 Coupe

A
WCS
O
JCNWM1764GB
WCS-27
2009 G37 Coupe

JCNWM1765GB
WCS-28
2009 G37 Coupe

A
WCS
O
JCNWM1766GB
WCS-29
2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER

COMBINATION METER
Reference Value
Refer to WCS-44, "Reference Value".
INFOID:0000000004704628
TERMINAL LAYOUT
JSNIA0457ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal No. (Wire color) + 1 (V) Description Signal name Input/ Output Input Ignition switch OFF Condition
Value (Approx.)
Ground
Battery power supply
Battery voltage
2 (LG)
Ground
Communication signal (METER AMP.)
Output
Ignition switch ON
JSNIA0027GB
3 (GR)
Ground
Communication signal (AMP. METER)
Input
Ignition switch ON
JSNIA0027GB
5 (B) 6 (W) 7 (LG) 10 (R)
Ground
Ground
Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF
Charge warning lamp ON Charge warning lamp OFF Air bag warning lamp ON Air bag warning lamp OFF Security warning lamp ON Security warning lamp OFF
0V 0V 12 V 4V 0V 0V 12 V
Ground
Alternator signal
Input
Ground
Air bag signal
Input
Ground
Security signal
Input
WCS-30
2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
Terminal No. (Wire color) + 15 (B) 16 (B) 21 (R) 22 (B) Description Signal name Input/ Output Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Condition Value (Approx.)
B
0V
Ground
Ground
C
0V
Ground
Meter control switch ground
Ground
Ignition signal
Input
12 V
Ground
Ground
0V
F
24 (BR) Ground Communication signal (LCD AMP.) Output Ignition switch ON
G
JSNIA0028GB
25 (Y)
Ground
Communication signal (AMP. LCD)
Input
Ignition switch ON
JSNIA0027GB
NOTE: The maximum voltage varies depending on the specification (destination unit). 26 (R) Ground Vehicle speed signal (8-pulse) Input Ignition switch ON Speedometer operated [When vehicle speed is approx. 40 km/h (25 MPH)]
M
JSNIA0012GB
Parking brake applied
0V
WCS
27 (O) Ignition switch ON
Ground
Parking brake switch signal
Input
Parking brake released
JSNIA0007GB
WCS-31
2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
28 (LG)
Ground
Brake fluid level switch signal
Input
Ignition switch ON
Brake fluid level is normal.
JSNIA0008GB
The brake fluid level is lower than the low level 29 (LG) Seat belt buckle switch signal (driver side) Ignition switch ON When driver seat belt is fastened When driver seat belt is unfastened When getting in the passenger seat When passenger seat belt is fastened When getting in the passenger seat When passenger seat belt is unfastened Washer level switch ON Washer level switch OFF
0V 12 V 0V
Ground
Input
12 V
30 (G)
Ground
Seat belt buckle switch signal (passenger side)
Input
Ignition switch ON
0V
31 (L)
Ground
Washer level switch signal
Input
Ignition switch ON
0V 5V NOTE: When brightness level is midway
33 (R)
Ground
Illumination control signal
Output
Ignition switch ON
Lighting switch ON, then operate the illumination control switch.
JSNIA0010GB
36 (LG) 37 (SB) 38 (L)
16 (B) 16 (B) 16 (B)
Select switch signal
Input
Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON
When
is pressed
0V 5V 0V 5V 0V 5V 0V 5V 0V 5V
Other than the above When is pressed
Enter switch signal
Input
Other than the above When trip A/B reset switch is pressed Other than the above When pressed switch is
Trip A/B reset switch signal
Input
39 (P)
16 (B)
Illumination control switch signal ()
Input
Other than the above When pressed switch is
40 (O)
16 (B)
Illumination control switch signal (+)
Input
Other than the above
WCS-32
2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
Wiring Diagram - METER -
INFOID:0000000004704629
WCS
JCNWM1749GB
WCS-33
2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
JCNWM1750GB
WCS-34
2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
A
WCS
O
JCNWM1751GB
WCS-35
2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
JCNWM1752GB
WCS-36
2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
A
WCS
O
JCNWM1753GB
WCS-37
2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
JCNWM1754GB
WCS-38
2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
A
WCS
O
JCNWM1755GB
WCS-39
2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
JCNWM1756GB
WCS-40
2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
A
WCS
O
JCNWM1757GB
WCS-41
2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
JCNWM1758GB
Fail-safe
FAIL SAFE
INFOID:0000000004704630
Combination meter performs fail-safe operation when unified meter and A/C amp. communication is malfunction. Solution for communication error between the unified meter and A/C amp. and combination meter.
WCS-42
2009 G37 Coupe
COMBINATION METER
Function Speedometer Tachometer Fuel gauge Water temperature gauge Illumination control Information display Buzzer ABS warning lamp VDC OFF indicator lamp SLIP indicator lamp Brake warning lamp CRUISE warning lamp High beam indicator Turn signal indicator lamp Warning lamp/indicator lamp Oil pressure warning lamp Malfunction indicator lamp A/T CHECK warning lamp Low tire pressure warning lamp Key warning lamp AFS OFF indicator lamp 4WAS warning lamp Master warning lamp AWD warning lamp The lamp turns off by suspending communication. The lamp turns on by suspending communication. When suspending communication, change to nighttime mode. The display turns off by suspending communication. The buzzer turns off by suspending communication. Reset to zero by suspending communication. Specifications
J
INFOID:0000000004704631
DTC Index
Refer to WCS-61, "DTC Index".
WCS
WCS-43
2009 G37 Coupe


Reference Value
INFOID:0000000004704633
Monitor Item SPEED METER [km/h] Ignition switch ON
Condition
Value/Status Equivalent to speedometer reading NOTE: 655.35 is displayed when the malfunction signal is received Equivalent to speedometer reading NOTE: 655.35 is displayed when the malfunction signal is received Equivalent to odometer reading in combination meter Equivalent to tachometer reading NOTE: 8191.875 is displayed when the malfunction signal is received Values according to fuel level Values according to engine coolant temperature NOTE: 215 is displayed when the malfunction signal is input On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off Off
While driving
SPEED OUTPUT [km/h] ODO OUTPUT [km] TACHO METER [rpm] FUEL METER [L]
Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON
While driving
While driving
W TEMP METER [C]
Ignition switch ON
ABS W/L
Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON
ABS warning lamp ON ABS warning lamp OFF VDC OFF indicator lamp ON VDC OFF indicator lamp OFF SLIP indicator lamp ON SLIP indicator lamp OFF Blake warning lamp ON Blake warning lamp OFF Door warning displayed Door warning not displayed Trunk warning displayed Trunk warning not displayed Hi-beam indicator lamp ON Hi-beam indicator lamp OFF Turn indicator lamp ON Turn indicator lamp OFF NOTE: This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored. NOTE: This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored. NOTE: This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored.
VDC/TCS IND
SLIP IND
BRAKE W/L
DOOR W/L
TRUNK/GLAS-H
HI-BEAM IND
TURN IND
FR FOG IND
RR FOG IND
Off
LIGHT IND
Off
WCS-44
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor Item OIL W/L Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Condition Oil pressure warning lamp ON Oil pressure warning lamp OFF Malfunction warning lamp ON Malfunction warning lamp OFF NOTE: This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored. NOTE: This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored. Cruise indicator displayed Cruise indicator not displayed Set indicator lamp ON Set indicator lamp OFF Cruise warning lamp ON Cruise warning lamp OFF NOTE: This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored. A/T check warning lamp ON A/T check warning lamp OFF AWD warning lamp ON AWD warning lamp OFF NOTE: This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored. Low-fuel warning lamp displayed Low-fuel warning lamp not displayed Washer warning displayed Washer warning not displayed Low tire pressure lamp ON Low tire pressure lamp OFF Key warning lamp ON Key warning lamp OFF AFS OFF indicator lamp ON AFS OFF indicator lamp OFF 4WAS warning lamp ON 4WAS warning lamp OFF NOTE: This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored. NOTE: This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored. NOTE: This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored. Value/Status On Off On Off Off
MIL
GLOW IND
C-ENG2 W/L
Off On Off On Off On Off Off On Off On Off Off
CRUISE IND
SET IND
CRUISE W/L
BA W/L
ATC/T-AMT W/L
4WD W/L
4WD LOCK IND
J
On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off
FUEL W/L
WASHER W/L
AIR PRES W/L
KEY G/Y W/L
AFS OFF IND
WCS
4WAS/RAS W/L
O
Off
DDS W/L
LANE W/L
Off
LDP IND
Off
WCS-45
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor Item Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ACC Ignition switch LOCK Ignition switch LOCK LCD Ignition switch LOCK Ignition switch LOCK Ignition switch LOCK Ignition switch ON Ignition switch LOCK Ignition switch ON ACC TARGET Ignition switch ON Condition Engine start information display (A/T model) Engine start information display (M/T model) Engine start information display (A/T model) Engine start information display (M/T model) Key ID warning display Steering lock information display P position warning display Intelligent Key insert information display Intelligent Key low battery warning display Take away warning display Key warning display ICC sensor integrated unit warning display Vehicle ahead detection indicator displayed Vehicle ahead detection indicator not displayed When following distance set to "LONG" ACC DISTANCE Ignition switch ON When following distance set to "MIDDLE" When following distance set to "SHORT" Set distance indicator not displayed ACC OWN VHL ACC SET SPEED ACC UNIT Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Own vehicle indicator displayed Own vehicle indicator not displayed ICC set vehicle speed display Set vehicle speed indicator unit display ON Set vehicle speed indicator unit display OFF NOTE: This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored. Shift position indicator P display Shift position indicator R display Shift position indicator N display Shift position indicator D display Shift position indicator M1 display SHIFT IND Ignition switch ON Shift position indicator M2 display Shift position indicator M3 display Shift position indicator M4 display Shift position indicator M5 display Shift position indicator M6 display Shift position indicator M7 display Value/Status B&P I C&P I B&P N C&P N ID NG ROTAT SFT P INSRT BATT NO KY OUTKY LK WN On Off LONG MID SHORT Off On Off Vehicle speed On Off Off P R N D M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7
O/D OFF SW
WCS-46
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor Item AT S MODE SW Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Condition Snow mode switch ON Snow mode switch OFF NOTE: This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored. Selector lever DS position Other than the above Selector lever DS position Other than the above Selector lever up position Other than the above Selector lever position Other than the above Paddle shifter up operation Other than the above Paddle shifter down operation Other than the above A/C compressor activation condition A/C compressor deactivation condition NOTE: This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored. Parking brake applied Parking brake released Seat belt (driver side) unfastened Seat belt (driver side) fastened Brake fluid level is lower than the low level Brake fluid level is normal Value/Status On Off Off On Off Off On On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off Off
AT P MODE SW
M RANGE SW
NM RANGE SW
AT SFT UP SW
AT SFT DWN SW
ST SFT UP SW
ST SFT DWN SW
COMP F/B SIG
4WD LOCK SW
I
On Off On Off On Off Possible driving distance calculated by unified meter and A/C amp. Equivalent to ambient temperature NOTE: This may not match the indicated value on the information display. On Off On Off
PKB SW
BUCKLE SW
BRAKE OIL SW DISTANCE [km] OUTSIDE TEMP [C] or [F]
FUEL LOW SIG
Low-fuel warning signal output Low-fuel warning signal not output Buzzer ON Buzzer OFF
WCS
BUZZER NOTE:
Some items are not available according to vehicle specification.
TERMINAL LAYOUT
WCS-47
2009 G37 Coupe

JSNIA0097ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal No. (Wire color) + 4 (P) 5 (L) 6 (O) Description Signal name Input/ Output Input Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Condition
Value (Approx.) 12 V 0V 0V 12 V 0V 12 V
Brake pedal is depressed Other than the above Selector lever up position Other than the above Paddle shifter up operation Other than the above
Ground
Stop lamp switch signal
Ground
Manual mode shift up signal
Input
Ground
Paddle shifter up signal
Input
7 (GR)
Ground
Communication signal (AMP. METER)
Output
Ignition switch ON
SKIA3362E
NOTE: The maximum voltage varies depending on the specification (destination unit). 8 (L) Ground Vehicle speed signal output (2-pulse) Output Ignition switch ON Speedometer operated [When vehicle speed is approx. 40 km/h (25 MPH)]
JSNIA0015GB
9 (SB)
Ground
Seat belt buckle switch signal (driver side)
Input
When seat belt (driver side) is fastened When seat belt (driver side) is unfastened Selector lever DS position Other than the above Selector lever DS position Other than the above
12 V 0V 0V 12 V 12 V 0V
10 (W) 11 (G)
Ground
Manual mode signal
Input
Ground
Not manual mode signal
Input
WCS-48
2009 G37 Coupe

B
Ignition switch ON
14 (BR)
Ground
Communication signal (LCD AMP.)
Input
JSNIA0028GB
23 (L) 25 (V)
Ground
A/T snow switch signal
Input
Snow mode switch ON Snow mode switch OFF Selector lever down position Other than the above Paddle shifter down operation Other than the above
12 V 0V 0V 12 V 0V 12 V
Ground
Manual mode shift down signal
Input
26 (G)
Ground
Paddle shift down signal
Input
27 (LG)
Ground
Communication signal (METER AMP.)
Input
Ignition switch ON
I
SKIA3361E
NOTE: The maximum voltage varies depending on the specification (destination unit). 28 (R) Ground Vehicle speed signal output (8-pulse) Output Ignition switch ON Speedometer operated [When vehicle speed is approx. 40 km/h (25 MPH)]
L
JSNIA0012GB
Parking brake applied
0V
30 (V)
Ground
Parking brake switch signal
Input
Ignition switch ON
WCS
Parking brake released
O
JSNIA0007GB
P
34 (Y) Ground Communication signal (AMP. LCD) Output Ignition switch ON
JSNIA0027GB
WCS-49
2009 G37 Coupe

Terminal No. (Wire color) + 41 (L) Description Signal name Input/ Output Input Ignition switch ACC Condition Value (Approx.)
Ground
ACC power supply
Battery voltage
42 (BR)
Ground
Fuel level sensor signal
Input
Ignition switch ON
JSNIA0013GB
45 (V)
Ground
Ambient sensor signal
Input
JSNIA0014GB
53 (W) 54 (Y) 55 (B) 56 (L)
Ground
Ignition signal
Input
Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON
Battery voltage
Ground
Battery power supply
Input
Battery voltage
Ground
Ground
0V
Ground
CAN-H
57 (BR)
Ground
Brake fluid level switch signal
Input
Ignition switch ON
Brake fluid level is normal.
JSNIA0008GB
The brake fluid level is lower than the low level 58 (Y) 61 (R) 71 (GR) 72 (P) Ground Fuel level sensor signal ground Ambient sensor signal ground Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON
0V
0V
Ground
0V
Ground
Ground
0V
Ground
CAN-L
WCS-50
2009 G37 Coupe

Wiring Diagram - METER -
INFOID:0000000004704634
WCS
JCNWM1749GB
WCS-51
2009 G37 Coupe

JCNWM1750GB
WCS-52
2009 G37 Coupe

A
WCS
O
JCNWM1751GB
WCS-53
2009 G37 Coupe

JCNWM1752GB
WCS-54
2009 G37 Coupe

A
WCS
O
JCNWM1753GB
WCS-55
2009 G37 Coupe

JCNWM1754GB
WCS-56
2009 G37 Coupe

A
WCS
O
JCNWM1755GB
WCS-57
2009 G37 Coupe

JCNWM1756GB
WCS-58
2009 G37 Coupe

A
WCS
O
JCNWM1757GB
WCS-59
2009 G37 Coupe

JCNWM1758GB
Fail-safe
FAIL SAFE
INFOID:0000000004704635
The unified meter and A/C amp. activates the fail-safe control if CAN communication with each unit is malfunctioning.
WCS-60
2009 G37 Coupe

Function Speedometer Tachometer Fuel gauge Water temperature gauge Illumination control Information display Buzzer ABS warning lamp VDC OFF indicator lamp SLIP indicator lamp Brake warning lamp AWD warning lamp 4WAS warning lamp CRUISE warning lamp Warning lamp/indicator lamp Low tire pressure warning lamp AFS OFF indicator lamp High beam indicator Turn signal indicator lamp Oil pressure warning lamp Malfunction indicator lamp A/T CHECK warning lamp Key warning lamp Master warning lamp The lamp turns off by suspending communication. The lamp turns ON after flashing for 1 minute. The lamp blinking caused by communication malfunction The lamp turns on by suspending communication. Specifications Reset to zero by suspending communication. Indicates fuel level Reset to zero by suspending communication. When suspending communication, change to nighttime mode. The display turns off by suspending communication. The buzzer turns off by suspending communication.
J
INFOID:0000000004704636
DTC Index
Display contents of CONSULT-III U1000: CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1010: CONTROL UNIT (CAN) Time CRNT CRNT PAST PAST Diagnostic item is detected when...
K
Refer to MWI-41 MWI-42 When unified meter and A/C amp. is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or more. When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN controller of unified meter and A/C amp. If a communication error is present in the communication line between unified meter and A/C amp. and combination meter for 2 seconds or more. If a communication error is present in the communication line between unified meter and A/C amp. and combination meter for 2 seconds or more. The abnormal vehicle speed signal is input from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for 2 seconds or more. If ECM continuously transmits abnormal engine speed signals for 2 seconds or more. If ECM continuously transmits abnormal engine coolant temperature signals for 60 seconds or more.
M
MWI-43
B2201: COMM ERROR 1
CRNT
PAST
WCS
MWI-45
B2202: COMM ERROR 2
CRNT
PAST
B2205: VEHICLE SPEED B2267: ENGINE SPEED B2268: WATER TEMP
CRNT CRNT CRNT
PAST PAST PAST
MWI-47 MWI-48
P
MWI-49
NOTE: The details of TIME display are as follows. CRNT: The malfunctions that are detected now. PAST: The malfunctions was detected in the past. IGN counter is displayed on FFD (Freeze Frame data).
WCS-61
2009 G37 Coupe

< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > - 1 - 39: The number is indicated when it is normal at present and a malfunction was detected in the past. It increases like 0 1 2 38 39 after returning to the normal condition whenever IGN OFF ON. It is fixed to 39 until the self-diagnosis results are erased if it is over 39. It returns to 0 when a malfunction is detected again in the process.
WCS-62
2009 G37 Coupe


Reference Value
INFOID:0000000004704639
B
Condition Value/Status Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Wiper intermittent dial position Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off Off On Off On Off Off
FR WIPER LOW
FR WASHER SW
FR WIPER INT
Wiper intermittent dial is in a dial position 1 - 7 Other than turn signal switch RH Turn signal switch RH Other than turn signal switch LH Turn signal switch LH Other than lighting switch 1ST and 2ND Lighting switch 1ST or 2ND Other than lighting switch HI Lighting switch HI Other than lighting switch 2ND Lighting switch 2ND Other than lighting switch 2ND Lighting switch 2ND Other than lighting switch PASS Lighting switch PASS Other than lighting switch AUTO Lighting switch AUTO Front fog lamp switch OFF Front fog lamp switch ON NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Driver door closed Driver door opened Passenger door closed Passenger door opened NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored.
TURN SIGNAL L
TAIL LAMP SW
HI BEAM SW
HEAD LAMP SW 1
HEAD LAMP SW 2
PASSING SW
AUTO LIGHT SW
WCS
DOOR SW-AS DOOR SW-RR DOOR SW-RL
WCS-63
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor Item DOOR SW-BK CDL LOCK SW Condition NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Other than power door lock switch LOCK Power door lock switch LOCK Other than power door lock switch UNLOCK Power door lock switch UNLOCK Other than driver door key cylinder LOCK position Driver door key cylinder LOCK position Other than driver door key cylinder UNLOCK position Driver door key cylinder UNLOCK position NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Hazard switch is OFF Hazard switch is ON NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Trunk lid opener cancel switch OFF Trunk lid opener cancel switch ON Trunk lid opener switch OFF While the trunk lid opener switch is turned ON Trunk lid closed Trunk lid opened LOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed LOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed TRUNK OPEN button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed TRUNK OPEN button of the Intelligent Key is pressed PANIC button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed PANIC button of the Intelligent Key is pressed UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed and held LOCK/UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed and held simultaneously LOCK/UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed and held simultaneously OPTICAL SENSOR Bright outside of the vehicle Dark outside of the vehicle Driver door request switch is not pressed Driver door request switch is pressed Passenger door request switch is not pressed Passenger door request switch is pressed NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Value/Status Off Off On Off On Off On Off On Off Off On Off Off Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Close to 5 V Close to 0 V Off On Off On Off Off
CDL UNLOCK SW
KEY CYL LK-SW
TR/BD OPEN SW
TRNK/HAT MNTR
RKE-LOCK
RKE-UNLOCK
RKE-TR/BD
RKE-PANIC
RKE-P/W OPEN
RKE-MODE CHG
REQ SW -DR
REQ SW -AS REQ SW -RR REQ SW -RL
WCS-64
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor Item REQ SW -BD/TR Condition Trunk lid opener request switch is not pressed Trunk lid opener request switch is pressed Push-button ignition switch (push switch) is not pressed Push-button ignition switch (push switch) is pressed Ignition switch in OFF or ACC position Ignition switch in ON position NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. The clutch pedal is not depressed The clutch pedal is depressed The brake pedal is depressed when No. 7 fuse is blown BRAKE SW 1 The brake pedal is not depressed when No. 7 fuse is blown, or No. 7 fuse is normal The brake pedal is not depressed The brake pedal is depressed Selector lever in P position (Except M/T models) The clutch pedal is depressed (M/T models) Selector lever in any position other than P (Except M/T models) The clutch pedal is not depressed (M/T models) Selector lever in any position other than P and N Selector lever in P or N position Steering is unlocked Steering is locked Steering is locked Steering is unlocked Ignition switch in OFF or ACC position Ignition switch in ON position Driver door is unlocked Driver door is locked Push-button ignition switch (push-switch) is not pressed Push-button ignition switch (push-switch) is pressed Ignition switch in OFF or ACC position Ignition switch in ON position Selector lever in any position other than P Selector lever in P position Selector lever in any position other than P and N (Except M/T models) The clutch pedal is not depressed (M/T models) Selector lever in P or N position The clutch pedal is depressed Selector lever in any position other than P Selector lever in P position Selector lever in any position other than N Selector lever in N position Value/Status Off On Off On Off On Off Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On
PUSH SW
BRAKE SW 2
DETE/CANCL SW
SFT PN/N SW
S/L -LOCK
S/L -UNLOCK
S/L RELAY-F/B
UNLK SEN -DR
PUSH SW -IPDM
IGN RLY1 -F/B
DETE SW -IPDM
WCS
SFT PN -IPDM
SFT P -MET
SFT N -MET
WCS-65
2009 G37 Coupe

S/L UNLK-IPDM
S/L RELAY-REQ
CONFRM ID ALL
CONFIRM ID4
CONFIRM ID3
WCS-66
2009 G37 Coupe

A
Yet Done Yet
CONFIRM ID2
CONFIRM ID1
C
TP 4
TP 3
TP 2
ID REGST FR1
ID REGST RR1
ID REGST RL1
WARNING LAMP
BUZZER
WCS
WCS-67
2009 G37 Coupe

JPMIA0062ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
WCS-68
2009 G37 Coupe

4 (LG)
Ground
Output
12 V
5 (P)
Ground
12 V 0V 0V 12 V 12 V 0V
Output
7 (SB)
Ground
Step lamp
Output
Step lamp
8 (V)
Ground
Output
All doors, fuel lid
I
9 (G) 11 (R) 13 (B)
Ground
Output
Ground Ground
Input
K
14 (W)
Ground
WCS
JSNIA0010GB
15 (O)
Ground
ACC indicator lamp
Output
Ignition switch
Battery voltage 0V
WCS-69
2009 G37 Coupe

17 (W)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch ON
PKID0926E
18 (O)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch ON
PKID0926E
20 (V)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch ON
PKID0926E
23 (L)
Ground
Trunk lid open
Output
Trunk lid
0V 0V
25 (Y)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch ON
PKID0926E
WCS-70
2009 G37 Coupe

B
JMKIA0062GB
34 (SB)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch OFF
E
JMKIA0063GB

JMKIA0062GB
35 (V)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch OFF
J
JMKIA0063GB
M
WCS
38 (B)
Ground
Output
WCS-71
2009 G37 Coupe

39 (W)
Ground
Output
47 (Y)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch
OFF or ACC ON
12 V 0V
50 (R)
Ground
Input
JPMIA0011GB
61 (SB)
Ground
Input
OFF (Not pressed)
JPMIA0016GB
WCS-72
2009 G37 Coupe

67 (GR)
Ground
Input
C
Not pressed
D
JPMIA0011GB
11.8 V
E
JMKIA0062GB
72 (R)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch OFF
H
JMKIA0063GB

JMKIA0062GB
L
M
JMKIA0063GB
WCS
WCS-73
2009 G37 Coupe

74 (SB)
Ground
Output
75 (BR)
Ground
Output
76 (V)
Ground
Output
WCS-74
2009 G37 Coupe

B
77 (LG)
Ground
Output

JMKIA0062GB
78 (Y)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch OFF
J
JMKIA0063GB
M
JMKIA0062GB
WCS
79 (BR)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch OFF

JMKIA0063GB
WCS-75
2009 G37 Coupe

Ground
During waiting
Ground
Ignition switch
During waiting
JMKIA0064GB
83 (Y)
Ground
Input/ Output
JMKIA0065GB
JPMIA0041GB
1.4 V
87 (Y)
Ground
Input
Combination switch
JPMIA0037GB
1.3 V
JPMIA0040GB
1.3 V
WCS-76
2009 G37 Coupe

B
JPMIA0041GB
1.4 V
E
F
JPMIA0036GB
88 (O)
Ground
Input
Combination switch
1.3 V
JPMIA0037GB
1.3 V
J
JPMIA0040GB
Ground Ground
WCS
92 (LG)
Ground
Output
Blinking
JPMIA0015GB
6.5 V ON 12 V
WCS-77
2009 G37 Coupe

ON indicator lamp
Ground
Output
Ground
Input
Steering lock
Ground
Input
Steering lock
Selector lever
99 (R)
Ground
Input
ASCD clutch switch
ICC clutch switch
100 (Y)
Ground
Input
OFF (Not pressed)
JPMIA0016GB
101 (P)
Ground
Input
OFF (Not pressed)
JPMIA0016GB
Ground
Output
Ground
Output
Ignition switch
WCS-78
2009 G37 Coupe

All switches OFF
JPMIA0041GB
1.4 V
E
F
JPMIA0037GB
1.3 V
G
107 (LG)
Ground
H
Input
JPMIA0036GB
1.3 V
K
JPMIA0038GB
1.3 V
M
WCS
JPMIA0039GB
1.3 V
WCS-79
2009 G37 Coupe

JPMIA0041GB
1.4 V
JPMIA0038GB
108 (R)
Ground
Input
Combination switch
1.3 V
JPMIA0036GB
1.3 V
JPMIA0039GB
1.3 V
WCS-80
2009 G37 Coupe

All switches OFF
JPMIA0041GB
1.4 V
E
F
JPMIA0037GB
1.3 V
G
109 (W)
Ground
H
Lighting switch 2ND
Input
JPMIA0036GB
1.3 V
K
JPMIA0038GB
1.3 V
M
WCS
JPMIA0040GB
1.3 V ON 0V
P
JPMIA0012GB
1.1 V
WCS-81
2009 G37 Coupe

JMKIA0066GB
Ground
Optical sensor
Input
114 (R) 116 (SB)
Ground
Input
Ground
Stop lamp switch 1
Input
Stop lamp switch
119 (SB)
Ground
Input
Driver door

JPMIA0012GB
Ground
Key slot switch
Input
123 (W)
Ground
IGN feedback
Input
WCS-82
2009 G37 Coupe

124 (LG)
Ground
Input
OFF (Door close)
JPMIA0011GB
129 (O)
Ground
Input
CANCEL
JPMIA0012GB
1.1 V ON 0V
132 (V)
Ground
Input/ Output
Ignition switch ON
JPMIA0013GB
JPMIA0159GB
WCS
WCS-83
2009 G37 Coupe

Standby state
139 (L)
Ground
Input/ Output
Ignition switch ON
OCC3881D
OCC3880D
140 (GR)
Ground
Input
Selector lever
12 V 0V 0V
141 (R)
Ground
Security indicator
Output
Security indicator
Blinking
JPMIA0014GB
142 (BR)
Ground
Output

JPMIA0031GB
JPMIA0032GB
10.7 V
WCS-84
2009 G37 Coupe

C
D
JPMIA0033GB
145 (L)
Ground
Output

JPMIA0034GB
G
10.7 V
0V
146 (SB)
Ground
Output
J
JPMIA0035GB
150 (R)
Ground
Driver door switch
Input
Driver door switch
OFF (Door close)
JPMIA0011GB
WCS
WCS-85
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004704640
JCMWM3046GB
WCS-86
2009 G37 Coupe

A
WCS
O
JCMWM3047GB
WCS-87
2009 G37 Coupe

JCMWM3048GB
WCS-88
2009 G37 Coupe

A
WCS
O
JCMWM3049GB
WCS-89
2009 G37 Coupe

JCMWM3050GB
WCS-90
2009 G37 Coupe

A
WCS
O
JCMWM3051GB
Fail-safe
P
INFOID:0000000004704641
WCS-91
2009 G37 Coupe

B2604: PNP SW
B2605: PNP SW
B2606: S/L RELAY
WCS-92
2009 G37 Coupe

B2607: S/L RELAY
B2609: S/L STATUS
B2612: S/L STATUS
B26E8: CLUTCH SW
B26E9: S/L STATUS

WCS
INFOID:0000000004704642
WCS-93
2009 G37 Coupe

WCS-94
2009 G37 Coupe


INFOID:0000000004704643
DTC Index
NOTE: The details of time display are as follows. CRNT: A malfunction is detected now. PAST: A malfunction was detected in the past. IGN counter is displayed on Freeze Frame Data. For details of Freeze Frame Data, refer to BCS-14, "COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)".
CONSULT display
Fail-safe
Reference page
WCS
WCS-95
2009 G37 Coupe

WCS-96
2009 G37 Coupe

WCS
WCS-97
2009 G37 Coupe
THE PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CONTINUES SOUNDING, OR DOES NOT SOUND
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
THE PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CONTINUES SOUNDING, OR DOES NOT SOUND
Description
INFOID:0000000004246523
The parking brake warning chime sounds continuously during vehicle travel though the parking brake is released. The parking brake warning chime does not sound at all even though driving the vehicle with the parking brake applied.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004246524

1. 2. Connect the CONSULT-III. Select the Data Monitor of the METER/M&A and check the PKB SW monitor value. Refer to MWI-60, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace combination meter. NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT

Check the parking brake switch signal circuit. Refer to BRC-71, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

Check the parking brake switch. Refer to BRC-72, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace combination meter. NO >> Replace parking brake switch. Refer to PB-6, "PEDAL TYPE : Exploded View" (pedal type) or PB7, "LEVER TYPE : Exploded View" (lever type).
WCS-98
2009 G37 Coupe
THE LIGHT REMINDER WARNING DOES NOT SOUND

THE LIGHT REMINDER WARNING DOES NOT SOUND

Description
Light reminder warning chime does not sound even though headlamp is illuminated.
INFOID:0000000004246525
B
INFOID:0000000004246526
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK COMBINATION SWITCH (LIGHT SWITCH) OPERATION

Check that the headlamps operate normally by operating the combination switch (light switch). Do they operate normally? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Refer to EXL-180, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK FRONT DRIVER SIDE DOOR SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT

Check the front driver side door switch signal circuit. Refer to DLK-62, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK FRONT DRIVER SIDE DOOR SWITCH

Check the front driver side door switch. Refer to DLK-63, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Removal and Installation". NO >> Replace front driver side door switch. Refer to DLK-237, "Removal and Installation".
WCS
WCS-99
2009 G37 Coupe
THE SEAT BELT WARNING CONTINUES SOUNDING, OR DOES NOT SOUND

THE SEAT BELT WARNING CONTINUES SOUNDING, OR DOES NOT SOUND

Description
Seat belt warning chime does not sound even though driver seat belt is unfastened. Seat belt warning chime sounds even though driver seat belt is fastened.
INFOID:0000000004246527
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004246528
1.CHECK SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP

1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check the operation of the seat belt warning lamp in the combination meter.
Seat belt fastened Seat belt unfastened : OFF : ON
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace BCM. NO >> GO TO 2.

1. 2. Connect the CONSULT-III. Select the Data Monitor of the METER/M&A and check the BUCKLE SW monitor value. Refer to WCS-24, "Component Function Check". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace combination meter. NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH (DRIVER SIDE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT

Check the seat belt buckle switch (driver side) signal circuit. Refer to WCS-24, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH (DRIVER SIDE)

Check the seat belt buckle switch (driver side). Refer to WCS-25, "Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace unified meter and A/C amp. NO >> Replace seat belt buckle switch (driver side). Refer to SB-8, "SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Removal and Installation".
WCS-100
2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
INFOID:0000000004704650

WCS
WCS-101
2009 G37 Coupe
SUSPENSION
SECTION
ROAD WHEELS & TIRES
WT
CONTENTS
Repair Work Flow ..................................................... 4 . DTC Logic ...............................................................17 . Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................17 . Special Repair Requirement ...................................18 .
WT
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT .................... 6 .

TRANSMITTER WAKE UP OPERATION .................. 6 . TRANSMITTER WAKE UP OPERATION : Description .................................................................... 6 . TRANSMITTER WAKE UP OPERATION : Special Repair Requirement ........................................... 6 . ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE ............................. 6 . ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : Description ...... 6 ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : Special Repair Requirement ...................................................... 6 .
C1708, C1709, C1710, C1711 TRANSMITTER ... 19



TPMS .................................................................. 9 .
System Diagram ....................................................... 9 . System Description .................................................. 9 . Component Parts Location ..................................... 10 . Component Description .......................................... 10 .

Description ..............................................................24 . DTC Logic ...............................................................24 . Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................24 . Component Inspection ............................................25 . Special Repair Requirement ...................................25 . L

COMMON ITEM ........................................................ 12 . COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM COMMON ITEM) .................................................... 12 . AIR PRESSURE MONITOR ..................................... 13 . AIR PRESSURE MONITOR : Diagnosis Description ......................................................................... 13 . AIR PRESSURE MONITOR : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - AIR PRESSURE MONITOR) .............. 15 .



C1704, C1705, C1706, C1707 LOW TIRE PRESSURE .......................................................17 .
Description ............................................................. 17 .
C1729 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL .................... 32
WT-1
2009 G37 Coupe
LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP BLINKS ............................................................. 87 .

C1734 BCM ....................................................... 33 .

TURN SIGNAL LAMP BLINKS ........................ 89 .

TIRE PRESSURE RECEIVER .......................... 35 .

Description ............................................................. 35 . Component Function Check .................................. 35 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 35 .
ID REGISTRATION CANNOT BE COMPLETED ..................................................................... 90 .

Description ............................................................. 90 . Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 90 .
TIRE PRESSURE WARNING CHECK SWITCH ............................................................ 37 .

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 91 .

Description ............................................................. 91 .
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ........................... 92 .

NVH Troubleshooting Chart ................................... 92 .
LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP ...... 39 .

PRECAUTION ............................................ 93
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 93 .
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................ 93 . Service Notice or Precautions ................................ 93 .
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 40 .

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) ........................ 40 . BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) : Diagnosis Procedure .............................................................. 40 . UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. ............................ 40 . UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure .................................................................... 40 .
PREPARATION .......................................... 94
PREPARATION ................................................ 94 .
Special Service Tool .............................................. 94 . Commercial Service Tool ....................................... 94 .
TPMS ................................................................ 42 .
Wiring Diagram - TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM - ...................................................... 42 .
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ....................... 95

ROAD WHEEL .................................................. 95 .
Inspection ............................................................... 95 .

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) ................. 46 .
Reference Value .................................................... 46 . Wiring Diagram - BCM - ........................................ 69 . Fail-safe ................................................................. 74 . DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................. 76 . DTC Index ............................................................. 78 .
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 96

ROAD WHEEL TIRE ASSEMBLY ................... 96 .
Adjustment ............................................................. 96 .
TRANSMITTER ................................................ 99 .
Exploded View ....................................................... 99 . Removal and Installation ........................................ 99 .
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 81 .

TPMS ................................................................ 81 .
Symptom Table ..................................................... 81 .
TIRE PRESSURE RECEIVER ......................... 101 .

LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON ...................................... 84 .

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ......................................................... 102

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ............................................................... 102 .
Road Wheel ......................................................... 102 .
LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF .................................... 85 .
WT-2
2009 G37 Coupe
Wheel Nut ............................................................ 102 .
Tire ....................................................................... 102 . A
WT
WT-3
2009 G37 Coupe

BASIC INSPECTION
Repair Work Flow
DETAILED FLOW
INFOID:0000000004498628
1.VERIFY CUSTOMER COMPLAINTS

Interview the customer to obtain detailed information about the symptom. >> GO TO 2.
2.DETERMINE REFERENCE ITEM RELATED TO SYMPTOM

Check the symptom on the vehicle from the information obtained. (cruise test, warning lamp illumination or blinking, etc.) Is the symptom confirmed? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 4.
3.PRELIMINARY INSPECTION
1. Check all tire pressures. Refer to WT-102, "Tire". 2. Check the low tire pressure warning lamp for illumination or blinking. Refer to WT-81, "Symptom Table". Is the malfunction finished? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis. Record any DTCs and data displayed on CONSULT-III. Is there any DTC displayed? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Perform troubleshooting by symptom. Refer to WT-81, "Symptom Table". Is the causal factor identified? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 9.
6.PERFORM THE SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS

Perform the diagnosis applicable to the displayed DTC. Refer to WT-78, "DTC Index". >> GO TO 7.
7.REPAIR OR REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS

Repair or replace the applicable part. >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT

1. Erase DTCs. Refer to WT-13, "AIR PRESSURE MONITOR : Diagnosis Description". 2. Perform self-diagnosis again. Is any DTC displayed? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 9.
WT-4
2009 G37 Coupe

9.FINAL CHECK
1. Perform a cruise test. 2. Check the warning lamp for illumination or blinking. Is the malfunction corrected? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 4.
WT
WT-5
2009 G37 Coupe


TRANSMITTER WAKE UP OPERATION
TRANSMITTER WAKE UP OPERATION : Description
This procedure must be done after replacement of a transmitter, BCM, or rotation of wheels.
INFOID:0000000004498629
TRANSMITTER WAKE UP OPERATION : Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000004498630
1.TRANSMITTER WAKE-UP PROCEDURE

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON. Contact the transmitter activation tool (J-45295) (1) to the side of the tire at the location to the transmitter. Press and hold the activation tool button while pushing the tool to the tire surface. (approximately for 5 seconds) CAUTION: Perform the wake-up procedure starting from the vehicle front left wheel, then repeat the procedure in the order of the front right wheel, rear right wheel, and rear left wheel.
NNEIC0020ZZ
4.
Check that the low tire pressure warning lamp blinks in the pattern shown as per the following. The pattern indicates that the transmitter wake-up procedure for the wheel is completed.
SEIA0762E
Check that the turn signal lamps blink twice when the transmitter wake-up procedure for all wheels is completed. 6. Check that the low tire pressure warning lamp turns OFF, after the transmitter wake-up procedure is completed for all wheels and turns OFF. Is the transmitter wake-up procedure completed? YES >> Perform the transmitter ID registration procedure. Refer to WT-6, "ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : Special Repair Requirement". NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for the transmitter. Refer to WT-19, "Diagnosis Procedure".
5.
ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE
ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : Description
This procedure must be done after replacing or rotating wheels, replacing transmitter or BCM.
INFOID:0000000004498631
ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000004498632
1.TRANSMITTER ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE

With CONSULT-III.
WT-6
2009 G37 Coupe

< BASIC INSPECTION > 1. Display the WORK SUPPORT screen and select ID REGIST. Is the transmitter activation tool (J-45295) used for the transmitter ID registration procedure? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3.
2.TRANSMITTER ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE (WITH TRANSMITTER ACTIVATION TOOL)

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON. Select the start button on the ID REGIST screen. Contact the transmitter activation tool (J-45295) (1) to the side of the tire at the location to the transmitter. Press and hold the activation tool button while pushing the tool to the tire surface. (approximately for 5 seconds) CAUTION: Perform the ID registration procedure starting from the vehicle front left wheel, then repeat the procedure in the order of the front right wheel, rear right wheel, and rear left wheel.
NNEIC0020ZZ
WT
5.
When ID registration is completed, check the following pattern at each wheel.

Sequence 1 2 3 4 ID registration position Front left wheel Front right wheel Rear right wheel Rear left wheel 2 blinks Red Green Turn signal lamp CONSULT-III
After the ID registration procedure for all wheels is completed, press END to end ID registration, and check that ID registration for all wheels is completed. Is the check result normal? YES >> ID registration END. NO >> Performs trouble-diagnosis of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Refer to WT-19, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.
3.TRANSMITTER ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE (WITHOUT TRANSMITTER ACTIVATION TOOL)

1. Adjust the tire pressure for all wheels to match the list below.
Tire position Front LH Front RH Rear RH Rear LH Tire pressure kPa (kg/cm2, psi) 240 (2.4, 35) 220 (2.2, 31) 200 (2.0, 29) 180 (1.8, 26)
2. 3.
Drive the vehicle at a speed at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) for 3 minutes or more, then perform the transmitter ID registration procedure. After ID registration for all wheels is completed, press END to end ID registration.
ID registration position Front LH Front RH Rear RH Rear LH Red Green CONSULT-III
4.
Adjust the tire pressures for all wheels to the specified value. Refer to WT-102, "Tire".
WT-7
2009 G37 Coupe

< BASIC INSPECTION > Is ID registrations for all wheels completed? YES >> ID registration END. NO >> Performs trouble-diagnosis of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Refer to WT-19, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WT-8
2009 G37 Coupe
TPMS
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
TPMS
System Diagram
INFOID:0000000004498633
WT
JPEIC0054GB
System Description
DESCRIPTION
INFOID:0000000004498634
During driving, the TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) receives the signal transmitted from transmitter installed in each wheel. The BCM (Body Control Module) of this system has pressure judgment and trouble diagnosis functions. When the tire pressure monitoring system detects low inflation pressure or another unusual symptom, the low tire pressure warning lamps in the combination meter comes on.
WT-9
2009 G37 Coupe
TPMS
INFOID:0000000004498827
JSEIA0070ZZ
1. 4. A.
Transmitter Tire pressure warning check switch Wheel
2. 5. B. E.
BCM Low tire pressure warning lamp Dash side lower (passenger side) Inside combination meter
3.
Tire pressure receiver
C. Instrument lower panel RH
D. Behind instrument lower panel LH
Component parts BCM (Body Control Module) Transmitter Tire pressure receiver Tire pressure warning check switch Turn signal lamp WT-33, "Description". WT-19, "Description". WT-35, "Description". WT-37, "Description". ID registration of each wheel has been completed, turn signal lamp flashes. Function
INFOID:0000000004498636
WT-10
2009 G37 Coupe
TPMS
Component parts Function Transmits the vehicle speed signal via CAN communication to BCM. Unified meter and A/C amp. Receives the following signals via CAN communication for BCM. Low tire pressure warning lamp signal Hazard lamp signal Buzzer signal Illuminates if malfunction is detected in electrical system of TPMS.
Low tire pressure warning lamp
WT
WT-11
2009 G37 Coupe


COMMON ITEM
APPLICATION ITEM
Diagnosis mode Work Support Self Diagnostic Result CAN Diag Support Monitor Data Monitor Active Test Ecu Identification Configuration Function Description Changes the setting for each system function. Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM. Monitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM. Refer to CONSULT-III operation manual. The BCM input/output signals are displayed. The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM. The BCM part number is displayed. Read and save the vehicle specification. Write the vehicle specification when replacing BCM.
INFOID:0000000004498709
SYSTEM APPLICATION
: Applicable item
System Door lock Rear window defogger Warning chime Interior room lamp timer Exterior lamp Wiper and washer Turn signal and hazard warning lamps Intelligent Key system Engine start system Combination switch Body control system IVIS - NATS Interior room lamp battery saver Trunk lid open Vehicle security system RAP system Signal buffer system TPMS NOTE: *1: This item is displayed, but is not used.
Sub system selection item DOOR LOCK REAR DEFOGGER BUZZER INT LAMP HEAD LAMP WIPER FLASHER AIR CONDITONER*1 INTELLIGENT KEY COMB SW BCM IMMU BATTERY SAVER TRUNK THEFT ALM RETAINED PWR*2
SIGNAL BUFFER TPMS (AIR PRESSURE MONITOR)
*2: At models with sunroof this mode is displayed, but is not used.

WT-12
2009 G37 Coupe

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > The BCM records the following vehicle condition at the time a particular DTC is detected, and displays on CONSULT-III.
WT
IGN Counter
0 - 39
AIR PRESSURE MONITOR

AIR PRESSURE MONITOR : Diagnosis Description
DESCRIPTION
During driving, the TPMS receives the signal transmitted from the transmitter installed in each wheel, when the tire pressure becomes low. The control unit (BCM) of this system has pressure judgment and trouble diagnosis functions. When the TPMS detects low inflation pressure or another unusual symptom, the low tire pressure warning lamps in the combination meter comes on.
O
INFOID:0000000004498711
SELF DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH CONSULT-III)

With CONSULT-III
WT-13
2009 G37 Coupe

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > Touch SELF-DIAG RESULT display shows malfunction experienced since the last erasing operation. Refer to WT-78, "DTC Index".
SELF DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITHOUT CONSULT-III)

Without CONSULT-III To start the self-diagnostic results mode, ground terminal of the tire pressure warning check connector. The malfunction location is indicated by the low tire pressure warning lamp blinking.
JPEIC0030GB
NOTE: When the low tire pressure warning lamp blinks 5 Hz and continues repeating it, the system is normal.
Blinking pattern 15 16 17 18 21 22 23 24 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Items Tire pressure value (Front LH) Tire pressure value (Front RH) Tire pressure value (Rear RH) Tire pressure value (Rear LH) Transmitter no data (Front LH) Transmitter no data (Front RH) Transmitter no data (Rear RH) Transmitter no data (Rear LH) Transmitter checksum error (Front LH) Transmitter checksum error (Front RH) Transmitter checksum error (Rear RH) Transmitter checksum error (Rear LH) Transmitter pressure data error (Front LH) Transmitter pressure data error (Front RH) Transmitter pressure data error (Rear RH) Transmitter pressure data error (Rear LH) Diagnostic items detected when Front LH tire pressure drops to * kPa (* kg/cm2, * psi) or less. [NOTE] Front RH tire pressure drops to * kPa (* kg/cm2, * psi) or less. [NOTE] Rear RH tire pressure drops to * kPa (* kg/cm2, * psi) or less. [NOTE] Rear LH tire pressure drops to * kPa (* kg/cm2, * psi) or less. [NOTE] Data from front LH transmitter can not be receive. Data from front RH transmitter can not be receive. Data from rear RH transmitter can not be receive. Data from rear LH transmitter can not be receive. Checksum data from front LH transmitter is malfunctioning. Checksum data from front RH transmitter is malfunctioning. WT-21 Checksum data from rear RH transmitter is malfunctioning. Checksum data from rear LH transmitter is malfunctioning. Air pressure data from front LH transmitter is malfunction. Air pressure data from front RH transmitter is malfunction. WT-24 Air pressure data from rear RH transmitter is malfunction. Air pressure data from rear LH transmitter is malfunction. WT-19 WT-17 Check item
WT-14
2009 G37 Coupe

Blinking pattern 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 52 53 No blinking NOTE: 182.7 kPa (1.9 kg/cm2, 26 psi): Standard air pressure is for 230 kPa (2.3 kg/cm2, 33 psi) vehicles. 189.6 kPa (1.9 kg/cm2, 27 psi): Standard air pressure is for 240 kPa (2.4 kg/cm2, 35 psi) vehicles. Items Transmitter function code error (Front LH) Transmitter function code error (Front RH) Transmitter function code error (Rear RH) Transmitter function code error (Rear LH) Transmitter battery voltage low (Front LH) Transmitter battery voltage low (Front RH) Transmitter battery voltage low (Rear RH) Transmitter battery voltage low (Rear LH) Vehicle speed signal error Control unit Tire pressure warning check switch Diagnostic items detected when Function code data from front LH transmitter is malfunction. Function code data from front RH transmitter is malfunction. WT-26 Function code data from rear RH transmitter is malfunction. Function code data from rear LH transmitter is malfunction. Battery voltage of front LH transmitter drops. Battery voltage of front RH transmitter drops. WT-29 Battery voltage of rear RH transmitter drops. Battery voltage of rear LH transmitter drops. Vehicle speed signal error. Tire pressure monitoring system malfunction in BCM. Tire pressure warning switch circuit is open. WT-32 WT-33 Check item
WT
ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT-III Perform applicable inspection of malfunctioning item and then repair or replace. Turn ignition switch ON and select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for AIR PRESSURE MONITOR with CONSULT-III. 3. Touch ERASE on CONSULT-III screen to erase memory.
1. 2.
Without CONSULT-III In order to make it easier to find the cause of hard-to-duplicate malfunctions, malfunction information is stored into the control unit as necessary during use by the user. This memory is not erased no matter how many times the ignition switch is turned ON and OFF. However, this information is erased by turning ignition switch OFF after performing self-diagnostic or by erasing the memory using the CONSULT-III.
AIR PRESSURE MONITOR : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - AIR PRESSURE MONITOR)

WORK SUPPORT MODE
ID Read The registered ID number is displayed. ID Regist Refer to WT-6, "ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : Special Repair Requirement".
INFOID:0000000004498712
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE

Operation Procedure Refer to WT-78, "DTC Index".
DATA MONITOR MODE

Screen of data monitor mode is displayed.
WT-15
2009 G37 Coupe

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > NOTE: When malfunction is detected, CONSULT-III perform REAL-TIME DIAGNOSIS. Also, any malfunction detected while in this mode will be displayed at real time.
Monitor item (Unit) AIR PRESS FL (kPa/kg/cm2/Psi) AIR PRESS FR (kPa/kg/cm2/Psi) AIR PRESS RR (kPa/kg/cm2/Psi) AIR PRESS RL (kPa/kg/cm2/Psi) ID REGST FL1 (Green/Red) ID REGST FR1 (Green/Red) ID REGST RR1 (Green/Red) ID REGST RL1 (Green/Red) WARNING LAMP (On/Off) BUZZER (On/Off) Low tire pressure warning lamp Buzzer in combination meter Registration ID Tire pressure Remark
NOTE: Before performing the self-diagnosis, be sure to register the ID, or erase the actual malfunction location may be different from that displayed on CONSULT-III.
ACTIVE TEST MODE

NOTE: Before performing the self-diagnosis, be sure to register the ID, or erase the actual malfunction may be different from that displayed on CONSULT-III.
TEST ITEM LIST
Test item WARNING LAMP ID REGIST WARNING FLASHER HORN Content This test is able to check to check that the low tire pressure warning lamp turns on. This test is able to check to check that the buzzer sounds or the low tire pressure warning lamp turns on. This test is able to check to check that each turn signal lamp turns on. This test is able to check to check that the horn sounds.
WT-16
2009 G37 Coupe
C1704, C1705, C1706, C1707 LOW TIRE PRESSURE

Description
INFOID:0000000004498640
When the tire pressure monitoring system detects low inflation pressure, the low tire pressure warning lamps in the combination meter comes on.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC C1704 C1705 C1706 C1707 NOTE: 182.7 kPa (1.9 kg/cm2, 26 psi): Standard air pressure is for 230 kPa (2.3 kg/cm2, 33 psi) vehicles. 189.6 kPa (1.9 kg/cm2, 27 psi): Standard air pressure is for 240 kPa (2.4 kg/cm2, 35 psi) vehicles. Display item LOW PRESSURE FL LOW PRESSURE FR LOW PRESSURE RR LOW PRESSURE RL Malfunction detected condition Front LH tire pressure drops to * kPa (* kg/cm2, * psi) or less. [NOTE] Front RH tire pressure drops to * kPa (* kg/cm2, * psi) or less. [NOTE] Rear RH tire pressure drops to * kPa (* kg/cm2, * psi) or less. [NOTE] Rear LH tire pressure drops to * kPa (* kg/cm2, * psi) or less. [NOTE]
INFOID:0000000004498641
D
Possible cause
WT
Low tire pressure
1.DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE

With CONSULT-III 1. Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more, then drive normally for 10 minutes. 2. Perform BCM self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1704, C1705, C1706, C1707 detected? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis. Refer to WT-17, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
I J
Diagnosis Procedure
K
INFOID:0000000004498642
1.CHECK TIRE AIR PRESSURE

1. Check the all tire air pressures. 2. Adjust all tire air pressures. Refer to WT-102, "Tire". Does all tire pressure data meet the specification? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Inspect or replace malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK AIR PRESSURE SIGNAL

1. 2. 3. Start the engine. Select DATA MONITOR mode for AIR PRESSURE MONITOR with CONSULT-III. Read out the value of AIR PRESS FL, AIR PRESS FR, AIR PRESS RR, AIR PRESS RL.
Monitored item AIR PRESS FL AIR PRESS FR AIR PRESS RR AIR PRESS RL Start the engine and drive at a 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for several minutes. Approximately equal to the indication on vehicle information display. Condition Display value
Is inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END

WT-17
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts (tire or wheel). Refer to WT-93, "Service Notice or Precautions".
INFOID:0000000004498643

Check all tire air pressures. Refer to WT-102, "Tire". Does all tire pressure data meet the specification? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Inspect or repair the tires or wheels and adjust the tire pressure to the specification.
2.PERFORM ID REGISTRATION
Perform ID registration. Refer to WT-6, "ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : Special Repair Requirement". >> END
WT-18
2009 G37 Coupe
C1708, C1709, C1710, C1711 TRANSMITTER


Description
INFOID:0000000004498644
The transmitter integrated with a valve is installed on a wheel, and transmits a detected tire pressure signal by radio wave.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC C1708 C1709 C1710 C1711 Display item [NO DATA] FL [NO DATA] FR [NO DATA] RR [NO DATA] RL Malfunction detected condition Data from front LH transmitter cannot received. Data from front RH transmitter cannot received. Data from rear RH transmitter cannot received. Data from rear LH transmitter cannot received.
INFOID:0000000004498645
Possible cause Harness or connector (Tire pressure receiver, BCM) ID registration is not finished Transmitter malfunction BCM malfunction
WT

With CONSULT-III 1. Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more, then drive normally for 10 minutes. 2. Perform BCM self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1708, C1709, C1710, C1711 detected? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis. Refer to WT-19, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
G
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004498646

With CONSULT-III 1. Start the engine. 2. Select DATA MONITOR mode for AIR PRESSURE MONITOR with CONSULT-III. 3. Read out the value of AIR PRESS FL, AIR PRESS FR, AIR PRESS RR, AIR PRESS RL.
Are all tire pressures displayed 0 kPa? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN BCM AND TIRE PRESSURE RECEIVER

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM harness connector and tire pressure receiver harness connector. Check the continuity between BCM harness connector and tire pressure receiver harness connector.
BCM Connector Terminal 137 M123 138 139 M101 Tire pressure receiver Connector Terminal 1 4 2 Existed
P
Continuity
WT-19
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 4. Check the continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.
BCM Connector Terminal 137 M123 138 139 Ground Not existed Continuity
3.CHECK TIRE PRESSURE RECEIVER

Check tire pressure receiver. Refer to WT-35, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Check the BCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. NO >> Replace the tire pressure receiver.
4.CHECK ID REGISTRATION
Perform ID registration of all transmitters. Refer to WT-6, "ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : Special Repair Requirement". Can ID registration of all transmitters be completed? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace malfunctioning transmitter.
5.CHECK TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM

1. 2. With CONSULT-III Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for several minutes without stopping. Check the all tire pressures with CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR within 15 minutes after stopped vehicle.
Monitored item AIR PRESS FL AIR PRESS FR AIR PRESS RR AIR PRESS RL Start the engine and drive at 40 km/h (25MPH) or more for several minutes. Approximately equal to the indication on vehicle information display. Condition Display value
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace BCM.
INFOID:0000000004498647

WT-20
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004498648
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC C1712 C1713 C1714 C1715 Display item [CHECKSUM ERR] FL [CHECKSUM ERR] FR [CHECKSUM ERR] RR [CHECKSUM ERR] RL Malfunction detected condition Checksum data from front LH transmitter is malfunctioning. Checksum data from front RH transmitter is malfunctioning. Checksum data from rear RH transmitter is malfunctioning. Checksum data from rear LH transmitter is malfunctioning.
INFOID:0000000004498649
Possible case
Tire pressure receiver malfunction Transmitter malfunction BCM malfunction Harness or connector
WT

With CONSULT-III 1. Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for several minutes without stopping. 2. Perform BCM self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1712, C1713, C1714, C1715 detected? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis. Refer to WT-21, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
H
Diagnosis Procedure
J
INFOID:0000000004498650
With CONSULT-III 1. Perform the ID registration of all transmitters. Refer to WT-6, "ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more, then drive normally for 10 minutes. 3. Check all tire pressure with CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR within 5 minutes.
Monitored item AIR PRESS FL AIR PRESS FR AIR PRESS RR AIR PRESS RL Start the engine and drive at a 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for 10 minutes. Approximately equal to the indication on vehicle information display. Condition Display value

1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start the engine. Select DATA MONITOR mode for AIR PRESSURE MONITOR with CONSULT-III. Read out the value of AIR PRESS FL, AIR PRESS FR, AIR PRESS RR and AIR PRESS RL.
WT-21
2009 G37 Coupe


1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM harness connector and tire pressure receiver harness connector. Check the continuity between BCM harness connector and tire pressure receiver harness connector.
Continuity
4.
Check the continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.


Check the tire pressure receiver. Refer to WT-35, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Check BCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. NO >> Replace the tire pressure receiver.

1. 2. With CONSULT-III Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for several minutes without stopping. Check the all tire pressure with CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR within 15 minutes after stopped vehicle.
WT-22
2009 G37 Coupe

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Exploded View".
D
INFOID:0000000004498651

WT
G H
WT-23
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004498652
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC C1716 C1717 C1718 C1719 Display item [PRESSDATA ERR] FL [PRESSDATA ERR] FR [PRESSDATA ERR] RR [PRESSDATA ERR] RL Malfunction detected condition Air pressure data from front LH transmitter is malfunction. Air pressure data from front RH transmitter is malfunction. Air pressure data from rear RH transmitter is malfunction. Air pressure data from rear LH transmitter is malfunction.
INFOID:0000000004498653
Possible case ID registration is not finished Transmitter malfunction

With CONSULT-III 1. Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more, then drive normally for 10 minutes. 2. Perform BCM self- diagnosis. Is DTC C1716, C1717, C1718, C1719 detected? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis. Refer to WT-24, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004498654
1.CHECK TIRE PRESSURE

1. 2. With CONSULT-III Adjust tire pressure to specified value. Refer to WT-102, "Tire". Perform the ID registration of all transmitters. Refer to WT-6, "ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : Special Repair Requirement". 3. Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for several minutes without stopping. 4. Check the all tire pressure with CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR within 15 minutes after stopped vehicle.
Is tire pressure indicated as 438.60 kPa (4.47kg/cm2, 63.60 psi) on the DATA MONITOR screen? YES >> Replace malfunctioning transmitter. NO >> GO TO 2.

With CONSULT-III Perform the ID registration of all transmitters. Refer to WT-6, "ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for 10 minutes. 3. Check the all tire pressures with CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR within 5 minutes. 1.
WT-24
2009 G37 Coupe

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Perform the self-diagnosis, inspect detected malfunction. Refer to WT-13, "AIR PRESSURE MONITOR : Diagnosis Description".
INFOID:0000000004498655
1.CHECK TRANSMITTER
1. 2. With CONSULT-III Adjust tire pressure to specified value. Refer to WT-102, "Tire". Perform ID registration of all transmitters. Refer to WT-6, "ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : Special Repair Requirement". 3. Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for several minutes without stopping. 4. Check the all tire pressure with CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR within 15 minutes after stopped vehicle.
Monitored item AIR PRESSURE FL AIR PRESSURE FR AIR PRESSURE RR AIR PRESSURE RL Start the engine and drive at a 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for several minutes. Approximately equal to the indication on vehicle information display. Condition Display value
WT
Is tire pressure indicated as 438.60 kPa (4.47 kg/cm2, 63.60 psi) on the DATA MONITOR screen? YES >> Replace malfunctioning transmitter. NO >> INSPECTION END
INFOID:0000000004498656

WT-25
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004498657
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC C1720 C1721 C1722 C1723 Display item [CODE ERR] FL [CODE ERR] FR [CODE ERR] RR [CODE ERR] RL Malfunction detected condition Function code data from front LH transmitter is malfunctioning. Function code data from front RH transmitter is malfunctioning. Function code data from rear RH transmitter is malfunctioning. Function code data from rear LH transmitter is malfunctioning.
INFOID:0000000004498658
Possible case Tire pressure receiver malfunction Transmitter malfunction BCM malfunction Harness or connector

With CONSULT-III 1. Driving at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more, then drive normally for 10 minutes. 2. Perform BCM self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1720, C1721, C1722, C1723 detected? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis. Refer to WT-26, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004498659
With CONSULT-III Perform the ID registration of all transmitters. Refer to WT-6, "ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more, then drive normally for 10 minutes. 3. Check all tire pressure with CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR within 5 minutes. 1.
2.CHECK ALL TIRE PRESSURE SIGNAL

1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start the engine. Select DATA MONITOR mode for AIR PRESSURE MONITOR with CONSULT-III. Read out the value of AIR PRESS FL, AIR PRESS FR, AIR PRESS RR and AIR PRESS RL.
WT-26
2009 G37 Coupe

Are all tire pressure displayed 0 kPa? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 5.

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM harness connector and tire pressure receiver harness connector. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and tire pressure receiver harness connector.
WT
Continuity
4.

H
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair or replace damage parts.

Check tire pressure receiver. Refer to WT-35, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Check BCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. NO >> Replace the tire pressure receiver.
L

1. 2. With CONSULT-III Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for several minutes without stopping. Check all tire pressures with CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR within 15 minutes after stopped vehicle.
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Exploded View".
WT-27
2009 G37 Coupe

6.CHECK TRANSMITTER
1. 2. With CONSULT-III Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for several minutes without stopping. Check all tire pressures with CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR within 5 minutes after stopped vehicle.
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace malfunction transmitter.
INFOID:0000000004498660

WT-28
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
INFOID:0000000004498661
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC C1724 C1725 C1726 C1727 Display item [BATT VOLT LOW] FL [BATT VOLT LOW] FR [BATT VOLT LOW] RR [BATT VOLT LOW] RL Malfunction detected condition Battery voltage of front LH transmitter drops. Battery voltage of front RH transmitter drops. Battery voltage of rear RH transmitter drops. Battery voltage of rear LH transmitter drops.
INFOID:0000000004498662
Possible case Transmitter malfunction Tire pressure receiver malfunction BCM malfunction Harness or connector
WT

With CONSULT-III 1. Driving at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more, then drive normally for 10 minutes. 2. Perform BCM self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1724, C1725, C1726, C1727 detected? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis. Refer to WT-29, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
G
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004498663
With CONSULT-III 1. Perform the ID registration of all transmitters. Refer to WT-6, "ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : Special Repair Requirement". 2. Drive at a 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more, then drive normally for 10 minutes. 3. Check all tire pressure with CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR within 5 minutes. Can ID registration of all transmitters be completed? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 4.
J K

With CONSULT-III 1. Start the engine. 2. Select DATA MONITOR mode for AIR PRESSURE MONITOR with CONSULT-III. 3. Read out the value of AIR PRESS FL, AIR PRESS FR, AIR PRESS RR and AIR PRESS RL.

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
WT-29
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > 2. Disconnect BCM harness connector and tire pressure receiver harness connector. 3. Check the continuity between BCM harness connector and tire pressure receiver harness connector.
Continuity
4.


Check the tire pressure receiver. Refer to WT-35, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Check the BCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. NO >> Replace the tire pressure receiver.

1. 2. With CONSULT-III Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for several minutes without stopping. Check the all tire pressures with CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR within 15 minutes after stopped vehicle.
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Exploded View".
INFOID:0000000004498664

Check all tire air pressures. Refer to WT-102, "Tire". Does all tire pressure data meet the specification?
WT-30
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Inspect or repair the tires or wheels and adjust the tire pressure to the specification.
C B
WT
WT-31
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
BCM detects no vehicle speed signal.
INFOID:0000000004498665
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC number C1729 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition
INFOID:0000000004498666
Possible case CAN communication error Unified meter and A/C amp. malfunction
VHCL SPEED SIG ERR
Vehicle speed signal error.

With CONSULT-III 1. Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for several minutes without stopping. 2. Perform BCM self-diagnosis. Is DTC C1729 detected? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis. Refer to WT-32, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004498667
1.CHECK UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. SELF-DIAGNOSIS

With CONSULT-III Perform unified meter and A/C amp. self-diagnosis. Is any DTC detected? YES >> Check the DTC. NO >> Check unified meter and A/C amp. MWI-50, "COMBINATION METER : Diagnosis Procedure".
INFOID:0000000004498668

WT-32
2009 G37 Coupe
C1734 BCM
C1734 BCM
Description
INFOID:0000000004498669
The BCM reads the tire pressure signal received by the tire pressure receiver, and controls the low tire pressure warning lamp and the buzzer operations. It also has a judgment function to detect a system malfunction.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC C1734 Display item CONTROL UNIT Malfunction detected condition Tire pressure monitoring system malfunction in BCM
INFOID:0000000004498670
Possible case BCM malfunction

With CONSULT-III 1. Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for several minutes without stopping. 2. Perform BCM self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR within 15 minutes after stopped vehicle. Is DTC C1734 detected? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis. Refer to WT-33, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END
WT
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004498671
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

With CONSULT-III 1. On SELECT DIAG mode, select the SELF-DIAG RESULT screen. 2. Check display contents in self-diagnostic results. Does self-diagnostic results indicate any malfunction? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis. Refer to WT-78, "DTC Index". NO >> GO TO 2.
I

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM harness connector. Check voltage between BCM harness connector terminals and ground.
BCM Connector M118 M119 Terminal 1 11 Voltage
Ground
Battery voltage
Is the power supply normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damage parts. 40A fusible link [No. K located in the fuse block]. Refer to PG-95, "Fuse and Fusible Link Arrangement". 10A fuse [No. 10 located in the fuse block (J/B)]. Refer to PG-94, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement". Harness for short or open between battery and BCM harness connector M118 terminal 1. Harness for short or open between battery and BCM harness connector M119 terminal 11. Check the Battery voltage.
3.CHECK BCM GROUND CIRCUIT

WT-33
2009 G37 Coupe
C1734 BCM
BCM Connector M119 Terminal 13
Ground
Continuity Existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

1. 2. Disconnect tire pressure receiver harness connector. Check the continuity between BCM harness connector and tire pressure receiver harness connector.
BCM Connector Terminal 137 M123 138 139 M101 Tire pressure receiver Connector Terminal 1 4 2 Existed Continuity
3.

5.CHECK BCM
Check the BCM input/output signal. Refer to BCS-44, "Reference Value". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK BCM HARNESS CONNECTOR

Check the BCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Exploded View". NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
INFOID:0000000004498672

WT-34
2009 G37 Coupe
TIRE PRESSURE RECEIVER


Description Component Function Check
INFOID:0000000004498673
The tire pressure receiver receives the tire pressure signal transmitted by the transmitter in each wheel.
INFOID:0000000004498674
1.TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM OPERATION

1. 2. With CONSULT-III Drive at a speed 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more, then drive normally for 10 minutes. Check tire pressure with CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR within 5 minutes.
Monitored item AIR PRESS FL AIR PRESS FR AIR PRESS RR AIR PRESS RL Start engine and drive at a 40 km/h (25MPH) or more for 10 minutes. Approximately equal to the indication on vehicle information display. Condition Display value
WT
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO-1 >> Perform BCM self-diagnosis. Refer to WT-78, "DTC Index". NO-2 >> Perform trouble diagnosis. Refer to WT-35, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004498675
1.CHECK TIRE PRESSURE RECEIVER SIGNAL

1. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON. CAUTION: Never start the engine. Check tire pressure receiver connector and ground signal with oscilloscope.
Tire pressure receiver Connector Terminal Condition Voltage (Approx.)
L
Standby state
M
OCC3881D
M101
Ground
N
OCC3880D
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TIRE PRESSURE RECEIVER INPUT VOLTAGE

1. 2. Disconnect tire pressure receiver connector. Check voltage between tire pressure receiver connector and ground.
WT-35
2009 G37 Coupe

Tire pressure receiver Connector M101 Terminal 4
Ground
Voltage (Approx.) 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Check BCM harness and connector.
3.CHECK TIRE PRESSURE RECEIVER GROUND CIRCUIT

1. 2. Disconnect BCM harness connector. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and tire pressure receiver connector.
BCM Connector M123 Terminal 137 Tire pressure receiver Connector M101 Terminal 1
Continuity Existed
3.

4.CHECK BCM CIRCUIT

Inspect the BCM circuit. Refer to WT-33, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the BCM circuit normal? YES >> Replace tire pressure receiver. NO >> Repair or replace BCM circuit. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Exploded View".
WT-36
2009 G37 Coupe
TIRE PRESSURE WARNING CHECK SWITCH


Description
INFOID:0000000004498676
Self-diagnosis can be performed by short-circuiting the tire pressure warning check switch to the ground.(Selfdiagnosis indicates the location of the malfunction by the blinking of the low tire pressure warning lamp on the combination meter.) NOTE: If low tire pressure warning lamp blinks as shown in the figure, the system is normal. This mode shows transmitter status is in OFF-mode. Perform transmitter wake up operation. Refer to WT-6, "TRANSMITTER WAKE UP OPERATION : Special Repair Requirement".
WT
JPEIC0031GB
G
INFOID:0000000004498677
1.CHECK LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP OPERATION

Check if low tire pressure warning lamp blinks 1 second and then goes off after turning ignition switch ON. Is inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Check the low tire pressure warning lamp. Refer to WT-39, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK TIRE PRESSURE WARNING CHECK SWITCH OPERATION

1. Ground the tire pressure warning check switch harness connector terminal. 2. Check the low tire pressure warning lamp blinks. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis. Refer to WT-37, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004498678
1.CHECK TIRE PRESSURE WARNING CHECK SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON. CAUTION: Never start the engine. Check voltage between tire pressure warning check switch connector and ground.
Tire pressure warning check switch Connector M23 Terminal 1 Ground Voltage (Approx.)
O
5V
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Repair or replace BCM circuit. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Exploded View". NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TIRE PRESSURE WARNING CHECK SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM harness connector Check the continuity between BCM harness connector and tire pressure warning check switch connector.
WT-37
2009 G37 Coupe

BCM Connector M123 Terminal 149 Tire pressure warning check switch Connector M23 Terminal 1 Continuity Existed
4.

3.CHECK BCM
Check the BCM input/output signal. Refer to WT-46, "Reference Value". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Check the BCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Exploded View".
WT-38
2009 G37 Coupe
LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP

LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP

Description
INFOID:0000000004498679
The combination meter receives tire pressure status from the unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communication. When BCM judges from a transmitter signal that tire pressure is insufficient, BCM transmits a signal to unified meter and A/C amp. via CAN communication. unified meter and A/C amp. turns on the low tire pressure warning lamp mounted on the combination meter.
Condition Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON Less than * kPa (* kg/cm2, * psi) [NOTE] Tire pressure monitoring system malfunction [Other diagnostic item] NOTE:
Low tire pressure warning lamp OFF Warning lamp turns on for 1second, then turns off. ON Warning lamp blinks 1 min, then turns on.
WT
182.7 kPa (1.9 kg/cm2, 26 psi): Standard air pressure is for 230 kPa (2.3 kg/cm2, 33 psi) vehicles. 189.6 kPa (1.9 kg/cm2, 27 psi): Standard air pressure is for 240 kPa (2.4 kg/cm2, 35 psi) vehicles.
INFOID:0000000004498680
1.CHECK LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP

Check if low tire pressure warning lamp blinks for 1 second and then goes off after turning the ignition switch ON. Is inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis. Refer to WT-39, "Diagnosis Procedure".
H I
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004498681
1.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

Perform self-diagnosis of tire pressure monitoring system. Is inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Check the DTC.
K

Check if low tire pressure warning lamp blinks 1 second and then goes off after turning the ignition switch ON. Is inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Check the combination meter.
M
WT-39
2009 G37 Coupe


INFOID:0000000004498682




UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004498683
1.CHECK FUSE
Power source Battery Ignition switch ACC or ON Ignition switch ON or START Fuse No. 6 19 3
WT-40
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.

Check voltage between unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector and ground.
Terminals (+) Unified meter and A/C amp. Terminal 54 M67 41 53 Signal name Battery power supply ACC power supply Ignition signal Ground (-) Ignition switch position Value (Approx.)
OFF ACC ON
Battery voltage Battery voltage Battery voltage
WT
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Check harness between unified meter and A/C amp. and fuse.

1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect unified meter and A/C amp. connector. Check continuity between unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector and ground.
Unified meter and A/C amp. Connector M67 Terminal 55 71 Ground
H
Continuity Existed Existed
WT-41
2009 G37 Coupe
TPMS
TPMS
Wiring Diagram - TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM INFOID:0000000004498684
JCEWM0073GB
WT-42
2009 G37 Coupe
TPMS
A
WT
O
JCEWM0074GB
WT-43
2009 G37 Coupe
TPMS
JCEWM0075GB
WT-44
2009 G37 Coupe
TPMS
A
WT
O
JCEWM0076GB
WT-45
2009 G37 Coupe


Reference Value
INFOID:0000000004498713
Condition
Value/Status Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Wiper intermittent dial position Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off Off On Off On Off
FR WIPER LOW
FR WASHER SW
FR WIPER INT
TURN SIGNAL L
TAIL LAMP SW
HI BEAM SW
HEAD LAMP SW 1
HEAD LAMP SW 2
PASSING SW
AUTO LIGHT SW
WT-46
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor Item DOOR SW-RL DOOR SW-BK CDL LOCK SW Condition NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Other than power door lock switch LOCK Power door lock switch LOCK Other than power door lock switch UNLOCK Power door lock switch UNLOCK Other than driver door key cylinder LOCK position Driver door key cylinder LOCK position Other than driver door key cylinder UNLOCK position Driver door key cylinder UNLOCK position NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Hazard switch is OFF Hazard switch is ON NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Trunk lid opener cancel switch OFF Trunk lid opener cancel switch ON Trunk lid opener switch OFF While the trunk lid opener switch is turned ON Trunk lid closed Trunk lid opened LOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed LOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed TRUNK OPEN button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed TRUNK OPEN button of the Intelligent Key is pressed PANIC button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed PANIC button of the Intelligent Key is pressed UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed and held LOCK/UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed and held simultaneously LOCK/UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed and held simultaneously OPTICAL SENSOR Bright outside of the vehicle Dark outside of the vehicle Driver door request switch is not pressed Driver door request switch is pressed Passenger door request switch is not pressed Passenger door request switch is pressed NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Value/Status
A
Off Off Off On Off On Off On Off On Off
CDL UNLOCK SW
KEY CYL LK-SW
WT
F
Off On Off Off Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Close to 5 V Close to 0 V Off On Off On Off
TR/BD OPEN SW
TRNK/HAT MNTR
RKE-LOCK
RKE-UNLOCK
RKE-TR/BD
RKE-PANIC
RKE-P/W OPEN
RKE-MODE CHG
REQ SW -DR
WT-47
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor Item REQ SW -RL REQ SW -BD/TR Condition NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Trunk lid opener request switch is not pressed Trunk lid opener request switch is pressed Push-button ignition switch (push switch) is not pressed Push-button ignition switch (push switch) is pressed Ignition switch in OFF or ACC position Ignition switch in ON position NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. The clutch pedal is not depressed The clutch pedal is depressed The brake pedal is depressed when No. 7 fuse is blown BRAKE SW 1 The brake pedal is not depressed when No. 7 fuse is blown, or No. 7 fuse is normal The brake pedal is not depressed The brake pedal is depressed Selector lever in P position (Except M/T models) The clutch pedal is depressed (M/T models) Selector lever in any position other than P (Except M/T models) The clutch pedal is not depressed (M/T models) Selector lever in any position other than P and N Selector lever in P or N position Steering is unlocked Steering is locked Steering is locked Steering is unlocked Ignition switch in OFF or ACC position Ignition switch in ON position Driver door is unlocked Driver door is locked Push-button ignition switch (push-switch) is not pressed Push-button ignition switch (push-switch) is pressed Ignition switch in OFF or ACC position Ignition switch in ON position Selector lever in any position other than P Selector lever in P position Selector lever in any position other than P and N (Except M/T models) The clutch pedal is not depressed (M/T models) Selector lever in P or N position The clutch pedal is depressed Selector lever in any position other than P Selector lever in P position Selector lever in any position other than N Selector lever in N position Value/Status Off Off On Off On Off On Off Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On
PUSH SW
BRAKE SW 2
DETE/CANCL SW
SFT PN/N SW
S/L -LOCK
S/L -UNLOCK
S/L RELAY-F/B
UNLK SEN -DR
PUSH SW -IPDM
IGN RLY1 -F/B
DETE SW -IPDM
SFT PN -IPDM
SFT P -MET
SFT N -MET
WT-48
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor Item Engine stopped ENGINE STATE While the engine stalls At engine cranking Engine running S/L LOCK-IPDM Steering is unlocked Steering is locked Steering is locked Steering is unlocked Steering lock system is not the LOCK condition and the changing condition from LOCK to UNLOCK Steering lock system are not the LOCK condition or the changing condition from LOCK to UNLOCK While driving While driving Driver door is locked DOOR STAT-DR Wait with selective UNLOCK operation (60 seconds) Driver door is unlocked Passenger door is locked DOOR STAT-AS Wait with selective UNLOCK operation (60 seconds) Passenger door is unlocked ID OK FLAG Steering is locked Steering is unlocked The engine start is prohibited The engine start is permitted NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. The Intelligent Key is not inserted into key slot The Intelligent Key is inserted into key slot During the operation of the Intelligent Key NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by any key ID registered to BCM. The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by any key ID registered to BCM. The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the fourth key ID registered to BCM. The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the fourth key ID registered to BCM. The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the third key ID registered to BCM. The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the third key ID registered to BCM. Condition Value/Status Stop Stall Crank Run Off On Off On Off On Equivalent to speedometer reading Equivalent to speedometer reading LOCK READY UNLOCK LOCK READY UNLOCK Reset Set Reset Set Reset Off On Operation frequency of the Intelligent Key Yet
S/L UNLK-IPDM
S/L RELAY-REQ
WT
CONFRM ID ALL
N
Done Yet Done
CONFIRM ID4
P
Yet Done
CONFIRM ID3
WT-49
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor Item Condition The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the second key ID registered to BCM. The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the second key ID registered to BCM. The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the first key ID registered to BCM. The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the first key ID registered to BCM. The ID of fourth Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM The ID of fourth Intelligent Key is registered to BCM The ID of third Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM The ID of third Intelligent Key is registered to BCM The ID of second Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM The ID of second Intelligent Key is registered to BCM The ID of first Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM The ID of first Intelligent Key is registered to BCM Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received) Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received) Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received) Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received) ID of front LH tire transmitter is registered ID of front LH tire transmitter is not registered ID of front RH tire transmitter is registered ID of front RH tire transmitter is not registered ID of rear RH tire transmitter is registered ID of rear RH tire transmitter is not registered ID of rear LH tire transmitter is registered ID of rear LH tire transmitter is not registered Tire pressure indicator OFF Tire pressure indicator ON Tire pressure warning alarm is not sounding Tire pressure warning alarm is sounding Value/Status Yet Done Yet Done Yet Done Yet Done Yet Done Yet Done Air pressure of front LH tire Air pressure of front RH tire Air pressure of rear RH tire Air pressure of rear LH tire Done Yet Done Yet Done Yet Done Yet Off On Off On
CONFIRM ID2
CONFIRM ID1
TP 4
TP 3
TP 2
ID REGST FR1
ID REGST RR1
ID REGST RL1
WARNING LAMP
BUZZER
WT-50
2009 G37 Coupe

A
WT
O
JPMIA0062ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
WT-51
2009 G37 Coupe

4 (LG)
Ground
Output
12 V
5 (P)
Ground
12 V 0V 0V 12 V 12 V 0V 12 V 0V Battery voltage 0V 0V NOTE: When the illumination brightening/dimming level is in the neutral position.
Output
7 (SB)
Ground
Step lamp
Output
Step lamp
8 (V)
Ground
Output
All doors, fuel lid
9 (G) 11 (R) 13 (B)
Ground
Output
Ground Ground
Input
14 (W)
Ground
Output
Tail lamp
ON
JSNIA0010GB
15 (O)
Ground
ACC indicator lamp
Output
Ignition switch
Battery voltage 0V
WT-52
2009 G37 Coupe

17 (W)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch ON
C
D
PKID0926E
WT
18 (O)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch ON
F
G
PKID0926E
20 (V)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch ON
PKID0926E
23 (L)
Ground
Trunk lid open
Output
Trunk lid
0V 0V
N
25 (Y) Ignition switch ON
Ground
Output
PKID0926E
WT-53
2009 G37 Coupe


JMKIA0062GB
34 (SB)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch OFF

JMKIA0063GB

JMKIA0062GB
35 (V)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch OFF

JMKIA0063GB
38 (B)
Ground
Output
WT-54
2009 G37 Coupe

B
39 (W)
Ground
Output
WT
47 (Y)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch
OFF or ACC ON
12 V 0V
50 (R)
Ground
Input
JPMIA0011GB
11.8 V ON (Trunk lid is opened) Ignition switch ON (A/T models) 52 (SB) Ground Starter relay control Output Ignition switch ON (M/T models) When selector lever is in P or N position When selector lever is not in P or N position When the clutch pedal is depressed When the clutch pedal is not depressed ON (Pressed) 0V 12 V 0V
L
N
61 (SB) Trunk lid opener request switch Trunk lid opener request switch
Ground
Input
OFF (Not pressed)
JPMIA0016GB
WT-55
2009 G37 Coupe

67 (GR)
Ground
Input
Not pressed
JPMIA0011GB
11.8 V

JMKIA0062GB
72 (R)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch OFF

JMKIA0063GB

JMKIA0062GB
73 (G)
Ground
Room antenna 2 (+) (Center console)
Output
Ignition switch OFF

JMKIA0063GB
WT-56
2009 G37 Coupe

B
74 (SB)
Ground
Output
WT
75 (BR)
Ground
Output
M
76 (V)
Ground
Output
WT-57
2009 G37 Coupe

77 (LG)
Ground
Output

JMKIA0062GB
78 (Y)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch OFF

JMKIA0063GB

JMKIA0062GB
79 (BR)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch OFF

JMKIA0063GB
WT-58
2009 G37 Coupe

Ground
During waiting
Ground
Ignition switch
WT
During waiting
F
JMKIA0064GB
83 (Y)
Ground
Input/ Output
JMKIA0065GB
J
K
JPMIA0041GB
1.4 V
M
87 (Y) Ground Combination switch INPUT 5 Input Combination switch Front fog lamp switch ON (Wiper intermittent dial 4)
N
JPMIA0037GB
1.3 V
O
JPMIA0040GB
1.3 V
WT-59
2009 G37 Coupe

JPMIA0041GB
1.4 V
JPMIA0036GB
88 (O)
Ground
Input
Combination switch
1.3 V
JPMIA0037GB
1.3 V
JPMIA0040GB
1.3 V 89 (BR) 90 (P) 91 (L) Ground Push-button ignition switch (Push switch) CAN-L CAN-H Input Input/ Output Input/ Output Push-button ig- Pressed nition switch Not pressed (push switch) OFF 0V Battery voltage 0V
Ground Ground
92 (LG)
Ground
Output
Blinking
JPMIA0015GB
6.5 V ON 12 V
WT-60
2009 G37 Coupe

Terminal No. (Wire color) + 93 (Y) 95 (O) 96 (GR) 97 (L) 98 (P) Ground Description Signal name Input/ Output Output Ignition switch Condition OFF (LOCK indicator is not illuminated) ON Ground ACC relay control A/T shift selector (Detention switch) power supply Steering lock condition No. 1 Steering lock condition No. 2 Selector lever P position switch ASCD clutch switch (M/T models without ICC) Output Ignition switch OFF ACC or ON LOCK status UNLOCK status LOCK status UNLOCK status P position Any position other than P OFF (Clutch pedal is depressed) ON (Clutch pedal is not depressed) OFF (Clutch pedal is depressed) ON (Clutch pedal is not depressed) ON (Pressed) Value (Approx.) Battery voltage 0V 0V 12 V 12 V 0V 12 V 12 V 0V 0V 12 V 0V 12 V
ON indicator lamp
Ground
Output
Ground
Input
Steering lock
WT
Ground
Input
Steering lock
Selector lever
99 (R)
Ground
Input
ASCD clutch switch
H
0V 12 V 0V
ICC clutch switch
J
100 (Y) Ground Passenger door request switch Input Passenger door request switch
OFF (Not pressed)
JPMIA0016GB
M
101 (P) Driver door request switch Driver door request switch
Ground
Input
OFF (Not pressed)
JPMIA0016GB
Ground
Output
Ground
Output
Ignition switch
WT-61
2009 G37 Coupe

All switches OFF
JPMIA0041GB
1.4 V
JPMIA0037GB
1.3 V
107 (LG)
Ground
Input
JPMIA0036GB
1.3 V
JPMIA0038GB
1.3 V
JPMIA0039GB
1.3 V
WT-62
2009 G37 Coupe

B
JPMIA0041GB
1.4 V
WT
F
JPMIA0038GB
108 (R)
Ground
Input
Combination switch
1.3 V
JPMIA0036GB
1.3 V
J
JPMIA0039GB
1.3 V
WT-63
2009 G37 Coupe

All switches OFF
JPMIA0041GB
1.4 V
JPMIA0037GB
1.3 V
109 (W)
Ground
Input
Lighting switch 2ND
JPMIA0036GB
1.3 V
JPMIA0038GB
1.3 V
JPMIA0040GB
1.3 V ON 0V
110 (G)
Ground
Hazard switch
Input
Hazard switch
OFF
JPMIA0012GB
1.1 V
WT-64
2009 G37 Coupe

C
D
JMKIA0066GB
12 V 0V
WT
F
Close to 5 V Close to 0 V 0V
Ground
Optical sensor
Input
114 (R) 116 (SB)
Ground
Input
H
Battery voltage Battery voltage 0V
Ground
Stop lamp switch 1
Input
Stop lamp switch
J
Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage
119 (SB)
Ground
Input
Driver door

JPMIA0012GB
12 V
Ground
Key slot switch
Input
P
0V 0V Battery voltage
123 (W)
Ground
IGN feedback
Input
WT-65
2009 G37 Coupe

124 (LG)
Ground
Input
OFF (Door close)
JPMIA0011GB
129 (O)
Ground
Input
CANCEL
JPMIA0012GB
1.1 V ON 0V
132 (V)
Ground
Input/ Output
Ignition switch ON
JPMIA0013GB
10.2 V Ignition switch OFF or ACC ON (Tail lamps OFF) 12 V 9.5 V NOTE: The pulse width of this wave is varied by the illumination brightening/dimming level. 133 (L) Ground Push-button ignition switch illumination Output Push-button ignition switch il- ON (Tail lamps ON) lumination
JPMIA0159GB
WT-66
2009 G37 Coupe

B
Standby state
139 (L)
Ground
Input/ Output
Ignition switch ON
OCC3881D
WT
F
OCC3880D
140 (GR)
Ground
Input
Selector lever
12 V 0V 0V
H
141 (R) Security indicator
Ground
Security indicator
Output
Blinking
I
JPMIA0014GB
142 (BR)
Ground
Output

JPMIA0031GB
M
10.7 V
All switches OFF (Wiper intermittent dial 4) Front wiper switch HI (Wiper intermittent dial 4) 143 (V) Ground Combination switch OUTPUT 1 Output Combination switch Any of the conditions below with all switches OFF Wiper intermittent dial 1 Wiper intermittent dial 2 Wiper intermittent dial 3 Wiper intermittent dial 6 Wiper intermittent dial 7
0V
P
JPMIA0032GB
10.7 V
WT-67
2009 G37 Coupe

Terminal No. (Wire color) + Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition All switches OFF (Wiper intermittent dial 4) Front washer switch ON (Wiper intermittent dial 4) 144 (G) Ground Combination switch OUTPUT 2 Output Combination switch Any of the conditions below with all switches OFF Wiper intermittent dial 1 Wiper intermittent dial 5 Wiper intermittent dial 6 10.7 V All switches OFF Front wiper switch INT Combination switch (Wiper intermittent dial 4) Front wiper switch LO 0V Value (Approx.) 0V
JPMIA0033GB
145 (L)
Ground
Output

JPMIA0034GB
10.7 V All switches OFF Front fog lamp switch ON Combination switch (Wiper intermittent dial 4) Lighting switch 2ND Lighting switch PASS 0V
146 (SB)
Ground
Output

JPMIA0035GB
150 (R)
Ground
Driver door switch
Input
Driver door switch
OFF (Door close)
JPMIA0011GB
WT-68
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004731410
WT
JCMWM3046GB
WT-69
2009 G37 Coupe

JCMWM3047GB
WT-70
2009 G37 Coupe

A
WT
O
JCMWM3048GB
WT-71
2009 G37 Coupe

JCMWM3049GB
WT-72
2009 G37 Coupe

A
WT
O
JCMWM3050GB
WT-73
2009 G37 Coupe

JCMWM3051GB
Fail-safe
INFOID:0000000004731411
WT-74
2009 G37 Coupe

WT
B2604: PNP SW
B2605: PNP SW
B2606: S/L RELAY
WT-75
2009 G37 Coupe

B2607: S/L RELAY
B2609: S/L STATUS
B2612: S/L STATUS
B26E8: CLUTCH SW
B26E9: S/L STATUS

INFOID:0000000004731412
WT-76
2009 G37 Coupe

WT
WT-77
2009 G37 Coupe


INFOID:0000000004731413
DTC Index
NOTE: The details of time display are as follows. CRNT: A malfunction is detected now. PAST: A malfunction was detected in the past. IGN counter is displayed on Freeze Frame Data. For details of Freeze Frame Data, refer to BCS-14, "COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)".
CONSULT display
Fail-safe
Reference page
WT-78
2009 G37 Coupe

CONSULT display Fail-safe Freeze Frame Data Vehicle Speed Odo/Trip Meter Vehicle condition Intelligent Key warning lamp ON (Turn ON for 15 seconds) (Turn ON for 15 seconds) (Turn ON for 15 seconds) Tire pressure monitor warning lamp ON WT-17 Reference page SEC-61 SEC-63 SEC-64 BCS-38 SEC-65 SEC-68 SEC-70 SEC-73 SEC-75 SEC-77 SEC-78 SEC-80 SEC-82 PCS-50 SEC-86 SEC-87 SEC-88 SEC-89 SEC-94 PCS-52 PCS-54 PCS-56 SEC-98 PCS-58 SEC-100 PCS-59
WT
L
SEC-101 DLK-55 DLK-57 DLK-59 SEC-90 SEC-92 SEC-93
WT-79
2009 G37 Coupe

WT-80
2009 G37 Coupe
TPMS
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
TPMS
Symptom Table
LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP SYMPTOM CHART
INFOID:0000000004498690
WT
WT-81
2009 G37 Coupe
TPMS
Diagnosis items Symptom (Ignition switch ON)
Cause
Action
The low tire pressure warning lamp illuminates for 1 second, then turns OFF.
SEIA0592E
Wake-up operation for all transmitters at wheels is completed.
No system malfunctions
The low tire pressure warning lamp repeats blinking ON for 2 seconds and OFF for 0.2 seconds.
SEIA0593E
Wake-up operation for all transmitters at wheels is not completed.
Perform the wake-up operation for all transmitters at wheels. Refer to WT-6, "TRANSMITTER WAKE UP OPERATION : Special Repair Requirement".
The low tire pressure warning lamp blinks once.
The front left transmitter is not activated.
Perform the wake-up operation for the transmitter at front left wheel. Refer to WT-6, "TRANSMITTER WAKE UP OPERATION : Special Repair Requirement".
SEIA0594E
The low tire pressure warning lamp repeats blinking twice.

SEIA0595E
The front right transmitter is not activated.
Perform the wake-up operation for the transmitter at front right wheel. Refer to WT-6, "TRANSMITTER WAKE UP OPERATION : Special Repair Requirement".
The low tire pressure warning lamp repeats blinking for 3 times.
SEIA0596E
The rear right transmitter is not activated.
Perform the wake-up operation for the transmitter at rear right wheel. Refer to WT-6, "TRANSMITTER WAKE UP OPERATION : Special Repair Requirement".
The low tire pressure warning lamp repeats blinking for 4 times.
SEIA0597E
The rear left transmitter is not activated.
Perform the wake-up operation for the transmitter at rear left wheel. Refer to WT-6, "TRANSMITTER WAKE UP OPERATION : Special Repair Requirement".
The low tire pressure warning lamp turns ON and stays illuminated.
SEIA0598E
Low tire pressure
Check with CONSULT-III the tire pressure values. Refer to WT-15, "AIR PRESSURE MONITOR : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - AIR PRESSURE MONITOR)".
WT-82
2009 G37 Coupe
TPMS
Diagnosis items Symptom (Ignition switch ON) Low tire pressure warning lamp Cause The combination meter fuse is open or removed (or pulled out). The low tire pressure warning control unit harness connector is removed. Action Check and install the combination meter fuse. If necessary, replace the fuse. Check the connection conditions of the low tire pressure warning control unit harness connector, and repair if necessary. Perform CONSULT-III self-diagnosis. Refer to WT-15, "AIR PRESSURE MONITOR : CONSULT-III Function (BCM AIR PRESSURE MONITOR)". If necessary, perform transmitter ID registration. Refer to WT-6, "ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : Special Repair Requirement". 1. Replace the battery in the transmitter activation tool (J-45295). Turn the ignition switch ON when performing the transmitter wake-up operation. Operate the transmitter activation tool (J45295) in the correct position when performing the wake-up operation. No procedure.
The low tire pressure warning lamp repeats blinking at 0.5-second intervals for 1 minute, and then stays illuminated.
SEIA0788E
WT
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) malfunction.
1.
Turn signal lamp
The turn signal lamps do not blink twice when the transmitter is activated. Or the buzzer does not sound.
2.
3.
4.
The transmitter activation tool (J45295) does not activate. The ignition switch is OFF when the transmitter wakeup operation is performed. The transmitter activation tool (J45295) is not used in the correct position. The transmitter is already waked up.
2.
3.
4.
NOTE: If transmitter wake-up operation is not completed for two or more transmitters, the applicable low tire pressure warning lamp blinking patterns are displayed continuously. (Example: Blinks once/OFF/blinks 3 times = Wake-up operation is not completed at the front left wheel and rear right wheel transmitters.)
WT-83
2009 G37 Coupe
LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON

LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON

Description
DESCRIPTION
The low tire pressure warning lamp illuminates for approximately 1 second and then turns OFF when the ignition switch is turned ON. This is to check that no abnormal condition is present in the tire pressure monitoring system. The lamp bulb may be burnt out or the tire pressure monitoring system may be malfunctioning if the low tire pressure warning lamp does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON.
INFOID:0000000004498691
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004498692
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS

With CONSULT-III 1. On the SELECT DIAG mode, select the SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen. 2. Check the display contents in self-diagnostic results. Is CAN COMM CIRCUIT displayed in the self-diagnosis display items? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-27, "CAN System Specification Chart". NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER

Check the combination meter function. Refer to MWI-37, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM harness connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON. CAUTION: Never start the engine. Does low tire pressure warning lamp turn ON? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Check the combination meter and repair or replace. Refer to MWI-35, "Diagnosis Description".
4.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check the symptom again. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK BCM
Check the BCM input/output signal. Refer to WT-46, "Reference Value". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 6.

WT-84
2009 G37 Coupe
LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF


Description
DESCRIPTION
The tire pressure monitoring system is checked and the warning lamp is illuminated for approximately 1 second when the ignition switch is turned ON. The low tire pressure warning lamp turns OFF after the system check finishes. The system may be malfunctioning if the low tire pressure warning lamp does not turn off approximately 1 second after the ignition switch is turned ON.
INFOID:0000000004498693
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004498694
1.CHECK SYSTEM FOR BCM

WT With CONSULT-III 1. On SELF-DIAG mode, select the SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen. 2. Check the display contents in self-diagnostic results. F Does self-diagnostic results indicate any malfunction? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis. Refer to WT-15, "AIR PRESSURE MONITOR : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - AIR PRESSURE MONITOR)". NO >> GO TO 2. G CHECK ID REGISTRATION H
2.
Perform ID registration of all transmitters. Refer to WT-6, "ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : Special Repair Requirement". Does low tire pressure warning lamp turn OFF? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3.

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM harness connector. Check the voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
BCM Connector M118 M119 Terminal 1 11 Voltage (Approx.)
Ground
Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. 40 A fusible link [No. K located in the fuse block]. Refer to PG-95, "Fuse and Fusible Link Arrangement". 10 A fuse [No. 10 located in the fuse block (J/B)]. Refer to PG-94, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement". Harness for short or open between battery and BCM harness connector M118 terminal 1. Harness for short or open between battery and BCM harness connector M119 terminal 11. Check the battery voltage.
4.CHECK BCM GROUND CIRCUIT


WT-85
2009 G37 Coupe

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check the symptom again. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK BCM
Check the BCM input/output signal. Refer to BCS-44, "Reference Value". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 7.

WT-86
2009 G37 Coupe
LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP BLINKS


Description
DESCRIPTION
The low tire pressure warning lamp illuminates or blinks. However, a check is necessary because the symptom may not be caused by a system malfunction. For example, the transmitter may not be initialized. NOTE: If low tire pressure warning lamp blinks as shown in the figure, the system is normal. Blink Mode A This mode shows transmitter status is in OFF- mode. Perform transmitter wake up operation. Refer to WT-6, "TRANSMITTER WAKE UP OPERATION : Special Repair Requirement".
INFOID:0000000004498695
WT
JPEIC0031GB
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004498696
1.CHECK TIRE PRESSURE WARNING CHECK SWITCH POWER SUPPLY

Tire pressure warning check switch Connector M23 Terminal 1
J
Ground Voltage (Approx.) 5V
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Riper or replace error-detected damaged parts.

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM harness connector. Check the continuity between BCM harness connector and tire pressure warning check switch connector.
BCM Connector M123 Terminal 149 Tire pressure warning check switch Connector M23 Terminal 1
N
Continuity Existed
4.

BCM Connector M123 Terminal 149
P
Ground Continuity Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Riper or replace error-detected damaged parts.
WT-87
2009 G37 Coupe

3.CHECK BCM
Check the BCM input/output signal. Refer to WT-46, "Reference Value". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Check the tire pressure warning check switch. Refer to WT-37, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> Repair or replace the BCM.
WT-88
2009 G37 Coupe
TURN SIGNAL LAMP BLINKS

TURN SIGNAL LAMP BLINKS

Description
DESCRIPTION
The turn signal lamp blinks when the ignition switch is turned ON. The BCM connector or circuit may have a malfunction.
INFOID:0000000004498697
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004498698
1.CHECK TIRE PRESSURE WARNING CHECK SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

Tire pressure warning check switch Connector M23 Terminal 1
WT
Ground

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM harness connector. Check the continuity between BCM harness connector and tire pressure warning check switch connector.
BCM Connector M123 Terminal 149 Tire pressure warning check switch Connector M23 Terminal 1 Continuity
J
Existed
4.

Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Check the turn signal lamp operation. Refer to BCS-31, "SIGNAL BUFFER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - SIGNAL BUFFER)". NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
WT-89
2009 G37 Coupe
ID REGISTRATION CANNOT BE COMPLETED

ID REGISTRATION CANNOT BE COMPLETED

Description
DESCRIPTION
The ID of the transmitter installed in each wheel cannot be registered in the tire pressure monitoring system. Inspect the transmitter or the tire pressure monitoring system circuit.
INFOID:0000000004498699
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004498700
1. 2. 3. Perform ID registration of all transmitters. Refer to WT-6, "ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : Special Repair Requirement". Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for 3 minutes, and then drive the vehicle at any speed for 10 minutes. Check the all tire pressures with CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR within 5 minutes.
Monitored item AIR PRESS FL AIR PRESS FR AIR PRESS RR AIR PRESS RL Start the engine and drive at 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for several minutes. Approximately equal to the indication on vehicle information display. Condition Display value
Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TRANSMITTER
1. 2. Perform trouble diagnosis for transmitters. Refer to WT-19, "Diagnosis Procedure". Perform ID registration of all transmitters. Refer to WT-6, "ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : Special Repair Requirement". Can ID registration of all transmitters be completed? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Replace the transmitter. Refer to WT-99, "Exploded View".
WT-90
2009 G37 Coupe
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION


Description
The tire pressure monitoring system is not malfunctioning if the low tire pressure warning lamp blinks in the pattern as shown in the figure. The incident occurs because the transmitter of each wheel is not wake up. Perform transmitter wake up operation. Refer to WT-6, "TRANSMITTER WAKE UP OPERATION : Special Repair Requirement".
INFOID:0000000004498701
WT
JPEIC0031GB
WT-91
2009 G37 Coupe
Symptom
: Applicable Reference page TIRES ROAD WHEEL

Noise Noise Shake Shake Judder Shimmy Vibration Shimmy, Judder Improper installation, looseness AWD models: FSU-31, FSU-34 Out-of-round unbalance Incorrect tire pressure Uneven tire wear Deformation or damage Non-uniformity Incorrect tire size PROPELLER SHAFT DIFFERENTIAL FRONT AXLE AND FRONT SUSPENSION REAR AXLE AND REAR SUSPENSION TIRES ROAD WHEELS DRIVE SHAFT BRAKE STEERING WT-95, "Inspection" WT-96, "Adjustment" WT-102, "Tire" WT-96, "Adjustment" WT-102, "Tire" NVH in DLN section. NVH in DLN section. NVH in FAX and FSU sections. NVH in RAX and RSU sections. Refer to TIRES in this chart. Refer to ROAD WHEEL in this chart. NVH in FAX, RAX section. NVH in BR section. NVH in ST section.
Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS
Poor quality ride or handling
Poor quality ride or handling
2WD models: FSU-9, FSU-12
Use chart below to find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
WT-92

INFOID:0000000004498702
2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
INFOID:0000000004498708
The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along C with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front D air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this Service Manual. WARNING: WT To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. F Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS AIR BAG. Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this G Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. H PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Service Notice or Precautions
INFOID:0000000004498704
Low tire pressure warning lamp blinks for 1min, then turns ON when occurring any malfunction except low tire pressure. Delete the memory with CONSULT-III, or register the ID to turn low tire pressure warning lamp OFF. Refer to WT-13, "AIR PRESSURE MONITOR : Diagnosis Description", WT-6, "ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : Special Repair Requirement". ID registration is required when replacing or rotating wheels, replacing transmitter or BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Exploded View". Replace grommet seal, valve core and cap of transmitter in TPMS every tire replacement by reaching wear limit of tire. Refer to WT-99, "Exploded View".
WT-93
2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000004498705
Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name (J-45295) Transmitter activation tool ID registration
Description
SEIA0462E

Tool name Power tool Description Loosening wheel nuts
INFOID:0000000004498706
PBIC0190E
WT-94
2009 G37 Coupe
ROAD WHEEL
ROAD WHEEL
Inspection
ALUMINUM WHEEL
1. 2. a. b. c.
INFOID:0000000004498718
Check tires for wear and improper inflation. C Check wheels for deformation, cracks and other damage. If deformed, remove wheel and check wheel runout. Remove tire from aluminum wheel and mount on a tire balance machine. D Set dial indicator as shown in the figure. If the lateral deflection (A) or vertical deflection (B) for radial WT runout value exceeds the limit, replace aluminum wheel. Limit A: Refer to WT-102, "Road Wheel". B: Refer to WT-102, "Road Wheel".
G
SEIA0737E
STEEL WHEEL
1. 2. a. b. c. d. e. Check tires for were and improper inflation. Check wheels for deformation, clacks and other damage. If deformed, remove wheel and check wheel runout. Remove tire from steel wheel and mount wheel on a tire balance machine. Set two dial indicators as shown in the illustration. Set each dial indicator to 0. Rotate wheel and check dial indicators at several points around the circumference of the wheel. Calculate runout at each point as shown below. Lateral runout limit (A): ( Radial runout limit (B): ( f. + + )/2 )/2
Select maximum positive runout value and the maximum negative value. Add the two values to determine total runout. CAUTION: In case a positive or negative value is not available, use the maximum value (negative or positive) for total runout. Limit A: Refer to WT-102, "Road Wheel". B: Refer to WT-102, "Road Wheel".
g.
If the total runout value exceeds limit, replace steel wheel.

P
SEIA0738E
WT-95
2009 G37 Coupe
ROAD WHEEL TIRE ASSEMBLY


Adjustment
BALANCING WHEELS (BONDING WEIGHT TYPE)
Preparation Before Adjustment Using releasing agent, remove double-faced adhesive tape from the road wheel. CAUTION: Be careful not scratch the road wheel during removal. After removing double-faced adhesive tape, wipe clean traces of releasing agent from the road wheel. Wheel Balance Adjustment If a tire balance machine has adhesion balance weight mode settings and drive-in weight mode setting, select and adjust a drive-in weight mode suitable for road wheels. 1. Set road wheel on tire balance machine using the center hole as a guide. Start the tire balance machine. 2. When inner and outer unbalance values are shown on the tire balance machine indicator, multiply outer unbalance value by 5/3 to determine balance weight that should be used. Select the outer balance weight with a value closest to the calculated value above and install in to the designated outer position of, or at the designated angle in relation to the road wheel. CAUTION: Never install the inner balance weight before installing the outer balance weight. Before installing the balance weight, be sure to clean the mating surface of the road wheel. a. Indicated un balance value 5/3 = balance weight to be installed Calculation example: 23 g (0.81 oz) 5/3 = 38.33 g (1.35 oz) 37.5 g (1.32 oz) balance weight (closer to calculated balance weight value) NOTE: Note that balance weight value must be closer to the calculated balance weight value. Example: 36.2 35 g (1.23 oz) 36.3 37.5 g (1.32 oz)
SMA054D INFOID:0000000004257451
b.
Installed balance weight in the position.
WT-96
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > When installing balance weight (1) to road wheels, set it into the grooved area (A) on the inner wall of the road wheel as shown in the figure so that the balance weight center (B) is aligned with the tire balance machine indication position (angle) (C). CAUTION: Always use genuine NISSAN adhesion balance weights. Balance weights are non-reusable; always replace with new ones. Never install more than three sheets of balance weight.
WT
G
JPEIC0040ZZ
c.
3. 4.
5. 6.
If calculated balance weight value exceeds 50 g (1.76 oz), install two balance weight sheets in line with each other as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Never install one balance weight sheet on top another. Start tire balance machine again. Install drive-in balance weight on inner side of road wheel in the tire balance machine indication position (angle). CAUTION: Never install more than two balance weight. Start tire balance machine. Make sure that inner and outer residual unbalance values are 5 g (0.17 oz) each or below. If either residual unbalance value exceeds 5 g (0.17 oz), repeat installation procedures.
Wheel balance Dynamic (At flange) Static (At flange)
PEIA0033E
L
Maximum allowable unbalance Refer to WT-102, "Road Wheel".
TIRE ROTATION (for 18 inch wheel models)

Follow the maintenance schedule for tire rotation service intervals. Refer to MA-4, "Explanation of General Maintenance". When installing the wheel, tighten wheel nuts to the specified torque. CAUTION: Never include the T-type spare tire when rotating the tires. When installing wheels, tighten them diagonally by dividing the work two to three times in order to prevent the wheels from developing any distortion. Be careful not to tighten wheel nut at torque exceeding the criteria for preventing strain of disc rotor. Use NISSAN genuine wheel nuts for aluminum wheels. Wheel nuts tighting torque : Refer to WT-102, "Wheel Nut".
N
SMA829C
WT-97
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Perform the ID registration, after tire rotation. Refer to WT-6, "ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : Special Repair Requirement".
TIRE ROTATION (for 19 inch wheel models)

Tire cannot be rotated in vehicle, as front tire are different size from rear tire is fixed in each tire. Wheel nuts tighting torque : Refer to WT-102, "Road Wheel".
CAUTION: Never include the T-type spare tire when rotating the tires. Use NISSAN genuine wheel nuts for aluminum wheels.
Safety Device Preventing from Being Incorrectly installed
FRONT BRAKE DISC ROTOR AND FRONT WHEEL
Front and rear wheel size for this model differs, therefore special pin (1) is adopted to the front brake disc rotor (2). And a hole (3) that matches to this pin is adopted to the front wheel (4) (the rear wheel does not have this wheel). This structure prevents the rear wheel from being mistakenly installed on the front.
JPEIC0015ZZ
T-TYPE SPARE TIRE WHEEL
Regarding spare tire (for emergency) wheel, wrong assembly protection pin through hole (1) has been set in addition to regular bolt holes (2) in order to enable installation to front wheel. NOTE: Protection pin through hole of 18 inch spare wheel is non-through type.
JPEIC0029ZZ
WT-98
2009 G37 Coupe
TRANSMITTER
TRANSMITTER
Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004498943
WT
F
JPEIC0006GB
1. 4.
Transmitter Valve core
2. 5.
Grommet seal Cap
3.
Valve nut
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in figure.
H
INFOID:0000000004257453

REMOVAL
1. 2. Deflate tire. Unscrew transmitter retaining nut and allow transmitter to fall into tire. Gently bounce tire so that transmitter falls to bottom of tire. Place on tire changing machine and break both tire beads ensuring that the transmitter remains at the bottom of the tire.
SEIA0047E
3.
4.
Turn tire so that valve hole is at bottom and bounce so that transmitter (1) is near valve hole. Carefully lift tire onto turntable and position valve hole (and transmitter) 270 degree from mounting/dismounting head (2). Lubricate tire well and remove first side of the tire. Reach inside the tire and remove the transmitter.
P
JPEIC0014GB
INSTALLATION
WT-99
2009 G37 Coupe
TRANSMITTER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 1. Put first side of tire onto rim.
SEIA0049E
2.
Mount transmitter on rim and tighten nut. CAUTION: Speed for tightening nut should be less than 15 rpm. Place wheel on turntable of tire machine. Ensure that transmitter (1) is 270 degree from mounting head (2) when second side of tire is fitted. NOTE: Do not touch transmitter at mounting head. Lubricate tire well and fit second side of tire as normal. Ensure that tire does not rotate relative to rim. Inflate tire and fit to appropriate wheel position.
3.
4. 5.
JPEIC0014GB
WT-100
2009 G37 Coupe


Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004498720
WT
JPEIC0053ZZ
1.
Tire pressure receiver
G
: Vehicle front
INFOID:0000000004498721

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the instrument lower cover. Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View". Remove the glove box assembly. Remove the instrument lower panel RH. Disconnect tire pressure receiver harness connector. Remove Tire pressure receiver mounting screw. Remove tire pressure receiver.
INSTALLATION
Install is the reverse order of removal.
WT-101
2009 G37 Coupe


Road Wheel
ALUMINUM WHEEL (CONVENTIONAL)
Item Radial runout Lateral deflection Vertical deflection Dynamic (At flange) Static (At flange) Limit Less than 0.3 mm (0.012 in) Less than 5 g (0.17 oz) (one side) Less than 10 g (0.35 oz)
INFOID:0000000004257454
Allowable unbalance
STEEL WHEEL (FOR EMERGENCY USE)

Item Radial runout Lateral deflection Vertical deflection Dynamic (At flange) Static (At flange) Limit Less than 1.5 mm (0.059 in) Less than 5 g (0.17 oz) (one side) Less than 10 g (0.35 oz)
INFOID:0000000004498722
Allowable unbalance
Wheel Nut
Item Wheel nut tighting torque Standard 108 Nm (11 kg-m, 80 ft-lb)
Tire
Air pressure Front 230 (2.3, 33) 240 (2.4, 35) 420 (4.2, 60) 420 (4.2, 60)
INFOID:0000000004257455
Unit: kPa (kg/cm2, psi)
Tire size P225/50R18 94V 225/45R19 92W 245/40R19 94W T145/80D17 T145/70R18
Rear 230 (2.3, 33) 240 (2.4, 35) 420 (4.2, 60) 420 (4.2, 60)
WT-102
2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVER CONTROLS
SECTION
WIPER & WASHER
WW
CONTENTS
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ......... 3 .
Work Flow ................................................................ 3 .
FRONT WIPER MOTOR LO CIRCUIT .............. 21

Component Function Check ...................................21 . Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................21 .

FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM ......... 5 .
System Diagram ....................................................... 5 . System Description .................................................. 5 . Component Parts Location ....................................... 8 . Component Description ........................................... 8 .
FRONT WIPER MOTOR HI CIRCUIT ............... 23

Component Function Check ...................................23 . Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................23 .
FRONT WIPER AUTO STOP SIGNAL CIRCUIT .................................................................. 25

Component Function Check ...................................25 . Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................25 . I

COMMON ITEM ........................................................ 10 . COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM COMMON ITEM) .................................................... 10 . WIPER ...................................................................... 11 . WIPER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - WIPER).... 11
FRONT WIPER MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT ... 27

Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................27 .
WASHER SWITCH ............................................ 28

Description ..............................................................28 . Component Inspection ............................................28 . K
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM ........ 29

Wiring Diagram - FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM - ...............................................................29 . WW
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R) ....................13 .

Diagnosis Description ............................................ 13 . CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R) ........................ 15 .

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) ................. 33
Reference Value .....................................................33 . Wiring Diagram - BCM - .........................................56 . Fail-safe ..................................................................61 . DTC Inspection Priority Chart ..............................63 . DTC Index ..............................................................65 .

WIPER AND WASHER FUSE ...........................18 .
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .....19 .

BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) ......................... 19 . BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) : Diagnosis Procedure ............................................................... 19 . IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) ............................. 19 . IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : Diagnosis Procedure .................................................................... 19 .
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) ................ 68

Reference Value .....................................................68 . Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R - .................................75 . Fail-safe ..................................................................78 . DTC Index ..............................................................80 .
WW-1
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM SYMPTOMS ...................................................... 81 .

Symptom Table ..................................................... 81 .
Removal and Installation ........................................ 88 .
WASHER LEVEL SWITCH .............................. 89 .

Removal and Installation ........................................ 89 .
FRONT WIPER DOES NOT OPERATE ........... 83 .

FRONT WASHER NOZZLE AND TUBE .......... 90 .

Hydraulic Layout .................................................... 90 . Removal and Installation ........................................ 90 . Inspection and Adjustment ..................................... 90 .
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 85 .

Description ............................................................. 85 .
FRONT WIPER ARM ........................................ 93 .

Exploded View ....................................................... 93 . Removal and Installation ........................................ 93 . Adjustment ............................................................. 93 .
PRECAUTION ............................................ 86 .
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 86 .
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................ 86 . Precaution for Battery Service ............................... 86 .
WIPER BLADE ................................................. 95 .

Exploded View ....................................................... 95 . Removal and Installation ........................................ 95 . Replacement .......................................................... 95 .

WASHER TANK ............................................... 87 .
Exploded View ....................................................... 87 . Removal and Installation ....................................... 87 .
FRONT WIPER DRIVE ASSEMBLY ................ 97 .

Exploded View ....................................................... 97 . Removal and Installation ........................................ 97 . Disassembly and Assembly ................................... 98 .
FRONT WASHER PUMP .................................. 88 .

Exploded View ....................................................... 88 .
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH ........ 99 .

Exploded View ....................................................... 99 .
WW-2
2009 G37 Coupe

BASIC INSPECTION
Work Flow
OVERALL SEQUENCE
INFOID:0000000004249052
WW
P
JPLIA0313GB
DETAILED FLOW
1.INTERVIEW FOR MALFUNCTION

Interview the symptom to the customer.
WW-3
2009 G37 Coupe

< BASIC INSPECTION > >> GO TO 2.
2.SYMPTOM CHECK
Check the symptom from the customer's information. >> GO TO 3.
3.BASIC INSPECTION
Check the operation of each part. Check that any symptom occurs other than the interviewed symptom. >> GO TO 4.
4.SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III

Perform the self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III. Check that any DTC is detected. Is any DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 6.
5.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BY DTC

Perform the trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC. Specify the malfunctioning part. >> GO TO 9.
6.FAIL-SAFE ACTIVATION CHECK

Check that the symptom is applied to the fail-safe activation. Does the fail-safe activate? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 8.
7.SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS
Perform the system diagnosis for the system that the fail-safe activates. Specify the malfunctioning part. >> GO TO 9.
8.SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Perform the symptom diagnosis. Specify the malfunctioning part. >> GO TO 9.
9.MALFUNCTION PART REPAIR

Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. >> GO TO 10.
10.REPAIR CHECK (SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III)

Perform the self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III. Check that any DTC is not detected. Erase DTC if DTC is detected before the repair. Check that DTC is not detected again. Is any DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 11.
11.REPAIR CHECK (OPERATION CHECK)

Check the operation of each part. Does it operate normally? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> GO TO 3.
WW-4
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
System Diagram
INFOID:0000000004501719
F
JPLIA1255GB
System Description
OUTLINE
The front wiper is controlled by each function of BCM and IPDM E/R.
Control by BCM
INFOID:0000000004501720
Combination switch reading function Front wiper control function

Control by IPDM E/R
Front wiper control function Relay control function Combination meter indicates low washer fluid warning judged with the signal from the washer level switch. For details of low washer fluid warning, refer to MWI-27, "INFORMATION DISPLAY : System Description".
FRONT WIPER BASIC OPERATION

BCM detects the combination switch condition by the combination switch reading function. BCM transmits the front wiper request signal to IPDM E/R with CAN communication depending on each WW operating condition of the front wiper. IPDM E/R turns ON/OFF the integrated front wiper relay and the front wiper high relay according to the front wiper request signal. IPDM E/R provides the power supply to operate the front wiper HI/LO operation. M
FRONT WIPER LO OPERATION

BCM transmits the front wiper request signal (LO) to IPDM E/R with CAN communication according to the front wiper LO operating condition.
Front wiper LO operating condition
- Ignition switch ON - Front wiper switch LO or front wiper switch MIST (while pressing) IPDM E/R turns ON the integrated front wiper relay according to the front wiper request signal (LO).
FRONT WIPER HI OPERATION

BCM transmits the front wiper request signal (HI) to IPDM E/R with CAN communication according to the front wiper HI operating condition.
Front wiper HI operating condition
- Ignition switch ON - Front wiper switch HI IPDM E/R turns ON the integrated front wiper relay and the front wiper high relay according to the front wiper request signal (HI).
WW-5
2009 G37 Coupe

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > FRONT WIPER INT OPERATION BCM transmits the front wiper request signal (INT) to IPDM E/R with CAN communication depending on the front wiper INT operating condition and intermittent operation delay interval according to the wiper intermittent dial position.
Front wiper INT operating condition
- Ignition switch ON - Front wiper switch INT IPDM E/R turns ON the integrated front wiper relay so that the front wiper is operated only once according to the front wiper request signal (INT). BCM detects stop position/except stop position of the front wiper motor according to the front wiper stop position signal received from IPDM E/R with CAN communication. BCM transmits the front wiper request signal (INT) again after the intermittent operation delay interval.
JPLIA1256GB
NOTE: Factory setting of the front wiper intermittent operation is the operation without vehicle speed. Front wiper intermittent operation can be set to the operation with vehicle speed by CONSULT-III. Refer to WW-11, "WIPER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - WIPER)". Front wiper intermittent operation with vehicle speed BCM calculates the intermittent operation delay interval from the following - Vehicle speed signal (received from the unified meter and A/C amp. with CAN communication) - Wiper intermittent dial position
Unit: Second
Intermittent operation delay Interval Wiper intermittent dial position Intermittent operation interval Vehicle speed 0 5 km/h (0 3.1 MPH) 0.8 4 10 16 24 Long 32 42 5 35 km/h (3.1 21.7 MPH) 0.6 3 7.5 12 18 24 31.5 35 65 km/h (21.7 40.4 MPH)* 0.4 2 5 8 12 16 21 65 km/h (40.4 MPH) or more 0.24 1.2 3 4.8 7.2 9.6 12.6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Short
*: When without vehicle speed setting
FRONT WIPER AUTO STOP OPERATION

BCM stops transmitting the front wiper request signal when the front wiper switch is turned OFF. IPDM E/R detects the front wiper stop position signal from the front wiper motor and detects the front wiper motor position (stop position/except stop position).
WW-6
2009 G37 Coupe

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > When the front wiper request signal is stopped, IPDM E/R turns ON the front wiper relay until the front wiper motor returns to the stop position.
E
JPLIA0410GB
NOTE: BCM stops the transmitting of the front wiper request signal when the ignition switch is OFF. IPDM E/R turns the front wiper relay OFF when the ignition switch is OFF.
FRONT WIPER OPERATION LINKED WITH WASHER

BCM transmits the front wiper request signal (LO) to IPDM E/R with CAN communication according to the washer linked operating condition of the front wiper. BCM transmits the front wiper request signal (LO) so that the front wiper operates approximately 2 times when the front washer switch OFF is detected.
Washer linked operating condition of front wiper
Ignition switch ON Front washer switch ON (0.4 second or more) IPDM E/R turns ON the integrated front wiper relay according to the front wiper request signal (LO). The washer pump is grounded through the combination switch with the front washer switch ON.
FRONT WIPER FAIL-SAFE OPERATION

IPDM E/R performs the fail-safe function when the front wiper auto stop circuit is malfunctioning. Refer to PCS-28, "Fail-safe".
WW
WW-7
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004249055
JPLIA0592ZZ
1. 4. 7. A. D.
Combination switch Washer pump Unified meter and A/C amp. Dash side lower (Passenger side) Cowl top, left side of engine room
2. 5. B. E.
BCM Washer level switch Engine room dash panel (RH) Behind cluster lid C
3. 6. C.
IPDM E/R Front wiper motor Radiator core support (RH)
Part BCM Description
INFOID:0000000004249056
Judges the each switch status by the combination switch reading function. Requests (with CAN communication) the front wiper relay and the front wiper high relay ON to IPDM E/R. Controls the integrated relay according to the request (with CAN communication) from BCM. Performs the auto stop control of the front wiper.
IPDM E/R
WW-8
2009 G37 Coupe

Part Combination switch (Wiper & washer switch) Unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to BCS-6, "System Description". Transmits the vehicle speed signal to BCM with CAN communication. Description
WW
WW-9
2009 G37 Coupe


COMMON ITEM
APPLICATION ITEM
INFOID:0000000004703328
SYSTEM APPLICATION
: Applicable item
Sub system selection item DOOR LOCK REAR DEFOGGER BUZZER INT LAMP HEAD LAMP WIPER FLASHER AIR CONDITONER* INTELLIGENT KEY COMB SW BCM IMMU BATTERY SAVER TRUNK THEFT ALM RETAINED PWR* SIGNAL BUFFER TPMS (AIR PRESSURE MONITOR)

WW-10
2009 G37 Coupe

WW
IGN Counter
0 - 39
WIPER
WIPER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - WIPER)
WORK SUPPORT
Service item WIPER SPEED SETTING *:Initial setting Setting item On Off* Description With vehicle speed (Front wiper intermittent time linked with the vehicle speed and wiper intermittent dial position) Without vehicle speed (Front wiper intermittent time linked with the wiper intermittent dial position)
INFOID:0000000004249058
DATA MONITOR
WW-11
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor Item [Unit] VEH SPEED 1 [km/h] PUSH SW [Off/On] FR WIPER HI [Off/On] FR WIPER LOW [Off/On] FR WASHER SW [Off/On] FR WIPER INT [Off/On] FR WIPER STOP [Off/On] INT VOLUME [1 7] Displays the status of the front wiper stop position signal received from IPDM E/R with CAN communication. Status of each switch judged by BCM using the combination switch reading function Description Displays the value of the vehicle speed signal received from unified meter and A/C amp. with CAN communication. The switch status input from push-button ignition switch.
Status of each switch judged by BCM using the combination switch reading function
ACTIVE TEST
Test item Operation Hi Lo INT Off Description Transmits the front wiper request signal (HI) to IPDM E/R with CAN communication to operate the front wiper HI operation. Transmits the front wiper request signal (LO) to IPDM E/R with CAN communication to operate the front wiper LO operation. Transmits the front wiper request signal (INT) to IPDM E/R with CAN communication to operate the front wiper INT operation. Stops transmitting the front wiper request signal to stop the front wiper operation.
FRONT WIPER
WW-12
2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)


AUTO ACTIVE TEST
Description In auto active test mode, the IPDM E/R sends a drive signal to the following systems to check their operation. Oil pressure warning lamp Front wiper (LO, HI) Parking lamps License plate lamps Side maker lamps Tail lamps Front fog lamps Headlamps (LO, HI) A/C compressor (magnet clutch) Cooling fan (cooling fan control module) Operation Procedure
INFOID:0000000004703239
Close the hood and lift the wiper arms from the windshield. (Prevent windshield damage due to wiper operation) G NOTE: When auto active test is performed with hood opened, sprinkle water on windshield beforehand. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON, and within 20 seconds, press the front door switch (driver side) 10 times. H Then turn the ignition switch OFF. CAUTION: Close passenger door. I 4. Turn the ignition switch ON within 10 seconds. After that the horn sounds once and the auto active test starts. 5. The oil pressure warning lamp starts blinking when the auto active test starts. J 6. After a series of the following operations is repeated 3 times, auto active test is completed. NOTE: K When auto active test mode has to be cancelled halfway through test, turn the ignition switch OFF. CAUTION: If auto active test mode cannot be actuated, check door switch system. Refer to DLK-62, "Component Function Check". WW Do not start the engine.
Inspection in Auto Active Test Mode When auto active test mode is actuated, the following 6 steps are repeated 3 times.
Operation sequence 1 2 Inspection location Oil pressure warning lamp Front wiper Parking lamps License plate lamps Side maker lamps Tail lamps Front fog lamps Operation Blinks continuously during operation of auto active test LO for 5 seconds HI for 5 seconds
1.
O
10 seconds
P
LO HI 5 times ON OFF 5 times MID for 5 seconds HI for 5 seconds
4 5 6*
Headlamps A/C compressor (magnet clutch) Cooling fan
*: Outputs duty ratio of 50% for 5 seconds duty ratio of 100% for 5 seconds on the cooling fan control module.
WW-13
2009 G37 Coupe

Concept of auto active test
JPMIA0009GB
IPDM E/R starts the auto active test with the door switch signals transmitted by BCM via CAN communication. Therefore, the CAN communication line between IPDM E/R and BCM is considered normal if the auto active test starts successfully. The auto active test facilitates troubleshooting if any systems controlled by IPDM E/R cannot be operated.
Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode
Symptom Any of the following components do not operate Parking lamps License plate lamps Side maker lamps Tail lamps Front fog lamps Headlamp (HI, LO) Front wiper (HI, LO) Inspection contents YES Possible cause BCM signal input circuit Lamp or motor Lamp or motor ground circuit Harness or connector between IPDM E/R and applicable system IPDM E/R Unified meter and A/C amp. signal input circuit CAN communication signal between unified meter and A/C amp. and ECM CAN communication signal between ECM and IPDM E/ R Magnet clutch Harness or connector between IPDM E/R and magnet clutch IPDM E/R Harness or connector between IPDM E/R and oil pressure switch Oil pressure switch IPDM E/R CAN communication signal between IPDM E/R and BCM CAN communication signal between BCM and unified meter and A/C amp. Combination meter
Perform auto active test. Does the applicable system operate?
NO
YES A/C compressor does not operate Perform auto active test. Does the magnet clutch operate?
NO
YES Perform auto active test. Does the oil pressure warning lamp blink? NO
Oil pressure warning lamp does not operate
WW-14
2009 G37 Coupe

Symptom Inspection contents Possible cause ECM signal input circuit CAN communication signal between ECM and IPDM E/ R Cooling fan Harness or connector between cooling fan and cooling fan control module Cooling fan control module Harness or connector between IPDM E/R and cooling fan control module Cooling fan relay Harness or connector between IPDM E/R and cooling fan relay IPDM E/R
INFOID:0000000004703240
YES
Cooling fan does not operate
Perform auto active test. Does the cooling fan operate? NO
CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)

APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT-III performs the following functions via CAN communication with IPDM E/R.
Diagnosis mode Ecu Identification Self Diagnostic Result Data Monitor Active Test CAN Diag Support Monitor Description Allows confirmation of IPDM E/R part number. Displays the diagnosis results judged by IPDM E/R. Displays the real-time input/output data from IPDM E/R input/output data.
IPDM E/R can provide a drive signal to electronic components to check their operations. The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

Refer to WW-80, "DTC Index".
DATA MONITOR
Monitor item
Monitor Item [Unit] RAD FAN REQ [%] AC COMP REQ [Off/On] TAIL&CLR REQ [Off/On] HL LO REQ [Off/On] HL HI REQ [Off/On] FR FOG REQ [Off/On] FR WIP REQ [Stop/1LOW/Low/Hi] WIP AUTO STOP [STOP P/ACT P] WIP PROT [Off/BLOCK] MAIN SIGNALS Description Displays the value of the cooling fan speed signal received from ECM via CAN communication. Displays the status of the A/C compressor request signal received from ECM via CAN communication. Displays the status of the position light request signal received from BCM via CAN communication. Displays the status of the low beam request signal received from BCM via CAN communication. Displays the status of the high beam request signal received from BCM via CAN communication. Displays the status of the front fog light request signal received from BCM via CAN communication. Displays the status of the front wiper request signal received from BCM via CAN communication. Displays the status of the front wiper auto stop signal judged by IPDM E/R. Displays the status of the front wiper fail-safe operation judged by IPDM E/R.
WW
WW-15
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor Item [Unit] IGN RLY1 -REQ [Off/On] IGN RLY [Off/On] PUSH SW [Off/On] INTER/NP SW [Off/On] ST RLY CONT [Off/On] IHBT RLY -REQ [Off/On] ST/INHI RLY [Off/ ST ON/INHI ON/UNKWN] DETENT SW [Off/On] S/L RLY -REQ [Off/On] S/L STATE [LOCK/UNLOCK/UNKWN] DTRL REQ [Off/On] OIL P SW [Open/Close] HOOD SW [Off/On] HL WASHER REQ [Off/On] THFT HRN REQ [Off/On] HORN CHIRP [Off/On] CRNRNG LMP REQ [Off/On] MAIN SIGNALS Description Displays the status of the ignition switch ON signal received from BCM via CAN communication. Displays the status of the ignition relay judged by IPDM E/R. Displays the status of the push-button ignition switch judged by IPDM E/R. Displays the status of the clutch interlock switch (M/T models) or shift position (A/ T models) judged by IPDM E/R. Displays the status of the starter relay status signal received from BCM via CAN communication. Displays the status of the starter control relay signal received from BCM via CAN communication. Displays the status of the starter relay and starter control relay judged by IPDM E/R. Displays the status of the A/T shift selector (detention switch) judged by IPDM E/ R. Displays the status of the steering lock relay request received from BCM via CAN communication. Displays the status of the steering lock judged by IPDM E/R. NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Displays the status of the oil pressure switch judged by IPDM E/R. Displays the status of the hood switch judged by IPDM E/R. NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Displays the status of the theft warning horn request signal received from BCM via CAN communication. Displays the status of the horn reminder signal received from BCM via CAN communication. NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored.
ACTIVE TEST
Test item
Test item Off CORNERING LAMP LH RH HORN On Off FRONT WIPER Lo Hi 1 MOTOR FAN 2 3 4 Operates horn relay 1 and horn relay 2 for 20 ms. OFF Operates the front wiper relay. Operates the front wiper relay and front wiper high relay. OFF Outputs 50% pulse duty signal (PWM signal) to the cooling fan control module. Outputs 80% pulse duty signal (PWM signal) to the cooling fan control module. Outputs 100% pulse duty signal (PWM signal) to the cooling fan control module. NOTE: The item is indicated, but cannot be tested. Operation Description
WW-16
2009 G37 Coupe

Test item HEAD LAMP WASHER On Off TAIL EXTERNAL LAMPS Lo Hi Fog Operation Description NOTE: The item is indicated, but cannot be tested. OFF Operates the tail lamp relay. Operates the headlamp low relay. Operates the headlamp low relay and ON/OFF the headlamp high relay at 1 second intervals. Operates the front fog lamp relay.
WW
WW-17
2009 G37 Coupe
WIPER AND WASHER FUSE

WIPER AND WASHER FUSE
Description
Fuse list
INFOID:0000000004249061
Unit Front wiper motor Washer pump
Location IPDM E/R IPDM E/R
Fuse No. #60 #47
Capacity 30 A 10 A
INFOID:0000000004249062
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK FUSES
Check that the following fuses are not fusing.
Unit Front wiper motor Washer pump Location IPDM E/R IPDM E/R Fuse No. #60 #47 Capacity 30 A 10 A
Is the fuse fusing? YES >> Replace the fuse with a new one after repairing the applicable circuit. NO >> The fuse is normal.
WW-18
2009 G37 Coupe


INFOID:0000000004703358



BCM Connector M119 Terminal 13 Ground Continuity
WW
M
Existed

O
INFOID:0000000004703417
1.CHECK FUSES AND FUSIBLE LINK

Check that the following IPDM E/R fuses or fusible links are not blown.
WW-19
2009 G37 Coupe

Signal name Fuses and fusible link No. C Battery power supply 50 51

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and the ground.
Terminals (+) IPDM E/R Connector E4 Terminal 1 () Voltage (Approx.)
Ground
Battery voltage
Is the measurement value normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the harness or connector.

Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connectors and the ground.
IPDM E/R Connector E5 E6 Terminal 12 41 Ground Existed Continuity
Does continuity exist? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Repair the harness or connector.
WW-20
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT WIPER MOTOR LO CIRCUIT


INFOID:0000000004249063
1.CHECK FRONT WIPER LO OPERATION

IPDM E/R AUTO ACTIVE TEST Start IPDM E/R auto active test. Refer to PCS-9, "Diagnosis Description". Check that the front wiper operates at the LO operation. CONSULT-III ACTIVE TEST 1. Select FRONT WIPER of IPDM E/R active test item. 2. With operating the test item, check front wiper operation. 1. 2. Lo Off : Front wiper (LO) operation : Stop the front wiper.
Is front wiper (LO) operation normally? YES >> Front wiper motor LO circuit is normal. NO >> Refer to WW-21, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
INFOID:0000000004249064
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK FRONT WIPER MOTOR (LO) OUTPUT VOLTAGE

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. CONSULT-III ACTIVE TEST Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor connector. Turn the ignition switch ON. Select FRONT WIPER of IPDM E/R active test item. With operating the test item, check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
Terminals (+) IPDM E/R Connector E5 Terminal 4 Ground ()
Test item Voltage (Approx.) FRONT WIPER
K
Lo Off Battery voltage 0V
Is the measurement value normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace IPDM E/R.
WW
2.CHECK FRONT WIPER MOTOR (LO) OPEN CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and front wiper motor harness connector.
IPDM E/R Connector E5 Terminal 4 Front wiper motor Connector E42 Terminal 1
Continuity Existed
Does continuity exist? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the harness or connector.
3.CHECK FRONT WIPER MOTOR (LO) SHORT CIRCUIT

WW-21
2009 G37 Coupe

Does continuity exist? YES >> Repair the harness or connector. NO >> Replace front wiper motor.
WW-22
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT WIPER MOTOR HI CIRCUIT


INFOID:0000000004249065
1.CHECK FRONT WIPER HI OPERATION

IPDM E/R AUTO ACTIVE TEST Start IPDM E/R auto active test. Refer to PCS-9, "Diagnosis Description". Check that the front wiper operates at the HI operation. CONSULT-III ACTIVE TEST 1. Select FRONT WIPER of IPDM E/R active test item. 2. With operating the test item, check front wiper operation. 1. 2. Hi Off : Front wiper (HI) operation : Stop the front wiper.
Is front wiper (HI) operation normally? YES >> Front wiper motor HI circuit is normal. NO >> Refer to WW-23, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
INFOID:0000000004249066
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK FRONT WIPER MOTOR (HI) OUTPUT VOLTAGE

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. CONSULT-III ACTIVE TEST Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor connector. Turn the ignition switch ON. Select FRONT WIPER of IPDM E/R active test item. With operating the test item, check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
Terminals (+) IPDM E/R Connector E5 Terminal 5 Ground ()
Test item Voltage (Approx.) FRONT WIPER
K
Hi Off Battery voltage 0V
Is the measurement value normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace IPDM E/R.
WW
2.CHECK FRONT WIPER MOTOR (HI) OPEN CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and front wiper motor harness connector.
IPDM E/R Connector E5 Terminal 5 Front wiper motor Connector E42 Terminal 4
Continuity Existed
Does continuity exist? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the harness or connector.
3.CHECK FRONT WIPER MOTOR (HI) SHORT CIRCUIT

WW-23
2009 G37 Coupe

Does continuity exist? YES >> Repair the harness or connector. NO >> Replace front wiper motor.
WW-24
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT WIPER AUTO STOP SIGNAL CIRCUIT


INFOID:0000000004249067
1.CHECK FRONT WIPER (AUTO STOP) SIGNAL

1. 2. 3. CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR Select WIP AUTO STOP of IPDM E/R data monitor item. Operate the front wiper. With the front wiper operation, check the monitor status.
Monitor item WIP AUTO STOP Front wiper motor Condition Stop position Except stop position Monitor status STOP P ACT P
Is the status of item normal? YES >> Auto stop signal circuit is normal. NO >> Refer to WW-25, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
INFOID:0000000004249068
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK FRONT WIPER MOTOR (AUTO STOP) OUTPUT VOLTAGE

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor connector. Turn the ignition switch ON. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
Terminals (+) IPDM E/R Connector E5 Terminal 16 Ground Battery voltage () Voltage (Approx.)
Is the measurement value normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT WIPER MOTOR (AUTO STOP) SHORT CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
WW
Does continuity exist? YES >> Repair the harnesses or connectors. NO >> Replace IPDM E/R.
3.CHECK FRONT WIPER MOTOR (AUTO STOP) CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and front wiper motor harness connector.
IPDM E/R Connector E5 Terminal 16 Front wiper motor Connector E42 Terminal 5 Continuity Existed
WW-25
2009 G37 Coupe

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > Does continuity exist? YES >> Replace front wiper motor. NO >> Repair the harnesses or connectors.
WW-26
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT WIPER MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT

FRONT WIPER MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT

Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000004249069
1.CHECK FRONT WIPER MOTOR (GND) OPEN CIRCUIT

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor connector. Check continuity between front wiper motor harness connector and ground.
Front wiper motor Connector E42 Terminal 2 Ground
Continuity Existed
Does continuity exist? YES >> Front wiper motor ground circuit is normal. NO >> Repair the harnesses or connectors.
WW
WW-27
2009 G37 Coupe
WASHER SWITCH
WASHER SWITCH
Description
Washer switch is integrated with combination switch.
INFOID:0000000004553710
JPLIA0310ZZ
INFOID:0000000004553711
1.CHECK WIPER SWITCH

1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect combination switch connector. Check continuity between the combination switch terminals.
Combination switch Terminal 1 6
Condition Front washer switch ON
Continuity Existed
Does continuity exist? YES >> Wiper and washer switch is normal. NO >> Replace wiper and washer switch.
WW-28
2009 G37 Coupe


Wiring Diagram - FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM INFOID:0000000004249070
WW
P
JCLWM2722GB
WW-29
2009 G37 Coupe

JCLWM2723GB
WW-30
2009 G37 Coupe

A
WW
O
JCLWM2724GB
WW-31
2009 G37 Coupe

JCLWM2725GB
WW-32
2009 G37 Coupe


Reference Value
INFOID:0000000004703418
C
Condition Value/Status Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Wiper intermittent dial position Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off Off On Off On Off
FR WIPER LOW
FR WASHER SW
FR WIPER INT
TURN SIGNAL L
TAIL LAMP SW
HI BEAM SW
HEAD LAMP SW 1
WW
HEAD LAMP SW 2
PASSING SW
AUTO LIGHT SW
WW-33
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor Item DOOR SW-RL DOOR SW-BK CDL LOCK SW Condition NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Other than power door lock switch LOCK Power door lock switch LOCK Other than power door lock switch UNLOCK Power door lock switch UNLOCK Other than driver door key cylinder LOCK position Driver door key cylinder LOCK position Other than driver door key cylinder UNLOCK position Driver door key cylinder UNLOCK position NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Hazard switch is OFF Hazard switch is ON NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Trunk lid opener cancel switch OFF Trunk lid opener cancel switch ON Trunk lid opener switch OFF While the trunk lid opener switch is turned ON Trunk lid closed Trunk lid opened LOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed LOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed TRUNK OPEN button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed TRUNK OPEN button of the Intelligent Key is pressed PANIC button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed PANIC button of the Intelligent Key is pressed UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed and held LOCK/UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed and held simultaneously LOCK/UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed and held simultaneously OPTICAL SENSOR Bright outside of the vehicle Dark outside of the vehicle Driver door request switch is not pressed Driver door request switch is pressed Passenger door request switch is not pressed Passenger door request switch is pressed NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Value/Status Off Off Off On Off On Off On Off On Off Off On Off Off Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Close to 5 V Close to 0 V Off On Off On Off
CDL UNLOCK SW
KEY CYL LK-SW
TR/BD OPEN SW
TRNK/HAT MNTR
RKE-LOCK
RKE-UNLOCK
RKE-TR/BD
RKE-PANIC
RKE-P/W OPEN
RKE-MODE CHG
REQ SW -DR
WW-34
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor Item REQ SW -RL REQ SW -BD/TR Condition NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Trunk lid opener request switch is not pressed Trunk lid opener request switch is pressed Push-button ignition switch (push switch) is not pressed Push-button ignition switch (push switch) is pressed Ignition switch in OFF or ACC position Ignition switch in ON position NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. The clutch pedal is not depressed The clutch pedal is depressed The brake pedal is depressed when No. 7 fuse is blown BRAKE SW 1 The brake pedal is not depressed when No. 7 fuse is blown, or No. 7 fuse is normal The brake pedal is not depressed The brake pedal is depressed Selector lever in P position (Except M/T models) The clutch pedal is depressed (M/T models) Selector lever in any position other than P (Except M/T models) The clutch pedal is not depressed (M/T models) Selector lever in any position other than P and N Selector lever in P or N position Steering is unlocked Steering is locked Steering is locked Steering is unlocked Ignition switch in OFF or ACC position Ignition switch in ON position Driver door is unlocked Driver door is locked Push-button ignition switch (push-switch) is not pressed Push-button ignition switch (push-switch) is pressed Ignition switch in OFF or ACC position Ignition switch in ON position Selector lever in any position other than P Selector lever in P position Selector lever in any position other than P and N (Except M/T models) The clutch pedal is not depressed (M/T models) Selector lever in P or N position The clutch pedal is depressed Selector lever in any position other than P Selector lever in P position Selector lever in any position other than N Selector lever in N position Value/Status
A
Off Off On Off On Off On
PUSH SW
D
Off Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On
BRAKE SW 2
DETE/CANCL SW
SFT PN/N SW
S/L -LOCK
S/L -UNLOCK
S/L RELAY-F/B
UNLK SEN -DR
WW
PUSH SW -IPDM
IGN RLY1 -F/B
DETE SW -IPDM
SFT PN -IPDM
P
Off On Off On
SFT P -MET
SFT N -MET
WW-35
2009 G37 Coupe

S/L UNLK-IPDM
S/L RELAY-REQ
CONFRM ID ALL
CONFIRM ID4
CONFIRM ID3
WW-36
2009 G37 Coupe

A
Yet Done Yet
CONFIRM ID2
CONFIRM ID1
C
TP 4
TP 3
TP 2
ID REGST FR1
ID REGST RR1
ID REGST RL1
WW
WARNING LAMP
BUZZER
WW-37
2009 G37 Coupe

JPMIA0062ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
WW-38
2009 G37 Coupe

4 (LG)
Ground
Output
12 V
5 (P)
Ground
12 V 0V 0V 12 V 12 V 0V
Output
7 (SB)
Ground
Step lamp
Output
Step lamp
8 (V)
Ground
Output
All doors, fuel lid
I
9 (G) 11 (R) 13 (B)
Ground
Output
Ground Ground
Input
K
WW
14 (W)
Ground
JSNIA0010GB
15 (O)
Ground
ACC indicator lamp
Output
Ignition switch
Battery voltage 0V
WW-39
2009 G37 Coupe

17 (W)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch ON
PKID0926E
18 (O)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch ON
PKID0926E
20 (V)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch ON
PKID0926E
23 (L)
Ground
Trunk lid open
Output
Trunk lid
0V 0V
25 (Y)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch ON
PKID0926E
WW-40
2009 G37 Coupe

B
JMKIA0062GB
34 (SB)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch OFF
E
JMKIA0063GB

JMKIA0062GB
35 (V)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch OFF
J
JMKIA0063GB
WW
M
38 (B)
Ground
Output
WW-41
2009 G37 Coupe

39 (W)
Ground
Output
47 (Y)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch
OFF or ACC ON
12 V 0V
50 (R)
Ground
Input
JPMIA0011GB
61 (SB)
Ground
Input
OFF (Not pressed)
JPMIA0016GB
WW-42
2009 G37 Coupe

67 (GR)
Ground
Input
C
Not pressed
D
JPMIA0011GB
11.8 V
E
JMKIA0062GB
72 (R)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch OFF
H
JMKIA0063GB

JMKIA0062GB
WW
M
JMKIA0063GB
WW-43
2009 G37 Coupe

74 (SB)
Ground
Output
75 (BR)
Ground
Output
76 (V)
Ground
Output
WW-44
2009 G37 Coupe

B
77 (LG)
Ground
Output

JMKIA0062GB
78 (Y)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch OFF
J
JMKIA0063GB
WW
M
JMKIA0062GB
79 (BR)
Ground
Output
Ignition switch OFF

JMKIA0063GB
WW-45
2009 G37 Coupe

Ground
During waiting
Ground
Ignition switch
During waiting
JMKIA0064GB
83 (Y)
Ground
Input/ Output
JMKIA0065GB
JPMIA0041GB
1.4 V
87 (Y)
Ground
Input
Combination switch
JPMIA0037GB
1.3 V
JPMIA0040GB
1.3 V
WW-46
2009 G37 Coupe

B
JPMIA0041GB
1.4 V
E
F
JPMIA0036GB
88 (O)
Ground
Input
Combination switch
1.3 V
JPMIA0037GB
1.3 V
J
JPMIA0040GB
WW
Ground Ground
92 (LG)
Ground
Output
Blinking
JPMIA0015GB
6.5 V ON 12 V
WW-47
2009 G37 Coupe

ON indicator lamp
Ground
Output
Ground
Input
Steering lock
Ground
Input
Steering lock
Selector lever
99 (R)
Ground
Input
ASCD clutch switch
ICC clutch switch
100 (Y)
Ground
Input
OFF (Not pressed)
JPMIA0016GB
101 (P)
Ground
Input
OFF (Not pressed)
JPMIA0016GB
Ground
Output
Ground
Output
Ignition switch
WW-48
2009 G37 Coupe

All switches OFF
JPMIA0041GB
1.4 V
E
F
JPMIA0037GB
1.3 V
G
107 (LG)
Ground
H
Input
JPMIA0036GB
1.3 V
K
JPMIA0038GB
1.3 V
WW
M
N
JPMIA0039GB
1.3 V
WW-49
2009 G37 Coupe

JPMIA0041GB
1.4 V
JPMIA0038GB
108 (R)
Ground
Input
Combination switch
1.3 V
JPMIA0036GB
1.3 V
JPMIA0039GB
1.3 V
WW-50
2009 G37 Coupe

All switches OFF
JPMIA0041GB
1.4 V
E
F
JPMIA0037GB
1.3 V
G
109 (W)
Ground
H
Lighting switch 2ND
Input
JPMIA0036GB
1.3 V
K
JPMIA0038GB
1.3 V
WW
M
N
JPMIA0040GB
1.3 V ON 0V
P
JPMIA0012GB
1.1 V
WW-51
2009 G37 Coupe

JMKIA0066GB
Ground
Optical sensor
Input
114 (R) 116 (SB)
Ground
Input
Ground
Stop lamp switch 1
Input
Stop lamp switch
119 (SB)
Ground
Input
Driver door

JPMIA0012GB
Ground
Key slot switch
Input
123 (W)
Ground
IGN feedback
Input
WW-52
2009 G37 Coupe

124 (LG)
Ground
Input
OFF (Door close)
JPMIA0011GB
129 (O)
Ground
Input
CANCEL
JPMIA0012GB
1.1 V ON 0V
132 (V)
Ground
Input/ Output
Ignition switch ON
JPMIA0013GB
WW
JPMIA0159GB
WW-53
2009 G37 Coupe

Standby state
139 (L)
Ground
Input/ Output
Ignition switch ON
OCC3881D
OCC3880D
140 (GR)
Ground
Input
Selector lever
12 V 0V 0V
141 (R)
Ground
Security indicator
Output
Security indicator
Blinking
JPMIA0014GB
142 (BR)
Ground
Output

JPMIA0031GB
JPMIA0032GB
10.7 V
WW-54
2009 G37 Coupe

C
D
JPMIA0033GB
145 (L)
Ground
Output

JPMIA0034GB
G
10.7 V
0V
146 (SB)
Ground
Output
J
JPMIA0035GB
WW
150 (R)
Ground
Driver door switch
Input
Driver door switch
OFF (Door close)
JPMIA0011GB
WW-55
2009 G37 Coupe

INFOID:0000000004703419
JCMWM3046GB
WW-56
2009 G37 Coupe

A
WW
O
JCMWM3047GB
WW-57
2009 G37 Coupe

JCMWM3048GB
WW-58
2009 G37 Coupe

A
WW
O
JCMWM3049GB
WW-59
2009 G37 Coupe

JCMWM3050GB
WW-60
2009 G37 Coupe

A
WW
O
JCMWM3051GB
Fail-safe
P
INFOID:0000000004703420
WW-61
2009 G37 Coupe

B2604: PNP SW
B2605: PNP SW
B2606: S/L RELAY
WW-62
2009 G37 Coupe

B2607: S/L RELAY
B2609: S/L STATUS
B2612: S/L STATUS
B26E8: CLUTCH SW
WW
B26E9: S/L STATUS

INFOID:0000000004703421
WW-63
2009 G37 Coupe

WW-64
2009 G37 Coupe


INFOID:0000000004703422
DTC Index
NOTE: The details of time display are as follows. CRNT: A malfunction is detected now. PAST: A malfunction was detected in the past. IGN counter is displayed on Freeze Frame Data. For details of Freeze Frame Data, refer to WW-10, "COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)".
CONSULT display
Fail-safe
Reference page
WW
WW-65
2009 G37 Coupe

WW-66
2009 G37 Coupe

WW
WW-67
2009 G37 Coupe


Reference Value
Monitor Item Condition Changes depending on engine coolant temperature, air conditioner operation status, vehicle speed, etc. A/C switch OFF AC COMP REQ Engine running Lighting switch OFF Lighting switch 1ST, 2ND, HI or AUTO (Light is illuminated) Lighting switch OFF Lighting switch 2ND HI or AUTO (Light is illuminated) Lighting switch OFF Lighting switch HI Front fog lamp switch OFF FR FOG REQ Lighting switch 2ND or AUTO (Light is illuminated) Front fog lamp switch ON Daytime running light activated (Only for Canada) Front wiper switch OFF FR WIP REQ Ignition switch ON Front wiper switch INT Front wiper switch LO Front wiper switch HI Front wiper stop position WIP AUTO STOP Ignition switch ON Any position other than front wiper stop position Front wiper operates normally WIP PROT Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF or ACC Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF or ACC Ignition switch ON Release the push-button ignition switch Press the push-button ignition switch Ignition switch ON INTER/NP SW Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON At engine cranking Selector lever in any position other than P or N (A/T models) Release clutch pedal (M/T models) Selector lever in P or N position (A/ T models) Depress clutch pedal (M/T models) ST RLY CONT Off On On Front wiper stops at fail-safe operation A/C switch ON (Compressor is operating) Value/Status
INFOID:0000000004703423
RAD FAN REQ
Engine idle speed
0 - 100 %
Off On Off On Off On Off On Off On Stop 1LOW Low Hi STOP P ACT P Off BLOCK Off On Off On Off On Off
TAIL&CLR REQ
HL LO REQ
HL HI REQ
IGN RLY1 -REQ
IGN RLY
PUSH SW
WW-68
2009 G37 Coupe

Monitor Item IHBT RLY -REQ Ignition switch ON At engine cranking Ignition switch ON At engine cranking ST/INHI RLY The status of starter relay or starter control relay cannot be recognized by the battery voltage malfunction, etc. when the starter relay is ON and the starter control relay is OFF Press the selector button with selector lever in P position Selector lever in any position other than P Condition Value/Status Off On Off INHI ON ST ON UNKWN
Ignition switch ON DETENT SW
Off
Release the selector button with selector lever in P position NOTE: Fixed On for M/T models None of the conditions below are present S/L RLY -REQ Open the driver door after the ignition switch is turned OFF (for a few seconds) Press the push-button ignition switch when the steering lock is activated Depress the clutch pedal when the steering lock is activated Steering lock is activated S/L STATE Steering lock is deactivated [DTC: B210A] is detected DTRL REQ OIL P SW NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Ignition switch OFF, ACC or engine running Ignition switch ON Close the hood Open the hood NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored. Not operation THFT HRN REQ Panic alarm is activated Horn is activated with VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM Not operating Door locking with Intelligent Key (horn chirp mode) NOTE: The item is indicated, but not monitored.
On Off
F
On
G
LOCK UNLOCK UNKWN Off Open Close Off On Off Off
HOOD SW HL WASHER REQ
WW
On Off On Off
HORN CHIRP CRNRNG LMP REQ
WW-69
2009 G37 Coupe

JSMIA0001ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal No. (Wire color) + 1 (W) 2 (L) 4 (V) 5 (L) 7 (R) Ground Ground Ground Description Signal name Battery power supply Battery power supply Front wiper LO Input/ Output Input Input Output Condition Value (Approx.) Battery voltage Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage Battery voltage
Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF Front wiper switch OFF Front wiper switch LO Front wiper switch OFF Front wiper switch HI Lighting switch OFF Lighting switch 1ST A few seconds after opening the driver door Press the push-button ignition switch
Ground
Front wiper HI Tail, license plate lamps & illuminations
Output
Ground
Output
11 (BR)
Ground
Steering lock unit power supply
Output
Ignition switch LOCK
Ignition switch ACC or ON 12 (B/W) Ground Ground Ignition switch ON
WW-70
2009 G37 Coupe

Terminal No. (Wire color) + Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition Approximately 1 second or more after turning the ignition switch ON Ground Fuel pump power supply Output Approximately 1 second after turning the ignition switch ON Engine running Ignition switch ON Front wiper stop position Any position other than front wiper stop position Value (Approx.) 0V
13 (Y)
Battery voltage
C
0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage Battery voltage 0V 0V Battery voltage 0V
16 (LG) 19 (W) 25 (G) 26*1 (R) 27 (O) 28 (L)
Ground
Front wiper auto stop
Input
Ground
Output
Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF or ACC Ignition switch ON Press the push-button ignition switch Release the push-button ignition switch Selector lever in any position other than P or N (Ignition switch ON) Selector lever P or N (Ignition switch ON) Release the clutch pedal Depress the clutch pedal
Ground
Output
Ground
Output
Ground
Ignition relay monitor Push-button ignition switch
Input
Ground
Input
30 (GR)
I
Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage
32 (V) 33 (P) 36 (G) 39 (P) 40 (L) 41 (B/W) 42 (Y)
Ground
Steering lock unit condition-1 Steering lock unit condition-2 Battery power supply CAN-L CAN-H Ground Cooling fan relay control
Input
Steering lock is activated Steering lock is deactivated Steering lock is activated Steering lock is deactivated Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF or ACC Ignition switch ON Press the selector button (selector lever P)
Ground Ground Ground Ground
Input Input Input/ Output Input/ Output Input
WW
N
0V 0V 0.7 V Battery voltage
43*2 (SB)
Ground
A/T shift selector (Detention switch)
Input
Ignition switch ON
P
0V
Selector lever in any position other than P Release the selector button (selector lever P)
44 (W)
Ground
Horn relay control
Input
The horn is deactivated The horn is activated
Battery voltage 0V
WW-71
2009 G37 Coupe

Terminal No. (Wire color) + 45 (G) Ground Description Signal name Anti theft horn relay control Input/ Output Input Condition The horn is deactivated The horn is activated Selector lever in any position other than P or N (Ignition switch ON) Selector lever P or N (Ignition switch ON) Release the clutch pedal Depress the clutch pedal A/C switch OFF 48 (BR) Ground A/C relay power supply Output Engine running A/C switch ON (A/C compressor is operating) Value (Approx.) Battery voltage 0V 0V
46 (W)*2 (P)
*3
Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage
49 (O)
Ignition switch OFF (More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF) Ground ECM relay power supply Output Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF (For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF) Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF (More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF) Ground ECM relay power supply Output Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF (For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF) Ignition switch OFF (More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF) Output Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF (For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF) Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF (More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF) Ground ECM relay control Output Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF (For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF)
0V
Battery voltage
51 (Y)
Ground
Output
0V Battery voltage 0V
53 (W)
Battery voltage
0V
54 (P)
Ground
Throttle control motor relay power supply
Battery voltage
55 (SB) 56 (LG) 57 (G) 58*2 (L)
Ground Ground
ECM power supply Ignition relay power supply
Output Output
Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage Battery voltage
Ground
Output
Ground
Output
69 (BR)
0 - 1.5 V
WW-72
2009 G37 Coupe

Terminal No. (Wire color) + Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition Value (Approx.) 0 -1.0 V Battery voltage 0V 0 - 1.0 V 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage
70 (O)
Ground
Throttle control motor relay control
Output
Ignition switch ON OFF
Ignition switch ON 73*3 (P) 74 (G) 75 (SB) Ground Ignition relay power supply Output Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON Ignition switch OFF Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Engine stopped Engine running
Ground
Output
Ground
Oil pressure switch
Input
Ignition switch ON
JPMIA0001GB
6.3 V
I
76 (Y) Ground Power generation command signal Output 40% is set on ACTIVE TEST, ALTERNATOR DUTY of ENGINE
J
JPMIA0002GB
3.8 V
WW
80% is set on ACTIVE TEST, ALTERNATOR DUTY of ENGINE
M
JPMIA0003GB
1.4 V Approximately 1 second after turning the ignition switch ON Engine running Approximately 1 second or more after turning the ignition switch ON Ground Ground Starter motor Headlamp LO (RH) Output Output At engine cranking Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Lighting switch OFF Lighting switch 2ND Lighting switch OFF Lighting switch 2ND 0 - 1.0 V
77 (R)
Ground
Fuel pump relay control
Output
Battery voltage Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage
80 (W) 83 (R) 84 (P)
Ground
Headlamp LO (LH)
Output
WW-73
2009 G37 Coupe

Terminal No. (Wire color) + Description Signal name Input/ Output Condition Front fog lamp switch OFF 86 (W) Ground Front fog lamp (RH) Output Lighting switch 2ND Front fog lamp switch ON Daytime running light activated (Only for Canada) Front fog lamp switch OFF 87 (L) Ground Front fog lamp (LH) Output Lighting switch 2ND Front fog lamp switch ON Daytime running light activated (Only for Canada) Value (Approx.) 0V
Battery voltage
0V
Battery voltage
88 (G) 89 (BR)
Ground
Washer pump power supply Headlamp HI (RH)
Output
Ignition switch ON Ignition switch ON Lighting switch OFF Lighting switch HI Lighting switch PASS Lighting switch OFF Lighting switch HI Lighting switch PASS Lighting switch OFF Lighting switch 1ST Lighting switch OFF Lighting switch 1ST
Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0-5V Battery voltage 0V
Ground
Output
90 (LG) 91 (P) 92 (O) 97 (V) 104 (LG)
Ground
Headlamp HI (LH)
Output
Ground
Parking lamp (RH)
Output
Parking lamp (LH) Cooling fan control Hood switch
Output Output Input
Engine idling Close the hood Open the hood
*1: Only for the models with ICC system *2: A/T models only *3: M/T models only
WW-74
2009 G37 Coupe

Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -
INFOID:0000000004703424
WW
JCMWM3058GB
WW-75
2009 G37 Coupe

JCMWM3059GB
WW-76
2009 G37 Coupe

A
WW
O
JCMWM3060GB
WW-77
2009 G37 Coupe

JCMWM3061GB
Fail-safe
CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL
INFOID:0000000004703425
When CAN communication with ECM and BCM is impossible, IPDM E/R performs fail-safe control. After CAN communication recovers normally, it also returns to normal control.
If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM
WW-78
2009 G37 Coupe

Control part Cooling fan A/C compressor Alternator Fail-safe operation Outputs the pulse duty signal (PWM signal) 100% when the ignition switch is turned ON Outputs the pulse duty signal (PWM signal) 0% when the ignition switch is turned OFF A/C relay OFF Outputs the power generation command signal (PWM signal) 0%
If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM

Control part Headlamp Parking lamps Side maker lamp License plate lamps Illuminations Tail lamps Fail-safe operation Turns ON the headlamp low relay when the ignition switch is turned ON Turns OFF the headlamp low relay when the ignition switch is turned OFF Headlamp high relay OFF
E
Turns ON the tail lamp relay when the ignition switch is turned ON Turns OFF the tail lamp relay when the ignition switch is turned OFF
F
The status just before activation of fail-safe control is maintained until the ignition switch is turned OFF while the front wiper is operating at LO or HI speed. The wiper is operated at LO speed until the ignition switch is turned OFF if the failsafe control is activated while the front wiper is set in the INT mode and the front wiper motor is operating. Horn relay OFF The status just before activation of fail-safe is maintained. Starter control relay OFF Steering lock relay OFF
Front wiper
Horn Ignition relay Starter motor Steering lock unit
IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION

IPDM E/R monitors the voltage at the contact circuit and excitation coil circuit of the ignition relay inside it. IPDM E/R judges the ignition relay error if the voltage differs between the contact circuit and the excitation coil circuit. If the ignition relay cannot turn OFF due to contact seizure, it activates the tail lamp relay for 10 minutes to alert the user to the ignition relay malfunction when the ignition switch is turned OFF.
Voltage judgment Ignition relay contact side ON OFF ON OFF Ignition relay excitation coil side ON OFF OFF ON IPDM E/R judgment Ignition relay ON normal Ignition relay OFF normal Ignition relay ON stuck Ignition relay OFF stuck Operation Detects DTC B2098: IGN RELAY ON Turns ON the tail lamp relay for 10 minutes Detects DTC B2099: IGN RELAY OFF
WW
FRONT WIPER CONTROL

IPDM E/R detects front wiper stop position by a front wiper stop position signal. When a front wiper stop position signal is in the conditions listed below, IPDM E/R stops power supply to wiper after repeating a front wiper 10 seconds activation and 20 seconds stop five times.
Ignition switch Front wiper switch OFF ON ON Front wiper stop position signal The front wiper stop position signal (stop position) cannot be input for 10 seconds. The front wiper stop position signal does not change for 10 seconds.
WW-79
2009 G37 Coupe

< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > NOTE: This operation status can be confirmed on the IPDM E/R Data Monitor that displays BLOCK for the item WIP PROT while the wiper is stopped.
STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION

IPDM E/R turns OFF the starter control relay to protect the starter motor when the starter control relay remains active for 90 seconds.
DTC Index
INFOID:0000000004703426
NOTE: The details of time display are as follows. - CRNT: A malfunction is detected now. - PAST: A malfunction was detected in the past. IGN counter is displayed on FFD (Freeze Frame data). - The number is 0 when is detected now. - The number increases like 1 2 38 39 after returning to the normal condition whenever IGN OFF ON. - The number is fixed to 39 until the self-diagnosis results are erased if it is over 39.
: Applicable
CONSULT display No DTC is detected. further testing may be required. U1000: CAN COMM CIRCUIT B2098: IGN RELAY ON B2099: IGN RELAY OFF B2108: STRG LCK RELAY ON B2109: STRG LCK RELAY OFF B210A: STRG LCK STATE SW B210B: START CONT RLY ON B210C: START CONT RLY OFF B210D: STARTER RELAY ON B210E: STARTER RELAY OFF B210F: INTRLCK/PNP SW ON B2110: INTRLCK/PNP SW OFF
Fail-safe
Refer to PCS-14 PCS-15 PCS-16 SEC-104 SEC-106 SEC-107 SEC-111 SEC-112 SEC-113 SEC-114 SEC-116 SEC-118
WW-80
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM SYMPTOMS

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Symptom Table
INFOID:0000000004249080
CAUTION: Perform the self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III before performing the diagnosis by symptom. Perform the diagnosis by DTC if DTC is detected.
Symptom Probable malfunction location Combination switch Harness between combination switch and BCM BCM IPDM E/R Harness between IPDM E/R and front wiper motor Front wiper motor Front wiper request signal BCM IPDM E/R Combination switch Harness between combination switch and BCM BCM Front wiper does not operate IPDM E/R Harness between IPDM E/R and front wiper motor Front wiper motor Front wiper request signal BCM IPDM E/R Combination switch Harness between combination switch and BCM BCM Front wiper request signal BCM IPDM E/R SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS Refer to WW-83, "Diagnosis Procedure". Inspection item Combination switch Refer to BCS-79, "Symptom Table". Front wiper motor (HI) circuit Refer to WW-23, "Component Function Check". IPDM E/R Data monitor FR WIP REQ Combination switch Refer to BCS-79, "Symptom Table". Front wiper motor (LO) circuit Refer to WW-21, "Component Function Check". IPDM E/R Data monitor FR WIP REQ Combination switch Refer to BCS-79, "Symptom Table". IPDM E/R Data monitor FR WIP REQ
HI only
LO and INT
INT only
HI, LO, and INT
WW
WW-81
2009 G37 Coupe

Symptom Probable malfunction location Combination switch BCM HI only Front wiper request signal BCM IPDM E/R IPDM E/R Combination switch BCM LO only Front wiper request signal BCM IPDM E/R IPDM E/R Combination switch BCM INT only Front wiper request signal BCM IPDM E/R Combination switch Harness between combination switch and BCM BCM BCM Intermittent control linked with vehicle speed cannot be performed Front wiper does not operate normally Wiper is not linked to the washer operation Inspection item Combination switch Refer to BCS-79, "Symptom Table". IPDM E/R Data monitor FR WIP REQ Combination switch Refer to BCS-79, "Symptom Table". IPDM E/R Data monitor FR WIP REQ Combination switch Refer to BCS-79, "Symptom Table". IPDM E/R Data monitor FR WIP REQ Combination switch Refer to BCS-79, "Symptom Table".
Front wiper does not stop
Intermittent adjustment cannot be performed
Check the vehicle speed detection wiper setting. Refer to WW-11, "WIPER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - WIPER)". Combination switch Harness between combination switch and BCM BCM BCM Combination switch Refer to BCS-79, "Symptom Table".
Does not return to stop position [Repeatedly IPDM E/R operates for 10 sec Harness between IPDM E/R and front wiper onds and then stops motor for 20 seconds. After Front wiper motor that, it stops the operation (Fail-safe)]
Front wiper auto stop signal circuit Refer to WW-25, "Component Function Check".
WW-82
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT WIPER DOES NOT OPERATE


Description
The front wiper does not operate under any operating conditions.
INFOID:0000000004249081
B
INFOID:0000000004249082
Diagnosis Procedure
1.CHECK WIPER RELAY OPERATION

IPDM E/R AUTO ACTIVE TEST Start IPDM E/R auto active test. Refer to PCS-9, "Diagnosis Description". Check that the front wiper operates at the LO/HI operation. CONSULT-III ACTIVE TEST 1. Select FRONT WIPER of IPDM E/R active test item. 2. With operating the test item, check that front wiper LO/HI operation and OFF. 1. 2. Lo Hi Off : Front wiper LO operation : Front wiper HI operation : Stop the front wiper.
Does the front wiper operate? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT WIPER MOTOR FUSE

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Check that the front wiper motor 30 A (#60) fuse is not fusing. Is the fuse fusing? YES >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit. NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FRONT WIPER MOTOR (GND) OPEN CIRCUIT

1. 2. Disconnect front wiper motor connector. Check continuity between front wiper motor harness connector and ground.
Front wiper motor Connector E42 Terminal 2 Ground
Continuity
WW
Existed
Does continuity exist? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Repair the harnesses or connectors.
4.CHECK FRONT WIPER MOTOR OUTPUT VOLTAGE

CONSULT-III ACTIVE TEST 1. Disconnect front wiper motor connector. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON. 3. Select FRONT WIPER of IPDM E/R active test item. 4. With operating the test item, check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
WW-83
2009 G37 Coupe

Terminals (+) IPDM E/R Connector Terminal 4 E5 5 Ground ()
Test item Voltage (Approx.) FRONT WIPER Lo Off Hi Off Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V
Is the measurement normal? YES >> Replace front wiper motor. NO >> Replace IPDM E/R.
5.CHECK FRONT WIPER REQUEST SIGNAL INPUT

1. 2. 3. CONSULT-III DATA MONITOR Select FR WIP REQ of IPDM E/R data monitor item. Switch the front wiper switch to HI and LO. With operating the front wiper switch, check the monitor status.
Monitor item Condition Front wiper switch HI FR WIPER REQ Front wiper switch LO ON OFF ON OFF Monitor status Hi Stop Low Stop
Is the status of item normal? YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK COMBINATION SWITCH

Perform the inspection of the combination switch. Refer to BCS-79, "Symptom Table". Is combination switch normal? YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Exploded View". NO >> Repair or replace the applicable parts.
WW-84
2009 G37 Coupe


Description
FRONT WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION
IPDM E/R may stop the front wiper to protect the front wiper motor if any obstruction (operation resistance) such as a large amount of snow is detected during the front wiper operation. At that time turn OFF the front wiper and remove the foreign object. Then wait for approximately 20 seconds or more and reactivate the front wiper. The wiper will operate normally.
INFOID:0000000004249083
WW
WW-85
2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
INFOID:0000000004249084

INFOID:0000000004249085
WW-86
2009 G37 Coupe
WASHER TANK

WASHER TANK
Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004249086
JPLIA0559ZZ
1.
Washer tank inlet
2.
Washer tank

REMOVAL
1. Remove the clip (A).
: Vehicle front
H
INFOID:0000000004249087
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Pull out the washer tank inlet from the washer tank. Remove the front bumper fascia. Refer to EXT-12, "Exploded View". Disconnect the washer pump connector. Disconnect the washer level switch connector. Disconnect the washer tube. Remove the washer tank mounting bolts. Remove the washer tank from the vehicle.
WW
JPLIA0077ZZ
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Add water up to the top of the washer tank inlet after installing. Check that there is no leakage.
N
WW-87
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT WASHER PUMP

FRONT WASHER PUMP

Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004249088
JPLIA0079ZZ
1. 4.
Washer pump connector Washer tank : Vehicle front
2.
Washer pump
3.
Packing

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
INFOID:0000000004249089
Remove the fender protector RH (front). Refer to EXT-24, "FENDER PROTECTOR : Exploded View". Disconnect the washer pump connector. Disconnect the washer tube. Remove the washer pump from the washer tank. Remove the packing from the washer tank.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Never twist the packing when installing the washer pump.
WW-88
2009 G37 Coupe
WASHER LEVEL SWITCH

WASHER LEVEL SWITCH

INFOID:0000000004249090
The washer level switch must be replaced together with the washer tank as an assembly. Refer to WW-87, "Removal and Installation".
WW
WW-89
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT WASHER NOZZLE AND TUBE


Hydraulic Layout
INFOID:0000000004249091
JPLIA0560ZZ
1. 4.
Washer tube Washer tank : Clip : Clip
2.
Washer nozzle
3.
Washer tube

REMOVAL
1. 2. Open the hood. Use the stop point of washer nozzle (1) as the support point and rotate nozzle to remove it from body, while pushing nozzle spray point side along the hood. Disconnect the washer tube (2) from the washer nozzle.
INFOID:0000000004249092
3.
JPLIA0561ZZ
INSTALLATION
1. 2. 3. Connect the washer tube into the washer nozzle. Install the washer nozzle to the hood. Adjust the washer nozzle spray position. Refer to WW-90, "Inspection and Adjustment". CAUTION: The spray positions differ. Check that left and right nozzles are installed correctly.
INFOID:0000000004249093

INSPECTION
Washer Nozzle Inspection
WW-90
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Check that air can pass through the hose by blowing forward (toward the nozzle), and check that air cannot pass through by sucking.
C
JPLIA0562ZZ
ADJUSTMENT
Washer Nozzle Spray Position Adjustment Adjust spray positions to match the positions shown in the figure.
J
JPLIA1392ZZ
1.
Black printed frame line : Spray area : Target spray position

Unit: mm (in)
WW
H L 458 (18.03) 308 (12.13) 113 (4.45) 92 (3.62) 306 (12.05) 439 (17.28) X 80 (3.15) 80 (3.15) 80 (3.15) 80 (3.15) 80 (3.15) 80 (3.15) Y 150 (5.91) 165 (6.50) 150 (5.91) 165 (6.50) 210 (8.27) 130 (5.12) S 75 (2.95) 85 (3.35) 75 (2.95) 80 (3.15) 105 (4.13) 65 (2.56)
Spray position A B C D E F
161 (6.34) 276 (10.87) 270 (10.63) 284 (11.18) 306 (12.05) 279 (10.98)
WW-91
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > Insert a needle or similar object (A) into the spray opening (1) and move up/down and left/right to adjust the spray position. NOTE: If wax or dust gets into the nozzle, remove wax or dust with a needle or small pin.
JPLIA1417ZZ
WW-92
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT WIPER ARM

FRONT WIPER ARM

Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004249094
G
JPLIA0085GB
1. 4.
Wiper blade (RH) Wiper arm (LH)
2. 5.
Wiper arm (RH) Wiper blade (LH)
3.
Wiper arm cap

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Operate the front wiper to move it to the auto stop position. Open the hood. Remove the wiper arm cap. Remove the wiper arm mounting nut. Raise wiper arm, and remove wiper arm from the vehicle. Clean wiper arm mount as shown in the figure to prevent nuts from being loosened. Operate the front wiper motor to move the wiper to the auto stop position. Adjust the wiper blade position. Refer to WW-93, "Adjustment". Install the wiper arm by tightening the mounting nut. Inject the washer fluid. Operate the front wiper to move it to the auto stop position. Check that the wiper blades stop at the specified position. Install the wiper arm cap.
INFOID:0000000004249095
INSTALLATION
WW
O
ELH0717D
Adjustment
WIPER BLADE POSITION ADJUSTMENT
Clearance between the end of cowl top cover and the top of wiper blade center
INFOID:0000000004249096
WW-93
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT WIPER ARM

Standard clearance
R L
: 37 7.5 mm (1.457 0.295 in) : 60 7.5 mm (2.362 0.295 in)
JPLIA0082ZZ
WW-94
2009 G37 Coupe
WIPER BLADE
WIPER BLADE
Exploded View
INFOID:0000000004702085
G
JPLIA1587ZZ
1. A.
Wiper refill Wiper blade end
2. B.
Wiper blade Wiper blade tip
3.
Wiper arm
H
INFOID:0000000004702086

REMOVAL
Remove the wiper blade from the wiper arm.
INSTALLATION
Install the front wiper blade to the wiper arm.
Replacement
1. Hold the rip of old wiper refill (1) at the rear end of the wiper blade with long-nose pliers, and pull out the wiper refill to the direction (A).
INFOID:0000000004702087
WW
N
JPLIA1583ZZ
2.
Insert the tip of new wiper refill (1) into the rear end of wiper blade. Slide the wiper refill to the direction (A) while pressing the wiper refill onto the wiper blade rear end. NOTE: Insert the wiper refill to be held securely by tab (B) of wiper blade. After the wiper refill is fully inserted, remove the holder* (2). * : Attached to service parts.
JPLIA1584ZZ
WW-95
2009 G37 Coupe
WIPER BLADE
3. Inert the wiper refill until the stopper at the rear end of wiper refill fits in the tab. Check that LOCK mark on wiper refill is aligned with mark on wiper blade.
Untwist the twisted wiper refill ( ) at the rear end of wiper blade, if any. 5. Check the following items after replacing wiper refill. Wiper refill is not twisted at all. Wiper refill thoroughly fits in the tab on wiper blade. Wiper refill is inserted from the proper direction. NOTE: When the vertebra is detached. Insert the vertebra (1) into the wiper blade to the same bending direction. If a vertebra has a notch, fit it to a protrusion inside the wiper refill.
4.
JPLIA1585ZZ
JPLIA1586ZZ
WW-96
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT WIPER DRIVE ASSEMBLY


Exploded View
REMOVAL VIEW
INFOID:0000000004249097
G
JPLIA0565ZZ
1.
Front wiper drive assembly
DISASSEMBLY VIEW
WW
N
JPLIA0566ZZ
1. 4.
Wiper linkage 1 Wiper frame : Multipurpose grease or an equivalent.
2. 5.
Shaft seal Wiper linkage 2
3.
Front wiper motor

REMOVAL
1. 2. 3. Remove the wiper arm. Refer to WW-93, "Exploded View". Remove the cowl top cover. Refer to EXT-21, "Exploded View". Remove the bolts from the front wiper drive assembly.
INFOID:0000000004249098
WW-97
2009 G37 Coupe

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > 4. Disconnect the front wiper motor connector. 5. Remove the front wiper drive assembly from the vehicle.
INSTALLATION
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Install the front wiper drive assembly to the vehicle. Connect the front wiper motor connector. Operate the front wiper to move it to the auto stop position. Install the cowl top cover. Refer to EXT-21, "Exploded View". Install the wiper arms. Refer to WW-93, "Exploded View".
INFOID:0000000004249099
Disassembly and Assembly

DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
Remove the wiper linkage 1 and 2 from the front wiper drive assembly. CAUTION: Never bend the linkage or damage the plastic part of the ball joint when removing the wiper linkage. Remove the front wiper motor mounting screws, and then remove the front wiper motor from the wiper frame. Connect the front wiper motor connector. Operate the front wiper to move it to the auto stop position. Disconnect the front wiper motor connector. Install front wiper motor to wiper frame. Install the wiper linkage 2 to the wiper motor and the wiper frame. Install the wiper linkage 1 to the wiper frame. CAUTION: Never drop front wiper motor or cause it to come into contact with other parts. Be careful for the grease condition at the wiper motor and wiper linkage joint (retainer). Apply Multipurpose grease or an equivalent if necessary.
ASSEMBLY
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
WW-98
2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

Exploded View
Refer to BCS-82, "Exploded View".
INFOID:0000000004249100
WW
WW-99
2009 G37 Coupe

Infiniti G37-09-Coupe7

Încărcat de

Informații document

Descriere originală:

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Infiniti G37-09-Coupe7

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

BODY EXTERIOR, DOORS, ROOF & VEHICLE SECURITY

SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT .................... 8 .

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................ 36 .

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 9 .

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEMNATS .................................................................17 .

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM ........................23 .

U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ......................... 38

P1610 LOCK MODE ......................................... 39

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) ...........................29 .

P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM ..................... 40

Revision: 2009 October

2009 G37 Coupe

Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 40 .

Component Inspection ........................................... 62 .

P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU .......................... 42 .

B2557 VEHICLE SPEED .................................. 63 .

P1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY .......................... 43 .

B2560 STARTER CONTROL RELAY .............. 64 .

P1615 DIFFRENCE OF KEY ............................ 46 .

B2601 SHIFT POSITION .................................. 65 .

B2190 NATS ANTENNA AMP. ........................ 47 .

B2602 SHIFT POSITION .................................. 68 .

B2191 DIFFERENCE OF KEY ......................... 50 .

B2603 SHIFT POSITION STATUS ................... 70 .

B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM ..................... 51 .

B2604 PNP SWITCH ........................................ 73 .

B2193 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU .......................... 53 .

B2605 PNP SWITCH ........................................ 75 .

B2195 ANTI-SCANNING .................................. 54 .

B2606 STEERING LOCK RELAY .................... 77 .

B2013 ID DISCORD, IMMU-STRG ................... 55 .

B2607 STEERING LOCK RELAY .................... 78 .

B2014 CHAIN OF STRG-IMMU ........................ 56 .

B2608 STARTER RELAY ................................ 80 .

B2555 STOP LAMP .......................................... 59 .

B2609 STEERING STATUS ............................. 82 .

B2556 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH .... 61 .

B260B STEERING LOCK UNIT ....................... 86 .

Revision: 2009 October

2009 G37 Coupe

B260C STEERING LOCK UNIT ........................87 .

B2109 STEERING LOCK RELAY .................. 106

B260D STEERING LOCK UNIT ........................88 .

B210A STEERING LOCK CONDITION SWITCH ........................................................... 107

B260F ENGINE STATUS ..................................89 .

B210B STARTER CONTROL RELAY ............ 111

B26E8 CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH ...........90 .

B210C STARTER CONTROL RELAY ............ 112

B26E9 STEERING STATUS .............................92 .

B210D STARTER RELAY .............................. 113

B26EA KEY REGISTRATION ...........................93 .

B210E STARTER RELAY ............................... 114

B2612 STEERING STATUS ..............................94 .

B210F PNP/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH . 116

B2617 STARTER RELAY CIRCUIT ..................98 .

B2110 PNP/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH . 118 SEC

B2619 BCM ..................................................... 100 .

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .. 120

B261E VEHICLE TYPE ................................... 101 .

B261F ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH .................... 102 .

KEY SLOT ....................................................... 122